IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0 :f"-
i.l
1.25
2.5
'"2.2
If ii£ 12.0
1.8
U 1 1.6
V]
^
A
m,.
c*i
''^^>it/. <
■■>^
o^.
W
M
PhotogTPphic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 145S0
(716) 872-4503
s
V
V
^
4f^
:\^
\
C^
6^
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHIVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
CsnadJan Institute for Historical Micro/eproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques
Technical nnd Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques
Th
to
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.
n
Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur
I ~| Covers damaged/
Couverture eitdommagie
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur^e et/ou pellicul6e
Cover title missing/
Le titre de couverture manque
Coloured maps/
Cartes g6ographiques en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than bius or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents
D
D
n
Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La reliure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge int6rieure
Blank leaves added during restorotion may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pnges blanches ajout6es
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmies.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplAmentaires:
L'Institut a microfilmd le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a 6t6 possible ie se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dan.) la m^thode normale de filmage
sont indiquds ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur
Pages damaged/
Pages endommag^es
Pages restored and/oi
Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul6es
Pages discoloured, stained or fcxe(
Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu6es
I I Pages damaged/
I I Pages restored and/or laminated/
r~? Pages discoloured, stained or fcxed/
□ Pages detached/
Pages d6tach6bs
Showthrough/
Transparence
I I Quality of print varies/
Quality indgaie de I'impression
Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire
Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible
n
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t6 film6es i nouveau de fa^on A
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
Th
po
of
filr
Ori
bej
the
sio
oth
firs
sio
or i
Th(
sha
TIN
wh
Mai
diff
enti
beg
righ
reqi
met
This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous.
10X 14X 18X 22X
y
12X
16X
20X
26X
30X
24X
23X
32X
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:
Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library
Acadia University
L'exemplaire filmd fut reproduit grflce d la
g6n6ro8it6 de:
Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library
Acadia University
The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
The last recorded frame on each microfir^ie
shall contain the symbol ^^> (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Maps, plates, charts, etc., ma. > i: V.ltned at
different reduction ratios. Thcsu *fr^ i , ge to be
entirely included in one exposure ar«. t. med
beginning in the .jpper left hand corner, left tc
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin. compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film*, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
fllmage.
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimde sont film^s en commen9ant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernidre page qui comports une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, selon le cas. Tojs les autres exemplaires
originaux sont fiim^s en commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symboie — ^ signifie "A SUJVRE", le
symbole V signifie "FIN".
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
film6s d des taux de reduction diff6rents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 d partir
de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images nicessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mdthode.
1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
?
r^
\-^
FIRST LATIN BOOK,
FOR THE USE OF
HIGH SCHOOLS.
jrHENDERSON, m.a.
Principal of St. Catharines Collegiate Imtitvte,
J^J AND
jrFLETCHER, m.a.
Professor of Latin, Queen's University, Kinggtoiu
^uWxot'xzth bj) the ^epartnunt of (gbttciition for (f)nh
irio.
TORONTO
PUBLISHED BY THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY, Limited.
1892
J'^ntcred according to Act of the Parliament of Canada, in the year one
thousand eight hundred and ninety-two, bj TheCopp, Clark Co.,
Ltmitkd, in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture.
€0
ch
\
PREFACE.
This book contains : —
(l). A simple statement of Latin Accidence and Syntax, with
exercises such as are required of candidates at the Depart-
mental Primaiy Examination of Ontario.
(2) Extracts for translation from Caesar, with exercises based
on them such as are required of candidates at the Junior
Leaving and Junior Matriculation Examinations.
Pupils who have mast.ired Part I, should be well equipped for
beginning Caesar ; pupils who have mastered both parts should be
able to go on with the translation of continuous English into Latin
Prose.
With the exception of the examples (which should be carefully
learned), the rules of pyntax are not intended to be committed to
memory. When a rule has been orally explained by the teacher
and applied in practice by the pupil, no further difficulty is usually
found with the principle involved in it. Examples of common con-
structions should be collected by the pupil for himself from his own
reading.
A knowledge of elementary English Grammar is, for the most
part, presumed throughout.
In the accidence, we are most indebted to Leighton and Ken-
nedy ; in the syntax, to Madvig, Bradley, Roby, Hime, Key, and
Allen and Greenough.
The section in the appendix on Latin Verb Forms is by Mr.
Nicholson, Lecturer in Philology, in Queen's College.
J. H.
J.F.
August I sty i8g2.
/.
^t-
CONTENTS.
PART I. -ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX.
LESSONS.
I._TheVerb f^""^;
11.— First Conjugation * *
m«— The Noun— First Declension .- ]] »
IV. — Subject and Object
v.— First Declension [Continued) \ 5
VI.— First Conjugation— Impf. and Fut g
VII. — Second Declension
VIII.— Second Declension (Continued) ,.
IX.— " «• a
Ij
X.— First Conjugation.— Perf., Plpf., Fut.-pf. ,4
XI. - Imperative of First Conjugation ,7
XII. — Latin Gender
XIII.— Adjectives in US
XIV. — Adjectives in ER
XV. —Inflection of Sum
XVI.— Irregular Adjectives in US and ER * 26
XVII.— Interrogative Sentences ; " 28
XVIII. — Third Declension
XIX.— Third Declension (Continued) . ,,
XX.— '* " (( ^^
XXL— " « » ^
XXIL— " •« « ^
XXIII.— " «« « ^^
xxiv.~ " « .. ^^
XXV.— Irregular Nouns of Third Declension '..... 45
XXVL— Gender of Nouns of Third Declension 47
XXVn.— Adjectives of Third Declension .«
XXVIII. — " «♦ « a ^^
XXIX.— Comparison of Adjectives c^
XXX. — Irregular Comparison * cA
XXXI.— '* u 50
59
CONTENTS.
LESSONS. I'AGES.
XXXII. — Adverbial Comparison 60
XXXIII.— Fourth Declension 62
XXXIV.— Fifth Declension 63
XXXV. — Numeral Adjcctwcs and Adverbs 6$
XXXVI. — Passive Voice of First Conjugation 70
XXXVII.— •' " •• •'♦ *' 72
XXXVIII.— Review of I'as.sive Voice 74
XXXIX.— Adverbs 75
X L. — Second Conjugation 78
XLI, — Second Conjugation (Coniimicd) 81
XLII. — Third ConjuLjation. Rules for Place ^3-^5
XLIII. — Formation of Perf. Stems of Third Conjugation .... 87
XLIV. — Passive of Third Conjugation 89
XLV. — Fourth Conjugation 91
XLVI. — Passive of Fourth Conjugation 94
XLVII. — Cognate Accusative. Ace. with Prepositions in Com-
position 95
XLVII I. —Verbs in lO of Third Conjugation 97
XLIX. — The Participle 100
L. — Passive Participles loi
LI. — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 104
LII. — Infinitive 107
LIII. — Accusative with Infinitive loy
LIV. — Infinitive with Verbs of Hoping I lO
LV. — Ace. with Infinitive (Continued ) Ill
LVI. — Deponents 113
LVII. — Deponents (Contiiitted) II6
LVIII. — Demonstrative Pronouns II7
LIX. — Dative with verbs compounded with Prepositions. . . . 120
LX.— Is. Idem. Ipse 122
LXI. — Genitive with Sum 124
LXII. — Relative Pronouns 125
LXIII. — Correlatives 127
LXIV. — Interrogative Pronouns. Genitive of Quality 129
LXV. — Indefinite Pronouns 132
LXVI. — Dative of Purpose 134
LXVII. — Review Exercise on Pronoun 135
LXVIII. — The Subjunctive. Subjunctive in Simple Sentences . 136
LXIX. — Subjunctive in Simi)Ie Sentences {Canlintted) 139
LXX. — Subjunctive Passive I40
CONTENTS.
▼u
LESSONS, PAGES.
LXXI.— Compounds of Sum •• 142
I ,XX 1 1.— Defective Verbs. Meminl. Coepi. Odi. Novi 145
LXXI 1 1.— Irregular Verbs. V6I0. Nolo. Malo 147
LXXIV. —Ablative of Price 150
LXXV. -Fero, I carry 152
LXXVI.-Fio. //i^rtw//^ 155
LXXVII.— Eo, /.vv. Abl. of Sepanition 157
LXXVIIL— Edo. /^rt/ 160
LXXIX.—Impcrso.ial Verbs 161
LXXX.— Passive use of Verbs that Govern the Dat 164
LXXXI. — Impersonal Verbs {Continued ,. Miseret. Interest. 165
LXXXII. — Veri)s with Ace. an.l Cien 167
LXXXI 1 1. -Personal Pronouns of the Third Person 168
LXXXIV. — (ierund and Gerundive 170
LXXXV. — Passive Periphrastic Conjujjalion 172
I.XXXVi. — Active Periphrastic Conjugation. vSupine 174
LXXXVII. — Classification of Clauses. Indirect Question 176
LXXXVIII. — Classification of Tenses. Sei[uenc<' of Tenses 178
LXXXIX. — Noun-clau-.e introduced by Quod or XTt 181
XC— Final Clauses 183
XCI. — Qui Final. Quominus and Quin. Neve 184
XCI I.— Clauses of Result (Consecutive) 187
XCIII. — The Conditional .Sentence 190
XCIV. — Classification of Conditional Sentences 192
XCV. — Comparative and Concessive Clauses 195
XCVI.— Causal Clauses 198
XCVIL— Temporal Clauses 200
XCVIII. —Syntax of Quum 203
XCIX. — Indirect N;^iration 205
C. — .Summary of Rules fur Indirect Narration ........ 209
CI. — Passages in Direct and Indirect Narration 212
CII. — Notes on th'j Tenses 216
cm.— Notes on the Participle— Translation of " Without'', 218
CIV. — The Preposition , 221
PART II.
Extracts for translation from Caesar 229
Exercises in Latin Prose based on Extracts from Caesar 254
• ••
Vlll
CONTENTS.
Appendix • Pages.
I. Declension of Greek Nouns ^^-^
II. Exception.! to Rules for Gender '.'...'. ^^^
in. Irregular Nouns ^75
IV. Tables of Regular Verbs - ^^^
V. Alo. Inquam. For ^^'
VI. Latin Alphabet .'*.'*.* ^^
vir. Latin Pronunciation ^ ......... ..,,[[ ^^^
(rt) Roman Method * ' ^^^
(^) English Method. .......,.,, ^^'^
VIII. Quantity .ind Accent .*.'..'.'* ^^^
IX. Root. Stem. Liflection. ^^^
X. Latin Verb Forms [[ , ^'^'^
XI. Derivation •^°'
XII. Summary of Syntax Rules ^°"
Latin-English Vocabulary [[]] 3°''
English-Latin Vocabulary 3'i
Index ' ' 365
J93
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
PART I
ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX.
^7
t(
a
cl
a
a:
cl
ai
e£
FIRST LATIN BOOK
LESSON 1.
THE VERB.
1. Latin verbs are divided into four classes, called conjugations.
2. The first conjugation includes all verbs that have the charac-
teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re:
as, ama-r6, to love.
3. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the
characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re:
as, m6ne-r6, to advise.
4. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the char-
acteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re:
as, r6g:6-r6, to rule.
5. The fourth conjugation includes all verbs that have the
characteristic vowel -i before the present infinitive ending -re :
as, audi-r6, to hear.
Exercise.
Learn the following verbs and state the conjugation to which
each belongs : —
&ma-re, to lane.
dele-re, to destroy.
puni-re, to punish.
t6ff6re, (o cover.
v6ni-re, to come.
B6rdre, to so^v.
vesti-re, (o clothe.
t6ne-re, to hold.
quaer6-re, to ask.
tIme-re, to fear.
lauda-re, to praise.
dacdre, to lead.
mmmi
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
LESSON II.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
1. The first conjugation includes all verbs that have the charac-
teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re : as, Ama-re,
fo love.
2. The part of ama-re that is left after dropping the ending -re,
is called the present stem. Thus : ama-re, to love; present stem,
ama-.
3. The present indicative active of the first conjugation is as
follows : —
Singular.
1 . Pers. , amo, / love.
2. ' * ama-8, /^ou lovesl.
3. ' * ama-t, he {shi\ it) /oves.
Plural.
1. Pers. , ama-mus, 7t'^ /(/z/^.
2. " a.ma.-t\.a, yoH love.
3. * * ama-nti tliey love.
Note I. The Latin verb expresses person and number by end-
ings.*
Note 2. The forms of the present indicative represent the indefi-
nite, progressive, and emphatic forms of the English present. Thus :
amo is either, / love (indefinite), / am loving (progressive), or, /
do love (emphatic).
Note 3. Ama-s, is you love (sing.) ; ama-tis, you love (plural).
Exercise.
Learn, and inflect like amo, the following verbs : —
porto, porta-re, to carry.
laudo lauda-re, to praise.
&VO, S,ra-re, to plough.
voco. vocare, to call.
dono, dona-re, to give.
clamo, clama-re, to shout,
pugno, pugrna-re, to fight.
spero, spera-re, to hope.
*These endings were perhaps originally pronouns. Thus:— amo = ama-0-m :
»'. f., ama, pres. stem (iow) , -o, connecting-vowel ; and -m, / (seen in Latin me,
and English me).
THE NOUN. O
Translate into English : —
I. Laudo. 2. Arant. 3. Vocatis. 4. Pugnamus. 5. Donas.
6. Portat. 7. Pugnas. 8. Vocant. 9. Laudas. 10. Speratis. 11.
Aramus. 12. Sperant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. I fight. 2. You plough. 3.
ing. 5. He calls. 6. You give.
9, He carries. 10. They giv2.
13. You call (sing.)
They praise. 4. We are carry-
7. They hope. 8. We praise.
II. We plough. 12. He fights.
LESSON III.
THE NOUN.
1. Latin nouns have two numbers and three persons. They
have, however, six cases : the Nominative, Cienitive, Dative, Accusa-
tive, Vocative, and Ablative.
2. The Nominative case is the form the noun has when it is the
subject of a sentence.
3. The Genitive is the form the noun has when it expresses the
meaning of the English possessive or possessive with of,
4. The Dative is the form the noun has when it expresses the
meaning of the English indirect object with the prepositions to or
for.
5. The Accusative is the form the noun has when it is the direct
object of a verb, or governed by a preposition which takes the
accusative.
6. The Vocative is the form the noun has when it expresses the
meaning of the English Nominative of address.
7. The Ablative is the form the noun has when it expresses the
various relations indicated by the prepositions with., by.,from^ or in.
The Declensions.— First Declension.
8. Latin nouns are divided into five classes, called declensions^
li i
4 FIRST LATIN BOOK.
which are distinguished from each other by the ending of the geni-
tive singular.
9. In the first declension the genitive singular ends in -eie; in
the second declension in -i; in the third declension in -is; in the
fourth declension in -us; in the fifth declension in -ei.
10. In the first declension the nominative ends in -a, -e, -as, or
-es.
Note. Nouns in -a and -e are feminine ; those in -as and -es are
masculine. But words in -a, denoting male beings, are masculine :
as, nauta, a sailor ; agricola, a farmer.
11. Nouns in -a of the first declension are thus declined : —
Mensa, a table.
Singular.
NoM. mensd., a table.
Gen. mens-ae, of a table.
Dat. mens-ae, to or for a table.
Ace. mens-am, a table.
Voc. mens-d., O table.
Abl. mens-a, ivith, by, from, ov
in a table.
Plural.
mens-ae, tables.
mens-arum, of tables.
mens is, to or for tables.
mens-as, tables.
mens-ae, O tables.
mens-is, luith, by, from or
in tables.
Note. Latin has no article ; therefore, mensa may mean table^ a
table, or, the table.
12. Most nouns of the first declension end in the nominative
singular in -a. These are all declined like mensa, by dropping the
-a and adding the case-endings of mensa. Thus : Umbra, a shade;
gen., umbrae; dat., ximbr-ae, and so on.
Exercise.
Learn the following nouns and decline each like mensa :
&qua (gen., &qu-ae), water. rosa (gen., r6s-ae), a rose.
victoria (gen., victorl-ae), victory. luna(gen., lun-ae), the moon.
pCiella (gen., piiell-ae), a girl, nauta (gen., naut-ae), a sailor.
umbr& (gen., umbr-ae), a shade, agrricola (gen., agrlcol-ae), a farmer.
insiUa (gen., insiil-ae), an island, stella (gen., stell-tie), a star.
SUBJECT AND OBJECT.
Translate into English : —
I. Stella. 2. Insiilae. 3.
Nautarum. 7. Agricolis.
II. Rosarum. 12. Lunas.
Puellis. 5. Aquae. 6.
Victoriae. 10. Puella.
14. Nautae.
Lunarum. 4.
8. Umbra. 9.
13. Agricolae.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Of stars. 2. With roses. 3. Of a sailor. 4. Of farme:-s.
5. With water. 6. Of girls. 7. For a farmer. 8. Of the moon.
9. With victories. 10. O girl. 11. To a rose. 13. With a rose.
13. Ofagiri. 14. O star.
LESSON IV.
SUBJECT AND OBJECT.
1. The subject of a finite verb is put in the Nominative: as,
Agricola &rat, the farmer pioui^hs. Here, agrrlcola is the subject of
the verb arat and is in the Nominative case.
2. The verb agrees with the subject Nominative in number
and person : as, Agrricola arat, the farmer -ploughs ; here, agrricola is
third person singular, and arat agrees with the subject agrlcola.
Agricolae arant, the farmers plough ; Bufsr^col&Q is third person
plural, and arant agrees with agricolae.
3. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the Accusative :
as, Puella rosam laudat, the girl praises the rose; here, rosam is
accusative singular governed by laudat. Puella rosas laudat, the
girl praises the roses j here, roeas is accusative plural governed by
laudat.
4. The indirect object of a transitive verb is put in the dative :
as, Puer epistolam puellae donat, the boy gives a letter to the girl
(or gives the girl a letter); here, puellae is the indirect object and is
in the dative case.
Exercise.
Learn and decline the following nouns ; learn, and inflect in the
present, the following verbs ; —
6
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
regrina, a queen.
pdella, a girl.
epistola, a letter.
pdcunia, tuotiey.
terra, the earth, land.
patria, one^s native land,
cant-o, are, siiif^.
exspect-o, are, expect, look for,
orn-o, are, adorn.
post\il-o, are, demand.
Translate into English : —
I. Puella rosam laudat. 2. Agricolae pecuniam postulant. 3.
F^uellae epistolam exspectant. 4. Regina umbram amat. 5. Pu-
ella pecuniam donat. 6. Puellae umbram amant. 7. Agricolae
terram arant. 8. Nautae lunam exspectant. 9. Aquam agricolis
donamus. 10. Nautae patriam amant. 11. Nautae victoriam
exspectant. 12. Puella reginae cantat. 13. Agricolae cantant.
14. Epistolas reginae laudant.
•Translate into Latin : —
I. He is calling the farmer. 2. The farmer ploughs the land.
3. You are praising the victory of the sailors. 4. He gives a rose
to the girl. 5. The queen praises the letter of the girl. 6. The
farmers love the shade. 7. The sailors are deminding money.
8. We adorn the tables of the queen. 9. The farmer is expecting
a letter. 10. The farmers are carrying water, if. Girls love the
shade. 12. The sailors give the matdens crowns. 13. The girls
praise the roses of the farmer. 14. They give the sailors money.
LESSON V.
FIRST DBOLBNSION.-((r^«//««.^.)
1. Nouns of the first declension in -e, -as, and -es are borrowed
from the Greek. Their declension is given in the Appendix, and
they may be learned at a later stage.
2. The following nouns in -a of the first declension have -abus for
-la in the dative and ablative plural : — Dea, a goddess ; fllia, a
daughter; liberta, a freedivoman j mula, a she-mule : as, deabus,
flUabus, libertabUQ, mulabus.
3. To, wheli it expresses motion to^ is ad. (with the ace.) ; and
SUBJECT AND oaiKCT.
for, when it means in behalf of, is pro (with the abl.) : as, Ad portam,
to the gate ; pro patrla, for one's country.
Exercise.
Learn the following words ; decline and state the gender of all
the nouns : —
amicltla, friendship.
copla, abundance, fertility.
porta, a ^ate.
cdrona, a cnnvn,
Boma, Rome.
p&triEk, one's native land.
saplentia, wisdom.
Gallia, Gaul, France.
pinna, feather.
speot-o, are, gaze at, see.
ad, prep, (with ace), to, tcnvards.
e (or ex), prep, (with zXX.), from,
out of.
in, prep., with ace, meaning into ;
with abl., in.
pro, prep, (with abl. ), beforeoxfor.
Translate into English : —
I. Puella portas Romae laudat. 2. Agricolae copiam terrae
laudant. 3. Pinnas puellis donatis. 4. Epistolas reginae ad
Galliam portamus. 5. Nautae Stellas exspectant. 6. Mensas
reginae ad portam portat. 7. Nautae coronas puellis donant.
8. Amicitiam puellarum laudo. 9. Nautae coronam laudant.
10. Puellarum pinnas laudas. 11. Agricola puellarum coronas
laudat. 12. In Galliam epistolas nautae portant. 13. Reginarum
filiae amicitiam nautarum laudant. 14. Pro patriil nautae pug-
nant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. We fight for our (omit) native land. 2. The farmers give
crowns to the girls. 3. The sailors are bearing crowns to the gates
of the queen. 4. The daughters of the farmer are gazing at the
stars. 5. The fanner praises the crown of his (omit) daughter.
6. The farmers give a feather to the girl. 7. The farmer ploughs the
land. 8. The sailors praise the fertility of the land. 9. They give
roses to the daughters. 10. The sailor praises the wisdom of the
farmer. 11. I carry a crown to the gate of the farmer. 12. The
girls are carrying water to the gate. 13. We praise the fertility of
the earth. 14. He carries crowns from the gate of the queen.
8
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I
LESSON VI.
IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF
THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
1. The imperfect and the future of the indicative active of the
first conjugation are formed by adding endings to the present
stem. The imperfect indicative active of the first conjugation is
inflected as follows : —
Singular
1. Pers., &nia-bam, I was lointtg.
2. " &ma.-\>&3t f/iou 7vas^ /oz'ifn;,
3. " &ma-bat, Ae, {she, it) was
loving.
Plural.
&mg,-bamus, we 7vere ioving.
&ma-batis, you 7vere loving.
&ma-bant, they were loving.
2. The future indicative active of the first conjugation is inflected
as follows : —
Singular.
1. Pers., &ma-bo, I shall love.
2. ** &Tna,-hiB, thai* 7oilt loT^e.
3. " &ma-bit, he, (she^ it) will
love.
Plural.
&ma-biinu8, we shall love.
&ma-bitis, you will lave.
&ma-bunt, they will lave.
3. With., when it expresses the instrument with which a thing is
done, is expressed in Latin by the Ablative : as, Nautam corona
ornat, he is adorning the sailor with a crown.
Exercise.
Learn the following words ; inflect the verbs and decline the
nouns : —
ancllla, tnaid-servant, hand-niaiden. sto, are, stand.
coma, hair,
d,qu!la, an eagle.
eilva, a wood,
via, a way, road.
ambiilo, are, walk.
d6c6ro, are, adorn.
sSco, are, cut.
volo, are, fiy.
per, prep, (ace), through.
trans, prep, (ace), across.
saepe, adverb, often.
semper, adverb, always.
Translate into English : —
I. Regina epistolam filiae donabat. 2. Agricola silvam secabit.
SECOND DKCLKNSION.
9
3. Puellae mensas reginae rosis saepe ornant. 4. Filiae agrico-
larum per silvam ambulant. 5. Ancillae comam rosis decorabunt.
6. Aquila trans silvam volabat. 7. Nautae in aqua stant. 8.
Agricolae per silvam ambulfibunt. 9. P^iliae agricolarum comam
decorabunt. 10. Nautae lunam saepe spectabant. 11. Filiae
reginae nautas ad mensam vocabunt. 12. Puellae agricolarum
fosas saepe laudabant. 13. Rcgina comam rosa saepe ornabat.
J 4- Ancilla reginae rosas ex silva portabat.
Translate into Latin : —
I. You will adorn the table of the queen with roses. 2. The
farmer will cut a rose in the wood. 3. The handmaid is adorning
the hair of the queen with a rose. 4. The girls often adorn the
table of the queen with roses. 5. The eagle flies across the woods.
6. The queen will give the letter to the daughter of the farmer. 7.
The queen will always praise the handmaiden. 8. The daughters
of the queen were praising the woods of the farmer. 9. The
farmers often give roses to the handmaidens of the t|ucen. 10. The
handmaiden will adorn the table with roses. 11. I shall give the
letter to the handmaiden of the queen. 12. We shall often walk
through the wood. 13. The eagle was flying across the road. 14.
Sailors often stand in the water.
LESSON VII.
SECOND DECLENSION.
1. Nouns of the second declension have the genitive singular in
-i. The nominative singular may end in -Hb, -6r, -Ir, or, -um.
Nouns in -lis, -6r, and -ir are masculine ; those in -um are neuter.
2. Nouns in -iis are declined as follows : —
Oominus, a lord^ master.
Singular.
NoM. dominus, a lord.
Gen. domlni, o/a lord.
Dat. domln-o, io or for a lord.
Ace. ddmln-um, a lord.
Voc. d6inin-6, O lord.
Abl. domin-o, with, hy, ox from a
lord.
PHIRAL.
domin-i. lords.
domlnorum, of lords.
d6mln-is, lo or for lords.
domlnos, lords.
domin-i, O lords.
domln-is, with, by, or from
lords.
10
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Vocabulary.
(All words in the vocabularies should be learned by heart.)
servus, i, a slave. murus, i, a wall.
delecto, Are, delight.
tt&lla, ae, Italy.
amicus, i, a frittul.
hortiia, I, a ganUn,
ocCUua, i, an eye.
&n!muH, i, the tnind.
Ruma, ae, Rome.
hddle, adv., to-day
Exercise.
Decline, like dominus, all nouns in -us in the above vocabulary.
Translate into English : —
I. Domini hortus oculos delectat. 2. Regina^ domini hortos
laudabit. 3. Dominus servum laudat. 4. Servi dominorum hortos
semper laudant. 5. DominC; ancilla reginae mensam rosis deco-
rat. 6. Horti reginae aninium semper delectant. 7. Servi domi-
nis epistolas donant. 8. Puella servo rosam donat. 9. Puellae
amicis rosas donabunt. 10. Servi epistolas ad dominos portabunt.
II. Horti dominorum animos saepe delectant. 12. Domine.
aquilae trans hortos reginae volant. 13. Servus rosas reginae
donat. 14. Servi dominos saepe laudabunt.
^ Forwards not given in the above list, see vocabulary at end of book.
Translate into Latm : —
I. The slaves often praise i\\e'\v(omtt) lords. 2. The masters will
praise the daughters of the slaves. 3. The slaves adorn the tables
of their masters with roses. 4. The girls often praise the hand-
maidens of the queen. 5. The handmaidens often adorn the
queen's table with roses. 6. The queen gives a letter to the slave.
7. The slaves of the master will walk to Italy. 8. They will adorn
the walls of Rome with roses. 9. The slave gives a rose to the
master. 10. The slaves give letters to-day to the masters. ^
II. The master's slaves call the friends to the table. 12. The
queen gives the daughter's letter to a friend. 13. The slaves will
often praise the garden of the master. 14. The master praises the
walls of the garden. 15. The master expects friends to day.
SECOND DF.CLENSION.
n
LESSON VIII.
SECOND DBCLENSION-(O);///>m«0.
1. Nouns in -er are declined as follows : —
Magrister, a master^ teacher.
Plural.
m&^str-i, masters.
magiatrorum, of mastirs.
SiNOULAU.
NoM. magrlster, a master.
Gen. magriatr-i, of a master.
DAT. magrlatr-6, to, or for a
master.
Acc. m4griatr-um, a master.
Voc. m&glater, O master.
Abl. maeristro, jvith, by, or from
a master.
m&firistr-ia. to ox J or masters.
m&9i8tr-68, masters.
maglatr-i, O masters.
magistr-is, with, by, or from
masters.
Piier, a boy.
Plural.
pri6r-i, boys.
pii6r-6rum, of boys.
pddr-is, to, or for boys.
pu6r-os, boys.
pii6r-i, O boys.
pCi6r-i8, 7i>ith, by, or from boys.
Singular.
NoM. piier, a boy.
Gen. pii6r-i, of a boy.
Dat. pii6r-6, to ox for a boy.
Acc. pufir-um, a boy.
Voc. piier, O boy.
Abl. pii6r-6, with, by, or from a
boy.
Note. In declining magriater the -e is dropped ; in declining
puer the -e is retained. The following nouns in -er of the second
decl. retain the -e : (a) Compounds of -fer and -grer : as luclfer
light-bearer {^cn.,\u.c\f:^t\) ; armiger, armour-bearer (gen.,armig6ri) ;
(b) adulter, an adulterer; gener. son-in-law; aocer, father-in-
law; vesper, evening.
2. Nouns in -ir are declined as follows : —
VTr, a man.
Singular.
NoM. vir, a man.
Gen. viri, of a man,
Dat. viro, to ox for a man,
Acc. virum, a man.
Voc. vir, O man.
Abl. viro, 717'///, by or from a
man.
Plural.
vlri, men.
virorum, of men.
viris. to ox for men.
viros, men.
vin", O men.
viris, with, by ox from men.
12
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
3. IVithy when it means t(\i^ether withy is expressed by the pre-
position cum with the ablative ; as, cum puero. 7vith a hoy.
Vocabulary.
f&ber, ftibri, a workman,
tiger, aarri, a field.
f&bOla, ae, a story.
ludus, ludl, a game.
p6piiluH, p6pi!lli, the people.
campus, i, plain, field.
p6eta, ae, a poet.
cum, prep, (abl.), 7vith, in comptiny
7vith.
Inter, prep, (ace), between^ in the
tnidst of.
vasto, are, destroy, devastate.
narro, are, tell.
Exercise.
DecHne all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each.
Translate into English : —
I. Agricola cum pueris agrum arabat. 2. Poeta pucris fabulas
narrat. 3. Agricolae cum pueris campos arabunt. 4. Vir cum
filiii ludos spectabat. 5. Poeta filiae fabulas narrubit. 6. Pucri
agricolae inter silvam ambulabunt. 7. Pueri per campum ambulant.
8. Servus reginae pueros ad hortos vocabat. 9. Fabri cum pueris
ludos spoctabunt. 10. Puer fabro fabulam in horto narrabat. 1 1.
Puellae cum magistro in campo ambulabant. 12. Pueri per agros
ambulabunt. 13. Regina cum ancillis per campum ambulat.
14. Agricolae agros vastabunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The farmer was giving the money to the workman. 2. The
man will praise the boy's letter. 3. You will plough the farmer's
fields. 4. The master will call the slaves to the garden. 5. The
poet will tell a story to the farmer's daughter. 6. The daughters
of the farmer will walk through the wood. 7. The man will give a
crown to the boy. 8. The farmer with the boys will plough the
fields of the master. 9. i he boys were giving money to the poet.
10. The girls will praise the poet's crown. 11. The master calls
the servants to the field. 12. The fields delight the eye of the
master. 13. You will give money to the poets. 14. The farmer's
girls will adorn the table of the queen with roses.
SKCOND DECLENSION.
13
LESSON IX.
SECOND DECLENSION.-/' Con/mMCf/. )
1. Nouns of the second declension in lus and lum often
contract li in the genitive singuhir into 1 ; those in lua contract -le
in the vocative singular also into -i : as, MercOrlus, (Mercury)', gen.,
Merciiri; voc, Mercdrl. Ingr6nlum (talent); gen., infirfinl.
2. Dfiua. a ^od, is thus declined : Norn., dfius; gen., dSi; dat.,
d66; ace, d6um; voc, d6uB ; abl., d66. Plural, nom., d6i, dli. di;
gen., dfiorum ord6um; dat., dfiis, dHs or dis; ace, ddos; voc, dfii.
dli, or di; abl., dfiis, dlis or dis.
3. Nouns in um are declined as follows : —
Bellum, war (neuter).
I'LDKAL.
Singular.
NoM. bellum, a war
(Ien. belli, of a war.
Dat. bello, to or for a war.
Ace. bellum, a 7oar.
Voc. bellum, O 7c>ar.
Abl. bello, wvM, i>y, from, or in
a war.
bell&, wars.
ballorum, of^vars.
bellia, to ox for wars.
bell&, wars,
beil&, O 7vars.
bellis, with, by, from^ or in
wars.
Note. — Neuter nouns, in all declensions, have the nominative,
accusative, and vocative alike, and in the plural these cases end
in ■&.
Vocabulary.
praemlum, praemll, a reivard.
donum, doni, a gift. ■
arvum, arvi, ploughed field.
Aratrum, d.ratri, plough.
stasrnum, ^te^gtil, pool.
aurum, auri, gold.
templum, templi, temple.
lignum, llgni, wood.
oppldum, oppldl, a tmvn.
legatus, legati, ambassador,
rana, ae, frog.
ciconia, ae, stork.
aula, ae, a hall, court.
devoro, are, devour,
sdco, are, cut.
aedif Ico, -are, build.
Exercise.
Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each.
14
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Translate into English : —
I. Amicus amici arva hodie laudabit. 2. Domini praemium
servorum animos delectat. 3. Ciconiae ranas in stagnis devOrant.
4. Servi lignum ad oppidum ex silva portabant. 5. Agricolarum
servi campum aratro arant. 6. Puellae lignum ad reginae aulam
portabant. 7. Legati reginae templa laudabunt. 8. Hodie templa
auro ornamus. 9. Dona servorum animos delectant. 10. Agri-
colae terram aratro arabant. 11. Domini servos ad arva vocant.
«
12. Reginae legatus oppidi muros laudabit. 13. Regina legatos
ad aulam vocabit. 14. Legati agricolarum arva laudabunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The ambassadors were praising the games of the boys. 2.
The daughters of the ambassadors will praise the gold of the
temples. 3. The farmers will plough the fields. 4. The gifts of
masters delight the minds of slaves. 5. The lords will praise the
walls of the town. 6. The slaves will build the wall of the town.
7. The men were cutting wood for the masters. 8. The queen's
ambassador will often praise the ploughed field of the husbandman.
9. The ambassadors of the queen will call the slaves to the court.
10. The stork often devours frogs in the pool. 11. The queen will
often praise the temples. 12. The ambassador was often calling
his friend to the temple. 13. The master calls his friends to the
hall of the queen to-day. 14. The daughter of the queen will
carry wood to the hall.
LESSON X.
PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE-PER-
FECT INDICATIVE OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION.
1. The stem of the perfect indicative active of the first conjuga-
tion is regularly formed by adding -vl to the present stem : as,
&m£i-re, to loiie ; present stem &ma- ; perfect stem d,mavi-,
2. The perfect mdicative active of the first conjugation is inflect-
ed as follows : —
PIKST CONJUOATIO^f.
15
Singular. Plural.
1. Pers., amavi, / have lorued or / &ma ^ mus, we have loved or we
Icrved, Ln'ed.
2. '* ftmavi-stl, thou hast loved amavi-stis, you have laved or you
or thou lo7'edst. loved.
3. " amavi-t, he (she, it) has amavenint, or amavere, they
lo7'ed.
have loved or they lo7'ed.
3. The pluperfect indicative active of the first conjugation is
formed by adding -ram to the perfect stem, and changing the final
-i to -6. It is inflected as follows : —
Singular.
I. Pers. amavdram, I had loved.
2.
Plural.
amavdramus. we had lovtd.
amav6-ratis, you had linked.
" amavfi-ras, thou hadst
loved.
3 ** amavd-rat, he, {she, it) ^vcxB.vh-vsxxt, they had laved,
had loved.
4. The future-perfect indicative active of the first conjugation is
formed by adding -ro to the perfect stem and changing i into -<s.
It is inflected as follows : — *
Singular.
I. Pers. amav6-ro, / shall have
2.
Plural.
amav6-rlmus, we shall have
loved. lai'ed,
*' &xna.v&ris, thou wilt have &ixia.v6-rltia, you will have loved.
loved.
'* amavfi-rit, he, {she, it) amav6-rint, they tvill have loved.
will have loved.
Vocabulary.
vaato, are, lay waste.
hidmo, are, pass the winter.
habito, tod7uell,
comporto, are, collect, bring.
occxipo, are, seize.
ursus, -i, a bear.
ripa, -ae, a bank.
locus, -i, a place.
Romanus, i, a Roman,
cavum, -i, a cave.
fliivius, -i, a river.
castra, -orum, a camp.
tectum, -i, a dwelling.
flrumentum, -i, corn.
et, conjunction, and,
■que, conjunction, and, (writ-
ten after word connected).
16
FIK8T LATIN BOOK.
Exercise.
Decline all the nouns in the above list, and siate the gender of
each. Give the perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect of all verbs,
and inflect them like amo.
Translate into English : —
I. Agricola frumentum ad tectum ex agris comportavit. 2. Viri
cum pueris per silvas ambulabunt. 3. Agricolae et filiae in agris
ambulaverunt. 4. Romani agricolarum agros vastabant. 5. Ro-
man! in castris hiemavCrint. 6. Aquila trans ripam fluvii volavit.
7. Viri et pueri lignum at' oppidum portaverint. 8. Ursi in cavis
saepe hiemaverant. 9. Romanorum pueri ludos ex castris specta
bunt. 10. Regina puerorum animos donis delectavit. 11. Ro-
mani fluvii ripam occupavCrant. 12. Agricolae pueri lignum ex
silva ad tectum portav6rint. 13. Regina ancillaeque per agros
saepe ambulabant. 14. Bellum animos Romanorum semper
delectavit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The Romans devastated the farmer's fields. 2. The eagle
had flown across the stream. 3. The bear often passes the winter
in a cave. 4. The boys will have praised the walls of the town.
5. The men will seize the camp of the Romans. 6. The masters of
the slaves gave corn to the Romans. 7. The queen with her {omii)
handmaid often walks in the fields. 8. Gifts often delight the
mind of a boy. 9. The queen and her handmaids dwell in the
town. 10. The letter of the slaves delighted the mind of the
master. 1 1 . The men will have passed the winter in the camp.
12. The daughters of the farmer were walking across the plain.
13. Boys had brought corn to the queen's gate. 14. The master
will give crowns to the boys to-day.
r •>
VmSf CONJUGATION.
17
LESSON XI.
IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
1. The imperative mood is used in commands, exhortations, and
entreaties.
2. The second singular, present imperative active of the first con-
jugation has the same form as the present stem. Thus : &mare, /o
love; present stctn, ama; pres. imperative, 2 sing., &ma.
3. The present imperative active of the first conjugation is in-
flected as follows : —
Singular.
2 pers., &ma, love, or love thou.
Plural.
2 pers., &ma-te, love ye ox y0U»
4. Ne is used with the imperative for not: as, Ne vocate, pueri, do
not call^ boys.
Vocabulary.
caelum, heaven, sky. filius, a son,
ora, ae, shore^ coast, excito, are, excitavi, arouse,
amicltla, ae, friendship. pfi.ro, pfi,rare, pfi,ravi, prepare,
dili^entla, ae, diligence. n&to, are, nfi.tavl, s^vim.
cena, ae, feast, dinner. non, adverb, not.
Exercise.
Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each ;
inflect all verbs in the indicative and imperative active.
Translate into English : —
I . Filii agricolarum, Stellas spectate. 2. Pueri, in fiuvio natate.
3. Domine, Romanes ad bellum excita. 4. Puellae, rosas ad
reginae aulam portate. $. Aquila per caelum volavit. 6. Viri, nc
fabulas pueris narrate. 7. Amice, in stagno nata. 8. Puer, lignum
ad agricolae tectum porta. 9. Filios agricolarum ad agros vocate.
10. Puer, in silvis saepe ambula. 11. Magister, filiorum amicitiam
2
18
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
lauda. 12. Agricola, frumentum ex agris ad tectum porta. 13.
Filia, ne cenam para.
Translate into Latin, putting the verb at end of sentence : —
I. O farmer, call the boy to the field. 2. O boy, do not carry
water to the men. 3. Arouse, O Romans, the men to war. 4. The
camp delights the minds of the Romans. 5. O queen, praise the
diligence of the farmers' daughters. 6. Often praise, O master, the
diligence of the boys. 7. Carry roses to the dwelling, girls. 8.
Adorn, O farmer's daughter, the table of the queen with roses. 9.
O sailor, praise the feast of the queen. 10. Call, O Romans, the sons
of the sailors to the war. 11. Carry, O sons oi the Romans, wood
to the camp. 12. Call the farmer's sons to the feast. 13. Do not
give a reward to the boy. 14. Delight the mind of the boy with a
gift. 15. O girls, prepare a feast for the sailors.
LESSON XII.
LATIN GENDER.
1. Gender in Latin is determined (i) by the meaning of the
noun (natural gender), (2) by the ending of the noun (grammati-
cal gender).
2. General rules for determining the gender of a noun from the
meaning are : —
(i). Names of male beings are mcsculine : as, puer, a boy; vlr,
a man; 6quus, a horse; agrricola, a farmer,
(2). Names of females are feminiie : as, puella, a girl.
(3). Names of rivers, windc, and mountains are masculine:
as, Rheniis, the Rhine; Jflurua, the east wind; Olympus, Mt.
Olympus.
(4). Names of countries, towns, islands, gems, and trees are
feminine: as, Aegyptus, Egypt; Corinthus, Corinth; Samua,
Samos (an island) ; fagxis, a beech; marg&rita, a pearl.
(5). Indeclinable nouns are neuter : as, fas, right ; ndias> wrong;
nihil, nothing.
ADJECTIVES IN -US.
19
rta. 13.
ot carry
4. The
aise the
.ster, the
firls. 8.
3ses. 9.
the sons
s, wood
Do not
•y with a
f of the
immati-
om the
oy ; vir,
scuhne :
18, Mt.
ees are
Straus,
wrong;
auxDIum, 1, aid. °
femlna, ae, wife.
insiila, ae, is! tnd.
poeta, ae, a poet.
tectum, i, dwelling.
Vocabulary.
Iib6ri, 6rum, children.
liber, bri, book.
imploro, are, avi, implore, ask.
a or ab, prep, (abl.), front, by
[always ab before a vowel].
Exercise.
DecHne all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each ;
inflect all the verbs in the indicative and imperative present
Translate into English : —
I, Viri in tecta ligna portaverunt. 2. Agricolae puerorum animos
delectabunt. 3. Pueri magistrique per agros ambulabant. 4.
Saepe auxiliuni a Romanis implorav6rant. 5. Agricolae cum
fcminis liberisque insulam habitant. 6. Agros aratro arate. 7.
Viris viam non monstrabunt. 8. Pueri magistro libros donant. 9
Aquilae trans fluvium volaverant. 10. Poetae in oppidum coronas
portabant. 11. Ne vocate nautas ad oram. 12. Auxilium ab op-
pido implora.
Note. — The verb in Latin is usually at the end of the sentence.
Translate into Latin : —
I. They have called the sailors into the town. 2. They had
walked with the boys in the fields. 3. You carried wood to the
gates. 4. They will ask help from the children. 5. Do not call
the girl to the gate. 6. The boy had implored aid from the master.
7. The men will plough the field with a plough. 8. They did not
give the books to the master. 9. They dwell with their sons and
daughters in the island. 10. Eagles have often flown over the
river.
LESSON XIII.
ADJECTIVES in -US.
1. An adjective in Latin (whether attributive or predicative)
agrees in gender, number, and case, with the noun it qualifies.
Thus : Vir bonus, a g(wd man ; bonus is nominative singular mas-
culine, because vir is nominative singular masculine. Puellabdna,
20
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
i I !
> ;i
f
a good girl; bona is nominative singular feminine, agreeing with
puella. So also in Bellum lonerum, a long war^ lonerum is nomin-
ative singular neuter and agrees with bellum.
2. Many adjectives (called adjectives in -us), have three forms
in the nominative for expressing gender, — one in iis, (for the
masculine), one in -fi. (for the feminine), and one in -urn, (for the
neuter). Forms in -us are declined like Dominus; forms in -a,
like Mensa ; and forms in -um, like Bellum. Thus : —
Bonus, good.
Singular.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
bdnus,
b6na,
bonum.
Gen.
boni,
bonae.
boni.
Dat.
bono,
bonae.
bono.
Ace.
bonum,
bonam,
bonum.
Voc.
b6n6,
bond.,
bonum.
Abl.
bono.
bona,
Plural.
bono.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NoM.
boni,
bonae.
bond,.
Gen.
bonorum, bonarum.
bonorum
Dat.
bonis,
bonis,
bonis.
Ace.
bonos,
bonas,
bona.
Voe.
boni,
bonae.
bona.
AliL.
bonis.
bonis,
bonis.
3. Decline together puer carus, a dear boy :-
Singular.
NOM. piier carus, a dear hoy.
Gen. pu6ri cari, of a dear boy.
Dat. puero card, to ox for a dear boy.
Ace. pu6rum carum, a dear boy.
YoC. puer car6, dear boy.
Abl. piiSro caro, wit/i, by or from
a dear boy.
Plural.
pii§ri cari, dear boys.
piiSrorum carorum, of dear boys.
pxieris caris, to ox for dear boys.
pueros caros, dear boys.
piiSri cari, O dear boys.
pii§ris caris, with, by ox from dear
boys.
4. An adjective is often used with the noun understood : as,
B6nu8, a good man; bona, a good woman; bonum, a good thing.
, \.
ADJECTIVES IN -US.
21
Vocabulary.
multus, a, um. miuh, many.
altus, -a, -um, high, deep.
magrnus, -a, -um, great.
rApldus, -a, -um, siuift.
densus. -a. um, thick.
lonerus, -a, -um, long.
clarus, -a, -um, deary bright^ dis-
tinguished.
liber, llbri, a book,
&axum, -i, a rock.
discipulus, -i, a pupil.
schola, -ae, a school.
Exercise.
Decline together : piier bonus, vir magnus, paella cara, mensa
alta.
Translate into English : —
I. Agricolae campos magnos araverunt. 2. Aquilae magnae
trans fluvios altos volav6rint. 3. Pueri multi libros non amant.
4. Pueri, libros virorum clarorum amate. 5. Regina cum filia
cara in silva densa ambulabit. 6. Nautarum filii Stellas claras
spectav6rant. 7. Vir pueros bonos semper laudabit. 8. Romani,
in castris hiemabltis. 9. Ursi in silvis densis saepe hiemant. 10.
Agricolae cum multis viris frumentum portabant. 1 1. Libri dis-
cipulorum animos saepe delectaverint. 12. Aquila ex silva alta in
saxum volaverat. 13. Pueri, libros ad scholam portate. 14. Pueri
multi libros viri clari laudaverunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. O boy, praise the diligence of the farmer's son. 2. The boys
will have walked across high rocks to-day. 3. The farmer and
his sons will gaze at the bright stars. 4. The boy is carrying many
books to school. 5. Bears often pass the winter in a thick wood.
6. O masters, praise the diligence of the good boys. 7. The
master will give a prize to the good boy. 8. O master, arouse the
mind of the boy to diligence. 9. The boy walked across the swift
stream. 10. The Romans often wintered in camp. 11. The good
daughters of the farmer will give many roses to the queen to-day.
12. The sons of the farmer swam across the deep river.
fi . i a . tmmmr^fmi
22
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
LESSON XIV.
ADJECTIVES in -ER
Of the First and Second Declensions.
1. Besides adjectives in -us, -a, -um, there are others in -er, a,
um, belonging to the first and second declensions. These are
inflected as follows : —
Aeger, sic^.
Masc,
NoM. aegSr,
Gen. aegri,
Dat. aegro,
Ace. aegrum,
Voc. aeg^r,
Abl. aegro.
Masc.
NoM. aegri,
Gen. aegrSrum,
Dat. aegris,
Ace. aegros,
Voe. aegri,
"Abl. aegris.
Singular.
Fern.
aegrfi,,
aegrae,
aegrae,
aegram,
aegrd,,
aegra,
Plural.
Fern.
aegrae.
aegrarum,
aegris,
aegras,
aegrae,
aegris,
Neut.
aegrum.
aegri.
aegro.
aegrum.
aegrum.
aegro.
Neut.
aegr&.
aegrorum.
aegris.
aegr&.
aegr&.
aegris.
Masc.
NoM. tSner,
Gen. t6n6ri,
Dat. tSnSro,
Aec. tfinfirum,
Voe. t6n6r,
Abl. tSnSro,
T6ner, tender.
Singular.
Fern.
tdndrg,,
tdndrae,
tdndrae,
tendram,
tdn6r&,
tundra,
Neut.
t6n6rum.
t§n6ri,
tdnSro.
tSndrum.
tdndrum.
tdndro.
ADJECTIVES IN -ER.
23
Plural.
Masc.
Fern.
Nmt.
NOM.
tdndri
tdndrae.
tdn6r&.
Gen.
tdndrdnim,
tdndrarum,
t6n6r6rum
DAT.
t6n6ns,
tdndns.
t6n§ris.
Acc.
tdndros.
tdndras,
tdn6r&.
Voc.
t6n6ri,
tdndrae,
t6ndr&.
Abl.
t6n§ri8,
tSnSris,
t6n6na.
Note.— Aegeris inflected in the masculine like magrister; and,
like ma^ster, drops -e in the cases other than the nominative
and vocative. Tener is inflected like puer. and retains the -e
throughout. Both are inflected in the feminine Uke mensa, and
in the neuter like bellum.
2. Most adjectives in -er drop -e in inflection, and are declined
like aegrer. The following retain the e and are inflected like
tener: miser, wretched; asper, rough; lAcer, torn; liber, free;
prosper, fortunate ; and the compounds of fer and -grer : as, aquilifer
eagle-bearing; armiger, armour-bearing.
Vocabulary.
siius, -ft, -um, his, her, its, their.
pulcher, chrfl., -chrum, beautiful.
conflrmo, conflrmare, conflrm-
avi, establish.
nunquam, adv., never.
niger, erra, grum, black.
miser, -6rS„ -6rum, 7vretched.
noster, -trft, trum, our.
vester, -tra, -trum, your [referring
to more than one),
mSus, -&, -um, (voc. sing, masc, mi), tectum, -i, a dwelling.
my. p6riciilum, -i, danger.
t€iU8, a, -um, thy, your {referring
to one).
Exercise.
Decline together : puer tiius, puella nostra, vir miser, dominus
vester.
Translate into English : —
I. Puer magno cum periculo in fluvio alto natavit. 2. Magister
filiarum suarum diligentiam saepe lauJav6rat. 3. Puella libros
virorum clarorum hodie laudav6rit. 4. Agricola puero negro rosam
nunquam donavcrat. 5. Romani amicitiam cum servis hodie
24
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
II ■ <
I
[
I
confirmavcrint. 6. Filius meus libros ad scholam portavit. 7.
Legati tecta pulchra oppidi semper laudaverunt. 8. Serve, lignum
ad legatorum icctum porta. 9. Amicus tuus cum filio sue Stellas
Claras laudaverat. 10. Servorum diligcntia dominorum animos
saepe delectavit. il. Domini, diligentiam servorum saepe laudate.
12. Servus mensas ad reginae aulam portaverat. 13. Aquila trans
fluviorum ripas et per saxa alta volaverit. 14. Dominus in horto
tuo rosas saepe laudat.
Translate into Latin :—
I. The boys give a reward to the farmer's son. 2. The ambas-
sadors of the Romans will have praised the farmers' dwellings.
3. O wretched man, do not carry wood to the queen's hall. 4.
Your friends will not have praised the queen's daughters. 5. I
shall praise the friendship of the good boys. 6. The beautiful
queen will walk in the farmer's garden. 7. Farmers often bring
wood from the forest to their dwellings. 8. Carry corn, O farmers,
to the dwelling of the sick man. 9. Good pupils always delight
the minds of the masters. 10. The good boys of the farmer were
carrying wood to the sick man. 11. O Roman, adorn the temples
of the gods with gold. 12. Gifts often dehght the minds of good
men. 13. The gold of the temples will delight the eyes of the
ambassadors. 14. O farmer, always praise the diligence of your
sons.
LESSON XV.
INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM.
1. The verb sum, / am, is inflected in the indicative and impera-
tive as follows : —
INDICATIVE
PRESENT.
Plural.
silinus, we are.
estis, you are.
Singular.
I. Pers., sum, I am.
' 68, thou art.
2.
est, he, {she or it) is.
sunt, they arc.
INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM.
25
avit. 7.
lignum
3 Stellas
animos
laudate.
ila trans
in horto
ambas-
iw
kvellings.
hall. 4.
1
s. 5. I
beautiful
1
;n bring
farmers,
;<* .
5 delight
ler were
temples
of good
s of the
i
of your
^
impera-
I. Pers., 6ram, /7ms.
2.
i<
dr&s, M*"* 7<wj/.
J, «« 6r&t, >4r, (j^^ or iV) tc^w.
FUTURE.
I. Pers., Sro, I shall be.
IMPERFECT.
6r&mu8, wt vrre.
6ratl8, you -uwre.
Arant, they were.
2.
(i
diimus, we shall he.
drttis, you wiU be.
drunt, they xvill be.
dris, thou -loilt be,
3. " 6rit, he {she or it) will be.
PERFECT.
1. Pers., fiil, f have been or / 7oas. fdlmus, 7ve have been or 7ve 'ti>ere.
2. ** fttiati, thou hast been or fdistis, you have been or yon '.oere.
thou wast. fiierunt, or fCkere, they have been
3. " Ittit, he^ (she or it) has ox they were.
been or ivas.
PLUPERFECT.
I. Pers., fCiSram, I had been. fii6ramu8. we had been.
z. " tiX^ras, thou hadst been. t€i6ra,tlB, you had been.
3. •' fii6rat, he (she or it) had fddrant, they had been,
been.
FUTURE-PERFECT.
1. Pers., faSro, T shall have been. fCidrlmus, lue shall have been.
2. *' fCiJbr\Btthou7vilt have been. tii&Tltis. you luill have been.
3. " fddrit. ^^ (jA<? or it) will fC^drint, they will have been.
have been.
IMPERATIVE-PRESENT.
2. Pers., 68, be thou.
2. Pers., este, be ye or you.
2. An adjective used predicatively with the verb sum, agrees
in gender and number with the noun to which it refers : as, Puer est
bonu8, the boy is goodj puolla oat bona, the girl is good.
belllcdsus, -a •um, warlike.
c&sa, -ae, a cottage.
parv-U8, -a, um, small.
copia, ae, abundance, plenty (in
sing) ; forces (in plural).
VOCABUL.\RY.
Ariovistus, -i, Ariovistus.
Rhenus, -i, Rhine.
Rhodanus, -i, Rhone.
proelium, -i, a battle.
Germanus, -i, a German.
hdii, zdv.y yesterday.
w
26
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
EXERCISK.
Decline together : caaa parva, fluvlus rapidus, populua belli-
C08U8.
Translate into English : —
I. Agricolarum filii in silva grunt. 2. Reginae filiae erant pul-
chrae. 3. Agricolariiiu c.isae fuorunt parvae. 4. Pueri parvi in
Rheno natabant. 5. Romani bellicosi saepe fuerunt. 6. Ariovistus
erat vir bellicosus. 7. Magnae erunt in provincia Romanoruin
copiae. 8. Agricolae filiae in silvis fuerunt. 9. Reginae filiae in
Gallia fuCrint. 10. In oppido heri fulmus. 11. Frumenti copia in
arvo erit magna. 12. Multi pueri reginae in agris hodie fuerunt.
13. Romani in proeliis multis prosperi erant. 14. Germani multi
in silva fuCMant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. We were in the fields yesterday. 2. You (sing.) were prais-
ing the walls of our town. 3. The farmer's son was in your gar-
den. 4. The girls willTDcinthe thick forest. 5. The good man
had been in great danger. 6. I have often been in the beautiful
garden. 7. The farmer's daughter was sick 8. The good scholar
will always delight the mind of the master. 9. Abundance of corn
has always delighted the mind of the farmer. 10. The daughters
of the queen are beautiful, ii. The man will praise the temple of
the Romans. 12. You will be always good boys. 13. We shall be
in the little temple to day. 14. The man and his daughter were in
the forest yesterday.
i -I
i!
LESSON XVI.
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES in -US and -ER.
1. The following adjectives in -xis and -er have, in all genders,
the genitive singular in -iiia and the dative in i: Jl-IIus, Slia, &Uud>
other; altdr, altSra, altdrum, other of two ; totus, tota, totum,
whole J nullus, nulla, nullum, none ; ullus, iilla, ullum, any; neuter,
neutra, neutrum, neither; solus, sola, solum, alone; unus, una.
i
IHREOULAR ADJECTIVES IN -US AND -EU.
27
Onum. one; ater, atra, atrum, which of two f They are thus
declined : —
Unu8, 01U,
Masc. Fern. Neut.
NoM. liniifl, OnA, unum.
Gen. unius, unius, anius.
Dat. uni, uni, uni.
Ace. anum, iinam, unum.
Ahl. lino, tin A, dno.
Alius, other.
NOM. Alius, AHA, Aimd.
Gkn. Alius, Alius. Alius.
DAT. Alii, Alii, Alii.
Ace. Allum. Allam, Allud.
Ami.. Alio, Alia. Alio.
Uter, which of hvo t
Masc. Fern. Ncttt.
uter, litrA, dtrum.
utrius, utrius, utrius.
litrl, utri, litri.
utrum, iitram, litrum.
utro, QtrA, utr6.
Alt6r, othfr of two.
altdr, altdrA, altdrum.
altdrius, altdrlus, altdiius.
altdri, altSri, altdrl.
altSrum, alteram, altdrum.
altdro, altdra, altdro.
2. The pUiral in every case is regular (/>., like the plural of
bdnus).
Note. — Alter, other of twOy makes -lus, and not -ius, in the
genitive.
VOCAHULARV.
belllcosns, -a, -um, loarlike. imp6rium, i, pmver, yivay.
mAlus, -a, -um, bad. doctrina, learning.
creber, crebra, crebrum frequent, formo, are, avi, mould, fashion,
ndser, misdra, mIsSrum, wretched, convoco, are, avl, summon, as-
semble.
Exercise.
Decline together : alius vir, una terra, alterum bellum, ullum
regrnum, alter puer.
Translate into English :—
I. Alter vir hodie in castris est. 2. Pueri unam stellam in
caelo spectant. 3. Magister animos discipulorum saepe format.
4. Unus puer in schola hodie non erat. 5. Per multas silvas hodie
ambulaverunt. 6. Neuter puer libruintuum laudavSrat. 7. Utrum
puerum vocabo? 8. Ad liritannos frumentum saepe portfibant.
9. Pueri doctrinam discipulorum saepe laudabunt. 10. Pueri, diU-
28
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I ',1
gentiamainicorum vestrorum laudate. 1 1. Pucr solus in silva stellas
claras spectavit. 12. Ne, pueri, miseros viros ad bellum excitate.
13. Viii imperium Romanum laudaverunt. u.. Puer alteram
pinnam puellae donavit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The other son of the farmer will bring wood to the queen's
dwelling. 2. An other boy will swim across the river. 3. Do not,
O boy, praise bad men. 4. The warlike queens will assemble
their forces. 5. The boys often praise the queen's horses. 6. The
scholars of the school pi-epared a feast for their friends. 7. No boy
was in the school to-day. 8. The man is alone in the forest.
9. An other queen will give prizes to the sailors. 10. The Romans
pitched an other camp across the river. 11. The Romans built a
temple between our camp and the banks of the river. 12. No
horses are in the fields to-day. 13. Which of the two will bring
the horse to the queen.'* 14. One man with his sons was walking
in the fields.
w
M
'.■'hS'
\ I '
i
LESSON XVII.
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES.
NE, NONNE, NUM.
1. Interrogative sentences in Latin (when not headed by an
interrogative pronoan or adverb) are usually distinguished by one
of the interrogative particles, -ne, nonne, num. The order of words
does not, as in English, mark an interrogative sentence.
2. The particle -ne (which is written after the first word in the
sentence), asks for information : as, Amatne? cfoe's he love? The
answer will be either, amat, he Ln'es (i.e., Yes\ or non amat, he
docs not hnic (i.e., No\ The particle -ne is generally appended
to the emphatic word (which is then put first) : as, Filiusne amat?
does the son love f (i. e. = Is it the son that loves ?)
3. Nonne expects the answer Ye^ : as, Nonne puer amat? does
not the boy lo7>e? The answer expected is, amat, he loves (i.e.. Yes).
Nonne is generally the first word in the sentence.
INTERROGATIVE flKNTENCKS.
29
va Stellas
excitate.
■ alteram
e cjueen s
. Do not,
assemble
. 6. The
1. No boy
he forest,
e Romans
ns built a
12. No
will bring
is walking
ed by an
d by one
of words
rd in the
tuc ? The
amat, he
appended
)ne amat?
nat? does
(i.e., Yes).
4. Num expects the answer No : as, Num puer amat? does the
boy love? The answer expected is, non amat, he does not love^
(i.e.. No). Num is generally the first word in the sentence.
Note.— Yes and No, in answer to questions, have no single equiva-
lent in common use. They are usually expressed by repeating the
verb, as seen above.
V^OCABULARV.
m^dlcina, ae, medicine. aedificium, -i, a building.
6quu8, -i, a horse. ira, ae, an^er,
arvum, -i, a ploughed field. ciir, adv. (interrog.) why?
g6ner, gen6ri, a son-in-huv. mox, adv., soon.
forum, -i, a tnarket-place. uter (interrog. adj.), xvhich of two?
Exercise.
Decline all nouns in the above list and state the gender of each.
Translate into English ; —
I. Nonne viri filios ad hortos vocant .f* 2. Puellane est aecjra.''
3. Num pueri dominorum iram excitabunt "i 4. Agricolaene arva
domini heri arabant .'' 5. Nonne reginae gener in aula mox erit ?
6. Vir bonus medicinair puero aegro donabit. 7. Cur in schola
heri non fuisti } 8. Nonne agricolae in silva heri erant."* 9. Num
magistri discipulorum diligentiam laudaverunt .■* 10. Nonne equi
lignum ad oppidi forum portfibant .'' 11. Cur vir puerorum iram
hodic excitavit .'' 12. Discipuline in schola bcati erunt .-^ 13.
Puellaene in reginae aula ambulabunt? 14. Num agricolae filius
in horto magno fuerat "i
Translate into Latin : —
I. Was not the boy in the school to-day? 2. Will the queen
walk in the large garden .? 3. Will the farmer praise the diligence of
his sons.'' 4. Will the moon and the stars be bright.? 5. Is not
the daughter of the sailor good .? 6. Does not the farmer plough
his fields ? 7. Will the farmer be in the market-place to-day .'* 8. Was
not the man in ^rreat danger.-* 9. Did not the eagle fly across the
stream? 10. Was the cottage of the farmer small ? 11. O farmer,
was not your son in the battle? 12. Will my daughter soon carry
30
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
the beautiful roses into the building? 13. Did the boy excite the
anger of the slave? 14. Will not the master praise the diligence
of the pupils ? Yes.
11 !
Ill
LESSON XVIII.
THIRD DECLENSION.
1. In the third declension, the genitive singular ends in -is: as,
princeps, a chief; gen., princip -is.
2. The third declension is harder than the ist or 2nd, because
it is harder to get the part of the noun to which the case-endings
are to be added. Examples of the common types of declension are
given under the usual classification ; but, to beginners, no rule is
of much value but the following : Learn by heart the nom. and
gen. of every tioiin ofthejrddecl. you meet. If the nom. and gen.
are known, the noun is easily declined.
3. Nouns of the 3rd decl. are divided into two wide classes,
according as the stem (?'. /'. the part of the word to which the end-
ings are added) ends in a consonant or in -i. Rules will be given
below for recognizing -i stems ; and when these are known, all
others will, of course, be consonant stems.
CONSONANT STEMS.
4. Consonant stems* are divided into four classes : —
(i) Labial stems (;>., st'^ms ending in p, b, m).
(2) Dental stems (/>., " " " t, d, s, n).
(3) Lingual stems (;>., " " " r, l).
(4) Guttural stems {i.e., " " " c, gr).
*The nominative of nouns of this class penoially ends in -s, which, however, is drop-
ped after 1, n, r, s, or combines with the gutturals c, g, to form x (C8 or g^ = x) :
as, regfs=^rex, A»'>i// ; arcs arx, citadel. T or d disappears before s : as, milit 1
S=niilits = inilis, or (with achanffe of vowel) vaW&B, snldier. The nominative of
neuter nouns is the same as the stem ; as, fulgfur, gen., fUlgfiir-is, lightning.
THIRD DKCLENSION.
31
5. The first class of consonant stems includes stems ending in
a labial (p, b, m).
Princeps (inasc), chiefs ptincc.
Singular.
NoM. princeps, a chief.
Gen. princip-Is, of a chief.
Dat. princip-i, to, or for, a chief.
Ace. princlp-em, a chief.
Voc. princeps, O chief.
Abl. princip-6, with, by, or from a
chief.
Plural.
princip-ea, chiefs.
princip um, of chiefs.
princip-ibus, to, ox for, chiefs.
princlp-es, chiefs.
princip-es, chiefs.
princip-lbus, with, by, or from,
chiefs.
Note. — The nominative and vocative (singular and plural) are
always alike in the 3rd declension.
^Singular.
NoM. trabs, a beam.
Gen. trfi-b-is, of a beam.
Dat. trab-i, to, ox for, a beam.
■% Ace. trfi,b-em, a beam.
:| Voc. trabs, O beam.
Abl. tr&b-6, zoith, by, from, or in a
beam.
Trabs (fern.), a beam.
Plural.
trab-es. beams.
trfi,b-um, of beams.
tr&b-ibus, to, or for beams.
tr&b-es, beams.
tr&b-es, O beams.
tr&b-Ibus, with, by, from, or in
beams.
Singular.
|NoM. hiems, winter.
Gen. hI6mls, of winter.
Dat. hi6in-i, to, or for xointet.
Ace. hidm-em, zuinter.
*Voc. hiems, O winter.
Abl. hidm-d, 7vith, by, from or in
winter.
■ Hiems (fern.), winter.
^*LURAL.
hifim-es, winters.
hi6m-um, of winters.
hiem-ibus, to, or for winters.
hidm-es, winters.
hi6m-es, O winters.
hiem-ibus, with, by, from, or ///
pointers.
Note. — Nouns ot the 3rd declension are dec'" led by dropping
the -is of the genitive singular and adding to the part of the noun
remaining the case-endings given above.
.S2
' li
fiftsT Latin fiooit.
Vocabulary.
Gallus, i, a Gaul.
verbum, i, a word
sfi,gitt&, ae, an arrow.
loco, locare, I6cavi, place, pitch,
pAro, are, avi, prepare.
vuln6ro, vulnfirare, vulnSravi,
wotind.
contra, prep. (ace. ), against, over
against.
circum, prep. (ace. ), in the neigh-
borhood of, around.
Exercise.
Decline together : princeps magnus, hiems longra, trabs alta,
safiTitta una.
Translaie into English : —
I. Puer, ne principem sagitta* vulnera. 2. Pueri cum principe
contra Romam hiemabunt. 3. Agricolae trabes ex silvis ad prin-
cipis aedificium portaverunt. 4. Galli bellum :ontra principes
excltabunt. 5. Ne pecuniam principibus dona. 6. Viri, ne prin-
cipum iram verbis^ excitate. 7. Romani caijtra contra oppldum
locaverunt. 8. Gallorum principes copias contra Ronfanos para-
bunt. 9. Trabes multas ex silvis portate. 10. Pueri ursos
sagittis^ vulneraverunt. 11. Nonnc agricolarum filii in silva
ambulabunt.'* 12. Puerne principem sagittavulneravit.'' 13. Num
Romani castra circum oppidum locaverunt ? 14. Agricolae, trabem
ad ripam fluvii portate.
Trans! .^e into Latm : —
I. Did the boy wound the chief with an arrow .'* 2. Will not the
boys carry the beam to the farmer's dwelling.'* 3. The chiefs
pitched their camp around the walls of the town. 4. Do not, O
man, arouse the anger of the chief with words. 5. In Gaul the
winters are clear. 6. We shall soon be in the town. 7. The
queen and her handmaiden will praise the winters of Gaul. 8. O
boy, call the farmer to the prince's hall. 9. The servants of the
prince will have wintered around the walls of the town. 10. The
princes of the Gauls will not carry beams for the Romans,
II. Will not the Romans carry corn to their chiefs? 12. The
Gauls had seized a town of the Romans. 13. Did the prince's
slave wound the eagle with an arrow ? 14. The walls of Rome are
beautiful.
See p 8, 3.
THiRD DECLENSION.
33
vulnSravi,
against, over
in the neigh-
nd.
trabs alta,
m pnncipe
'is ad prin-
1 principes
iri, ne prin-
a oppldum
fanos para-
ueri ursos
in silva
13. Num
ae, trabem
Vill not the
The chiefs
Do not, O
n Gaul the
7. The
jaul. 8.
ants of the
10. The
Romans,
ti
1
e
12. The
the prince's
f Rome are
LESSON XIX.
THIRD DECLENSION (Contiuued).
CONSONANT STEMS.
The second class of consonant stems includes stems ending in a
[dental (t, d, s, n).
Miles (masc), a soldier.
SiNGl'I.AR.
NoM. miles, a soldier.
|Gen. milltis, of a soldier.
[)AT. militi, to ox for a soldier.
"Acc. militem, a soldier.
Voc. miles, O soldier.
Ai!L. milit6, luith, by f^x from
a soldier.
Pi. URAL.
milites, soldiers.
militum, of soldiers.
militibus, to ox for soldiers.
milites, soldiers.
milites, O soldiers.
militibus, 7i<ith, by ox from,
soldiers.
Pes (masc), afoot.
Singular. Plural.
NoNL pes, afoot. pddes, ftet.
Gkn. pddls, of a foot. pSdum, of feet.
Dat. pedi, to ox for afoot. pSdibus, to ox for feet.
Arc. pedem, afoot. p6de8, feet.
Voc. pes, O foot. pedes, O feet.
Ai^i- pedS, w////, by ox from a foot. pddibus, with, by ox from feet.
Note. The letters M., F., and N., will be used hereafter for
masc, fern., and neuter, respectively.
Singular.
NoM. flos, aJloTver.
XJen. floris, ofafloiver.
Dat, flori, to, ox for a flcnuer.
:Acc. florem, a flo^ver.
'Voc. flos, O flo^oer.
Abl. florS, toithf by, from, or /"// a
floTiver.
Flos (M.), a flmoer.
Plural.
flores, fojvers.
florum, of floavers.
floribus, to or for fio7vers.
flores, fiAoers.
flores, O flo7vers.
floribus, 7i'ith, by, from, or in
flo7oers.
\AMf
iiBrimiihiHiTliiiii'M—
' I
m
34
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Opus (N.), a ivork
Singular.
NOM. opiis, a work,
^'Gen. operis, of a work,
Dat. 6p6ri, to, or for a ivork.
Ace. opus, a ivork.
Voc. opus, O ivcrk.
Abl. 6p6r6, with, by, from, or in a
work.
Plural.
6p6r&, works.
6p6rum, of works.
6p6ribus, to, or for works.
dp6r&, works.
opfirfi,, works.
operibus, luith, by, from, or ///
works.
Corpus (M.), a body.
Singular.
NoM. corpus, a body.
Gen. corporis, of a body.
Da r. corpori, to, or for a body.
Acc. corpus, a body.
Voc. corpus, O body.
Abl. cornore, zvith, by, from, or iti
a body.
Plural.
corpora, bodies
corporum, of bodies.
corporibus, to, or for bodies.
corpora, bodies.
corpora, O bodies.
corporibus, with, by, from, or
in bodies.
Regio (F.),
a district.
Virgo (F.), a maiden.
Singular.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
NOM.
r6gio.
regiones.
Virgo,
virgines.
Gen.
regionis,
regionum.
virginis.
virginum.
Dat.
rSgioni,
regionibus.
virgin!,
virginibus.
Acc
regionem.
regiones.
virginem,
virgines.
Voc.
regio,
r6giones.
Virgo,
virgines.
Abl.
r6gi6ne,
regionibus.
virgin^,
virginibus. '
■ The stems of the above nouns respectively are p§d-, milit-, flor-, oper-,
corpor-, region-, virgin-.
The dentals -t and -d. are dropped in the nominative before -s. Thus: pes =
peds ; miles = milits (with a change of vowel).
Between two vowels -s becomes -r. Thus : l^onos (later form honor) has the
genitive honoris for honosis ; corporis is for corposis.
The -s is sometimes dropped in the nominative and vocative, as in rSgio, virgO
Nominatives in -o have also lost the final -u of the stem. Thus the stem of rdGTlo i^
region.
THIRD DECLENSION.
35
works.
Vocabulary.
caput, capitis (N.), head.
flumen, flumlnis (N.), a river.
virtua, virtutia (F.), valor.
fifSnils, gr6n6ri8 (N.), « kind.
nomen, nominis, (N.), « name.
fulgrur, fulgriiria(N.), lightning.
causa, ae, a cause, reason.
telum, i, dart.
rojo, rogare, rogavl, ask.
from, or ///
tes.
r for bodies.
. by, from, ov
maiden.
Plural,
virgines.
virginum.
virginibus.
virgines.
virgines.
virginibus. '
-, flor-, oper-,
Thus : pes=
honor) has the
r6gio, Virgo,
gtem of rdffio »
Exercise.
Decline together : caput altum, flos tener, opus magnum, virtua
magna, causa clara, virgo pulchra.
' Translate into English : —
I. Milites virorum nomina saepe rogaverunt. 2. Agricolae, ful-
gftra in caelo spectate. 3. Milites per alta flumina hodie ambulave-
runt. 4. Nonne flos pulcher in horto meo est ? 5. Romanine
multos telis suis vulnerabant ? 6. Hodie Romani militum suorum
virtutem laudabant. 7. Princeps, militum tuorum virtutem
specta. 8. Nonne caput floris altum erat ? 9. Reginae causa militum
animis cara fuit. 10. Milites opera magna trans flumen altum
aedificavCrant. 11. Regio circum flumen erat pulchra. 12. Regina
militum nomina rogaverit. 13. Virgines pulchrae in aula reginae
erunt. 14 Nonne fulgtlra in caelo clara fuerunt.-'
.©■
% Translate into Latin : —
'% I. The soldier will walk across deep rivers to-day. 2. Were
vIvHot the cottages of the soldiers small .-* 3. Were the bodies of the
3|Germans large ? 4. Did not the queen praise the valor of the
|soldiers in the battle ? 5. The soldiers will build a great work
;^across the river, 6. Did you not ask the name of the flower ? 7,
;^Will not the boy praise the beautiful maiden.^ 8. Was the cause
f the soldiers just .^ 9. The soldiers wounded many Romans with
arts, 10. The boy had wounded his foot with a dart. 11, Were
|the flowers in the master's garden beautiful .? 12. Was not the boy
' '" school - ' -^ '- •' •
-day
not the lightning bright .-^ 14.
[Did not the farmer praise the beautiful flowers in the thick wood?
36
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
! i.
LESSON XX.
THIRD DECLENSION (Continued).
CONSONANT STKMS.
1. The third cliiss of consonant stems inckules stems ending in
.1 lingnal (-r or -1).
Victor (M.)» <' conqueror.
Singular.
NoM. victor, a conqueror.
Oe.n. victoris, of a conqueror.
Dat. victori, to, or for a conqueror.
Ace. victorem, a conqueror.
Voc. victor, O conqueror.
Abl. vietore, w/Z/i, by, or from a
conqueror.
I'l.URAL.
victores, conquerors.
victorum, of conquerors.
vlctorlbus, to, ov for conquerors.
victores, conquerors,
victores, O conquerors.
vlctorlbus, 7vith, by, or from
conquerors.
Sol (M.), sun.
Consul (M.),
consul. Passer (M
.), spiirro^v.
Pater (M
. ), father.
Singular.
Singular
Singular.
Singular
NoM.
sol
soils
consul
consulia
passer
pater
Gen.
passeris
patris
Dat.
soli
conaiili
passSri
patri
Ace.
solem
consulem
passerem
pAtrem
Voc.
sol
consul
passer
pater
Ahl.
sold
consiil6
passerd
patre
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
NOM.
soles
consiiles
passSres
pg,tres
Gen.
solvun
consiiluni
pass§mm
patrum
Dat.
solibus
consulibus
passeribiis
patribus
Ace.
soles
consules
passeres
patres
Voe.
soles
consiiles
passSres
patres
Abl.
solibua
consillibus
passeribus
p&trfbus
2. An appositive noun agrees in case with the noun to whfch ii
refers : as, Ciceronem oratorem necant, they are killing the orator
Cicero.
THIRD DECLENSJON.
87
ending in
r conquerors,
I
7rs.
y, or frotn
$parroiv.
NJGULAR
jater
aatris
patri
patrem
pater
patre
Plural.
p&tres
patrum
patribua
patres
patres
patribua
to which ii
ig the oratoi
Vocabulary.
impdr&tor, imp6rat6rl8 (M.), a CicSro, finis (M.), Cicero,
commander. tlmor, Umoiis {^\.),fear.
liimen, lumlnis (N. ), a light.
aggrer, aergr^iis (M.), a mound.
frater, fratris (M.)i n brother.
Caesar, Caes&rls (M.), Caesar.
sdror, eororis ( K. ), a sister.
oratlo, orationlB ( F. ), an oration.
drator, oratoris (M.), an orator.
BrltannuB, i, a Briton.
oc^&nuB, -1, ocean.
siip6ro, siipSrare, sCipdr&vi, sur-
pass, miercome, cow/uer.
contra, prep, (ace), against.
cum, prep. (abl. ), ivith, along with.
Exercise.
Decline together : sol clarus, soror cara, consul noster, victor
nulluB, imp6rator magrnus.
Translate into English : —
I. Estne sol lumen clarum? 2. Nonne Cicero consul populi
Romani fuit .'' 3. Pucri Ciccronis consulis orationcs claras sacpe
laudavorunt. 4. Milites castrorum Romanorum aggeres hodie oc-
cupavCrint. 5. Caesar, Gallorum victor, in consulis castris mox
erit. 6. Timorne niilitum magnus erat ? 7. Num consulis sorores
in horto magno fuerunt? 8. Caesar, Romanorum imperator,
Britannos in proelio superavit. 9. Nonne milites Romani aggerem
ahum circum oppidi muros aedificaverunt .? 10. Pater, fili tui per-
iculum magnum specta. 11. Nonne consul Romanus copias
magnas contra Germanos paravit .'* 12. In oceAno crant multae
instllae. 13. Caesar Ariovistum, Germanorum imperatorem, in
proelio superabit. 14. Nonne fulgur hodie erat clarum }
Translate into Latin : —
I. O boy, praise the diligence of Cicero, the Roman orator. 2.
Caesar, the commander of the Romans, will soon seize the town of
the Gauls. 3. The beautiful sister of the Roman commander
praised the walls of the town. 4. The brothers of the Roman
consul were in the battle. 5. The soldiers will conquer the forces
of the Germans in battle to-day. 6. Were the sisters of the consul
walking among the flowers ? 7. Arc there not many sparrows in the
town? iJ. The sun was brij^ht to-day, 9. The sons of the farmer
built a high mound around their fathei-^s garden. 10. The Britons
conquered the commander of the Romans in many battles. 11.
Cicero, the brother of the orator, was commander along with
38
I'lUST LATIN BOOK.
r.icsar. 12. Many men praise the orations of Cicero, the orator.
13. Caesar was a tlistinguishccl commander of the Romans. 14. The
soldiers will soon be in the camp.
LESSON XXI.
THIRD DECLENSION (Continwuf).
CONSONANT STEMS.
The fourth class of consonant stems includes stems eniiinj^j in a
guttural (-o or ■»).
ludex, a jiuij^c.
Singular.
NoM. iiidex, a judge,
( i K N . iadlcis, of a judge.
TX\r. iiidlci, /<?, ox for a jtui^e.
At:c. iudJcem, a judge.
Voc. index, O judge.
Abl. iudlc6, wvV//, /torn, or />y a
jtuigc.
Rex (M.), a king
Plural.
iudlces, judges.
iudlcum, of judges.
iudiclbua, io, or for judges,
indices, judges.
iiidlces, O jtuiges.
iudlcrbus, 7oith, frofu, or l>y
Judges.
Radix (F.), a root. Dux {^l.orV.),a icadi-r.
Lex (F.), a law.
Singular.
SlNGl'LAR.
Singular.
Singular.
Num.
rex
radix
dux
lex
CiKN.
regis
radicia
diicis
legis
DAT.
regi
radioi
diici
legi
Acc.
regem
radicem
ducera
legem
Voc.
rex
radix
dux
lex
Ahu
refifS
radicd
dCic6
legg
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
Num.
reges
radices
diices
leges
CiKN.
regrum
radicum
di'l^icum
legum
DAT.
regibua
radicibus
diicibua
le^bus
Acc.
reges
radices
duces
leges
Voc.
reges
radices
diices
leges
Abl.
regibus
radicibus
dilcibus
legibus 1
' The stciv.s of these nouns are respectively : iudic-, reg-, radic-, due-, and leg-.
Til I HI) DKCI.KNHION.
39
\c orator.
,. 14. The
Vocabulary.
accuBO,
luling in .1
accus&re, accus&vl,
accuse.
prdmulgo, prdmulgAre, prdmul
gravl. A' <'tiatt.
16co, are, avl, to place.
judges.
)m, or by
), (/ leader.
OTLAR.
ex
egi3
legi
legem
Lex
leg6
'l.URAl..
leges
legum
legibus
leges
leges
legibus '
UC-, and leg-
vox, vdcl8(K.), a voice.
carmen, carmlnis (N.), a song,
I60, ]66nls (M.), a lion.
arbor, arbdrla ( F. ), a tree.
cdmes. cdmltls (M. ), a eom/>anioft.
leglo, lonls ( I'". ), a k^^ion.
EXKKCISK.
Decline to^'ethcr : c6me8 aeger. lex nulla, dux bonus, radix
tdndra, arbor altera.
Translate into English :—
I. Nonne pucllae carmina cantabant ? 2. Num arbOres in horto
tparvo magnac erant ? 3. Regisne comites fiu'runt multi ? 4.
Arboris radices in terra altae erant. 5. Nuni regis filii agricolam
laccasaverunt ? 6. Rex Romanus leges populo promulgavit. 7.
'Nonne leo magnus in silva clensa erat ? 8. Caesar Ariovistiun,
jducem (iermanonnn, in proclio supcravit. 9. Nonne arbor magna
linter Romanorum copias et flinnen erat? 10. Poetaene carmina
pueris hodie cantabant.? ir. Magistri discipuli libros Ciccronis
loratdris laudabant. 12. Roniani iudlcis leges saepe laudavCrint.
13. Nonne puer agricolae comitem accusavit ? 14. Caesilrcm,
^Romanorum inipenitorem, accusfibas. 15. Ducis filii frumentum
in reginae tectum portant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The sons of the king will place a high tree in the garden.
I. Wi'' not the companions of the farmer praise the diligence of
their sons ? 3. The roots of the tree were \oxi%. 4. Did the kings
)f the Romans enact laws for the people.? 5. Caesar, the dis-
tinguished commander of the Romans, often defeated the Britons
j^n battle. 6. Were there large trees between the town and the
^ camp of the Rt)mans ? 7. Will the daughters of the farmer sing
I songs to the consul's sons .? 8. The river was deep around the
!^^ walls of the town. 9. The boys often praised the voice of Caesar,
[the leader of the Romans. 10. Did not the father often blame the
[sons of the consul .? 11. Th' poets will sing songs in the queen's
[hall to-day. 12. The Romans always praised the orations of
[Cicero, the Roman consul. 13. The laws of your judge were just.
14. The songs of the poet always delighted the mind of the farmer.
40
FIKHT LATIN BOOK.
LESSON XXIT.
THIRD DECLENSION (Conthiue<i).
\ :
li
i
\
I -STEMS.
The second great cl.iss of nouns of the third declension, con-
sists of pouns whose stem ends in -i : as, turrie, a tmver ; stem, turri.
These are called i-stems and include : —
(i) Nouns in -is or -es not increasing' in the genitive {i.e.,
with the same number of syllables in genitive and nomi-
native).
(2) Neuter nouns ending in -e, -al, or -ar.
(3) Monosyllables with stems ending in two consonants ;
as, urbs, a city.
(4) Most nouns ending in -ns, or -ra: as, amans, a i
They are thus declined : —
Turris (F.), a toxver.
t- 11. iiiii
Singular.
NoM. turris, a tower.
Gen. turris, of a tcauer.
Dat. turri, to or for a to7ver.
Ace. turrem Cor turrimA <* toaver
Voc. turris, O to^ver.
Abl. turrS Cor turriA with, />)>,
from, or in a tower.
Plural.
turres, to^vers,
turrium, 0/ towers.
turribus, to or for foioers.
turres Cor turris^ taioers.
turres, O toivers.
turribus, with^ by^ front, or ///
towers.
Note. — Nouns of this class (i-stems) are declined like consonant
stems (/>., by dropping the -is of the genitive, a.id adding the case-
endings) ; but they show the -i of the stem in the genitive ami
accusative plural, and often in the accusative and ablative
singular.
VJUB
'','1; 'ilr
TIIIKD DECLKNSION.
41
Iirnls (M.),/fn'.
Hostis (M. or F.), ettfmy.
Nub^a (F.),rt cloiuL
■
Singular.
Singular.
Singular.
i NoM.
Iffnis
hostia
nubds
{ Gkn.
igrnis
hostia
uubia
Dat.
iifiii
hosti
nubi
Ace.
lernem
hostem
nubem
Voc.
lernis
hoatia
nubea
^^^^^1
Abi..
ierns ( i)
hostd
nub6
a
Plural.
IM.URAU
P' 'TRAL.
n^^ion, con- S
NoM.
iern^s
hoatea
nubea
stem, turri. 'W
Gkn.
i^rnlum
hontlum
nublum
Dat.
igrnibnH
hoatibua
nubibus
mitive {i.e., 9
5 and nomi- m
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
igneB (is)
igrnis
isrnlbus
hostes (is)
hostea
hoatibua
Vocabulary.
nubea (is)
nilbea
nublbus
:onsonants
rs.
'or taioers.
.), t<ni>ers.
f.
by, from, or in
ke consonant
ing the cast-
genitive and
and ablative
c&nls, cfi.nls (M. or F.), a dog.
hostis, hoatia (M. or F. ), an enemy,
coUis, collia (M.), a hill.
navis, navis ( F. ), a ship.
civis, civis (M.), a citizen.
lux, liicia (F. ), Ui;ht.
niimdrus, -i, number.
f&ber, bri, a workman.
latro, latrare, latravi, bark.
servo, aervare, servavl, preserDe^
keep.
ante, prep, (ace), before.
contra, j^rep. (ace), against.
intei, prcj). (ace), between.
pro, prep, (abl.), be/ore, for.
fortlter, adv., bravely.
Exercise.
Decline together : canis magmus, collia altus, lux clara, niim6rua
[Ingena, civia bonua, turris alta, igrnia clarus.
Translate into English : — '
I. Canis domini in aula latrat. 2. Nonne milites collem altum
[pro oppido occupavurunt ? 3. Inter Romanorum castra et hostium
[erat flumcn altum. 4. Milites pro patria fortiter pugnabant. 5.
Nonne cives Romani pro Italia contra hostes pugnabunt .'' 6. In
hostium numero semper fuerunt. 7. Caesar turrem altam pro
oppidi portis locavit. 8. Inter fines (jallorum et Germanorum est
flumenRhenus. 9. Nonne viri pro libertate pugnabant .'' 10. Viri,
[libertatem populi Romani servate. 1 1. Hostes arva Galloriim vas-
\^r~
anamm
; t
42
I'MHST I.ATrN HOOK,
t.ihuiit. 12. Numoius ina'f^iins liostiuin in < asliis nil. ij. Limae
lumen claiuni fuit. h. Lives Romani Indus saepc spcctabunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. O Romans, save the liberty of the peojile. 2. The soldiers
often f(>ii};lU for their native land. 3. Tin; Romans pitched their
camp h(>fore the >;ate of the town. 4. Tiie do^s bark in the dwell-
ing of the farmer. 5. The lij^ht of the moon w". be clear. 6. be-
tween the hill and the jilain the Romans pitched their camp. 7. The
slaves of the king seized a high hill in-fr()nl-of(//v'4-''/V.) the town,
8. The farmer's sons ga/ed-on the camp of the eiKMny {rom(<\i+ tifi/.)
the high hill. 9, The citizens will often praise the valor of the boy
in the baiiie. 10. The workmen of the Romans built many ships,
II. The camp of the enemy was between the town and the river
Rhone. 12, The enemy will build many towers on (/';/ + ^//V.) the
high hills.
LESSON XXIII.
THIRD DECLENSION (Co„m;u,jj.
I-STEMS.
Neuter nouns in -e,
•al,
•ar are declined as
follows : —
M&re (X.), a s<\r.
Animal ( N. ), an animah
Calcar (N.), spur.
SiNOin.AR.
Singular.
SlNGiri.AR.
NoM.
mfi,re
animal
calcar
Gkn.
maris
animalla
calcaris
DAT.
luAri
animali
calcari
.\cc.
mAre
animal
calcar
Voc,
mfi,re
animal
calcar
AUL.
mf-^i
animali
calcari
PUKAl-,
Plitrai,.
Plurai,.
NoM,
mAria
animalla
calcaria
Gkn.
marium
animalium
calcarium
DAT.
maribus
animalibus
calcaribus
Ace.
mAria
animalla
calcaria
Voc.
maria
animalla
calcaria
Abl.
marfbus
animalibus
calcaribus
"^r^
THIIH) DKCLENHrON.
43
J. Lunac
)vint.
soldiers
heel their
he (Iwcll-
. 6. lie-
. 7. The
the t(nvn.
)fthe boy
my ships.
the river
{■abl.) the
spur.
I.AR.
ir
iris
Lri
Lr
ir
iri
AL.
iria
irium
iribus
iria
irla
rfbus
Note. -Neutr'-s in -e. -al and -ar have the ablative singular in -i
and the genitive plural in -lum.
VOCAFJULARY.
t6l6ro, tfilfirare, tdlfirav'., f'rar, rupeH, rupls (F.), a r<v>6.
lonffUB, a, um, lof>,i^.
aequ-us, -a, -um, y'//*/.
Apud, prep. (.icc. ), near.
Oraecus, l, Greek.
endure.
crfimo, crfimare, crfimavl, />urn.
custos, custodis (M.), a }^uanl.
ius, iuris (N.), r/j,'///, law.
lituB, litdris (N.), shore,
' EXKRCISE.
Decline together : Ius Oraecum, &nlmal tSndrum. rupea alta,
litus lonffum.
Translate into English : —
I. Nonne milites Romani aggCrem altum in alto mari aedificS-
bunt ? 2. Consul in caslris Ronianis hodie erit. 3. Num agri-
colarum pueri lignum in forum portavCrant ,'' 4. Rupes in litore
[altae erant. 5. lura Romana aequa erant. 6. Animalia magna
in mari alto sunt. 7. Nonne pueri lignum in patrii sui tecto cre-
[maverunt? 8. Leo est rex animalium omnium. Q. Nautae "fru-
[mcntum multum in navibus ad Italiam portabunt. 10. Graeci regem
ihostium superaverunt. 11. Aninmlia multa per mare natant.
12. Custodes multos in rupe alta locavisti. 13. Solis lux est cUra.
14. Multa animalia in silvis densis hiemant.
Translate into Latin : —
I . Will the sailors endure the dangers of the sea "i 2. The
soldiers of the Romans will seize a part of the city. 3. The
:onsurs sons were in the city to-day. 4. The king's brother stands
m {in-\-abl.) the shore of the great sea. 5. The farmers \w\\\ burn
le wood before the gates of the city. 6. The rocks in the river
/ere high. 7. The dwellings of the farmers will be large. 8. The
fuards of the Roman soldiers will kee[) the shore. 9. The sons of
the farmer burnt the wood in the dwelling. 10. The winters are
long in Gaul. 11. The Roman soldier endured the cold of the
long winters. 12. Did the soldiers preserve the walls of the town }
44
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I! '
i
1 ^1
LESSON XXIV.
THIRD DECLENSION rCouHmicd).
Many nouns in -s and -x (originally-i- stems) have in the singular
the declension of consonant stems, and in the plural that of i stems.
They are chiefly monosyllables ending in two consonants, like
urbs, urbis, a city ; or nouns ending in ns or -rs, like amans,
amantis, a lover. They are declined as follows : —
Urbs (F.), a city.
Singular.
NoM. urbs
Gen. urbis
DAT. urbl
Ace. urbem
Voc. urbs
Abl. urbS
Plural.
NoM. urbes
Gen. urbium
Dat. lirbibus
Ace. urbes (is)
Voc. urbes
Abl. urbibus
Nox (F.), night.
Singular.
nox
noctis
nocti
noctem
nox
noctS
Plural.
noctes
nocti um
noctibus
noctes (is)
noctes
noctibus
Amans, lover.
Singular.
ftmans
d,nnantis
d,manti
&niantem
&nians
ftmante (or i)
Plural.
ftmantes
d.mantiuni
fi,naantibus
g,mantes (is)
^mantes
g.niantibus
mons, mentis (M.), .'/ inotmtain.
pars, partis (F.), a part.
pax, pads ( F. ), peace.
clar-us, -a, -wra, /a vious.
sermo, sermonis (M.), discourse,
speech.
agmen, agrminis (N.), army [on
the march.)
Vocabulary.
ater, atra, atrum, black,
iinitimus, -i, neighbor.
Romulus, -1, Romulus.
musca, ae, a fly.
recito, recitare, rdcitavi, to read
aloud.
compS-ro, are, avi, collect.
prope. prep, (ace), mar.
de, prep. [p^\.)^from,concerntn:.
Exercise. *
Decline together : mons alius, pars magna, urbs puJchra, sermo
longus, tectum altum, af'nen longum.
Translate into English : —
I. Romani pacem cum finittmis suis confirmavPrunt. 2. Romu-
lus urbem prope tluminis ripas in colle alto aedificiivit. 3 Noniic
D.
Ac
v. .
A I
IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.
45
he sing alar
of -i stems.
Diiants, like
like amans,
i8, Iffver.
;ULAR.
ms
mtis
inti
intern
Eins
ant6 (-<>'• i)
LURAL.
anteB
antium
antibus
antes (is)
antes
antibus
black,
bor.
this,
jcitavi, to read
I, collect.
vn, concernni .
iiJchra, senno
in caelo nubes atrao erant ? 4. Cicero, orator clarus, litteras in foro
recitavit. 5. Puer de monte in mare ambulat. 6. Frope urbem
erat mons altus. 7. Milites Romani urbis partem hodie occupa-
bunt. 8. Romulus hostium arces multas occupavit. 9. Fratres in
maris lilore cum sororibus ambulabunt. 10. Helium contra finiti-
mos in pace parfimus. 11. Milites hostium arcem hodie occupa-
bunt. 12. Stellas in caelo ante solis lucem spectabamus. 13.
. Milites consulem ad forum vocav6rant.
Translate into Latin :
I. The Romans praised the speech of Cicero, the consul. 2. The
enemy wounded many Roman soldiers in the battle. 3. The
^speeches of Cicero, the Roman consul, were famous. 4. The
■Roman consul burned many cities of the Gauls. 5. The arrows of
the enemy wounded your king. 6. A sparrow was devouring a
small fly. 7. In peace the Romans often collected large forces. 8.
The Romans pitched their camp before the camp. 9. Did not the
pupils praise the famous discourse cf Cicero .'' 10, The com-
mander will summon the soldiers to the citadel. 11. Will the man
read the letter of the consul aloud to the soldiers.'' 12. The
soldiers pitched their camp on (in -|- ablative) a high hill. 13.
There was a dark cloud in the sky to-day. 14. The men will build
• a part of the town.
I LESSON XXV.
^ IRREGULAR NOUNS OP THE THIRD
DECLENSION.
The chief irregular nouns of the third declension are inflected as
ibllows ;
^8 (M.), OX. Vis (F.), strength. Sus (M. or F.), swine. Nix (F.), snow.
Singular.
"^OM. bos
Gen.
Pat.
Ace.
t.
2. Ronin
3. Noniu
^:1AHI..
bo vis
bovi
bovem
bOB
b6v6
Singular.
Singular.
Si
NGULAR.
vis
SikB
nix
vis (rare)
siils
nivis
Vi (rare)
sui
nivi
vim
BHieva
nivem
vis
sua
nix
vl
add
niv6
iuWfiieiiiiiiWH
46
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
■I !
Plural.
NOM.
boves
Gen.
rbovum
\ bourn
DAT.
( bobus
\bubua
Ace.
boves
Voc.
boves
Abl.
r bobus
\bubus
S6nex (M.), a/i o/c/
Singular.
NOM.
s6nex
Gen.
s§nis
DAT.
s6ni
Ace.
sSnem
Voe.
sSnex
Abl.
sens
Plural.
NOM.
sSnes
Gen.
sSnum
DAT.
sdnibus
Ace.
senes
Voc.
sSnes
Abl,
senibtis
Plural.
vires
virium
viribus
vires
vires
viribus
Plural.
sues
siium
{suibus
subus
siies
siies
rsuibus
\silbus
Plural.
nives
nivium
nivlbus
nives
nives
nivlbus
lupiter < M. ), Jupiter, Iter (N. ), jourmy.
Singular.
lupiter
lovis
lovi
16 vera
lupiter
I6v6
Plural.
Singular.
iter
itinSris
itinSri
iter
iter
itingrg
Plural.
itinera
itinSrum
itineribus
itinSrS.
itinera
itineribus
Vocabulary.
homo, hominis (M.), a man.
miilier, mulidris (F.), a woman.
navis, navis ( F. ), a ship.
frigus, frigoris (N.), cold, frost.
latus, latSris (N.), side.
sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left.
dexter, doxtra, dextrum, right.
maturus, -a, -urn, ripe.
grat-us, -a, -um, phasing.
d6cim-us, -a, -um, tenth.
observo, are, avi, watch.
appello, -are, avl, call.
propero, are, avi, hasten.
ob, prep, (ace), on account of,
oiving to.
nam, covc\,,for.
Exercise.
Decline together : pars dextra, homo magnus, muli**r pulchra,
legio dScima, uavis longa.
GENDER OF NOUNS OF THE THIKD DECILENSION.
47
'LURAL.
nives
nivium
nivlbus
nJves
nives
nivibus
as
as
asing.
nth.
mtch.
II.
asien.
I account oj^
Translate into English : —
I. Populus Homrmus senem amicum appellabat. 2. Hostes cum
navibus niultis ad Caesarem, imperatorem Romanum, properaver-
unt. 3. Nam ob frigrtra frumentum in agris non erat maturum. 4.
Romani Ariovistum, regem Clormanorum, amicum appellabant 5.
Caesar decimam legioncm in parte agminis sinistra locfivit. 6.
Hostes nostrum iter obscrvabant. 7. Caesar naves ad unum locum
convocavit. 8. Regina hostium agros regis vastat. 9. Epistola
hostium imperatori Romanorum non grata est. 10. Hostes cum
parvis copiis agros Romanos vastabunt. 11. Frater mens multas
boves reginae donat. 12. Rex nautis et militibus multa praemia
donabit. 13. Pueri agricolae montes altos spectant. 14. Milites
mei fili virtutem laudant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. In Gaul the corn was not ripe on-account-of the frost. 2. The
Roman people often praised the man's strength. 3. Caesar often
piiiises the valor of the enemy. 4. The soldiers of the Romans
watched the ships of the enemy. 5. The woman gave a rose to
the king's son. 6. On the right side, Caesar placed the soldiers
of the tenth Ir Mon ; on the left, the forces of the allies. 7. He
■ hastens to the city with all his friends. 8. The soldiers of the
, tenth legion were hastening to Caesar. 9. The Romans will not
watch the camp of the enemy. 10. The ships of the Romans were
not large. 11. The king of the Romans praised the valor of the
Germans. 12. The snow is often deep in winter.
llAf pulchra,
lp:sson XXVI.
GENDER OF NOUNS OF THE THIRD
DECLENSION.*
1. Most nouns of th , third declension ending in -er, -or, -os, -es,
i (increasing in the genitive), -0 (except -do, -gro. -io) are masculine : as,
career Romanus, a Roman prison ; honor raagrnus, a great honor;
•Exceptions to the rules will be found in the Appendix.
48
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
I
^ ■■
!1
flos albus, a ivhtte flower; paries altus, a hi^h wall; sermo
Latinus, the Latin language.
2. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -do, -go, -io,
-as, -is, -aus, -x, -es (not increasing in the genitive), -s (preceded by
a consonant), -us (in words of more than one syllable), Tvc^J^emi-
fttne: as, multitudo magna, a great inultitudc ; imago cerea, a
ivax image J oratiolonga, a long speech; aestas calUda, a warm
summer; avis rara, a rare bird; laus parva, small J)raise; vox
magna, a loud voice; clades nostra, our defeat; plebs Romana,
the Roman populace ; virtus divina, divine valor.
3. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -c, -a, -t, -e, -1,
-n, -ar, -ur, -us, us (in words of one syllable), are neuter : as, lac
album white milk; poema longum, a long poem ; cfi-put suum,
his own head; mare magnum, a great sea; &nimal fertma, a wild
animal; limen altum, a high threshold; calcar acutum, a sharp
spur; fulgur clarum, a bright flash; tempiis antiquum, ancient
Unit; ius magnum, a great right.
Exercise.
State the gender of all nouns
rule for each: —
navis, navis, a ship.
nix, nivis, svow,
litus, litoris, a shore
oavis, onSris, a load.
fulgur, fulguris, a /lash.
frigus, frigoris, frost.
hiems, hiemis, winter.
caput, c&pitis, a head.
oratio, orationis, a speech.
carmen, carmlnis, a soni^.
vox, vocis, a voice.
in the following list, giving the
radix, radicis, a root.
animal, animalis, an animal.
mare, maris, sea.
rus, ruris, country.
tuiTis, turris, a tower.
plebs, plebis, the populace.
aedifico, are, avi, to build.
curvus, a, um, winding.
amoenus, a, um, beautiful (of
scenery).
saevus, a, \xax, cruel.
Translate into English :—
I. Pueri in nive alta ambulabant. 2. Regis filii navem longani
aediflcant. 3. Meam pulchram orationem laudatis. 4. Boves pei
lit5ra amoena errabunt. 5. Carmen gratum magna voce cantabant.
6. Multae radices in silva fuerunt. 7. Nonne fulgttra clara in caelo
V.
Ai
ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION.
49
II; sermo
Lo, -go, -io,
eceded by
7\XQ.Jemi-
;o cerea, ti
a, a warm
raise; vox
3 Romana,
;, -a, -t, -©. -1>
er : as, lac
iput suum,
rum, « w/Vrt^
Lin, a sharp
um, ancient
hodie erant ? 8. Magnum erat nomen plebis Roinanae. 9. Multa
animalia in mari alto sunt. 10. Saevum est frlgus hiemis nostrae.
II. Milites tuires altas aedificaverunt. 12. Parvum <5nus in
capite suo portat.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The country was beautiful. 2. The cattle wandered along
(per with ace), the v/inding shore. 3. The cruel populace called
him with a loud voice to the gate. 4. They did not praise Cicero's
long speech. 5. Do not walk through the deep snow. 6. Many
bodies of men were in the thick wood. 7, Do they not build
beautiful ships.-* 8. He wounded his head with an arrow. 9.
Your ship will carry a great load. 10. They had placed the large
beam on (^z>/^ the shore. 11. We will build a high tower on the
road. 12. Many Roman legions were in camp.
, giving the
f am
maL
III ace.
build.
ng.
mtiftd {of
vem longam
\. Boves pel
:ecantabant.
clara in cael >
LESSON XXVII. .
ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION.
1. Adjectives of the third declension are declined like nouns of
the third declension. They are called adjectives of one, two, or
three terminations respectively, according as they have one, two,
or three forms in the nom. sing, for expressing gender.
2. Adjectives of the third declension in er, are of three termina-
tions, and are declined as follows : —
Acer, sharp, severe.
Singular.
Plural.
Masc.
Fern.
Netit.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Nom.
ac6r
acris
acre
acres
acres
acria
Gen.
acris
acria
acris
acrium
acrium
acrium
Dat.
acri
acri
acri
acribus
acribiis
acribiis
Ace.
acrem
acrem
acr6
acres
acres
acrid,
Voc.
ac6r
acris
acre
acres
acres
acriS,
Alii,.
acri
4
acri
acri
acribiis
acribiis
acribtm
50
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
■i I
Note. — All adjectives of the third declension in -er are declined
like acer; all (except c61er, c616ris, swi/t,) drop the -e before
•or in the oblique cases (z. e , in all but the nom. and voc.) They
are all -i-stems, and, therefore, have the abl. sing, in -i, the gen.
plur. in -ium, and the nom. plur. neuter in -ia.
3. Adjectives of two terminations in -is, -e are declined as
follows : —
Mitis,
mild.
Singular.
Plural
A/asi: and Fern.
Neut.
Masc. and Fern.
Neut.
Nom.
mitis
mitS
mites
mit!&
Gen.
mitis
mitis
mitium
mitium
DAT.
miti
miti
mitibua
mitibus
Ace.
mi tern
mitd
mites (is)
miti&
Voc.
mitis
mitd
mites
mitig,
Abl.
miti
miti
mitibxis
mitibCls
Note. — Adjectives in -is, -e, have always -i in the abl. sing.,
-ium in the gen. plur., and -ia in the nom. and ace. neuter plur.
4. The comparative degree of the Latin adjective (which regu-
larly ends in -lor for the masc. and fern., and -ius for the neut.) is
an adjective of two terminations. It is thus declined : —
1
Singular.
Masc. and Fern.
Nom. mitior
Gen. mitioris
Dat. mitiori
A.CC. mitiorem
Voc. mitior
Abl. mitiore (i)
Mitior, milder
Plural.
Neut. Masc. and Fern.
mitius mitiores
mitioris mitiorum
mitiori mitloribus
mitius mitiores (is)
mitius mitiores
mitiorS (i)
mitioribus
Neut.
mitiord,
mitiorum
mitioribus
mitiorg,
mitiorg
mitioribus
Note. — All comparatives have the abl. sing, in -6 or -i, the gcr,
plural in -um, and the neut. plur. nom. in -a. They are all inflecte
like mitior, except plus, more^ which is inflected as follows : —
av
PL
d(J
bi
ADJE0TIVK8 OP THR THIRD PEPLENSION.
51
ire declined
le -e befort-
voc.) They
-i, the gen.
declined as
Plus, more.
Netit.
miti&
mitium
mitibus
mitl&
mitiS.
mitibiis
the abl. sing.,
juter plur.
(which regu-
the neut.) is
VL.
Neiit.
mitlora
mitiorum
mitioribus
mitiorfi.
mitiorfi.
mitioribus
or -i, the gen
are all inflected
follows : —
Singular.
Masc, ami Fern.
Neut.
plus
pluris
plus
plur6
I'LUKAI-
Masc. and Fern. Neut.
plures pliu4
plurium plurium
pluribus pluribus
plures (is) plurA
plures plur&
pluribus pluribus
VOCAHULARY.
6quester, Squestris, 6questr6,
cavalry.
Silvester, -tris, -trS, woody,
volucer, -oris, -cr6, witti^ed.
&l&cer, Al&cris, fi,iacr6, active,
brisk.
c616r, -is, -6, swift.
navalis, navale, naval.
utilis, util6, useful.
br6vis, -6, short.
otnnis, omn6, all.
immortalis, -6, immortal.
fortia, -6, brave.
Slcilia, -ae, Sicily.
&pud, prep. (ace. ), at, ttear.
EXKRCISE.
Decline together : frigus acre, terra silvestris, Gallia omnis,
mpus breve, s6nex mitior, bos magnus.
Translate into English : —
I. Multi boves in locis silvestribus errabant. 2. Romani
proclia navalia apud insulam Siciliam pagnaverunt. 3. Breve,
pueri, est vitae tempus. 4. Caesar omnes copias iid mare convo-
Cabit. 5. Timor magnus milites omnes occupa/it. 6. Consul
Romanus militum fortium virtutem hodie laudabat. 7. Proelium
equestre in ripa fluvii pugnaverunt. 8. Custodes fortes ante cas-
trorum portas fortiter pugnaverunt. 9. Leges omnibus hominibus
sunt utiles. 10. Imperator Romane, hostes in proel.io navali supera.
II. Num milites Romani Britannos fortes in multis proeliis supcr-
AvGrunl.'' 12. Milites Romani multa proelia cum magno periculo
pugnaverunt. 13. Di immortales multa bona hominibus bonis
donabunt. 14. In magmis periculis, pueri, fortes este. 15. Omni-
bus hominibus mors est communis. j6. Insula magna silvestris-
que est Sicilia.
T
52
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The snow in the woody places is deep to-day. 2. The Romans
fought many battles near tlieir ships. 3. The corn was not ripe in
the fields, for the frost in Gaul was severe. 4. Caesar called tiie
soldiers of the tenth legion brave men (ace.) 5. The general will
place all the brave soldiers on (in abl.) the right bank of the rivei,
6. There are many cities on the island. 7. In winter the nights
are long and the cold severe. 8. The rocks on the right bank of
the river are high and sharp. 9. O boy, the laws of your masters
are severe. 10. Many animals are not swift, i r. Caesar fought a
ca'/alry battle near the sea. 12. Are not many old men mild }
LESSON XXVIII.
ADJECTIVES OP
THE THIRD
(Continued.)
DECLENSION.-
Many adjectives of the third declension have only one form
in the nominative singular to express gender. These generally j
end in -s or x. They are consonant stems, but follow in part the
declension of -i stems, having -i or -e in the ablative singular;
iiim in the genitive plural, and -ia in the neuter plural. Thus :—
Audax, bold, "Felix., fortunate.
Singular. Singular.
Masc. and Fern.
Neiit. Masc. and Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
audax
audax
felix
felix
Gen.
audacis
audacis
felicis
felicis
DAT.
audaci
audaci
felici
felici
Ace.
audacem
audax
felicem
felix
Voc.
audax
audax
felix
felix
Abl.
audac6 (or -i)
audace {or -i)
felicS {or -i)
felic6 {or i)
Plural.
Plural
,
NoM.
audaces
audacia
felices
felicia
Gen.
audacium
audacium
felicium
felicium
DAT.
audacibus
audacibus
felicibus
felicibus
Ace.
audaces (is)
audacia
felices (is)
felicia
Voc.
audaces
audacia
felices
felicia
Abl.
audacibus
audacibus
felicibus
felicibus.
ADJECTIVKS OF THK Til I HI) DKrr-KNSION.
53
he Romans
not ripe in
• called the
general will
)f the rivei
■ the nigVits
jjht bank nf
our masters
sar fought a
n n\ild ?
iJNSION-
ily one form
ese generally
V in part the
ive singular;
til. Thus:-
nate.
Neut.
felix
felicis
felici
felix
felix
felic6(<>'"-i>
felicia
felicium
felicibus
felicia
felicia
felicibus.
NoM.
Gkn.
DAT.
Acc.
Voc.
f Abi..
V6tU8
v6t6ri8
v6t6ri
v6t6rem
V6tUB
v6t6r6 ('>r -i)
V6tU8, old.
Singular.
v6tU8
0rlen8. rising.
SlNOUI.AK.
vStfiris
v6t6ri
v6tu8
v6tu8
v6t6r6 (or -i)
Plural.
v6t6r68 v6t6ra
v6t6rum
v6t§ribu8
v6t6rea
v6t6re8
v6t6ribu8
vSterum
v6t6ribu8
v6t6ra
v6tera
v6t6ribua
driens
drtentls
drienti
ortentem
6rlen8
6rient6("r-i)
Plural.
orientes
orlentlum
orientibus
orientes
orientes
orientibus
driens
drientis
drienti
6rlens
driens
orients (or -i)
6rientia
6rientium
orientibus
orlentia
orientia
orientibus
Note. — All adjectives of the third declension have ia in the
eutcr plural except comparatives and vetua. Most adjectives have
•lum in the genitive plural when the preceding syllable is long : as,
'^audax, audacium ; acer, acrium. Hut when the preceding syllable
lis short, they have -um: as, dives, rich^ divitum; pauper, poor ;
ipauperum. Par, however, has pArium.
Vocabulary.
cens, rScentis, recent, fresh.
flens, flentis, iveeping.
dives, divitis, rich.
^par, pftris, equal.
Ingens, ingentis, lars^e, tall.
V6t6ranus, a, um. veteran.
t)6atus, a, um, happy.
ignavia, ae, sloth, ccnvanlice.
-lumen, luminis, light.
grex, gregis (M.), ajlock, herd.
factum, i, deed.
imploro, are. avi, implore.
culpo, are, avi, Idame, find fault with.
specto, are, avi, gaze on, look at.
appello, are, avi, call by ttame.
oro, are, avi, pray for.
eras, adv., to-morrow.
saepe, often.
Exercise.
Decline together : puer flens, vir audax, ager felix, sol oriens,
gnum vetus, grex magnus.
Translate into English : —
I. Puella flores recentes hodie spectabat. 2. Milites in Caesaris
astris erant audaces. 3. Romani milites veteres appellaverunt
»
54
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
veteranos. 4. In insula sunt serpciites niagni. 5. Agricolac
filii solem orientem eras spcctabunt. 6, (irex ingcns bovum in
canipo enat. 7. Muliercs flcntcs hostium Caesarem, duccm Ro-
manorum, implorabant. 8. Viri, facta audacia clarorum hominum
laudate. 9. Multi Romani consilium duels non laudabunt. 10.
Pater infclix filii ignuviam culpavit. 11. Viro diviti pecuniam
donat. 12. Nonnc mulicr ob filii mortem tristis erit ? 13. Nurn
homines pro libcrtate in proeliis pugnavorunt ? 14. Caesarmilites
veteranos in coUe alto eras locabit.
Translate into Latin ; —
I. The general gives equal parts of the land to the veteran
soldiers. 2. Will not the weeping women implore the aid of the
general ? 3. The Germans were tall and bold. 4. Was not the
sun bright yesterday ? 5. Caesar will assemble all the veteran
soldiers on the plain to-day. 6. Did the master blame the sloth of
the boy.? 7. The bold sailors often implore the gods in dangers.
8. The boys were wandering in the field and gazing-at the
fresh flowers. 9. O boy, praise the bold deed of the Roman
soldier. 10. Rich men are not often happy. 11. Old men often
find-fault-with boys. 12. The men implored the aid of the bold
Roman. 13. The farmer's flocks were wandering in the thick
wood. 14. Caesar called the soldiers of the tenth legion veterans
(ace.) 15. We often gazed-at the rising lights of heaven.
LESSON XXIX.
COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES.
1. Adjectives in Latin are compared, as in F.nr by
means of endings (terminational comparison " mjUk' the
adverbs magia, more, and maxime, jnost, to i posji. ad >bial
comparison).
2. Most adjectives are compared by means of th« endings -ior
(masc. and fem.), -lus (neut.), for the comparative, and -iaeimus (a,
-um)for the superlative : as, Altus, hii^li ; altior, higher ; altlssimuH,
highest ; gravis, heavy , severe; gravior, gravissiraus.
COMI'AKISOV OP AI>JK(5TIVKS.
66
Ai;ricolac
jovum in
jcom Ro-
hominum
)unt. lo.
pecuniam
13. Num
sar milites
le vetenin
aid of the
as not the
he veteran
he sloth of
n dangers.
:ing-at the
he Roman
men often
of the bold
the thick
an veterans
;n.
by
.A the
:ad rbial
endings -ior
-iseimus (jv,
altissimuB,
3. Most adjectives in us (a. um), most adjectives in -is (la, e),
and most adjectives of the third declension of one termination, are
.compared like altus. Thus : —
Positive.
doctus, Icanud,
dulcls, siveet,
&trox, darkf
Comparative.
doctlor,
dulclor,
atrdclor.
SirpERi.ATiVh:.
doctisslmue.
dulcisslmua.
atrocissiznus.
Note. — All these adjectives are compared by dropping the 1, or
the -is, of the genitive singular of the positive, and adding -lor or
4s8lmua to the part remaining.
• 4. Comparatives (except plus, p. 51) are all declined like mltlor
50) ; superlatives, like bonus (p. 20).
5. Than after a comparative is quam. which takes the same case
after it as the corresponding word before it* : as, Lupus est saevlor
gaam canis, ihe wolf is fiercer than the dog. Lupum saeviorem
qpiam canem aestlmo, I consider the wolf fiercer than the dojr,
%iam, however, is frequently omitted, and then the noun followi.^g
the comparative is put in the ablative : as, Lupus saevior cane est.
i$u wolf is fiercer than the dog ; lupum saeviorem cane aestimo, /
Ihnsider the wolf fiercer than the dog.
%
•^ Note. — Quam can only be omitted when the noun or pronoun
1|cfore the comparative is in the nominative or accusative : as,
Oilkes&ri potius quam Balbo donabit, he will give to Caesar rather
^an to Balbus (here quam must be used).
i
., fortis, -is, -e, stromr.
,| brSvis, Is, -e, short,
. sapiens, sapientis, wise.
-!._velox, velocis, ranft.
&er, a6ris(M.), air.
-ventus, i, wind.
Vocabulary.
finis, finis (M.)> end; pi., ten i fortes,
lux, lucis (F.), It^ht.
iudex, ludicis, judge.
vita, vitae, life.
festin-o, -are, -avl, hasten.
loco, are, avi, place, pitch.
'The wonl after quam, if the suhjectof a verh, will of course be in the noin.: as, TTe
rrif» a tKuvier load than BnUnis (carriex), portat onus gravius quam
Iklbus (portat).
I
fi.
i I
I
56
FIRiST LATIN HOOK.
Exercise.
Compare all the adjectives in the above hst. Decline together :
vir doctior, homo brevissimus, iudex sapiens, navis velox.
Translate into English : —
I. Leges inter Romanos gravissimae erant. 2. Omnium Gallo-
rum fortissimi sunt. 3. Felicior est pater quam filius. 4. Iudex
sapientior rege est. 5. Rhenus, llumen altissimum, inter Galloruni
et Gcrmanorum fines est. 6. Magister, homo doctissimus, fabulas
longissimas pueris saepe narrabat. 7. Consftlis oratio omnibu-.
militibus gratissima crat. 8. In Britannia noctes sunt breviorcs.
9. Principes inter Germanos erant fortissimi. 10. Vita hominuiii
est brevissima. 11. Milites Romani in proeliis audaciores sunt
quam Germani. 12. Inter Graecos erat doctissimus. 13. Sol is
lux est clarior quam lux lunac. 14. Roma fuit clarissima urbs.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Were not the Roman soldiers braver than the Germans? 2.
Light is swifter than wind. 3. The Roman is wiser than the
German. 4. In the battle the soldiers of the tenth legion were
bravest. 5. Cicero was the most learned orator among the Ro-
mans. 6. The sailors swam in the deepest water to the shore.
7. The farmer walked through a very thick forest to the bank of the
river. 8. You are more powerful than the sons of kings. 9. Water
is heavier than air. 10. The ships of the Romans were swifter
than the ships of the enemy, i r. The bravest soldiers hastened to
the town. 12. On a high hill the soldiers pitched their camp. 13.
The swiftest ships of the enemy are in the deep river. 14. Between
the territories of the Gauls and Germans (g<^n.) there is a deeper
river.
LESSON XXX.
ADJECTIVES OF IRREGULAR COMPARISON.
1. Adjectives in -er form their compa'-ative regularly in -ior; ])Ut
their superlative is formed by adding rimus to the nominative
singular masculine of the positive : as,
i
■■:!
^:i r
4
I
V'A.
AIUKCTIVKS OF IKRK(;ULAIl COMPARISOM.
57
: together
ox.
ium Gallo-
4. Index
;r Galloruni
lus, fabulas
io omnibus
it breviorcs.
a hominuni
iciores sunt
13. Soils
na urbs.
ermans r 2,
er than the
legion were
)ng the Ko-
the shore,
bank of the
9. Water
were swifter
hastened to
camp. I v
4, Between
is a deeper
lRISON.
J in -ior; but
; nominative
Comparative.
acrior,
mis^rior,
c§16rior,
pulchrior,
nigrior,
SUl'KKLATIVE.
acerrimus.
miaerrimus.
c61errimu8
pulcherrimus.
nigerrlmus.
T'OSITIVE.
acor, sharp,
miaer, wretched,
celer, swift,
pulcher, beautiful,
niger, blacky
Note.- V6tu8, veteris, old, has no comparative, but has veter-
rlmus in the superlative. Maturus. ripe, has both maturimua and
maturissimus.
2. The following adjectives in -ilis form their comparative regu-
larly in -ior. but their superlative in -limua:
Positive.
facilia, easy,
dlfficiUa, diffuiilt,
aimilia, similar, like,
diaaimilia, unlike,
gr&cilia, slender,
humllis, l<nv.
Comparative.
facilior,
difllcilior,
aimilior,
diaaimilior,
gracllior,
humilior,
Superlative.
facillimua.
difincillimua.
aimillimua.
disaimlllimua.
grfi,cillimu8.
buniillituus.
3. Adjectives in -dicua {saying), -ficua {doing), or -volua {willing),
form their comparative and superlative from the corresponding
paiticiple in -ena: as,
Comparative.
mfi,16dicenl/ lOr ,
munificentior,
benevolentior,
Positive.
mai6dicu3, slanderous,
munificua, lavish,
b6n6v6lua, kind.
Superlative.
m416di centlaalmua.
munif icentiaaimua.
b6n6v6lentiaaimua.
Note, — Egenua, needy, has egentior, egentisaimiis; and providua,
i/oreseeing, has providentior, providentissimua.
4. The following adjectives are irregular in their comparison : —
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.
melior, better,
peior, worse,
maior, ,^reater,
minor, less,
plus more,
divitior, "j
,..„ \ richer,
ditior, j
bonus, s^ood,
maiua, b(ui,
magnua, j^reaf,
parvus, small,
multua, much, many,
dives
dis,
lives, "l
Us. j
rich,
optlmua, best.
pesalmus, worst.
maxJmua, j^reatest.
minim ua, least.
plurimua, most.
divitiasimus, ^
,-., - ) richest,
ditisaimua, j
58
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
'i
Note. — From iuvSnis, yotaig ma7i, comes iunior, younger; and
from sdnex, o/d man^ comes s6nior, older. Youngest is natu min-
imus (= least by birth); oldest is natu maximus, {^= greatest by
birth.)
6. The English rather with an adjective, is expressed in Latin by
the comparative ; the English very., by the superlative : as, Vita
homlnum brevior est, the life oj man is rather short; vita homi-
num brevissima est, the life of man is very short,
6. The ablative is used with the comparative or superlative to
express the amount of dififeience : as, Puer uno anno senior fratre
erat, the boy was one year older than his brother ( =older by one year ).
Vocabulary.
pes, pedis (M.), a foot. collis. collis (M.), a hill.
mos, moris (M.), manner y custom, lingua, ae, tongue, language.
dolor, dol6rls ( M. ), grief. dives, divitis, rich.
iter, itinSris (N, ), march. totus, a, um, whole.
Exercise.
Decline together : puer melior, collis altior, vlr dives, pes
longrus.
Translate into English : —
I. Puella matre gracilior est. 2. Omnium pacrorum optTmus est.
3. Nonne lingua Romana difificillima est.'' 4. Mores Gallorum et
Gcrmanorum dissimillimi sunt. 5. Iter militum nostrorum difficil-
limum fuit. 6. Pueri non sunt semper meliores patribus. 7.
Turris est muro altior multis pedibus ( p. 58, 6). 8. Toto capite altior
est quam puer. 9. Caesar maximus fuit Romanorum omnium. 10.
Num nostri milites plures erunt quam hostes ? 11. Stellas e coUe
altissimo spectabant. 12. Dolor omnium minor est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The boy is taller than his father. 2. Was not the march
easier among the hills.-* 3. The rose is the most beautiful of all
flowers. 4. The feet of the girl are very small. 5. Was not the
slave richer than the master.'' 6. The boy is one year older than
the girl. 7. He was the worst of all. 8. We shall view the stars
from a higher hill. 9. They are better to-day than they were
yesterday. 10. Are not the hills very low.? ir. Is not the man
most kind.'' 12. The neediest are not always the most wretched.
IRREGULAR COMPARISON.
59
ger ; and
latu min-
reatest by
\ Latin by
: as, Vita
rita homi-
srlative to
nior fratre
one y eat).
Ul.
dives, pes
ptTmus est.
allorum et
um difficil-
itribus. 7-
capite altior
mium. lo.
jllas e coUe
the march
utiful of all
v'as not the
older than
w the stars
I they were
lot the man
wretched.
LESSON XXXI.
IRREGULAR COMPARISON. -rc^//^/'"W.>
1. The following adjectives are irregular in the superlative : —
Comparative. Superlative.
ext6rior, extremus ami extimus.
inferior, inflmua and imus.
superior,
posterior,
Note.- -Mens infimus is the lowest mount aiti (of a range) ; mot.\s
toaus, the bottom of the mountain. Supremus mens is, the highest
mountain (of a group of mountains) ; summus mons, the top of the
mountain
Positive.
ext6rus, ouhvani,
inf&rua, lower,
sCiperus, higher,
postdnis, behind.
supremus and summus.
postremus and poBtiimus.
2. Some adjectives have no positive : as,
Positive.
Comparative.
cit6rior. hither,
deterior, worse,
intfirior, inner,
ocior, swifter,
prior, former,
propior, nearer.
Superlative.
citlmus, hithermost.
deterrimus, worst,
intlmus, innermost.
ccissimus, swiftest.
primus, first.
proximua, next, nearest.
ultimus, farthest, last.
ulterior, yrtr//;^r,
Note. — The superlative with quam denotes the highest degree
J|ossible : as, Quam plurimi, as many as possible.
'^ Vocabulary.
argrentum, silver. temp us, temporis (N.), time.
aurum, gold. antiquus, a, um, ancient.
86nex, sfinis, old man. hie, adv., here.
6p\ls, dp6rls (N.), 7vork.
- Exercise.
Decline together : opus facile, tempua antiquum, aurum grave,
0allia citerior.
« Translate into English : —
. I. Senex tempora anticpia laudat, nostra cu 2. Aurum est
irgento gravius. 3. Opera tua difficillima sunt. 4. GaUia citerior
j^-
T
I
i i
'I
I 1 ii
lie
60
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
est proxima. 5. Reges Gallorum pacem cum proximis civitatibus
confirmavi3runt. 6. Leges bonae mcliorcs quam militcs fortissinii
sunt. 7. In sunimo nionte Koniani castra sua locavGrunt. 8. Sol
est maior quam luna. 9. Itinera per citeriorem tialliam fuGruiu
difficillima. 10. Mons primus fuit suprcmus omnium. 11. Hoste^
cum maximis copiis agros nostros vastabunt. 12. Urbs Roma
clarissima in Italia est. 13. Nostrae filiae sunt pulcherrimac.
14. Puer minor fratre fuit. 15. Plurlmi milites in urbe ambulabant.
Translate into Latm : —
I. On the top of the mountain the soldiers built a very high
citadel. 2. The moon is smaller than the earth. 3. In the sea arc
very large and very many animals. 4. He is the oldest of all the
poets. 5. The king was younger than his brother. 6, In the
islands the nights are longer than here. 7. The journey through
Gaul was very difficult to our soldiers. 8. The swiftest men arc
not always first. 9. The soldiers of the tenth legion were the best
of all. 10. On the highest place the general pitched the camp of
the Romans. 11. He was the richest of all the citizens. 12. In
war the farmer was very v\ "etched. 13. Caesar was the most
distinguished general among the Romans. 14. The cities in Gaul
are very small.
LESSON XXXII.
ADVERBIAL COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES.
1. Adjectives in -us preceded by a vowel, usually form their
comparative and superlative by means of the adverbs magis, more,
and maxirae, most, respectively : as,
PosiTiVK. Comparative. Superlative.
idonSus, /?/, suita'^k. magis Idoneus, maxime idon6us.
dubius, (iouhtfitly magis dubius, maxime diibius.
But adjectives in -quus, form the comparative and superlative
regularly : as, antiquus, ancient , antiquior, antiquissimus.
2. Adjectives followed in English by to or for^ are usually
followed by a dative in Latin : as, Utilia civitati, lueful to the state.
aptus bello, fit fof' war; simllla patri, like (to) the father.
ADVKUniAL COXfPAHISON OP ADJKCTIVES.
()1
civitatibus
s fortissimi
nt. 8. Sol
[iam fuerum
II. Hoste^
Uibs Rom;i
alcherrhnac.
ambulabanl.
a very higli
n the sea are
;st of all the
. 6. In the
rney through
test men arc
were the best
. the camp of
rens. 12. In
vas the most
cities in Gaul
ICTIVBS.
ly form their
magls, more,
ERLATIVE.
ne id6n6us.
ne diibius.
nd superlative'
iimus.
;-, are usually
*u! to the stiitf.
either.
3. Adjectives followed in English by of, are usually followed in
Latin by the genitive : as, Avidus laucs, .^'"mv/v oj praise ; plenus
milltum, full of soldiers Dlgrnus (worthy), however, takes the
abl. : as, Dignus poena, worthy of punishment.
Vocabulary.
amicus, -a, -yxm, friendly.
inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly,
carus, -a, -um, dear.
avidus, ,qreedy, fond.
simllis, -e, //7r (with the clat.)
dissimilis, -e, unlike (with thedat.)
Exercise.
Decline together : homo amicus, opus plenum, terra simllis,
miles fortissimus, piiella pulchrior.
Translate into English : —
I. Urbs frumenti plena erat. 2. Dux omnibus Gallis amicus
erit. 3. Puer patri simillimus fuit. 4. Locus magis idoneus
castris quam urbi est. 5. Caesar omnibus Romanis carissimus
fuit. 6. Castra Romanorum quam hostium propiora erant. 7.
Locus est maximc idoneus castris. 8, Poeta optimus omnibus
hominibus carus est. 9. Populus Romanus avidissimus belli erat.
10. Urbes turn erant plenae hominum clarorum 11. Filius patri
simillimus erat ; puella matri. 12 Omnium Gallorum fortissimi
sunt. 13. Milites nostri maxime dubii erant. 14. Epistola filiae
carior fuit matri quam filii.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The Roman leader was very friendly to the Gauls. 2, The
soldiers of the Roman legion were dear to Caesar. 3. The Romans
were more friendly to the Greeks than to others. 4. The place
was more suitable for a temple than for a camp. 5. He was the
best poet among the Romans. 6. Was not the last king very like
his brother? 7. The Gauls were next to the Germans. 8. He was
very fond of the praise of the citizens. 9. The Romans seized a
town full of corn. 10. The hill was very suitable for a camp.
11. Was not the boy very unlike his father ? 12. The soldier was
very like his brother. 13. The boy hastened to the nearest city.
14. The largest boys are not always the best.
62
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
LESSON XXXIII.
FOURTH DECLENSION.
1. Nouns of the fourth declension have the genitive singular in
2. Nouns of this declension end in the nominative singular in
-lis or u. Nouns in -lis are masculine ; those in -u are neuter.
3. Nouns in -us are declined as follows : —
Fructus {M..),/rml.
Singular. Plural.
NoM. fruct-ua, /rui/. truct-na, fruits.
Gen. fructus, of fruit. fruct-uum, of fruit;.
Dat. fruct-ui, to ox for fruit. fruct il&us, to ox for fruits.
Acc. fruct-um, //v/iV. fv\x.ct-\x.a, fruits.
Voc. fruct-us, O fruit. fructus, O fruits.
Arl. fruct-u, w////, by ox from fruit, fruct-ibus, w/M, byoxfromfriii.s.
4. Nouns in -u are declined as follows : —
Comu (N.), a horn.
Singular
NoM. comu, a horn.
Gen. corn -us, of a horn.
Dat. corn-u, to ox for a horn.
Acc. corn-u, a horn.
Voc. corn-u, O horn.
Plural.
corn-iia, horns.
com-uum, of horns.
corn-Ibus, to ox for horns.
corn-ua, horns.
corn-ua, O horns.
Ahl. corn-u, 7vith, by or from a corn-ibus, tvith, by ox from horns.
hot n.
5. The following nouns have -\ibu3 instead of -ibus in the dative
and ablative plural : Artus, a joint ; portus, a harbor ; tribus, a
tribe ; veru, a spit ; and all dissyllables in -cus, as lacus, a lake.
6. Domus (F.), a house ^ is irregular and is inflected as follows : —
SIN(.ULAR.
NoM. dom-us.
Gen. dom-us.
Dat. dom-ui (or dom-o).
Acc. dom-um.
Voc. dom-iis.
Abl. dom-o (or dom-u).
Plural.
dom-us.
dom-dum (or dom-orum).
dom-ibus.
dom-os (or dom-us.)
dom-iis.
dom-ibus.
FOL'Uril DKCLENSION.
63
iingular in
singular in
leuter.
exercitus, us, an army,
liisus, us, sport, play.
equitatus, us, cavalry.
arcus, us, a ho7v.
currus, us, a chariot.
VOCAPULAHY.
8§natU8, us, the senate.
conspectus, us, sight, view.
p6ditatus, us, infantry.
latus, d, um, broad, ivide.
ImpSdimenta, orum, baggage.
Exercise.
Decline together : exercitus magnus, domus lata, currus c61er.
Translate into English : —
r. Imperator Romanus peditatum equitatumque in locis superiori-
bus locfivit. 2. Senattls popiili Romani virtiitem exercitus laudat.
3. Domus mea altior quam tua est. 4. Caesar militum virtutem in
senatu laudfibit. 5. Milites in ducis conspectu pugnabant. 6.
Fructus in agricolarum hortis maturi erant. 7. Lustts animos puer-
orum saepe delectat. 8. Milites multi cum impedimentis in urbem
properaverunt. 9. Nonne cornua magna sunt? 10. In urbe sunt
multae domus. 11. Prater consfilis aham domum in urbe aedifi-
cfivit. 12. Hritanni contra peditatum Romanum pugnaverunt. [3.
Mcus nostri sunt longiores quam Romanorum.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Sport always pleases boys. 2. The bows of the Romans were
shorter than ours. 3. The general often praised the cavalry of
the Roman army. 4. Your house is lari^-^er than mine. 5. No
army is in the territory of the enemy. 6. The senate of the Roman
people will praise the infantry of your army. 7. The hfll was in
sight of our soldiers. 8. The army of the Romans is better than
yours. 9. The Romans built very many ships. 10. The soldiers
carried the corn to the camp. 1 1 . The Senate gave many rewards
to the soldiers. 12. The chariots of the Gauls were very long and
broad. 13. The boy's bow is full of joints. 14. The soldiers
praised the valor of the general.
LESSON XXXIV.
FIFTH DECLENSION.
1. Nouns of the fifth declension have the genitive singular in -ei
The nominative singular alwius ends in -es.
V if
fill
64
PIHST LATIN HOOK.
2. All nouns of this declension are fcni., except meridles (noon),
which is niasc. and dies {^(fv), which is masc. or fern, in the sing.,
and masc. in the plural. Nouns in -es are declined as follows: —
Res (F.), a thing, matter.
Singular. Plural.
Dies (M. or F.), a day.
Singular. Plural.
NOM.
res,
Gen.
r6-i,
DAT.
r6-i,
Ace.
rem,
Voc.
re-8,
Abl.
re
dies,
die-8.
die-i,
die -rum
die-i,
die-bus.
die-m,
die-8.
dies,
dies.
die.
die-bus.
re s.
re-rum.
re-bus.
re-s.
res.
re-bua.
3. In respublica (F.), the commonwealth, both parts are in-
flected : —
Res-publica (F.), the commonwealth^ country.
Singular. Plural.
NoM. res-publica, res-publicae.
Gen. rei-publicae, rerum-publicarum.
Dat. r6i-publicae, rebus-publicis.
Ace. rem-publicam, res-publicas.
Voe. respublica, res-publicae.
Abl. re-publica, rebus-publicis
ABLATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES.
4. The following adjectives govern the ablative : Dignus, worthy;
indignus, unworthy ; contentus, contented; praeditus, endowed
with; fvet\\&,relyifigon; \\\>ev, free from : as, Miles corona dignus
est, the soldier is worthy of i crown ; piier ingdnio praeditus est,
the boy is endowed with ability.
Vocabulary.
fides, fidei,/a////, loyalty. mercator, oris, merchant.
spes, spei, hope^ expectation. ramus, i, a branch.
pernicies, -ei, ruin, bane. luxuria, -ae, luxury.
portus, -us, a harbor. notus, -a, -um, kuo^vn.
usus, -us, experience. occupo, are, avl, seize.
timer, -oris (M. ), y^ar. nunquam, adv., never.
Exercise.
Decline together: dies clara ; res magna ; portus idoneus ; respub-
Uca nostra.
Translate into English : -
I. Milites fide imperatoris freti erant. 2. Mercatores omncni
1,
;#"■'
(a
one ,
(b
IMPln]
horu
2.
Whm
NUMEHAL AD-IKCTIVRS AND ADVERBS.
65
)B {noon),
the sing.,
ows : —
, a day.
LURAL.
ie-8.
[e-rutn.
ie-bus.
ie-8.
ie-8.
.ie-bu8.
:ts are in-
,rum.
us, worthy:
IS, endowed
ronS. dignvis
aeditus est,
merchant.
uh.
Miry,
kncnun.
vi, seize.
,, never.
letis ; respvib-
tores omnem
rem Romaniii nuntiavorunt. 3. Timor tnagnus rcnipublicuin oc:cii-
pavit. 4. Magna crat spes victoriae in aniinis niilituni. 5. Puer
patre suo indignus est. 6. Nautae, spc freti, marc magnum navi-
gant. 7. Mercator nun(|uam in portu est ; mare akum navigat.
8. Miles fortis omni laiide dignus fuit. 9. Muri urbis nostrae
altiores quam hostium sunt. 10. Usus in omnibus rebus est utilis,
^ sed utilissiinus in bello. 1 1. Luxuria est maxima pcrnicies reipub-
licae. 12. i\icr omni culpa liber est. 13. Imperator maximas res
exercitui nuntiabit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The hope of the soldiers was very great. 2. The general,
relying on his valor, seized the camp of the enemy. 3. All the
harbors were very well known {supcrl.) to our sailors. 4. They called
the son of the general, the hope of the commonwealth. 5. The man
^was worthy of death on-account-of(<V^+'^'^^-) his unworthy life. 6.
^he men were free from fear. 7. The son of the general was
endowed with great ability. 8. He was contented with a golden
crown. 9. The leader, relying on the loyalty of his soldiers, seized
the camp of the enemy. 10. Luxury is a bane to all common-
§vealths. II, Small birds often build on the tops of (p. 59, i)
trees. 12. Ihe soldier is worthy of the greatest praise on account
bf his valor. 13. The master built large houses for his slaves.
LESSON XXXV.
% NUMERAL ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS.
\v 1. Numerals in Latin are divided into adjectives and adverbs,
jplumeral adjectives are divided into three classes : —
i (a) Cardinals, answering to the question, /r(>7»y many? as, unus,
#l^y duo, two.
(b) Ordinals, answering to the question, which in order? as,
jprtmus, first.
_4(^) ^distributives, answering to the question, how inatiy each ?
1^^ many at. a time? as, Singuli, one by one; bini, tivo by two.
*2. Numeral adverbs answer to the question, how often ? Thus :
aimel, once J bis, twice ; ter, thrice.
-1 5
i1
HI
0(1
PTHST TiATIM noOK.
M
a
•<
a:
M
Qi
O
-f;
11
o F
^ 5
111
ta o ti
0)
'5 ,g o 'C
)« Tl >« >2
>3
i^
a
•d
*3 C O* 00
o
00
a
0)
•0
2^
^ s
^j DO
2 ® ffl
•s a-G
IS c
0,2
•r o
.© Q
5§£
0)
'§ -3 'a
•a '* •§ I
dj
'a:;, ..
+jO'C3'a)mOfl'd
■a
I©
I
•a
0)
4^
.-«
§1
.'a
« .©
d p.
1© '
00
'§ '3 's
'* '8 1
I© t>
•d :«
o -d
^_.g
S -d § '^
IS
S O
f-d
o
■p
-p
a
4S P ®
ft +o > o
© O 'O HD
CO o n 'd
1 1
o >®
>® -d
•d o
3 -d
C « > !-
H-( t-M rS r^ t^ ^^
1^ t-, P-. f-5 J^,
'-' ^ r^ u "-• i-i Lj ri
5 P '^ SS > 5 ? ^'^
M
«
iHlMC0-*iO«iI-00O3©rHn'J
1> u-i « t- 00 C5
O r-(
gs^=
CI M
03
?!
•ti
NITMRHALS
67
1 *
dD a 3
g m c
>(I)
(0 43 a
■g«'8
S§'S
o'o'OTindcSooo'd+aO'o'
ri 'm ^ o"d o
s
w
m
CD
3
'4)
a
boioj
m
ipi
:i
•V
•d
o* be
r-t iM
d
3
•3
0)
0*0*02
a 2
to fl
^«
>d be
0) o
to O
3
'0
|E
0. ® _
to m §
^ ^ m
a a '0)
)|H )f^ jj
CO CO t;
« fl y
(]) © 3
o o -d
3
i 5 ,«
fl !^ 3
m .a d
+^ <D 'to 2
S t^ '1^
0) n -p
jH bp 01 to a
to O d d ,Q
as
o8
ic3
Id .a ?
C iX +J o '» -P +J +J
•q « ft i3_« d d d
o'cocooduoo
(35
a .3
^ ^ 2 ^'
(S
08
•rf S d -.C ^
•^+4.SSd'^?p' ^
flS^bD§!=!^?^a
<»S^dO"X3dbo<D'^
P « c3 .S 5d o. -iS d 3 O
5 '2i 3 d
"0 +3 C O*
cS 5? o o -d d
QD CO o d n "d
J >i >< X o o ?^
J -^ X >i ^
o o u d d d u cj r; 53 ri n r)
O O ir
^ o -^ « J-, o
P
S ii ?^ .^
O O Q
® I-
-S$S g Sg8
i-l ffl CO -^ lO
o S 5 5
2 2 5 2 =>
5 5 5 5 o
iH ijT o o o
1-1 o
A
01
d
3)
s
3
C
C
o
u
^
68
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
ill p! V
t (119
t I
4. Cardinal numerals are indeclinable except (i) unus, ofir;
dao, /7L'o; tr68, three ; (2) the hundreds, bcj^inning with dacenti,
two hundred; (3) the plvral of mille, a thousand.
Unua, ^«r, has already been declined (p. 27). Diio and tres are
declined as follows : —
Duo, t7V0.
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
NOM.
dtio
daae
dCio
Gen.
diiorum
duarum
duorum
DAT.
duobus
dnabus
daObiiH
Ace.
duos or diio
daas
dCio
Voc.
dao
dOae
duo
Abl.
diiobus
dCiabus
ddobus
Tres, three.
Masc
. and Fem.
Neut.
NOM.
tres
tria
Gen.
trium
trium
DAT.
tribUB
tribus
Ace.
tres (is)
tria
Voe.
tres
tiia
Abl.
tribus
tribus
5. Mille, a thousand, is indeclinable in the singular, but in the
plural is declined as follows : —
NoM. miina, Gen. millium, Dat. millibus,
Ace. millia, Abl. millibus.
Note. — Mille, in the singular, may be either an adjective, or a
noun with the word depending on it in the genitive : as, Mille
homines or mille hominum, a thousand men. In the plural it is
always a noun : as, Decern millia hominum, /en thousand 7ncn
(=ten thousand of men).
6. Compound numbers like 21, 22, &c., when between 20 and
100, are written unus et viginti, duo et viginti, or viginti unus,
viginti duo, &c.
Above one hundred^ the greater number precedes (with or witli-
out et): as, ducenti unus, or ducenti et unus, two hundred and one.
NUMERAL ADJKCTIVES AND ADVERBS.
60
7. The ordinals are declined like the singular of bonus (p. 20),
and the distributives like the plural of bonus.
8. The distributive numerals are used : —
(a) To express our so many at a time^ so many each^ with a
cardinal numeral : as, Pii6ris binos llbros donavlt, he gave the hoys
two books apiece.
(b) To express multiplication : as, Bis bina, t^uice two.
(c) With substantives that have a different meaning in the
singular and plural, respectively : as, Bina castra, two camps.
(Castrum is a fort ; duo castra, would mean tivo/orts. See Appen-
dix).
EXTENT OF TIME AND SPACE.
9. Duration of time and extent of space arc usually expressed
by the accusative : as, Romulus septem et triginta annos regrnavlt,
Romulus rcii^ncd thirty-seven years; nix quattuor p^des alta, snow
four feet deep. (Per, through, is added to the accusative of time to
express precision).
PARTITIVE GENITIVE.
10. The partitive genitive expresses the whole of which a part
is taken : as, Pars militum, part of the soldiers ; unus militum, one
of the soldiers; decern millia passuum, ten thousand paces (=ten
Roman miles).
Exercise.
Decline together : unus miles, diiae domiis, tria millia passuum,
alter homo.
Translate into English (for vocabulary, see end of book) : —
I. Milites binis telis content! erunt. 2. Arbor quadraginta pedes
alta est. 3. Rex annum jam tertium et vicesimum regnat. 4.
Caesar castra decem millia passuum ab hostibus locavit. 5.
Graeci urbem Troiam decern annos ob unam mulierem oppugna-
ibant. 6. Locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos aberat. 7.
Quaestoris hiberna castra aberant ab imperatore millia passuum
[viginti quinque. 8. Duodeviginti annos tyrannus Syracusanorum
[fuit Dionysius. 9. Agger pedes trecentos longus erat, altus duo-
jdecim. 10. Per tres menses nullum mare mercatcjribus nostris
tutum erat. 11. Quinque horas nostri milites cum hostibus pugna-
I !?' y-^
EBBttUBMSaalS
70
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
verunt. 12. Gives Romulurn conditorem urbis Romae appellaver-
unt. 13. Puer duo millia passuum ambulavit. 14. Milites in
oppido multas horas pugnabant. 15. Fagus in silva multos pedes
aha est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The soldiers of the tenth legion walked through snow two
feet deep. 2. The camp of the enemy is ten miles distant from the
river. 3. The tree is higher than the mound of the camp. 4. The
city was about a mile distant from the sea. 5. The Romans
pitched their camp on the top of a hill. 6. The general will give
the soldiers of the seventh legion 1 wo crowns apiece on account of
their valor. 7. Geneva is a town very near the territories of the
Helvetii. 8. The tree is one hundred feet high. 9. The boy
walked many miles across high mountains. 10. The general
collected ten thousand -oldiers at the foot of the hill. 11. A marsh
two thousand feet wide an1 three miles long was between our
camp and the camp of the enemy. 12. The plain is distant from
the city about eighteen miles. 13. The town is eight miles distant
from the camj). 14. The Roman general was endowed with great
ability. 15. The wall was ten mileo long and eighteen feet high.
LESSON XXXVI.
PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE
INDICATIVE.
1. The present, imperfect, and future indicative of the passive
voice, are formed by adding endin^Js to the present slem. These
tenses are inllected as follows : —
Present.
SiNoui.AR. Plural.
1. Pers., fi,mor, / iim {^rinif) loved. Amarnur, we are {^eing) '(rjed.
2. " fi-m.\ris or amare, i'Jto., ..,( &,meinxlni, yoti are loz'Sii.
lovsd.
3. ** Amfttnr, he [she, if) is /ortuf. Amantur, fAey are l(n<ed.
PASSIVK VOICE OF TUK F1K8T CONJUGATION.
71
Imperfect.
1. Pers., &m§.bar, I was [heitii;) Im'ed. arn&bamur, 7ve7vere{bein^) loved.
2. " amabaris or amabare, Mf« ^mh^B.xxi\vi\, you wet c loved,
wast '07'Cd.
X, " amabatur, he {she^ it) was d.mabantur, they were loved,
loved.
Future.
1. '• d.vcxaX>ov, I shall be loved. &ixia,hlmnr, we shall he loved.
2. ' ' amaberis or amabere, thou 4mabimini, you will be loved.
wilt be loved.
3. ' * amabltur, he {she, it) will amabuntur, they will be loved.
be loved.
ABLATIVE OF AGENT.
2. The agent after a passive verb is expressed by the ablative
with a or ab: as, Vir a sociia laudatur, the tmai is praised by his
comrades.
ABLATIVE OK INSTRUMENT.
3. Cause, manner, means, and instrument arc denoted by the
abhuive without a preposition : as, Puer pallidas ira fuit, ///'• boy
7vas i>ale with rage (alil. of cause) ; ma^no fletu Caesarem orant,
they beseech Caesar luith much zoceping {sihX. of manner) ; Gallorum
animos verbis conflrmat. he encourages the ?ninds of the Gauls by
his words (abl. of means) ; puerum gladio vulnerat, he wounds
the boy with a sword {;^h\. of instruaient).
Exercise.
Dechne together: primum agmen; urbs alta ; tanta virtus;
Karthagrc urbs antiqua ; Scipio, vii prudens.
Translate into English :-
I. Pueri boni a magistris su j laudabuntur. 2. Hostium agri
totam hiemem a militibus Roaianis ferro et igni vastantur. 3.
Karthago, urbs antiqua, a Scipione expugnabatur. 4.. Ab onm'-
bus bonis viris laudabor. 5. Num epistola tui patris ab meo
socio laudatur? 6. Res a fngitivis nuntiatur. 7. Puerum alii
(some) culpant, alii laudant. 8. Puer a patre suo educabatur.
9. A tuo patre et matre laudabCris. 10. Nonnc militinn animi
timore perlurbantur? 11, Tanta scientia erat imperatori.^ Romani,
12. Castra a Caesare, duce Romano, in summo monlc locantur.
72
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
13. Milites legionis septimae in colle altissimo castra \ocaverun<.
14. Num castra ab militibus nostris in summo monte locantur.''
Translate into Latin : —
I. I shall be praised by the soldiers of the first legion. 2. Did
not the boy blame the soldier ? 3. Caesar will be praised by all
the soldiers. 4. Many battles were being fought by the Romans
in Gaul. 5. The city is saved by a faithful slave. 6. The Gauls
devastated the fields of the Romans with fire and sword. 7. The
good pupil is praised by his master. 8. He will be praised by all
citizens on account of his valor. 9. O boy, praise the valor of the
Roman soldiers 10. The skill of the Romans in war is praised by
all men. 11. The waves of the sea arc disturbed by the wind.
12. Scipio took Karthagc, a very rich city, by storm. 13. Some of
the soldiers fought against the Gauls for ten years. 14. The king
reigned twelve years in the state.
LESSON XXXVII.
PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
(Continued. )
1. The perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect of the indicative
passive are formed from the perfect participle passive with sum, /c
be. Thus :
PERFECT.
Singular. Plural.
1. Pers. , amatus sum, / have been, araati sumus, we have bceUy or
or tvas, loved. were, l(nied.
2. ' ' amatus 6s, Zhou hast been, &mati estis, yoii have tyeen, or were,
or 7vast, loved. loved.
3. *' dmatus est, //(• has been, or fi,mati aunt, they have been, or were,
zvas, loved. loved.
PLUPERFECT.
' amatus eram. / had been fi,mati Sranius, 7ve had been loved.
loi'cd.
* amatus 6ras, thou hadsi amati eratis. you luid been Icwad.
been loved.
' amatus erat, he had been amati 6rant they had been lozi t.
loved.
I.
2.
PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
73
2. Did
d by all
Romans
le Gauls
7. The
;d by all
3r of the
raised by
he wind.
Some of
The king
ATION.
indicative
th sum, /('
ve bceUy or
rf w, or werCy
;<r;/, or were,
i been loved,
been IffVM-
I been Iffici-
FUTURE PERFECT.
1. Pers., ftmatus ero, / shall have fi.mati Srimua, 7ve shall have been
been hwed loved.
2. " ftmatus eris, thou zvilt amati eritis, you will have been
have been Iffved. loved.
3. " amatus 6rit, he ivill have amati erunt, they will have been
been loved. loved.
IMPERATIVE PRESENT.
2. The present imperative passive is inflected as follows: —
2. Pers. , amare, he thou loved.
amamini, be ye loved.
Note. — The perfect participle passive is regularly formed by
adding -tus to the present stem: as, ama-re, to love; present stem,
Ama-; perfect participle passive, ama-tus. The perfect participle
passive is inflected like the adjeciivc bonus, and agrees with the
noun to wnich it refers, in gender, number and case : as, Puer
amatus est, the boy has been loved ; amatus is nominative singular
^masculine, agreeing with puer. Puella amata est, the girl has been
l.->ved ; amata is nominative singular feminine, agreeing with
_ jlla.
3. From the perfect participle passive, b}' the change of -us into
um, is formed the supine in -um. The supine in -um has the
iforce of the English infinitive used to express purpose; but it is
u>ed only after verbs of motion : as, Puerum portavit ludos speo-
tutun:. he brought the boy to see the games (spectatum is the supine
in um after the verb of motion portavit.)
Note. — The present indieative., the present infinitive., the perfect
'ndicative., and the supine., are called the principal parts of the verb.
\. : amo, amare, amavi, amatum, are the principal parts of
no.
Exp:rcise.
f'live the principal parts of: porto, aro, dono, voco, laudo.
Translate into English : —
1 . Pueri ad matrem vocati sunt. 2. Ager ab agricola aratus est.
Liljer parvus puero donatus erit. 4. Ccna a puellis parata crit.
%
" *\
3
J
Nonne viri ad hortum vocati erant.'' 6. Cur a pueris laudatus
i
J
74
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
es? 7. Num agiicolae filii in hortum vocati sunt? 8. Floresne
militibus a regina donati sunt ? 9. Pugna a militibus bene pugnata
est. 10. A pulchra virgine laudatus eris. 11. Nomina hominuni
a nauta rogata erant. 12. Galli a Romanis superati erunt. 13.
Vocavit agricolam agros aratum (supine).
Translate into Latin :—
I. Have you been praised by the master? 2. Did he give the
books to the boy ? 3. Had the Httle book been given to the judge?
4. Was the farmer called to plough {supine) the field? 5. Had the
meal been prepared for the sailor by the girl? 6. The brave
soldiers had all been killed by the sword. 7. The fields wiil have
been ploughed in summer. 8. Was not the fight very badly fought ?
9. Have the girls been surpassed by the boys? 10. Was not the
house built for the queen ? 11. The beautiful girl had been praised
by all. 12. Did he not bring tne boy to walk among the flowers ?
LESSON XXXVIII.
REVIEW OF THE PASSIVE OP AMO.
ABLATIVE OF TIME WHEN.
A point of time (time when) is expressed by the ablative : as,
Hieme noctes sunt long-ae, in ivinter the nights are long.
Exercise.
Decline together : Virgo pulcbra, onus grave, ver novum, acies
lontfa, aestas brevis.
Translate into English : —
I. Auctumno noctes sunt longiores quam aestate. 2. Omnes
milites in exercitu Romano a duce laudantur. 3. Agricohie a- ,i^
verC arant. 4. Nostra consilia hostibus a servis nuntiabantur.
5. Miics sagitt's hostium vulneratur. 6. Magna copia frumenii a
servis ad urbem Romam aestate proximS, portabltur. 7. Pattr
patriae a Senatu populoque Romano appellaris. 8. Hieme media
castra ab iniperatore in collibus altiisimis locantur. 9. Caesar
multos annos imperator in Gallia fuit. 10. Hieme Romani in
■■i
ADVERBS.
75
castris erant ; vere imperator ad bellum legiones excitabit. ii.
Onera gravia a niilitibus trans niontes portantur. 12. Dux hostium
tclo vulnerabatur. 13. Primo anno Komani Brutum consulem
creaverunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The brave boy swam across the deep river. 2. On (in) dark
nights the clouds hide the moon. 3. The birds sing songs in spring
among the woods. 4. The days in winter are shorter than in
summer ; the frost is keener than in spring. 5. You were being
praised at-that-timc {tuni) by all the citizens. 6. The house of the
farmer is smaller than that^ of my father. 7. At daybreak the
camp was pitched in the plain by the Romans. 8. The maidens
were often praised by the queen on account o^ {ob + ace.) then
diligence. 9. The master will be praised by all the servants.
10. The maiden was beloved by all her sisters. 1 1. The boy was
wounded by the arrow of his brother. 12. In autumn a large
quantity of corn was brought to the city by the farmers. 13. hid
not the Romans collect (coniparo) three thousand cavalry and six
thousand infantry in the spring ?
ivura, acies
LESSON XXXIX.
ADVERBS.
1. Adverbs are formed from adjectives in -us and -er of the first
and second declensions, by changing the genitive singular of the
adjective into e. Thus : —
Genitive.
Adjective.
narus, Jenr,
dignus, '.cot thy,
pulcher, heaiiliful,
miser, -vrctchcdy
car-1,
dign i,
pulchr-l,
miser-i,
Adverb.
care, dearly.
dign-e, 7001 (hily.
pulchr-e, hcauti fully,
tai3er-e, 7vretchedly.
2. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the third declension
by changing the -is of the genitive singular into iter, or--if the
[adjective ends in -ns - into -ter. Thus : -
r
1^
^ Omit that.
76
Adjective.
fortis, brave,
gravis, heavy,
acer, sharp,
ferox, fierce,
s&piens, ivise,
prudens, prudent.
first latin book.
Genitive.
fortis,
grrSv-is,
acr-is,
ferocis,
sapient-is,
pnident-is,
Adverb.
fort iter, bravely.
grav-iter, heavily.
acr-iter, sharply.
feroc-iter, fiercely.
s&pient-er, wisely,
prudent-er, prudently.
3. Some adverbs have two forms, one in -e and one in -ter
as,
Adjectives.
durus, hardf
flrmus, firm,
largus, bounteous^
humanus, courteous^
miser, wretched.
Adverbs,
dure, diir-iter.
flrm-e, flrm-iter.
larg-e, larg-iter.
liuman-e, human-iter.
naiser-e, miser-iter.
4. The neuter accusative singular of many adjectives is used as
an adverb : as,
Adjective. Adverb.
multus, tnuchy multum.
facilis, easy, facile.
rScens, fresh, » recens.
dulcis, sweet, dulce.
4. The neuter singular comparative of the adjective is used as the
comparative of the adverb. The superlative of the adverb is formed
from the superlative of the adjective, by changing the genitive
singular ending to -e. Thus :
Positive, Comparative. Superlative.
Adj. carus, dear, carior, carissimus.
Adv. care, carius, carissime.
{
( Adj. miser, 7o retched,
\ Adv. misere,
f Adj. acer, sharp,
\ Adv. acriter,
{
Adj. prudens, prudent.
Adv. prudenter.
misenor,
misernmus.
mis§rius.
miserrime.
acrior,
acerrimus.
acrius,
ecernme.
prudentior,
pruden tissimus
prudentius.
prudentissime.
ADVERBS.
7. Some adverbs are formed irregularly from .uljcctivesi : as,
ADVKKHS.
77
-^1
Adjective.
bonus, i^ooi/,
malus, /'ad,
multus, niuc/i,
Positive.
bene, well,
male, badly,
multum, much.
CoMl'AR.
melius,
peius,
plus,
SurERL.
optime.
pessime.
plurimei'/-
plurimum.
minime.
maxime.
^QXVWB, small, little, pfi-rum, little, minus,
magnus, .i.wa/', magnopere, ^.^'■/w/Zj'. '^agis,
8. Some adverbs, not derived from adjectives, are compared : as.
Positive. Comi'akative. Superlative.
diu, lon^, diutius, divtissime.
saep6, often, saepius, saepissime.
Exercise.
Form adverbs from the following adjectives, and compare both
[adjectives and adverbs : Celer, swift ; altus, high ; aeger, sick ;
[eimilis. like; libens, willing ; audax, bold.
Decline together : aquila celeris, dies clarior, eques fortlssimus.
Ivita melior.
Translate into English : —
I. Roman: multos annos contra Karthaginienscs fortlter pugna-
Iverunt, 2. Vere imperfitor imam legionem celerlter comparabit.
h. Una legio ab duce Romano aestaie celeirime comparatur. 4.
[Homo saepe est poenii gravissima dignus. 5. \'irtus militum ab
laesare maxime laudatur. 6. Italia, nostra patria, ab omnibus
:ivibus carissime amatur. 7. Homo in meo consulatu a Senatu
lepissime laudabatur. 8. Galli magnas equitum et peditum
popias celerriii^e comparant. 9. Locus proelio maxime idoneus
;st. 10. Ti.nor maximus omnes milites exercitus saepissime occu-
)avit. 11. Die decimo Caesar omnia arma ad oppidum celerius
)ortabit. 12. Reltquas Icgiones pro castrorum portis lu'idie locavit.
13. Imperatorem tela hostium gravissimc vulneravcrunt. 14. In
la' virtute nostra spes victoriae est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The snow was four feet deep on'^ the top of the mountain. 2.
I. Alone. 2. Use /;/ with ahl.
Si
r
78
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
The army of the Remans is often defeated in war. 3. Ten lej^ioiis
are quickly (ollected by the general against the enemy. 4. Tlu'
soldiers fought very bravely for four hours. 5. The general praised
greatly the valor of his soldiers. 6. The generals pitched the camj)
in a very suitable j)lace. 7. The man is contented with all his
friends. 8. The commander thought the plain a very suitable
place for a camp. 9. The Gauls were very fond of war and for
many years fought very fiercely against the Germans. 10. On the
next day, the soldier quickly hastened to the camp. 11. Our
general is more skilled in war (gen.) than the leader of the enemy.
12. The town is very near a high hill (dat.) 13. The road to the
top of the mountain is very difficult. 14. Caesar ^.osted {loco)
the soldiers of the tenth legion on the right wing.
dJi
LESSON XL.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
Indicative and Imperative Active.
1. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the
characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re: as,
moneo, I advise, pres. inf., mone-re, to advise.
habeo, I have, prcs. inf., habe-re, to have.
2. The part that is left after dropping the ending -re, is called the i
present stem ; and the present, imperfect and future indicative are
formed from it, as in the first conjugation.
3. The perfect is sometimes formed, as in the first conjugation,
by adding -vi to the present stem : as,
Pres. Indicative. Prks. Inkinitive. Pres. Stem. Perfect.
del6o, / destroy, dele-re, dele- delevi.
4. Most verbs, however, form the perfect by dropping the final
-e of the present stem and adding -fii : as,
Pres. Indicative. Pres. Infinitive. Pres. Stem. Perfect.
moneo, I advise, mone-re, mone- moniiL
SECOND rONJUOATION.
7%
5. Some verbs drop the -e of the present stem and add -ai : as,
Pres. Indicative. Pkes. Infinitive. Pres. Siem. Perfect.
m&n6o. / fff/iai/t, mane-re. md.ne- man-si.
i\Xti6o, / ort/er, iiibe-re, iube- ius-si (-iub-sl).
6. The present imperative is got, as in the other conjugations,
by dropping the -re of the infinitive : as,
I'KESENT Indicative. Present Infinitive. Present Imperative.
monSo, I advise, mone-re, mone.
i(ib6o, I order, iiibe-re, labe.
7. The indicative and imperative active of monSo are inflected
as follows : —
Moneo, I advise.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
Singular.
I. Pers., mdneo
2.
' ' mones
" monet
Imperfect.
1. Pers., monebam
2. " monebas
x. " monebat
1. Pers., monebo
2. ' ' monebis
3. " monebit
1. Pers., monui
2. " monOisti
3- " monuit
1. Pers., monueram
2. ' * monueras
3. •' monOerat
Future.
Perfect.
Pluperfect.
Plural.
monemus
mdnetis
monent
monebamus
monebatis
monebant
monebimus
monebitis
monebunt
monuimus
monuistis
monvlerunt or moniiere
monueramiis
monueratis
monuerant
I
i
80
i:
FIRST LATIN I'.OOK.
Future- I'KRFECT.
1. I'crs., tnonuero
2. '* m6nu6ri8
3. " moruSrit
monuenmus
monueritia
monuerint
2. Pers., mone
IMPERATIVE.
monete
Note. — The supine of moneo is monitum; and the principal
parts are : moneo, monere, monui, monitum.
Exercise.
Decline toj^ether : hora brevis, mons altior, summus collls,
ager felix, flumen altiim, pater suus.
Translate into English : —
I. H ostium exercitus arcem sex menses tenuit. 2. Summuin
montem militcs primae legionis habuerunt. 3. Magistcrdiscipuluin
multos annos docuit. 4. In conspectu nostri exercitus agri vastati
sunt. 5. Milites naves multas frumcnto vinoque compleverani.
6. Nix duos pedes alta in montibus iacet. 7. Hostium adventus
militum pavorem augebit. 8. Ab (' = (9«^ una parte Gallos flumen
Rhenus, et ab altera parte montes Pyrenaei continent. 9. Patir
meus in Italia multos annos mansit. 10. Veris adventus omnibus
animalibus gratissimus est. 11. Equitatus hostium multas horas
collem tenebat. 12. Karthaginienses multas naves Ronianorum
apud insulam Sicilian! delevorunt. 13. Hodie exercitus Romanus
magnam spem victoriae habet.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The army of the enemy held our territories. 2. My father
will remain in Italy tor six months. 3. The river Garonne, the
Pyrenees mountains and the Ocean bound Gaul. 4. Caesar had
great hope of victory. 5. The soldiers have very great experience
in war^ 6, The lieutenant held the top of the hill for many
days. 7. The thing was told to the enemy by a soldier of the
legion. 8. The Gauls will quickly destroy all the houses. 9, I
shall remain ten days in the city. 10. The victory of the soldiers
will be pleasing to the general. 11. For many years the master
* Use the genitive.
m.iB'
SECOND CONJIJOATION.
HI
principal
18 coUis,
tauj^lit the sons of the old man. 12. On the next day Caesar moved
the army forward^ ten miles and remained there for ten days. 13.
The enemy pitched their camp in the plain.
•
■■■■■■ - - " ■ ■-■ - I . ■ - .
2 'Jo mrn'e fonvard^ j)roni5v»5<).
LESSON XLI.
SECOND CONJUGATION.-rr^;////"^/;.
Indicative and Imperative Passive.
The indicative and imperative passive of verbs of the second
conjugation are inflected as follows : —
Summum |
^B
li
/loneor, / am advised.
iiscipuluin 1
H
INDICATIVE.
gri vastali
pluveranl.
adventui
OS flumcn
9. Pat 11
1
Pcrs.
Singular.
, monSor
Present.
Plural.
monemur
92.
t (
moneris or monere
monemini
'^S^V
((
monetur
monentur
s omnibus
'If
has horas
;1
Impkrfect.
Dmanoruni
Romanu-^
'^^B "^
Pers.
, monebar
monebaris «/• monebare
monebatur
monebamur
monebamini
monebantur
m
FUTURK.
9'-
Pe.rs
, monebor
monebimur
My father
Sz.
t i
moneberis or monebere
mon eibimini
ronne, the
'^3-
(i
monebitur
monfcbur.cur
,'aesar had
m
Perfect.
experieni e
ior many
lier of the
%■
Pcrs.
monitus sum
monitus es
moniti sumus
moniti estis
'Wr.
it
monitus est
moniti sunt
ses. 9. I
'^m
he soldiers
\M
Pluperfect.
the master
'^-
Pcrs.,
monitus eram
moniti eramus
-^^^^^B*
monitus eras
monitus erat
moniti eratia
moniti 6rant
If
M
m
*
','iu
#.
»^vt
T-*
>^,
^'
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/
//
7
^
€.
/
o
AA<
tf' M?.
< <;^ C^^:
fA
f/.
1.0
I.I
If: la iiiM
I!? K£ ^
no 111112.0
12.2
1.8
1.25
1.4
1.6
4)
6" -
►
m
^
/a
^>
c^^^-
% V^>
.^
?>
O
/
■/s
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 ^/EST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
82
FlKiST LATIN BOOK.
Futurk-Perfect.
1. Pers., monitus ero
2. " monitus eris
■X. ** monitus erit
moniti 6rimu8
moniti eritia
moniti erunt
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
monere
monemini
RULES FOR EXPRESSING TIME.
1. A/>o/';i^ of time is expressed by the ablative : as, Hieme noctes
sunt longae, in winter the flights ate long.
2. Within a point of time is expressed either by the simple
ablative, or by the accusative with inter or intra : as, Faucis diebus,
inter paucos dies, intra paucos dies, within a few days.
3. Many years after is, multis annis post; many years before is,
multis annis ante : as, Multis annis post urbs expugnata est, the
city was taken many years after.
Note. — Post multos annos is also used for many years after;
and ante multos annos for tnafty years be/ ore.
4. Duration of time is expressed by the accusative : as, Rom-
; Jus septem et triginta regnavit annos, Romulus reigned for
thirty-seven years, (post is an adverb).
5. Ago is expressed by abhinc followed by the words expressing
time in the accusative or ablative : as, Abhinc decern dies (or abhinc
deoem diebus) Caesar castra movit, te7i days ago Caesar moved his
camp.
Exercise.
Decline together : prima lux, quaestor fortis, summus mons,
dies serenus, duo pedes.
Translate into Eng.ish : — ■
I. Prima luce milites legionis summum coUem teneiit. 2. Paucis
diebus post res Caesari nuntiata est. 3. Abhinc viginti annos
oppidum a duce deletum est. 4. Agamemnon cum universa
Graecia vix decern annis urbem Troiam expugnavit. 5. Hasdrubal,
dux Karthaginiensium, octo fere annos imperium obtinuerat. 6.
THIRD CON.TCOATION.
33
Multos continuos dies copiac Romanoruni in caslris tciieliantur. 7.
Urbs Kartliago a Scipionc abliinc imillis annis est delcta. 8. Caesar
castra sua ex suniino monte ad planiticin movebit. 9. Mille fere
it ([uingentos passus castra ab hostibus promota sunt. 10. Multis
(licbus ante de coniuratione scnatuni nionuit servus. 11. Hostes
tela sex pedes longa et unum pedcni lata hal^ebant. 12. Multis
annis post niilites sunimuni colleni tenuerant. 13. Decern annis a
inilitibus Graecis urbs Troia deleta est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. On the next day at daybreak Caesar moved his camp to the
foot of the hill. 2. The hill is held by the enemy for five hours.
3. The army of Scipio destroyed Karthage, a very wealthy city,
many years ago. 4. Was not the city taken by storm five years
after.'' 5. Within ten years the general has fought many battles
against the enemy. 6. The forces of the enemy are two miles
distant from the city. 7. You are all silent, my friends ; do you
fear the decision of thej\ '.,'- ^ 8. The birds in spring build their
nests in the tall trees. 9. 1 « arrival of spring is welcome to all.
10. Within fifty years the Romans destroyed two very fierce
nations. 11. The number of the soldiers was increased by a levy
at the beginning of spring. 12. At the beginning of summer, the
boy was seen in the fields daily. 13. The town was destroyed by
the Roman commander ten years ago.
lus mons,
LESSON XLII.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
Indicative and Imperative Active.
1. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the
characteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re. The
jiii^scnt stem is ol^tained by dro))ping -re; and from it the verb stem,
which always ends in a consonant or -11, is obtained by dropping
the characteristic -e : as,
T'KKSKNT InFINITIVK. PRESENT STEM. VeRH STEM.
regere, to rule,
minuere, lo Itsscn,
rege-
minue-
reg-
minu.
84
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
2. The perfect is formed regularly by adding -si to the verb stem :
as,
Pres. Infin. Pres. Stem. Verb Stem. Pres. Indic.
r6gere r6tj6- rSg- rexi(=regsi)
3. The future is formed by adding -am to the verb stem : as,
Pres. Infin. Pres. Stem. Verb Stem. Pres. Indic.
regr6ro reg6- r6g- r6g-am
4. The indicative and imperative active of rego, / rule^ are in-
flected as follows : —
RSgo, I rule.
■
PRESENT.
^H ^
Singular.
Plural.
■ (
I. Pers-, rego
rSgimus
m\
2. " regis
regitis
u
3. " r6git
r§gunt* '
■
IMPERFECT.
I. Pers., rSgebam
regebamus
2. " regebas
regebatis
3. ** rSgebat
regebant
FUTURE.
I. Pers., regain
regemus
B />-<
2. " reges
regetis
^^^^H
3. ** r§get
regent
^^^1
PERFECT.
H^ u-it
I. Pers., rexi
reximus
^H viv
2. " rexisti
rexistis
^1 u'it
3. " rexit
rexerunt or rexere
^m CIS
PLUPERFECT.
^1 noil
I. Pers., rexSram
rexeramus
H ifti
2. ** rexeras
rexeratis
H i>iui
3. *• rexerat
rexerant
H <ff A
FUTURE-PERFECT. |
■ (Del
I. Pers., rexero
rexSrimus
H or /o
2. ** rexeris
3. " rexerit
rexeritis
rexerint
iThe characteristic -6 is changed to -i or -u. 1
I 'A
THIKD CON.IIKJATION.
85
IMPERATIVE.
Prp:sent.
2. Pers., rSgS
^rSgite
RULES FOR EXFRESSINC; PLACE.
1. Place to which is regularly expressed by the accusative luith
a prcpcsitiofiy unless before the names of towns and small islands :
as, Ad Galliam, ad urbem contend! t, he hastens to Gaul^ to the city.
With the names of towns and small islands, place to ivhtch is
regularly expressed by the accusative ivithotit a preposition : as,
Romara, Corinthuni, Karthaginem, Ae^nam, contendit, he hastens
to RomCy Corinth, Kart huge, A egina} So also domum {hofne), r\is
{to the country), are used without a preposition : as, Domum, rus
ambulat, he walks home, to the country.
2. Place from which is regularly expressed by tiie ablative with
a preposition, unless before the names of towns and small islands :
as. "b Gallia, ab urbe contendit, he hastens, Jrom Gaul ^ from the
city. r>ut with the names of towns and small islands, yrt;w is regu-
lai expressed by the ablati7>e without a preposition : as, Roma,
Corintho, Karthagine, Aegina contendit, he hastens from Rome.
Corinth, Karthage, Aegina. So also domo, \s/rom home; rure,
front the country.
3. To express place in which, a preposition is required, unless
with the names of towns and small islands : as. In Gallia, in urbe,
vivit, he lives in Gaul, in the city. But to express place in which
with the names of towns or small islands, the so-called locative*
case is used. This case has the form of (^i) the genitive, if the
noun is of the first or second declension singular ; {b) the ablative,
if the noun is of the third declension singula- or if the noun is
plural: as, Romae, at Rome; Corinthi, at Corinth; Karthagine,
lit Karthage; Athenis, at Athens (Athenae, pi.) ; Delphis, at Delphi
(Delphi, pi.) ; Curibus, at Cures (Cures, pi.)
' When ad is used before the name of a town, it means tcnvards or in
I ih,- n,'i'^hborhooii of: as, Ad Romam contendit, be hastens toxi'ards Rome
I or (0 the neighborhood of Rome.
^A case which became obsolete in the later language.
i '.
a-i-l
86
FlllST LATIN HOOK.
"I 'it .i
So, too, domi, af ho)nc ; huml, on the ground; belli, /// war;
ruri, in the country; militiae, on niilitary semicey abroad.
4- When urbs or oppidiam is used in apposition to the name of
a town, the preposition should be expressed : as, Ad urbem Romam
contendit, he set out for the city of Rome ; ex urbe Roma proper-
avit, he hastened from the city of Rome ; in urbe Roma vixit, he
lii'cd in the city of Rome. (Latin says : TJie city Rome for our city
of Rome.)
Exercise.
UecHne together : proximus collis, pucr diligons, extrema aestas,
domus parva, primum ver, exercitus magnus, pueJla prudens.
Translate into Englisli . —
I. Caesar copias suas ad proxinium collcm suljduxit. 2. Romac
consules a civibus quotannis creantur. 3. Dionysius pueros Coi'inthi
abhinc multis annis docCbat. 4. Imperator ad Italian! extrema
aestate contendit. 5. Vir erat non solum domi, sed etiam belli
clarissimus. 6. Y)v.x hostium fossam, duo millia passuum longam,
ex castris ad flumen perduxit. 7. Vere multos dies ruri puer mansit.
8. Milites plurlmi ad Karthaginem, urbem omnium rerum plenani,
aestate comparati sunt. 9. Primo vere Pompeius omnes copias
hostium lerrtX marique superavit. 10. Plato multos annos Athenis
vixit. II. In Gallia citeriore decern diebus duae legiones a Caesare
comparatae sunt. 12. Lacedaemon erat honestissimum domiciliuin
senectiltis. 13. Aestate legatus decimam legionem Romac con-
scripsit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. At liphesus there was a splendid temple of Diana. 2. He
was even more distinguished at home than abroad. 3. At the end
of sumnier two legions were collected (comparo)'aX Athens. 4. He
n'alks within five hours from the city to his home. 5. The general
led his army from Rome to Ath^^ns within four months. 6. Was
not the boy advised by his teacher many days ago ? 7. Was he
living in the beginning of spring at Rome ? 8. Romulus reigned in
the city of Rome for thirty-seven years. 9. Pompey hastened from
Hrundusium in the beginning of night. 10. The top of the hill ^\ as
held by Labienus, a brave liisutenant of Caesar. 11. The general
in the middle of summer enrolled (conscribo) three legions at Lucca,
THIRD CONJUGATIOIf.
87
,1 town of hither Gaul, 12. Within fifty clays the pirates were
defeated (supcro) by I onipey. 13. T!ie man was wounded in
the battle by the darts of ihe enemy.
LESSON XLIII.
THIRD CONJUGATION.-rc^«///^/^v/.;
Formation of the Perfect Active and Supine Stems.
Note. — The principal parts of all verbs of the 3rd conjugation
should, owing to their irregularity, be carefully committed to
memory as they occur.
1. The perfect indicative active is regularly formed by adding -si,
and the supine by adding -turn, to the verb stem : as,
Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perk. Indic. Supine.
rSgb, regere, rexi(=rogsi), rectum,
(- regtum)
2. But some verbs have a 7-cdjiplicated perfect: /. c.^ the first
consonant of the word is prefixed with a vowel (generally -e) added :
as,
Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine.
c&do, I fall,
c&dere,
c6-cidi,
casum.
(-: cad -turn)
Note. — The stem vowel is often weakened as in this case (fi, pass-
ing to -i).
3. Sometimes, too, the reduplication has been lost : as,
Pres, Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine.
faadsi, I cleave, flndSre, fldi(=fl-fidi) flssum.
4. The stem vowel is sometimes lengthened for the perfect : as,
Pres. Ind. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine.
ago, I do, fi-gSre, egi, actum,
lego, / choose, legere legi, lectum.
6. Somet'imes, to form the peifect, an -i is added to the verb
stem : as.
88
FIHST LATIN BOOK.
Pres. I no.
Pres. Inkin,
Perf. In Die.
SuriNE.
ruo, /rush,
ru6re,
nil,
natum.
verto, / ////-;/,
vertere,
verti,
versum.
6. Learn the pr
incipal parts of :
Pkks. In I).
I'kKs. Infix.
Pekf. In Die.
SUI'INE.
mitto, semf.
mittere,
misi,
missum.
dico, icll.
dic6re,
dlxi,
dictum.
claudo, slitU,
claudere,
clausi.
clausum.
pello, drive.
pellere,
pepuli.
pulsum.
carpo, plucky
carpere,
carpsi,
carptum.
pono, place.
pon6re,
posui,
positum.
d.lo, rear,
fi-lere,
akli,
altum.
diico, lc(jd,
ducere,
duxi.
ductum.
scando, cli>/il>.
scandere,
scandi,
scansum.
traho, drazu,
trahere,
traxi,
tractum.
scribo, write.
8crib6re,
scripsi,
scriptum
vivo, live.
vivere,
vixi,
victum
EXERCISK.
Decline together : frigus acre, servus ftdelis, tristior vultus, res
maxima, respublica incolumis.
Translate into English : —
I. Puer ad patrem Romani binas litteras qiiotldie misit. 2.
Vesperi imperator nv)manus portas castrorum claudet. 3. Prima,
luce nostri milites copias hostium e si mmo coUe pellent. 4. Abhinc
multos annos pomum in tuo horto carpsi. 5. Hiemt in summis
Alpibus frigus acerrimum est. 6. Hostes primum copias suas contra
exercitus nostri dextrum cornu posfterunt ; deinde nostros milites
in fugam magno clamore verterunt. 7. Magnis corporibus Ger-
manorum nostri milites terrebuntur. 8. Multi hostes in proeliis
cecTderunt. Q. Britanni ans6reni et gallinam alunt. 10. Post paucos
menses Caesar copias suas ex Britannia duxit. i r. Annos circiter
trecentos quinquaginta Romani insulam Britanniam tenuerunt. 12.
Miles, virtute fretus, muros urbis altos scandit. 13. Omnium
gentium Galli sunt belli cupidissimi.
Translate into Latin : —
I. During tJie winter the Romans drew their ships to the shore
and remained there many months. 2. The boy wrote three letters
THIRD CONJUGATION.
89
daily. 3. Many illustrious' men lived formerly at Athens, but none
was more illustrious than the orator Demosthenes. 4. The king
lived at Rome for many years. 5. The house of my father is three
miles distant from the city. 6. On the next day, scouts told the
matter to our commander. 7. Many thousands of the enemy fell
in the battle. 8. Atj»home and abroad he was equally beloved by
his fellow-citizens. 9. The sun is larger than the earth. 10. After
many years he will live in Corinth. 1 1. The father lived ten years
at Karthage with his son. 12. The father sent his son to Delphi,
a very rich city. 13. The farmers plucked many apples in the
beginning of autumn.
LESSON XLIV.
THIRD CON JUGATION.-r C-^////««^^/. )
Indicative and Imperative Passive.
1. The indicative and imperative passive of rSgo, / ru/ej are
inflected as follows : —
R6gor, /am ruled.
PRESENT.
Singular. Plural.
I. Pers., rSgor rSgfimur
; contra H
2. *' r6geris or regSre
regimini
milites H
3. •' regitur
rSguntur
IS Ger- H
IMPERFECT.
proeliis H
I. Pers., regebar
regebamur
paucos H
2. " regebaris or regebare
regebamini
circiter H
3. " r6gebatur
regebantur
1
imnium ■
FUTURE.
I
I. Pers., rdgar
regemur
■
2. " regeris or regere
rSgemini
H
3. *' regetur
I'egentur
e shore H
e letters ■
'Say "many" attd "illustrious."
! \
90
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
t
PEKFKCT.
I.
l»ers.
rectus sura
recti siimus
e.
< <
rectus 68
recti estis
3-
(•
rectus est
recti sunt
PLUPERFECT.
I.
Ters,
, rectus 6ram
recti 6ramus
-^
i(
rectus 6ras
recti 6ratis
3.
((
rectus 6rat
recti 6rant
FUTURE-PERFECT.
I.
Pcrs.
, rectus 6ro
recti 6rlmus
2.
<i
rectus 6ri3
recti 6ritis
3-
((
rectus 6rit
recti 6runt
IMPERATIVE.
PRESENT.
2.
Pers.
, rggdre
rdgrlznini
2. Verbs of via.ling, choosing^ callmg, naming^ regarding and
showings take two accusatives in the active : a5, Populus Romanus
Ciceronem consulem creavit, the Roman people elected Cicero
consul. Here Ciceronem is the direct object, and consulem is a
part of the predicate and is called the predicate accusative.
In the passive, these verbs take two nominatives ; the direct
object of the active becomes the subject nominative, and the predi-
cate accusative of the active becomes the predicate nominative of
the passive : as, Cicero consul a populo Bomano creatus est,
Cicero was elected consul by the Romafi people.
Exercise.
Decline together : noster miles, alter consul, fortitude magna,
bellum atrox, magrister optimus.
Translate into English : —
2.
I. Populus Romanus Camillum consulem post6ro anno legit.
Camillus consul postero anno ab populo Romano lectus est. 3.
Nonne Cicero una, voce ab omnibus consul declarabttur ? 4. Par-
entes puerum Scipionem nominabunt. 5. Omnium virtutum
maxima inter homines hablta est fortiludo. 6. Romani duo bclla
FOUKTH CONJUGATION.
91
atrocissiina cum finitiinis gciitiljiis centum annos gcsserunt. 7.
Titus Lartius primus dictator et Spurius Cassius inagister ccpiitum
creatus est. 8. Num epistola ad i)atrcm suum a pucro Athcnas
missaest.'* 9. Romulus urbem Komam ex suo nomiii" appcllavit.
10. Num civitas a rcge crudclissimo quam a consulc mitissimo
melius regetur ? 11. Abhinc multos annos Roma, urbs clarissima,
a Romulo condlta est. 12. Alter (^r^//t'^ consul domi mansit ; alter
bellum contra hostes patriae gessit. 13. Socrates homo sapien-
tissimus totius orbis terrarum est habitus. 14. Urbis portae
vcspfiri clausae sunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. He was chosen consul by the votes of all the citizens. 2. Two
consuls are chosen yearly by the Roman people. 3. The soldiers
were considered worthy of a golden crown. 4. The father will
call his son Scipio from the name of his grandfather. 5. The
Karthaginians carried on wars for two hundred years against the
Roman people. 6. The general took-by-storm the camp of the
enemy at daybreak. 7. He will live for four y^.irs at Cures, a
small town. 8. The Athenians considered Socrates the wisest of
men. 9. He set out at night for Gaul accompanied-by {cum +
ahl.) his httle son. 10. The man was declared consul by all the
citizens. 1 1. Shall we not choose Caesar, the greatest commander
of the Roman people? 12. Was the general chosen by the Roman
people.-* 13. Caesar stayed a few days at Brundusium on-account-
cti{pb-\-acc^ the storm.
Hi
'■\i\
LESSON XLV.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
Indicative and Imperative Active.
1. The fourth conjugation includes all verbs that have -i (-i long)
before the present infinitive ending -re. The present stem is
obtained by dropping -re of the present infinitive : as,
Present Infinitive Present Stem.
audire audi-
\:m
92
KrKST r.ATIN KOOK.
Siil
2. Thei
ndicative and
imperative active are inrtectcd as follows : —
Audio, / Afar.
PKKSKNT.
Singular.
Pl.URAI,.
I. Pcrs
, audio
audimus
2. "
audis
auditis
3. "
audit
audlunt
IMPKRFKCT.
1. Pers
. , audlebam
audlebaraua
?.. "
audlebafl
audiebatia
3. "
audlebat
•
audlebant
FUTURK.
I. Pcrs
. , audlam
audlemus
2. "
audles
audletis
3- "
audiet
audient
PERFECT.
I. Pers
. , audivi
audivimus
2. "
audivisti
audivistis
3- "
audivit
audiverunt <>r audivere
I. Pers., audiveram
PLUPERFECT.
audiveramus
2. " audivSras audiveratis
3. " audiv6rat audiverant
FUTURE-PERFECT.
I. Pers., audivero audiverimua
2.
audivSris
audiverit
audiveritis
audiverint
IMPERATIVE.
PRESENT.
2. Pers., audi audite
VERBS WITH TWO ACCUSATIVES.
3. Verbs of ash'n^, tcacJiing and concealing take two accusatives
in the active, one of the person and another of the thing : as,
Pat>3r fllium musicam docuit, the father taught his son music.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
dd
In the passivf, the accusative of th(* person becomes the subject,
aiul the accusative of the [\\'\u\^ is retained: as, Flllus muslcam
a patre doctua est, //te son luas taught music by his father.
Note.— P6to, I asky and postillo, / demand, lake the accusative
of the thintJ and the ablative of the person with a (or B.\i),Jroni :
as, Pacem ab Romania peti verunt, they asked the Romans for peace
{ — they asked peace from the Romans); librum ab amlco poatCUa-
vit, he demanded a hook from his friend. Quaero, to ask, seek,
takes the accusative of the thinj,*^ and the ablative of the person
with a (or ab), e (or ex), or de: as, Causara e viro quaeaivlt,
he asked a reason from the man (or, he asked the man for a reason).
EXKRCISE.
Decline together : malum facinus, magna vox, moenia alta,
foasa Icnga, partes tres, consul claiiaaimus.
Translate into English : —
I. Magister puerum sentenliani rogavit. 2. Puer a magistro
sententiam rogfitus est. 3. Catillna iuventutem multa facinrtra
docebat. 4. Cicero per legatos de consmis hostium doctus est.
5. Per silentium noctis vocem magnam in silvis audiverunt. 6.
Nonne dux consilium nostros milites celavit.'' 7. Hostes castra
fossa valloque munivCrant. 8. Orationcm Ciceronis, viri claris-
simi, eras audles. 9. Romani duo bclla atrocissima una aestate
finiverunt. 10. MuHCres pacem ab hostibus petunt. 11. Ariovis-
tus, in Caesaris consulatu, rex atque amicus appollatus est. 12.
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres. 13. Audite, O Romani,
multa et praeclara facta maiorum nostrorum.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Cato was asked his opinion about (de + adi.) the conspiracy.
2. Necessity leaches man many arts. 3. Caesar had demanded corn
from the enemy ten days before. 4. On the next day the enemy
asked the Britons for aid. 5. O citizens, hear the words of So-
crates, the w'sest of men. 6. Did not the citizens hear the speech
of the consul? 7. They have demanded soldiers from the Gauls
within fifty days. 8. He lived many years at Athens as^ a
'Omit as.
m
1 #^'
'Sl
11
94
KIHHT I-ATIN HOOK,
Ixiy, «). Did yuii Ik .ir i)f (t/r) the de'lciH of I'lc l\()in;iii ariny ?
lo. 'riu' l^oy \v;is hlcrpiii}^ oil tlu' ^hhiihI lor Iwo lioiiis. I I. Will
Dur j^e'iu'ial finish the v\ai in tho smiiiiu'i ? 12. Shall we ptinish
the in!m<<M»l a.ul nctjuit thr x"'lty? '3' ' !>'' pcoph; had < hoscn
Ancus kiiix, ten years l»clon'.
LESSON XLVI.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
Indicative and Iniporative PawHive.
The inditative and iinpeia(i\c passive
inlleeled as foHows : —
AmlTor, / </w Jutti,!.
TRliSENT.
SlNCni.AK.
1. IVis. , axidTor
2. ** amlirlH •'<• auclire
3. " Hviditur
IMPKRI-KCT.
1. I'ciS., Hudiobrtr
2. ** awdVobfiiiH «»• audTob»\fe
3. " avidlobatur
FUTUKR
1. Vfts., audtar
2. " audToria or audtore
nf audio, / /kv/;-, are
3. ' ' aiidlotur
1. 1\ms., avidituH sum
2. ** auditus OS
3. " auditua est
1. Pets., aviditua 6ram
2. " auditus 6ras
3. '* auditus 6rat
iM:Ki'i:r'r.
AirKKKlXT.
rU'KAI..
audimur
audimTni
audluntur
audlobaniiir
audlebaniini
audlobanttir
•
audI6mur
audIon>Ini
audlentur
audit! sumus
audit! eHtlH
audit! sunt
audit! 6ramua
audit! Sratis
audit! 6rant
niKI'OHITIONH IN <'(»MI'OHITI(>V.
9ft
finuKK ri;Ki''K( T.
1. I'iMs. , iklMlll.UH «»n>
2. " IIIkIII.MH i'U'\H
J. " uudltuH fuM
IMI'KRATIVIi.
I'kKSKNT.
2. PurH., audiro
audltl riruiiuH
luidfti ^.rltlH
Huditi I'truub
audlmlnl
KXVMCISK.
Conjugate like audio: Punlo, punish; mnviio, /ort'fyj enidlo,
viliuatc ; vtJHtlo, t lotlw ; Horvlo, ixr /i sliwc.
Translate into l-.n^lish : —
I. Noniu; )><-ll(: lionis vtistlliis est? 2. Castia a iniiltis viris
nuiniohaiUtir. 3. Lc^ioncs Koinanac niin<|iiam scrviont. 4. Cur
nontacc's? A ina^islro puniriiis. 5. Nomic casira imiltis arliori-
biis imuilta ci ant ? 6, Niiiii (ollcs ah hostibiis iniinicntiir? 7.
IMcbs Komana ij^iiaviac scrv'u'bat. 8. Nr)tiM(5 piicri a lua^istris
cnuliiintiir ? 9. Noniie piicri aiidarcs ^'raviUrr j)iini<:nlur? 10.
'riMiis altissima a Cac's.lre immita cril. 1 1. Scrvi nostri a fabris
oplijue ciiuliti siinl. 12. () piu;ri virtutc vc-stimini.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The shouts of the enemy were often hrani. 2. Are nf)t the
boys beinj^ educated by their n»aster? 3. The < anij) was fortified
on a hij^h hill, 4. Will you not be silent? Y(»u will be heard l>y
the master. 5. They weie clothed with the skins of lions. 6.
The shout of the soldiers will be heard in the city. 7. The birds
were heard in the wood. 8. Were not the bf)ys well educated? 9.
The messengers were beinj.; jiiuiiHlied by the g(;neral. 10. He
clothed, soldier, v/ith couraj^e. 11. You will not be heard, boys,
by the master. f2. Do not [)unish, (J master, the best boy.
LESSON XLVII.
COGNATE ACCUSATIVE. ACCUSATIVE WITH
PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
1. Verbs are often followed by an accusative of kindred origin or
meaning : as, TurpisBlmam vitara vivit, ///' /m.v ti lury base life;
mirum somnium somniavit, he drttimt a ivondcrjul dreamj
;i.
06
FIRSt LATIN BOOK.
proeliuni pugnat, //^ y^///j a battle . This is called the cognate
accusative.
2. Many intransitive verbs, especially those expressing motion
and compounded with the preposition ad (/^), circum {around),
per {through)^ praeter {^ast), trans (across), or super {alun'c),
take an accusative after them : as, Gate rostra advolat, Cato flies
to the hustings; equites Bomani senatum circumstant, Roman
knights surround the senate; murmur contionem pervasit, a mur-
mur went through the assembly. (Here the accusative depends on
the preposition. The sentences might have been expressed thus :
Ad rostra Cato volat ; equites Romani circum senatum stant ;
murmur per contionem vasit).
3. The transitive veibs, transduco (or traduco), Head across, and
transporto, I bear across, may take two accusatives in the active, one
depending on the verb and the other on the preposition : as,
Hannibal copias Iberum traduxit, Hannibal led the forces across
the Ebroj Caesar milites navibus flumen transportat, Caesar
conveys his soldiers across the river ifi ships.
Exercise.
Decline together ; media aestas, album lac, dura servitus, sum-
mum consilium, omnes boni cives.
Translate into English : —
I. Caesar omnes copias Rhenum media aestate traduxerat. 2.
Tresjam partes copiarum Helvetii flumen traduxerunt. 3. Pler-
iquefrumentanonserunt ; pellibus vestiti sunt. 4. Naves Romanae
Oram Siciliae praetervectae sunt, 5. Catilina cum sociis sceleratis
senatum circumstat. 6. Cato primus sententiam in senatu roga-
tur. 7. Hannibal nonaginta miliia hominum flumen Iberum trans-
ducit. 8. Num Galli multos annos durissimam servitutem serv-
ient 1 9. Summum senatus consilium ab Romanis appellatum est.
10. Mercator hieme mare navigabit. 11. Xerxes Hellespontum
exercitum traduxit. 12. Ab omnibus bonis civibus auditus eram.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The Romans did not sail the sea in the middle of winter.
2. Did not the general with all his forces fly to the city "i 3. The
citizens stand round the temple of Jupiter. 4. The Germans led
THIRD CONJUGATION.
d7
their forces across the Rhine. 5. Will he be contented with his
lot.'' 6. Was not a large army led across the mountains into Gaul?
7. The enemy fought a fierce batile in the middle of the plain.
8. The man lived at Athens for many years, but he was brought
up at Rome. 9. In early spring Hannibal will lead a large army
across the Alps. 10. He was heard by the noblest men of our
state. II. The Romans were ta 'ht the art of war by necessity.
12. Did not Marius make a very long journey in the middle of
summer ?
LESSON XLVIII.
THIRD CONJ'UGATIO'iJ.-(Conlmue<lJ,
Verbs in -io.
1. A few verbs of the third conjugation form the present indica-
tive in -io (active), -ior (passive), like verbs of the fourth conjugation
except that -i is short ( i) throughout the present : as,
Pres. Indic.
Pres. Infin.
Perf. Indic.
Sit PINK
capio, I take.
capere,
capio,
cepi,
/ lake.
captum.
.. 2.
Pler-
INDICATIVE MOOD.
lanae
Active.
Passive.
iratis
PRESENT,
roga-
rans-
serv-
i est.
itum
Singular.
1. Pers., capio
2. " capis
3. " capit
Plural.
capimua
capitis
capiunt
Singular.
capior
Jcap6ris or
\ cap6re
capitur
Plural.
capimur
capimini
capiuntur
m.
IMPERFECT.
nter.
The
3 led
1. Pers., capiebam
2. ** capiebas
3. " cApiebat
capiebamus
capiebatis
capiebant
capiebar
fcapiebaris
Icapiebare
capiebatur
or
capiebamur
capiebaroini
capiebantur
98
FIRST LATl.^ BOOK.
t
1. Pers., c&plam
2. '* copies
3. ** cfi-piet
1. Pers., cepi
2. " cepisti
3. '* cepit
1. Pers., ceperam
2. " ceperas
3. ^' ceperat
FUTURE.
cS,pierau8 cApiar
capietis
capient
PERFECT.
cSpimus captus sum
rcftpieris or
\cfi.piere
cfi-pietur
cepistis
fceperunt or
captus 6s
captus est
Pers.
cep6ro
ceperis
cep6rit
2. Pers., cfi.p6
\cepere
PLUPERFECT.
ceperamus captus eram
ceperatis captus eras
cep6rant captus drat
FUTURE-PERFECT.
ceperimus oaptus 6ro
ceperitis captus eris
cepdrint captus 6rit
IMPERATIVE.
PRESENT,
capite cftpere
c&piemur
c&piemini
c&pientur
capti siimus
capti estiu
capti sunt
capti dramus
capti 6ratie
capti grant
capti Primus
capti 6rltis
capti erunt
capimini
fugitum, ^ee.
factum, (fo.
iactum, thraio.
raptum, seize.
\\ ¥\%
Conjugate like capio the following verbs : —
fugio, fugere, fugi,
facio, fac6re, feci,
iacio, iac6re, ieci,
rapio, rapere, rapiil,
2. Many verbs that are intransitive in English are transitive in
Latin, especially verbs of emotion, taste or smell: as, Sequani
Ariovisti crudelitatem horrebant, the Seguani shuddered at the
cruelty of Ari ovist us; haec oratio antiquitatem olet, this speech
smacks of antiquity j piscis mare sapit, the fish tastes of the sea.
3. An adjective or a verb may take an accusative to define its
meaning : as, Puer caput vulneratur, the boy is wounded in the
head ; imperator dextram manum ictus est, the general was
struck on the right hand. Here caput and manum define the
THIRD CON.irr.ATION.
on
meaning of the verbs vulneratur and ictus est. Such accusatives
are called accusatiiies of spccijuiition or closer definition.
EXKKCISE.
Decline together : locus superior, dies clarvis, duo consules, magr-
nae copiae ; Cicero, orator clarissimus.
Translate into pr.nglish : —
I. Gives mali honores semper desperabunt. 2. Matronae
annum, ut parentem, Brutum lugebunt. 3. Omnes boni cives
mortem Ciceronis maerebant. 4. Salntem reipublicae consul in
belle Karthaginicnsi desperavit. 5. Nonne pueri patris mortem
dolebunt? 6. Miles dcxtrum humerum telo vulneratus est. 7. Puer
patri vultum simillimus est. 8. Unus e militibus ab hoste femur
vulneratur, 9. Puer dextram manum lapide ictus est. 10. Aga-
memnon, dux Graecorum, tempore belli Troiani vixit. 11. Cicero
a senatu populi Romani pater patriae appellatus est. 12. Cice-
ronem una, v^oceuniversus populus consulem declaravit. 13. Nonne
hostes, viitute freti, copias Rhenum transducent ? 14. Maior multi-
tude Germanorum Rhenum transducitur.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Will he not despair of the safety of the state .-* 2. Did not all
the citizens mourn over the death of the noble consul } 3. The man
smiled-at the losses of his friend, but mourned over his own. 4, One
of the soldiers of the seventh legion was wounded in the arm by a
javelin. 5. Did not the soldier wound the boy in the right knee .''
6. We all shudder at the cruelty of the Roman commander. 7. He
will be called the father of his country by all good men. 8. Was
not the man very like his father in countenance ? 9. The hill was
held for many hours by the soldiers. 10. Caesar took withm
fifteen months many thousands of the enemy. 1 1. Did not all the
citizens mourn over the sad death of Cicero? 12. He was elected
consul by the votes of the whole people. 13. Was not the brave
soldier wounded severely in the head by the dart of the enemy ?
14. Were you throwing a spear?
1
100
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
[i
m
m
LESSON XLIX.
THE PARTIOIPLB.
1. The Latin participle has partly the nature of a verb, and partly
that of an adjective. Hence the name (from pars and capio).
Like a verb, it has voice, tense, and number, and governs the
same case as the verb from which it is derived ; like the adjective,
it has declension and gender, and agrees with nouns.
2. Transitive verbs have, in the active, a present and a future
participle ; and in the passive, a perfect and a future participle.
3. The present participle active always ends in the nominative in
-ns, and is declined like oriens (p. 53) ; the future participle
active ends in -turus, and is declined like bonus (p. 20).
ACTIVE VOICE.
Present. Kuture.
1. Conj., fi-ma-ns, loving. fi,raa-turus, about lo love.
2. ' ' mone-ns, advising. moni-turus, abotit to advise.
3. " rege-ns, rnlini;;. recturus, about to rule.
4. " s^x6.\e^^ils,, hearing, ei\x6.\-t\\.ru.B, about to hear.
4. The present participle expresses an act that takes place sim-
ultaneously with that of the main verb : as, Caesar, ex urbe de-
cedens, legionem conscribit, Cacsar, while leaving the city^ enrolls
a legion. (Here decedens is nom. sing, masc, agreeing with
Caesar.)
6. The present participle is often used with the case absolute
which in Latin is the ablatiTe, and not, as in English, the nomi-
native: as, Coniuratio facta est, Tarquinio regnante, the con-
spiracy was formed in the reign of Tarquin (i.e., Tarquin reigning).
Note. — The future participle active often expresses intention;
as, Urbem capturi sumus, we are about to take the city ( = we
intend).
Exercise.
Translate into English :—
I. Hostes, e loco superiore in nostros milites venientes, tela iaciunt
2. Patrem canentem audivi. 3. Vir suae civitatis imperium ob-
11
PARTICIPLES PASSIVE.
101
tenturus erat. 4. Militcs pii^naturi cUiinorcni faciunt. 5. Magnam
niultitudincm hostium fugicntium nostri interfecerunt. 6. Milites,
victoriam desperantes, in castris manObant. 7. Frinccps pacem a
Cacsare flens pctebat. 8. Pater tiliiiin suum decedcns nionuit.
9. Hostes in castra fugientes interfecimus. 10. Piierum audituri
sumus. 1 1. Oppidum in deditioncm imperator accepturus est. 12.
Bellum contra Gallos gesturi eramus. 13 Legiones in oppidum
rcducturi sunt Romani.
Translate into Latin :—
I. Caesar intends to carry-on war against the Gauls in spring.
2. All weeping begged peace of Caesar. 3. The Romans made an
attack on the flying enemy. 4. Caesar attacked the enemy while
fortifying {part. ) their camp. 5. He praised the soldiers while brave-
ly resisting the attack of the enemy. 6. Our men intend to make
a march through the territories of the enemy, 'j. Ariovistus, des-
pairing of victory, sent messengers to Caesar. 8. Our men found
many thousands of the enemy devastating the fields of the allies.
9. He intends to advise the commander. 10. They fought with
the enemy while they we''e attacking {j)(irt.) our camp. 11.
Many of the enemy were killed fighting. 12. They sought pardon
from Caesar as he .was coming (/i^rA) to the camp. 13. We did
not see the man coming to town.
LESSON L.
PARTICIPLES PASSIVE.
Substitutes for Perf. Part. Act.
1. There are two ])articiples in Latin in the passive voice, the
perfect ending in -tus, and the future in -ndus. Both are de-
clined like bonus.
PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE.
Present stem i i . ("onj ., ama-tus, having' been loved.
and -tus. 2. " moni-tus, /taring been advised (-e of stem
/T J • \ chanired to -i).
(In 3rd con)., I ^ '
verb stem •^" " rec-tns, having been ruled {^reg-tws).
J- tus.) 4* " e^xCd-tua, having been heard.
102
FIHST LATIN HOOK.
; i
Present stem
and -ndus.
FUTURK PARTICIl'LK PASSIVE.
1. Conj., ama-ndus, ahoui to he loved.
2. " monen<3i\x&, iif'out to lie cuiviseii.
3. ' * rege-ndus, about to be ruled.
4. ** audle-ndus, about ^0 be heard (i chanj;c(l to -ie
in stem).
2. The perfect parlii iplc passive expresses an act completed
before that of the verb to v/hich it is joined : as, Homo, ab
amico monitus, coniurationem fecit, t/ic VKrn, advised by hix friend^
formed a conspiracy. (Here the "advising" must precede the
" forming of the conspiracy.")
This participle is often used with an ablathic absolute: as, Opere
perfecto, suos reduxit, the work finished., he led back his men.
But the ablative absolute should not be translated literally. Thus :
opere perfecto is on (or after) finisJiini^ the loork., or when he had
finished the work.
3. Latin has no perfect participle active. Its place is supplied
by (i) the ablative absolute with the perfect participle passive : as,
Urbe capta, copias reduxit, ha7>ini^ taken the city, he led back hir
forces (i.e., tJie city having been taken); (?) postquam with the perf.
indie. : as, Postquam virbem cepit, copias reduxit after he took
the city, he led back his forces'^.
Note. — Two nouns, or an adjective and a noun, in the ablative ab-
solute are used (as sum, / am, has no present participle) without a
copula : as, Tullo rege, when Tulliis was king; Caesare consiile,
/// the cojisulship of Caesar; caelo serene navigamus, we sail when
the sky is clear ( = the sky being clear).
Exercise.
Translate into Entrlish
I. Dato signo, nostri mililes impetuni in hostes fticorunt. 2.
Omnibus captivis tradltis, in fines hostium postero die pervonit.
' Quum, token, with the past subjunctive — a very common substitute for the perf.
part. act. — will be mentioned later on. Thus : Having taken the city, he led back his
forces ^Q,n\im urbem cepisset, copias reduxit.
PAKTICil'LKS I'AHSFVK.
103
3. Rc fi'.JincnlariiV comparatri, castr.i movet et dichiis circitcr
quinclccim ad fines Bclgaruin pcrvC'nit. 4. Solis occasu suas
copias, multis acceptis vulncrihiis, in castra rcduxit. 5. Castris
niunitis, duas ibi lcj,nones ielu|uit. 6. Responsis ad Cacsarcm
portatis, iterum Icgatos cum niandatis niittit. 7. Orationc hahila,
princeps concilium dimittit. 8. Sic omnibus hostium copiis fusis,
i:iipciator oppidum in dcdttioncm acccpit. 9. Militos, agris hosti-
um vastatis, in fines TrCvtrorum peiveniunt. ro. Interim nostri
milites impctum amplius^ horas quattuor, paucis vulncribus acceptis,
sustinuGrunt. ii. Helium, CaesJire imperatore, contra Gallos
decem annos gercbfitur. 12. Gives cum hostibus urbcm oppugnan-
tibus acritcr dimicabunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The soldiers, having hurled their darts, broke through the line
of the enemy. 2. When the news {res) was reported, Caesar set
out into hither Gaul with five legions. 3. After all Gaul had been
subdued {ti/f/. al>s.)^ Caesar hastened to Rome at the beginning of
winter. 4. Having been elected consul, he left the city. 5. The
soldiers fled into the thick woods, because their leader was killed
{abl. a/'x.). 6. The soldiers of the enemy broke through our line
after hurling their spears. 7. I saw the boy standing near the
temple of Jupiter. 8. After the speech was delivered, the consul
left the city. 9. Caesar, having lost his father, was taught all
the arts of the Romans by his mother. 10. In the c.msulship of
Marius, the Romans defeated Jugurtha, king of Numidia. 11.
The boy was advised by his father, a most excellent man. 12.
Will he not be called king by the Senate? 13. The boy was
wounded in the head by a dart of the enemy.
' Res f rurneiitaria, stipply of corn ; ablative absolute. * More than ; it has 110 ttff eot
on the syntax.
104
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I
LESSON LI.
PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
1. The pronoun (^f the lirst person, 6eo, /, is inflected as fol-
lows : —
Egro, /.'
Singular.
NoM. 6gro, /.
Gkn, m6i, of me.
Dat. mihi, to ox for mc.
Acc. me, me.
Voc. Wunting.
Ahl. me, with, from, or by me.
Plural.
nos, 7ve,
nostrum or nostri, of us,
nobis, to ox for us.
nos, t:s.
Wanting.
nobis, with, from, or by us.
2. The pronoun of the second person, tG, thou, is inflected as
follows : —
Tu, t/iou, you (sing. )
Singular.
NoM. tu, thou, you.
Gen. tui, of the or you.
Dat. tTbl, to or for thee or ycu
Acc. te, thee, you.
Voc. tu, thou.
Abl. te, 7oith, from, by thee or you.
Plural.
vos, you or ye.
vestrum or vestri, of you.
vobia, to or for you.
vos, you,
vos, you.
vobis, 7vith, by or from you.
Note. — The genitives nostrum and vestrum are always used
partitivcly (p. 69, 10) : as, Unas nostrum, oi'c of us. Otherwise
nostri and vestri are used : as, Memor nostri, mindful of us.
3. The pronouns of the first and second persons are rarely ex-
pressed, except for emphasis or contrast : as. Ego laudo sed tu
vituperas, / praise, hut you blame (or, if the emphasis is to be
brought out distinctly, It is I that praise, but you that blame.)
4. The personal pronouns of the third person are wanting, but
are supplied by the demonstratives hie, ille, is, this, that (p. 117).
6. A reflexive pronoun is one that refers to the subject of a
verb : as, Te \a.\x&a,B, you praise yourself. (Here te is a reflexive,
referring to the subject of laudas.) The first and second personal
I
PERSONAL AND UKFLKXIVE PUONOUNS.
lOf)
pronouns are used as reflexives of tlic first and second persons :
as, Eero me laudo, / pmisc myself; nos nos laudamua, ive ftraisc
oursch't's ; tu te laudas, you praise yourself ; vos vos laudatis, you
traise yourselves.
6. The reflexive pronoun of the third j)erson is as follows : —
Sui. of himself.
NoM. Wanting.
Gen. sui, of himself (herself itself themselves).
Dat. sibi, to himself (hetself, itself themsehes).
Acc. se, himself {herself itself themsehes).
Voc.
Abl. se, with^ from, by himself (herself itself themselves).
Note. — Sese is often used for se in the accusative.
7. The forms of sui refer to the subject of the verlj : as, Caesar
se laudat, Caesar praises himself j milites se laudant, the soldiers
praise themselves.
8. The preposition cum, w////, when used with the ablative of a
personal or reflexive pronoun, is written as a sutitix : as, Mecvmi,
tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum, xuitli tne, you, etc.
VERBS GOVERNING A DATIVE
9. The dative is used in Latin with many verbs that in English
govern the accusative. This is usual ^ith verbs meaning to please^
favor, trust, assist and their contraries ; also, belieiie, persuade,
commaiid, obey, serve, resist, threaten, spare, ptirdon, be angry : as.
Res omnibus hominibus placuit, the thing pleased all men ; Fortuna
fortibus favet, Fortune favors the brave j legibus paruit consul,
as consul he obeyed the laws.
Note. — The following, however, govern the accusative : —
luvo, adiuvo, / aid; delecto, / delight, laedo, offendo, / harm ;
iubeo, / order; veto, prohibeo, / forbid; rego, guberno, / rule, I
direct: as, Libris me delecto, / delight niy self with books; multa
oc\xlos laedunt, many tJnngs hurt the eyes.
Fido and confldo, I trust, take the dative of the person and the
ablative of the thing : as, Non tibi, sed exercitu meo confldo, not
you, but my at my I trust.
106
HUST LATIN BOOK.
I
10. Verbs compounded with bene, male, satis govern the
dative : as, Optimo vlro maledixlt, he reviled a tnost excellent man;
mlhl nunquam satlsfecit, he never satisjied me.
11. Latin puts a pronoun of the first person before one of the
second, and one of the second before one of the third. A verb,
therefore, referrinj^ to several subjects will be plural and agree with
the first person rather than with the second, and with the second
rather than with the third : as, Eg-o et tu valemus, yoii and I arc
well {noiG the order of the Latin) ; tu et TulUa valetls, Tullia and
you are %uelL
EXKRCISE.
Decline together : exercltus mous, masmum praemlum, omnls
vicus, hostle noster, duae legiones.
Translate into English : —
I. Interduni fortuna nobis favet, saepe nostris consiliis obstat.
2. Urbe expugnatfi, milites hostiuni ne nobis quidem' parcent. 3.
Omnes civitates nobis obsides dederunt. 4. Pater nieus tibi abhinc
multos annos legionem donavit. 5. Nonne vcstri aniici tecum
Romae manobunt ? 6. Caesar paucos dies in hostium finibus
mansit ; onmibusque vicis incensis, se in c.istra sua recepit. 7.
Nonne puer patris sui mandato parebit ? 8. Nuni homo mihi niale-
dixit ? 9. Caesar multos annos Icgionibus Romanis in Gallia
imperavit. 10. Nos omnes Ciceronis orationes laudavimus. 11.
Tibi omnibusque malis hominibus diffido. 12. Oppido expugnato,
impcrator suas legiones in castra reduxit. 13. Ego et pater mens
tuis consiliis paruimus.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Marcus and I stayed at Rome for three years. 2. We shall
all remain in the city for one year. 3. My friend easily persuaded
me. 4. The scout announced to us the arrival of Caesar. 5. After
the town was taken''^ by our men, we seized all the baggage of the
enemy. 6. He sent the scout with us into C^aul. 7. He enviei'
his brother, and did not obey the commands of the Roman people.
8. Shall we resist the legions of the Romans } 9. We resisted the
1 Ne-(iuideia, iwt even (with the emphatic word intervening). 'Ablative absohite.
'
INFINITIVE MOOD.
107
forces of the enemy for three months. lo. Wisdom will iu)t always
help you. 1 1. Caesar led his forces from the camp. 12. You antl
I will stay in the country in summer. 13. Will not the goou
citizen obey the laws of his country.-*
LESSON LI I. ,
INFINITIVE MOOD.
1. Sum, I (ini^ has three intinilive forms, viz., the present intin.,
esse, to />(• : the perfect intin., fili-sae, to lhn>c hccn ; and the future
infm., faturus esse, to be about to be (fu-turua-fut. part).
2. Transitive verbs usually have three infmitive forms in the
active in Latin and three in the passive : viz., the present, perfect,
and future infinitive.
ACriVE INFINITIVr.S.
In the active voice the infinitive is thus formctl : —
Pres. infin. =:pres. stem + -re,
I . fi,ma-re, to l(n<e.
mone-re, to advise.
reg6-re, to rule.
audire, to hear.
1. fi,mavi-sse, to have loved.
2. monui-sse, to have culvised.
rexi-sse, to have ruled.
audivi sse, to have heard.
'amaturus esse, to be about to hwe.
moniturus esse, to be about to advise.
recturus esse, to be about to rule.
auditurus esse, to be about to hear.
3. In the passive voice the infinitives are thus formed : —
Perf infin. = pcrf. stem + -sse.
Future infin. = future part,
act. + esse, to be.
1:
PASSIVE INFINITIVES.
Present infinitive = present stem +ri P- ^rtih-ri, to be ioi-ed.
(except in third conj. which adds -i J
mone-ri, to be advised.
to verb stem).
3. reg-i, to be ruled.
audi-ri, to be heard.
108
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Pcrf. infin. = perf. part.
pass. +6886, to he.
Future infin. =su))ine4-iri
(pres. infin. passive of
eo, I go).
1;
■ I . amatus 6888, to hanc been Imicd. '
m6nitU8 6886, to have been advised.
rectU8 6886, to hciTC been ruled.
auditus 6886, to have been heard.
■ I . amatum irl, to t>e about to be loved.
2. monitum iri, to be about to l)e advised.
3. rectum iri, to be about to be ruled.
^4. audi turn iri, to be about to be heard.
4. A verb in the infinitive mood is often used as a noun in the
neuter sint^ular, and may be the subject or object of another verb :
as, Laudari ab aliis gratum 6st, to be praised by others is a pleasaut
thing. (Here laudari is used as an indccHnable neuter noun,
subject of 6St; and gratum agrees witli it )
Note. — In this way abstract nouns in English are often rendered
into Latin : as, Fall6r6 68t 86mper turpe, deceit (^i.e., to deceiifc) is
always base ; parentes amare est laudabile, Jilial affection is
praiseioorthy.
5. Many verbs take an infinitive to complete their meaning : as,
Bellum g6r6re parat, he is preparing to carry on war ; omues
discedere iubet, he orders all to depart.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Caesar milites suos castra vallo fossaque munire iussit. 2.
Imperator cum suis militibus in provinciam pervenire contendit.
3. Iter per provinciam facere parat. 4. ConstituGrunt iumentorum
quam maximum numerum comparare. 5. Caesar omnesequites ad
castra prima luce venire iubcbit. 6. Docere est discere. 7. Nos
contra Callos bellum gerere non dubitamus. 8. Te domum vcMiire
veto. 9. Humanum est errare. 10. Nonne tu rus cum tuo fratre
venire constiluisti? 11 Num vera discere cupivistis .? 12. Bellum
contra Romanos gerere est semi)er periculosum, 13. Cantfis avium
audire nos sacpc delectat.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Order the soldier to come home. 2. The Romans are pre-
paring to carry on war against the Gauls. 3, To hesitate in battle
is to be defeated. 4. It is better to give than to receive. 5. Wc
ACCUSATIVK WITH INFINITIVE.
109
desire to reach the top of the hill l)<'f()re daybreak. 6. Writing
{inf.) letters to friends is a pleasant thing. ■'. The senate forbade
the soldiers to wage war beyond the province. 8. \\ hy do you
hesitate to read the book ? 9. Teach me to seek wisdom. 10. It
is often safer to run away than to fight. 11. It is pleasant to walk
in the fields in spring. 12. We did not order the soldiers to obey
the general.
LESSON LIII.
ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE.
1. The infinitive is often used with an accusative for a subject
where English has a noun-clause introduced by that. This is
tlie regular construction after verbs of knowings thinldtig., saying.,
and the like, and with such expressions as it is manifest^ it is cer-
tain., it is true : as, Sentimus ignem calere, loc know that Jire is
hot (literally = w^ know fire to be hot) ; hostes adesse dicit, he says
that the enemy are near (literally—//^ says the enemy to be near) ;
ft'atrem tuum esse fortem intellego, / undrrstand that your brother
is brave ; certum est liberos a parentibus amari, it is certain that
cnildren are loved by their parents ; manifestvim est alba en esse
nivem // is evident that snow is white. This construction is
called the accusative with infinitive^ and is one of the commonest
in Latin.
2. The tense of the infinitive after a verb of saying or thinking
in past time, is often a difficulty. Thus : He said that the boy was
at Rome is, Puerum Romae fuisse dixit, if the exact words of the
speaker were, the boy was at Rome. Hut if the speaker's words
were, the boy is at Rome., then, he said that the boy was at Rome
is, Puerum Romae esse dixit. The tense used by the speaker is
the tense required for the infinitive.
3. 1 he participles used in the future inf act. and the perfect inf.
pass, must agree in gender, number and case with the noun to which
they refer : as, Dixit se ab omnibus amatuin esse, he said that he
had been loved by all ; audio copias a Caesare eductas esse, /
hear that the forces have been led out by Caesar.
110
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Exercise.
Translate into English
I. Dixit se omnia pro patriafecisse. 2. Exploratores nuntiaverunt
oppidum ab Romanis captum esse. 3. Caesar pontem rescindi
iubct. 4. Nuntiabit Romanos a Gallis superatos esse. 5. Negat
Caesarem oppidum cepisse. 6. Legatus dicit consulem castra
servavisse. 7. Puto copias hostium ignav as esse. 8. Putavistine
consules fuisse iniustos .'' 9. Custodes nuntiaverunt hostes arcem
occupavisse. 10. Nonne tibi dixerunt se copias Rhenum trans-
duxisse.'' 11. Num omnes tuos milites bellum gerere iussisti.''
12. Exploratoresne nuntiant hostes nostris legatis paruisse."^
13. Nonne consul tibi dixit se milites suos monuisse .f*
Translate into Latin : —
I. The soldier says that the enemy are approaching. 2. He
said that the enemy were approaching. 3. The men said that the
town would be taken. 4. They said that the town had been taken.
5. He says that he has received a letter from his brother. 6. Cicero
said that he had saved his native land. 7. He said that he was
saving his native land. 8. They reported that the enemy were
taking the town. 9. The poet says that wisdom is better than
gold. ro. He said that he had always been a friend. 11. He said
that the teacher praised the boy. 12. The man thought that the
hills were high. 13. The king said that his soldiers were brave.
14. He thought that you were coming.
r
I
LESSON LIV.
INFINITIVE WITH VERBS OP HOPING.
1. Verbs signifying to hope, promise, undertake or swear, take in
Latin the future infinitive and the accusative of the pronoun : as,
Sperat se Romam venturum esse, he hopes to come to Rome (liter-
ally =/^<? hopes that he will come to Rome); promitto me libros ad te
missurum esse, I promise to send books to you; suscipis te bella
gesturum esse, you undertake to carry on wars.
ACTUSATIVE WITH INPlNITrVE.
Ill
Exercise.
Translate into Eni^libh : —
i. Imperator promittit se pacem nobiscum facturum esse. 2.
Omnes milites sperant se paucis diebus oppidum captures esse. 3.
Caesar dixit se eos in deditionem recepturum esse. 4. Promittunt
se neque legates missuros neque ullam condicionem pacis accep-
turos esse. 5. Caesar Helvetios temperaturos esse ab injuria non
aestimabat. 6. Consul putavit se ab omnibus bonis civibus ama-
tum iri. 7. Nuntiatum est oppidum captuni iri. 8. Existim-
averunt iter Helvetiorum magno cum periculo provinciae futurum
esse. 9. Caesar respondit se civitatem conservaturum esse. 10.
Obsidibus acceptis, Caesar dixit se liberis mulieribusque parciturum
esse. II. Speramus milites consulis Genevam occupaturos esse.
12. Sperasne te hodie in oppidum perventurum esse? 13. Dixit
iter longum futurum esse.
Translate into Latin : —
I, The . Romans will demand hostages. 2. He said that the
Romans would demand hostages. 3. The town will be taken by
our soldiers. 4. He announced that the town would be taken by
our soldiers. 5. They will remain two years at Rome. 6. They
answered that they would remain two years at Rome. 7. The
enemy pitched their camp at (ad+ncc.) the foot of the hill. 8. The
scouts brought word that the enemy would pitch their camp at the
foot of the hill. 9. He undertook to come to the town. 10. He
hopes that his friend will come to you. 11. Caesar will arrive on
the fifth day. 12. He says that Caesar will arrive on the fifth day.
13. He said that the temple would be built in a few days.
LESSON LV.
ACCUSATIVE WITH INFmiTIVB.-( CoKanued).
The following are additional examples of the Accitsattve with
Infinitive : — Dicit virum scribere, he says that the man is writing
( = the man to be writing) ; dicit virum scripsisse, he says that the
man was writings wrote , or has written ; dicit virum scripturum
esse, he says that the man will write. But : Dixit virum scribere.
112
riUHT LATIN HOOK.
//<• x<t!i/ ihiit ihi' tthtn ,-('»rv wn'tini^ (cxacl wouls of s|)(';ikci' : Vlr
Borlbll) ; tilxlt vlnmi BoripslWHe, hr s<fni that the man ivas wn'ftfm\
7VP(>/t\ov /htif 7('f f//t'ft^ (acforditig as thr rxnct words of tlu' speaker
woio : Vlr Borlbebut, vli' flcriiiHlt, or vlr BorlpHorat) ; dixit vlnini
BcrlvitAinim «rbp, //r .\,>iJ //hi/ ///<• /n<nt T(V»///r/ ri'n'fr (exact words of
speaker : Vlr aorlbet, ///r nuvi n •/// 7fV7"/<).
KXKKCISE.
Translate into I'.nglish : ~
t. llatpie ex legionihus fahros arcessTri iiihet. 2. In insulis
scripsetvnit tlies bievissinios esse. 3. Interfcctos esse legat<)s
niagnanKpie partem exercitus in proelio ee'tdisse nunliavii.
4. Oninihus relius constitntis, Caesar ad pordnn rinn diiahus
legionihi\s pei vC'nit. 5. Fallere alios est semper tmpe. 6. Mani-
festum est liostes agmen media nocte esse tratisducluros. 7.
Mdites legionis sejitimae loevim ceprMunt liostesque, paiicis vulner-
ibus accoptis, ex silvis exjnllrMunt. 8. lubet legioncm metlifi noetc
castra vallo fossrujuc munire. 9, Caesar, acceptis litteris, liora cir-
citev umleeinAa tliei statini mmtium ad hostes mittit. 10. Explora-
tores omnes cxercitum magnom hostium in unum locum cogi mmtia-
vrMimt. II. Legati Aediios t>mnom nohilitatem, omnem senatum,
omnes eipiites amisisse dixerunt. 12. (iailos a populo Romano
paucis annis victos esse Caesar dicit. 13. Ad dairam inagnis
ilineribus contendere paiavit.
Translate into Latin : —
1. They said that the Romans had le(l their forces across the river
at daybreak. 2. I hear that your friend has l)een sick for many
days. 3. I thought that the man was ccming to Home. 4. We know
that the country is cold in winter and hot in sfimmer. 5. At Rome
the days are shorter in summer than they arc in Hritain. 6= The
bravest ('\i the Roman soldiers were slain in the battle by the cavalry
of the Germans. 7. It w.ts evident to all that our men were
braver than the enemy in battle. 8. We believe that the soul of
man is immortal. 9. When Caesar was consul {ahl. abs.)^ the
army was led against the Gauls. 10. They relate that Rome was
founded by Romulus many years ago. 11. After Cicero was ex-
pelled from Rome (/</;/.), he sailed to Greece. 12. I'o lie is base ;
to speak the truth is always praiseworthy.
I)Kl't)Ni:NT VKitna,
n:i
LKSSON I. VI.
DEPONENT VERBS.
1. Many veil), arc passive in foiinjmf a( tivr in meaning,'. These
arc called cl«ponont verbs {Trr/ni dcfxtncnliti), becanse they lay
aside (doponore) their active form and their passive meaning : as,
Mlror. / (u{inirc.
2. Peponents occni in all four conjugations. In the first, second
and fourth (onjugalions they have the characteristic vowel of their
conjugation before the pres. infinitive pass, ending -rl. In the third
conjugation this infinitive is formed by adding 1 to the verb stem : as,
1st Conj., mirA, ri, to niimire, — conjugated like ama rl.
I.
2.
3-
211(1 " vore rl, to fear ,
.ird " sfiqu-I, to Jolloiv,
41 h " blandlrl, to /tatter, "
INDKJA'JiVK MOOF).
I'kKSKNT
Sinji;ular.
voroor sfiquor
B6qu«rlH or
cc
II
mone-rl.
reg-1.
atidirl.
Pcrs., miror
" mirfirlH <>r
miraro
miratur
(f
v«>rerl8 or
vorere
v6retur
Pcrs.
mlramnr
miraraini
mirantur
B«qu6re
sequltur
Plurnl.
veremur sfiqulmur
vtiromlni sSquimini
verentur aequiintur
IMPERFKCT.
Siniiitlar.
vfirebar sSquebar
2. " mirabaris or verebarls or sequebaria or
mirabare verebare s^quebare
3. " rairabatur verebatur sSquebatur
Plural.
1. Pers., mirabamur verebamur sSqaebamur
2. " mirabamini verebamini sequebamlni
3. •* mirabantur v6rebantur sequebantur
Pers., mirabar
blandior
blandlrls or
blandire
blandltur
blandimur
blandimini
blandluntur
blandlebar
blandlebarls or
blandiebare
blandiebatur
blandlebamiir
blandiebamini
blandiebantur
8
114
I.
Pers.
mirabor
2.
««
miraberia or
mirabSre
3.
((
mirabltur
I.
Pers.
mirablmiir
2.
< <
mirabimini
3.
<(
mirabuntur
1. Pers. ) miratus siim
2. " miratus es
3. " miratus est
FIRST LATIN ftOOK.
FUTURE.
vfirebor sdquar
v6reb6ri8 or sfiqueris or
v6reb6re s6quere
v6rebitur sSquetur
Plural.
v6reblinur s6quemur
verebimini s6quemini
v6rebuntur sSquentur
PERFECT.
Singular.
v6rltus sum seciitus suxn
v6ritus es s6cutua 6s
v6ritus est sScutus est
blandlar
blandleris or
blandiere
blandietur
blandlemur
blandlemini
blandlentur
Plural.
I. Pers., miratisiimus vSriti sumus sScuti siimus
2.
3-
• ' mirati estis
' * mirati sunt
veriti estis
veriti sunt
secuti estis
sScuti svint
blanditus sum
blanditus 6s
blanditus est
blanditi
sumus
blanditi estis
blanditi sunt
PLUPERFECT.
Si'/ii^'-itlar.
2.
Pers. , miratus eram veritus eram secutus eram blanditus
eram
' ' miratus eras veritus eras s6cutus 6ras blanditus dras
** miratus 6rat veritus 6rat secutus erat blanditus 6rat
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
mirati
eramus
veriti eramus secuti 6ramus
blanditi
6ramu8
2.
((
mirati eratis
veriti Sratis s6cuti 6ratis
blanditi Sratis
3.
it
mirati erant
veriti erant secuti erant
FUTURE-PERFECT.
Siti^tlar.
blanditi 6rant
I.
Pers.,
miratus ero
veritus ero secutus ero
blanditus 6ro
2.
((
miratus 6ris
veritus eris sScutus Sris
blanditus eris
3-
((
miratus erit
veritvis erit sdcutus 6rit
blanditus 6rit
DEPONENT VERBS.
116
Pluml.
I. I'crs. , mlrati ver!ti6rlrau8 secuti erimus
SrimuB
mirati erltis v6riti 6r!tls sScuti 6rltis
mirr.ti 6runt v6riti 6runt sdcuti 6runt
2.
3.
(i
IMPERATIVE-PRESENT.
Singular.
mirare verere 8§qu6re
Plural.
miramini v6remini sSquSmini
PaRTICII'LES.
v6rens S'Squens
Present, mirans, admiring
Perfect, miratvis, having
admired.
Future, -
''miraturus, about
to admire.
/"aSquutus
v6rltu8 { or
Vsdcutus
veriturus sSquuturus
mirandus, about to verendus sSquendus
be admired.
blanditi
6r!mus
blanditi 6iiti8
blanditi drunt
blandire.
blandimini
blandlens
blandltus
blanditurus
blandlendus
Note. — Deponents have a perf. part, act., but with a passive
form : as, Caesar locutus tacuit, Caesar., having spoken^ was
silent.
Exercise.
Decline together : flos recens, prima lux, vox magna, oppldum
vetus, puer memor.
Translate into English : —
I. Puella flores in silva mirata est. 2. Caesar cum omnibus
copiis prima luce profectus est. 3. Milites legionis hortatus,
aciem instruxit. 4. PoUiciti sunt se obsides daturos esse. 5. Ne
conemur in fines hostium ingredi. 6. Angustos se fines habere
arbitrabantur. 7. Vestigia ursi ad cavum sequentur. 8. Puer,
viam virtutis arduam sequ6re. 9. Voce magna auditfi, pueri veriti
sunt. 10. Imperator dixit se vespere profecturum esse. 11. In
fines suos Helvetios venire patiuntur. 12. Arbitrati sunt se ad pro-
fectionem paratos esse. 13. Manifestum est hostes e castris pro-
fectos esse 14. Omnes poUicentur se ad oppidum cum impedi-
mentis esse venturos.
116
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Translate into Latin : —
1. The enemy will attempt to make a march through our pro-
vince. 2. Do not attempt to set out from Italy, but hasten with all
your forces to Rome. 3. They thouglit that they were ready for
all dangers. 4. Caesar will not suffer the yVedui to come into the
province. 5. Caesar, with two legions,' set out from Rome. 6. They
promised to give hostages to our commander. 7. They tried to
take the town. 8. He said that he would follow the leader of the
legion. 9. They thought that the boy had followed the tracks of
the bear. 10. Having promised to give hostages, the ambassador
set out for home. 11. All set out from home with their baggage.
12. They attempted to take the city of Rome. 13. It was evident
that they had left for Gaul.
LESSON LVII.
DEPONENT YBRBS.-( CoH//nued.)
The deponents utor (use), fruor (enjoy), fungor {discharge)^
potior {obtain), vescor {eat), govern the ablative : as, Plurimis
rebus fruimur et utimur, we enjoy and use very tfiany thitigs j
magna praeda est potitus, Jie obtained a large booty j lacte et
came vescebantur, they lived on milk and flesh.
Exercise.
Decline together : imperator noster, hoino sapiens, signum datum,
primum agmen, via ardua, omnis pars, dextra manus.
Translate into English : — -
I. Omnes virtutem imperatoris nostri in proelio mirari audi-
vimus. 2. Homo sapiens rationeoptimeutitur. 3. Puer, occasione
tua melius utere. 4. Britanni lacte Jt carne vescuntur pellibusque
vestiuntur. 5. H ostium impedimentis castrisque potiemur. 6.
Nonne n.-y/ibus, nautae, utimini .'' 7. Dicit Germanos equis non
usos esse. 8. Caesar, cognito consilio hostium, ad flumen
TamCsim profcctus est. 9. Imperator cum una legione oppido
potiri conatus est. 10. Dux nuntiat duas legiones ab oppido
profectas esse. 11. Nonne hostes sequemur et oppido potiemur.?
DKMONSTHATIVE PRONOUNS.
117
I .'. Ex omnibus partibus hostes nostros milites agg^ressi sunt.
13. Platdnem, virum sapientem, philosophiani Athenis docuissc
audivimus. 14. Nonne puerum dextram nianum lapide vulner-
atum esse dixcrunt ? 15. Romae natus est sed mortuus est Athenis.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Our men obtain possession of {potior) the enemy's camp during
the night. 2. They said that the Gauls set out from their camp at
daybreak. 3. It is very easy to obtain possession of the sover-
eignty of Gaul. 4. The boy followed the tracks of the bear to the
foot of the tree. 5. Did you not employ guides for {gen.) the
route.-* 6. The boy did not employ his time well. 7. After the
death of his father, the man went to Athens. 8. When the city was
taken, the wives and children of the conquered were all killed. 9. We
shall foll'^w our leader to the top of the hill. 10. We hope that the
general will gain possession of the camp of the enemy. 11. He
says that the Britons live on milk and flesh. 12. They hoped to
gain possession of the town by treachery. 13. When his forces
were drawn up {abl. abs. ), he attacked the enemy vigorously.
!h-
LESSON LVIII.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
1. Besides is, ea, id (////j, that) which will be given in Lesson
LX., there are in Latin three demonstrative pronouns : Hie, this
near me; iste, that near you j ille, tiiat near him (her or it.) They
are declined as follows : —
Hie, this^ i.e., this one near me (the speaker.)
Singular.
Plural.
Masc.
Fern.
Ncut.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
hie
haec
hoc
hi
hae
haec
Gen.
huius
huius
huius
horum
harum
horum
DAT.
huic
hmc
huic
his
his
his
Ace.
hunc
hanc
hoc
hos
has
haec
Abl.
hoc
hac
hoc
his
his
his
w
118
I'lKST LATIN JIOOK.
I8t6, i/uif near you (tlic person spoken to. )
Singular.
Plural.
Afas.
^"m.
Neut.
Mas,
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
Istd
lst&
istud
isti
istae
ist&
Gen.
istius
Istius
istius
istorum
istarum
istorum
Dai-.
isti
isti
isti
istis
istis
istis
Ace.
latum
istam
istud
istos
istaa
ist&
Abl.
isto
lata
isto
istis
istie
istis
Ill§, (hat near him {her, it —
the person or thin^ spoken of).
Singular.
Plural.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
Mas.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
m6
ilia
illud
illi
illae
ilia
Gen.
illius
illius
illius
illorum
illarum
illorum
DAT.
illi
illi
illi
illis
illis
illis
Ace.
ilium
illam
illud
illus
illas
ilia
Abl.
1116
ilia
ilia
illis
illis
illis
2. Hie is the demonstrative of the ist person. It refers to the
person or thing near me (the speaker) : as, Hie liber, this book. So
too, Haee patria, tJiis land of ours; haee vita, this present life;
his sex diebus, within the last six days.
3. Iste is the demonstrative of the 2nd person. It refers to the
person addressed : as, Iste liber, that book near you; ista opinio,
that opinion you hold; iste amicus, that friend of yours. It often
has the idea of contempt.
4. Ille, that yonder^ is the demonstrative of the 3rd person. It
refers to a person or thing other than those present. It may ex-
press therefore : —
(a) The remote in time, as opposed to the present (which is
expressed by hie): as, Ilia antiquitas, ///<i;/ y^r-<?^ /^^/y illis
diebus, in those bygone days.
(b) That well known., the celebrated. • as, Ilia Medea, the
> far-famed Med*' a; ille Caesar, the renowned Caesar
(c) An emphatic he, slu\ or // : as, Illos neglegio, those
(whom all men know) you disregard.
DEMONSTRATIVK PRONOUNS.
119
5. Hie and ille are often contrasted. They may be used : —
(a) Of two persons already mentioned. In this case hio
relates to the nearer, //rt- latter; ille, to the more remote, the
former : as, Romulum Numa excepit; hie pace, ille bello
melior fuit, Numa succeeded Romulus; the latter cxxelled in
Peace^ thefortner in war.
(b) For the one and the other : as, Neque hoc neque illud,
neither the one nor the other; et hie et ille, both the one and
the other (et . . . et both .... and).
(c) For some and others : as, Hi pacena, illi bellum cupiunt,
some wish peace^ others war.
Exercise.
Decline together : hie homo, ilia mulier, late vir, illud tempus,
haec vita.
Translate into English : —
I. Estne hie homo amicus tuus.? 2. Istum librum esse pul-
chrum dixit. 3. Illaantiquitas a multis laudata est. 4. Haec arma
secum ex oppido portabunt. 5. Ob banc rem Caesar Romam
legatos misit. 6. Neque hie neque ille Romae erat. 7. De istis
rebus ad te scribam. 8. Hoc proelio nuntiato, omnes legiones ad
Galliam duxit. 9. Nonnc puer nuntiavit epistolam ad patrem
meum missam esse 1 10. Cicero et Caesar viri illustres erant ; hie
bello melior erat, ille eloquentiji. 11. Nos diximus milites ad
omnia haec pericula esse paratos. 12. Illo die hunc Athenis fuisse
manifestum est. 13. His decem diebus ad illud oppidum perveni-
mus.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Will not that man write me a letter about those affairs of
yours 1 2. This man is the best of all the citizens. 3. Are those
your arms } 4. They said that that book of yours was the best of
all. 5. That well-known Cicero was very eloquent. 6. Did he not
say that he intended to set out for Gaul within six days ? 7. Those
soldiers devastated the lands of the enemy. 8. On account of this
defeat we were forced to give up our arms. 9. Were those books
written by you ? 10. Caesar told his soldiers that he would devas-
tate the land, i r. Neither the one nor the other was at Athens in
120
FIUHT LATIN HOOK.
this year. 12. I have not seen this man within the last four days.
13. Will not that woman be praised by uU ? 14. We all think that
Caesar was greater than Pompcy.
LESSON LIX.
V- '■ i
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. -r^^''^""W.;
DATIVK WITH VERBS COMrOUNDED WITH
PREPOSITIONS.
1. Transitive verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante,
con (for cum), in, inter, ob, {on, (Hj^-tri'/is/), post, prae {before), sub
{under), or siiper {(ibo7>e\ often govern an accusative of the direct
and a dative of the indirect object : as, Populus Romanus bellum
Gallia intulit, the Roman people made war on the Gauls.
Note. — In the passive the direct object of the active becomes the
subject, while the indirect object is still retained : as, Bellum Gallia
a populo Romano illatum est, war was mad,' on the Gauls by the
Roman people.
2. Intransitive verbs compounded with the above-mentioned
prepositions, often govern the dative : as, Caesar exercitul
praefuit, Caesar commanded the army; consiliia consulis obstat,
he opposes the plans of the consul.
DATIVE OF POSSESSION.
3. The dative is used with the verb sum, I am, to express posses-
sion : as, Mihl est liber, / have a book (literally, there is a book to
me.)
4. The compounds of sum (except possum, / can) govern the
dative : as, Tibi adsum, / aid you.
Exercise.
Decline together : hie bonus homo, haec pulchra dies, ilia legio
lata soror, istud tempus, illud mare, iste vir.
l»KMON.STI{ATIVK I'KONOUNH.
121
Translate into English : —
I. Ego et tiuis amicus tihi in omnibus pcriculis adcrTmus.
2. Caesar Labienum hibernis j)raefCcit. 3. Hie locus ab horto
circltcr passus scxccntos aberat. 4. Hi, nostros disjectos adorti,
proclium rcnovaveiunt. 5. Illi divinis rebus intcrsunt, sacrifitia
j)r()curant, rcligiones intcrprctantur. 6, His omnibus Druidibus
pracest unus cpii summam liabct auc loritatem. 7. No:->tro advcntu
pernioti, Hritanni Inmc toti bello im[)eri()(|uc praefccerant. 8. His
rebus cognitis a captlvis perfugiscpic, Caesar, praemisso cquitatu,
confestim legioncs subsequi iussit. 9. Ab his cognoscit non longe
oppidum Cassivelauni abcsse, silvis j)aludibus(iue munitum.
10. Legioncs Latlnae longa. socictate militiam Romanam edoctac
sunt. ir. Rebus male gestis, fortuna imperatori defuit. 12, Legati
sese Caesari dedituros esse atcpie imperata facturos polliciti sunt.
13. Vere primo Caesari in (lallia uiteriore duae legioncs erant.
14. Num verum est tc primo vere Romae fuisse ?
Translate into Latin : —
I. Was not the general present ;it the battle on that day ?
2. Some lack courage ; others opportunity. 3. Fortune often
opposes the designs of these men. 4. The Romans for many years
carried on war against the Karthaginians. 5. Labienus commands
the soldiers of this legion. 6. The vvojnen and children begged the
Romans for peace. 7. In the consulship of Caesar, war was
declared against the Gauls. 8. No man will prefer disgrace to
honor. 9. In ancient times the Karthaginians had many colonies,
large fleets, and great wealth. 10. These legions were drawn up in
three lines in front of the camp. 11. They had already led their
forces through the territory of the SequHni. 12. The celebrated
(p. 118, 4) Demosthenes is considered the greatest orator among
the Greeks. 13. After subduing Greece, the celebrated Alexander
defeated large forces of the Persians at the river Granlcus.
122
FIRST LATIN BOOK,
i
LESSON LX.
IS, IDEM, IPSE.
1. The pronoun is, ihis^ that (he^ she^ it), is declined as follows :-
Is, fhaty {he, she, it).
Singular. * Plural.
Masc. Fevi. NeiU. Masc. Fern. Neiit.
VoM.
is 6&
id
6i or ii
6ae
6&
Gen.
eius eius
eius
66rum
6arum
eorum
DAT.
6i 6i
6i
6is or iis
Sis or iis
6is or iis
Ace.
Sum earn
Id
60s
6as
e&
Abl.
66 d&
eo
6is or iia
eis or iis
6i8 or iia
2.
The pronoun idam
, the same., is declined as follows
•
Idem,
the same.
Singular.
Plural.
Masc. Fern.
Nent.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
. idem 6&dem
idem
eidem or
iidem
6aedem
6&dem
Gen.
eiusdem eiusdem
eiusdem 66rundem
6arundem
66rundem
DAr.
6idem 6idem
6idem
6isdem or
6isdem or
6isdem or
iisdem
iisdem
iisdem
Ace.
6undem Sandem
idem
66sdem
6asdem
e&dem
Abl.
dodem Wadena
46dem
eisdem or
6isdem or
eisdem or
iisdem
iisdem
iisdem
3. The pronoun ipse, self., himself., is declined as follows : —
Ipse, self, himself.
Singular.
PlurAl.
Masc.
Fem.
Nent.
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
NOM.
ipse
ipsa
ipsum
ipsi
ipsae
ips&
Gen.
ipsius
ipsius
ipsius
ipsorum
ipsarum
ipsorum
Dat.
ipsi
ipsi
ipsi
ipsis
ipsis
ipsis
Ace.
ipsum
ipsam
ipsum
ipsos
ipsas
ipsa.
Abl.
ipso
ipsa
ipso
ipsis
ipsis
ipsis
4. Is is a pronoun of reference, simply referring to some person
or thing mentioned before : as, Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus
IS, IDEM, AND IPSK.
123
et ditiasimus fuit Orgetorix ; is coniurationem nobilitatla fecit,
among the Helvetians^ Orgetorix 7vas hy far the noblest and most
uiealthy; he formed a eonspiracy among the nobility. (Here is
refers to Orgetorix.) It is often used as the personal pronoun of
the 3rd person.
5. Idem, same, is often used to express our also, at the same
time, at once : as, Cicero orator erat idemque philosophue. Cicero
was an orator and, at the same time, a philosopher.
6. Ipse, self, may be added for emphasis to a noun, pronoun or
numeral: as, Caesar ipse imperavit, Caesar himself comtnanded;
tu ipse hoc fecisti, you yourself did this; se ipsum interfecit, he
killed himself; ipse navem aediftcavit, he built the ship by liim-
self; triginta ipsi dies, exactly thirty days ; adventu ipso hostes
terruit, by his mere (very) arrival he frightened the enemy; ipse
hoc vidi, / sa7t/ this with my own eyes.
Ipse is also added in the genitive sin^uilar or plural to a possess-
ive pronoun to express r-'w// .• as, Mea ipsius culpa, ;/// own fault ;
sua ipsius domus, his own house ; vestra ipsorum amicitla, your
own friendship. (This gen. is in apposition with the gen. implied
in the possessive.)
Exercise.
Decline together . ipsa oratio, is obses, idem vir, ipse impera-
tor, eadem mulier, ipsum tempus, ea domus, ipse deus, ea flUa.
Translate into English : —
I. Nos ipsi ilium virum pugnantem vidimus. 2. Dccem ipsis
diebus oppidum expugnavit. 3. Hie vir deos immortales esse
negat. 4. Pollicetur se iis arma daturum esse. 5. Tu ipsequattuor
dies Karthagine mansisti. 6. Homo ipse dixit se paucis diebu?
venturum esse. 7. Eadem dt)na ad impcratoiem missa sunt.
8. Homo scrvum suum vocavit et opus eius {his) laudavit. 9. Cicero
fuit inter Romanos orator eloqueutissimus ; Idem maximus
philosophus fuit. 10. Dixerunt cundem virum multa bella in
Italia gessisse. 11. Ipse vidi puerum ex urbe Roma excedentem
12. Eodem die castra movit et copias ad fiumen duxit. 13. Ipsa
hac die Caesar Romae erat. 14. Caesar ilhid ()p{)i(lum magno cum
e.xercitu tribus diebus expugnavit.
^1'
I?:
\:P.
m
124
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Translate into Latin : —
I. On that very night the army took the town by storm. 2. Caesar
himself said that he would lead the army. 3. Did you not see the
same soldiers at Rome ? 4. Were the soldiers of this legion on
that day at Athens ? 5. Those very towns will be taken by him.
6. By his mere order he liberated the man. 7. My own house was
burned by the soldiers on that day. 8. For this reason he led his
anpy out of the camp. 9. Those same men were always very
friendly to the Romans. 10. He said that they had sent one legion
against the Gauls. 11. That legion remained for three months in
camp. 12. It is plain that they will not start for Rome within ten
days. 13. He sent the same man from Athens to Italy.
■
LESSON LXI.
GENITIVE WITH SUM, I AM.
1. The genitive is used with the verb sum, /am, to express our
belongs to : as, Haec domus est mei patris, iJiis Jiouse bcUmgs to
my father. This genitive may be used to express our task, duty,
custom, c/iaracterisfi'c, mark, token : as, ludicis est sequi verum,
// t's the duty of a judge to folloiv the truth (literally : to follow the
truth is of, i.e., belongs to a judge) ; hoc est praeceptoris, this is the
business of an instructor ; sapientis est res adversas aequo animo
ferre, it is the characteristic of a wise man to bear adversity ivith
resignation (literally : loith an even mind).
Note. — With possessive pronouns, this genitive is not used, but
the neuter of the corresponding possessive adjective : as, Tuum
('not tui est) vldere, it is your duty to ..ee.
Exercise.
Decline together : Is audax vir, eadem virgo, hoc ipsum tem-
pua, ilia bona mulier, ista domus, ea oratio antiqua.
Translate into English : —
I. Est Caesiiris, obsidibi.s acceptis armisque omnibus ex oppido
traditis, in dcditionem hostes accipere. 2. Semper est huius militis
HKLATIVK PRONOUNS,
125
impcralori parerc. 3. His rebus co^nitis, Caesar Cialloriini
aniinos verbis conlirmavil j)oIlicitiisi|ue est se eain rem esse f.ictur-
uin. 4. Eodein die castra promovil et contra liostcs contendit. 5.
Castra hostiuni esse maxima dixit. 6. Manifestum est iudicis esse
veriim sequi. 7. Ex eo die dies continuos quinciue Caesar pro
castris suas copias produxit. 8. Haec eodem tempfire Caesari
nuntiata sunt. 9. Hoc response dato, de provincia decessit. 10.
Consulis est senatiim in curiam vocare. 11. Meum est imperiitori
parure. 12. Ipse hora diei quartfi cum primis navibus Britanniam
attigit atque ibi in omnibus collibus copias armatas conspexit.
13. Abhinc triginta ipsis annis, ille Corinthi mortuus est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. This man told Caesar that the Belgae had crossed the river
on the same day. 2. It is the duty of a commander to fight bravely
for his native land. 3. The commander himself within the last ten
days has taken two cities. 4. At the same time ambassadors were
sent by the general from the camp. 5. He placed a lieutenant over
the legion, but he himself set out for (iaul. 6. Caesar said that he
had sent forward all the cavalry at the third watch. 7. It is the
characteristic of a soldier to obey his general in all things, 8. It is
the duty of a wise man to obey the laws. 9. It is your duty to
favor the good. 10. We saw that the attack of the enemy was
checked by his mere p.rrival. 1 1. On the same day, Caesar collected
the same forces as before and marched against the enemy. 12.
He said that it was the part of the people to put the best man at
the head of the army (use prae/icio, appoint,)
; '.I,
LESSON LXII.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
1. The relative pronoun refers to some noun or pronoun pre-
ceding called the antecedent. The relative in Latin is qui (M.),
qua© (F.), and quod (N.)
126
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
Qui, zvho.
I
Singular.
Pldral.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
qui
quae
quod
qui
quae
quae
Gen.
cuius
CUiU3
cuius
quorum
quorum
quorum
DAT.
cui
cui
cui
quibus
quibus
quibus
Ace.
quern
quam
quod
quos
quas
quae
AliL.
quo
qua
quo
quibus
quibus
quibus
2. Quisquis and quicumque, luhoevcr.^ are called indefinite rela-
tives, the suffix -cumque (or -cunquo) added to the simple relative
qui, forming an indefinite relative, just as -^Tvr added to ivhoy which,
does in Ent,dish. Quicumque is inflected like qui ; quisquis is
usually found only in the forms quisquis, quidquid or quicquld,
quoquo.
AGREEMENT OF RELATIVE AND ANTECED1:NT.
3. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in ge7ider,
number tswA person j but its case is determined by the verb of its
own clause : as, Puer, qui magistrum amat, bonus est, the hoy who
loves his master is good ; puer, quern magister amat, bonus est,
ilie boy whom the master toi'es is good; ego, qui te laudavi, rex
sum, /, who praised y oil f am king; ego, quem tu laudavlsti, rex
sum, /, whom you praised., am king.
Note I. — The relative in the objective case, so often omitted in
English, is never omitted in Latin : as, Hie est liber quem tu mihi
dedistl, this is the book you gave me.
Note 2. — Cum, with, is appended to the relative, as to the personal
pronouns : as, Qulcum (^quocum), quacum, quibuscum (not cum
quo, «S:c.)
EXKRCISE.
Decline together : Quae urbs, hoc flumen, prima lux, duae
legiones, fllia mea, ille liber, illud oppidum, primum ver.
Translate into English : —
I. Urbs, quam vides, Roma est. 2. Tres legiones, quae circum
Aquileiam hiemabant, ex hibernis educit. 3. Milites, quorum
virtus magna fuit, contra hostes a Cacsare missi sunt. 4. Dixit se
CORRELATIVES.
127
copias fluinen priinfi luce esse tninsductuiuin. 5. C'liin (|iKittuor
legionibus, quas secuin habcbat, in castra propcravit. 6. Uux
legiones, quarum virtutc urbs servata erat, laiulavit. 7. Qi'.isquis
contra hosteni forlitcr puynabit, coronam aureani habebit. 8.
Puellae, quas te vidisse dixisti, filiae nicae sunt. 9, IJelgac prox-
imi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhcnuni incolunt, quibuscuni saepe
bcllum gcrunt. 10. Nonne dixisti hunc librum esse nieuni .f* 11.
Milites, a quibus urbs expugnata erat, fortes f.erunt. 12. Ea re
nuntiata, Caesar legiones, quas secum habebat, praemisit. 13.
lllis oppidis expugnatis, Caesar prime vera in fines hostium pro-
fectus est. 14. Vir, quicuni venisti, hie est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. That house which you saw, is mine. 2. At daybreak, he led
out of the camp two legions which he sent at once against the
enemy. 3. He led into camp the troops, which he had assem-
bled there. 4. They reported that the forces of the enemy had
departed at the beginning of night. 5. He hastens to Rome
with the legions which were then wintering at Massilia. 6. The
tenth legion, which had often saved the state, was sent forward by
Caesar. 7. Whoever said that he had seen me on that day,
spoke falsely. 8. The city was taken by the soldiers whom he
brought with him from Gaul. 9. To Caesar they sent ambassadors
of whom the chief was Divtco. 10. I told him that this man had
often led the soldiers to battle. 11. The Aeduans, whose fields
had been laid waste almost in sight of the Roman army, sent
ambassadors to Caesar. 12. I will give you the book you sent me
yesterday. 1 3. The boy you praised is the best of all.
t5
'.■. i
LESSON LXIII.
CORRELATIVES.
1. Many demonstrative pronouns, adjectives and adverbs in a
principal clause have corresponding relative pronouns, adjectives
or adverbs in a subordinate clause. These are called correlatives.
2. The following correlatives should be learned: Idem ..qui.
128
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
/Ae same us ; talis .qualis, si/c/i as : tantus. . .quantus, as (^rcal as ;
tot., .quot, as viany as : as, Idem est qui semper fuit, Jic is the same
as he always was ; res eodemi statu quo antea stat, the matter
stands in the same position as before ; talis est qualis semper fuit,
he is of the same eharacter as he always was ; tantam voluptatem
habeo quantam tu, / ]ia7>e as much pleasure as you ; tot erant
milites quot fluctus maris, the soldiers were as many as the waves
of the sea.
3. The adverbs such, so (limitin^'^ adjectives or adverbs) are
expressed by tam: as, Tam bonus homo, such a good man. As
good as you, is tam bonus quam tu.
4. The following correlative adverbs should also be learned :
Ibi. . . .ubi, there .... where; inde. . . .unde, thence .... zu hence; eo. . . .
quo, thither. . . . whither ; ea — qua, in that direction in which : as,
Ubi natus est, ibi mortuus est, where he was born, there he died;
unde profectus est, eodem properavit, he hastened to the spot from
which he set out.
Exercise.
Decline tcjether : quae res, qui dies, idem homo, haec mulier.
Translate into English : —
I. Ubi adolescens abhinc multis annis educatus est, ibi scnex
his paucis diebus mortuus est. 2. Tantas divitias non habet
quantas paucis ante annis. 3. Eadeni utilitatis quae honestatis est
regula. 4. Nunquani tantam contionem vidi quanta nunc haec
est. 5. Eodem naves, unde profectae sunt, properaverunt. 6.
Nonne hodie tanti sunt fluctus quanti heri erant."* 7. Hodie
homines iidem sunt qui quondam erant. 8. Talis est qualis
semper fuit. 9. Qufi nocte Alexander Magnus natus est, eadem
templum Dianae Ephcsiae deflagravit. 10. L bi Cicero natus est,
ibi C. Marius. ii. Qua dux milites duxit, efi hostcs iter fecerunt.
12. Eodem anno quo Caesar copias suas in Britanniam duxit,
Vergilius togam virilem sumpsit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. He lived in the place in which (use ide}n qui) he was born. 2.
The farmer has not so large a harvest as he had last year. 3. We
shall never see such waves as we beheld yesterday. 4. Did you not
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
129
read as many books as your sister ? 5. Were not the Greeks the
same in former times as they are now ? 6. The same year in which
the father died, the son left Italy. 7. We came to Rome on the
same night as he set out for Greece. 8. They all reached the same
spot as they had left a few days before. 9. The enemy followed
our men by the same route as we had taken a few years before.
10. He killed as many soldiers as you. 11. He is not the same
to-day as he was a year ago. 12. They remained in the same
place in which they had pitched their camp a few days before. 13.
The waves were such as we had never before seen.
LESSON LXIV.
INTERROGATIVB PRONOUNS.
1. The interrogative pronouns quis, quae, quid, and qui, quae,
quod, who? whcXtf are used in asking questions. They are in-
flected as follows : —
Quis, who's
Singular.
]
Plural.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut,
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
quis
quae
quid
qui
quae
quae
Gen.
cuius
cuius
cuius
quorum
quarum
quorum
DAT.
cui
cui
cui
quibus
quibus
quibus
Ace.
quern
quam
quid
quos
quas
quae
Abl.
quo
qua
quo
quibus
quibus
quibus
2. The interrogative pronoun qiii, quae, quod is inflected like
the relative qui, quae, quod (see p. 126).
3. Quis is generally used substantively and rarely as an adjec-
tive ; as, Quis hominum hoc dubitat? what man doubts this ?
(i. e., who of men). Qui interrogative is used adjectively in agree-
ment with its noun : as, Qui homo hoc fecit? what man did this?
quod fcicinuB fecit? what crime did he commit ?
Note. — Quis and qui are often strengthened by the addition of
•nam; qulsnam, quinam are therefore emphatic interrogatives
meaning who, pray ? ivho^ then ?
9
I i
130
FIRST LATIN IJOOK.
4. Which of two? is uter, utra, utrum: as, Uter vestnim?
which of you two ? (see p. 27).
5. In replying to a question, where we use the simple Yes or Noy
the Latins repeat the verb or some emphatic word : as, Venitne?
did he come ? Non venit, No; venit, Yes.
Note. — They also say, however, vero etiam, ita, certe, sane, for
Yes; and non, minime, minirae vero, for No.
6. Whether.
.or, m a
double question, is usually utrum.
an : as, Utrum vir legit an scribit? whether does the man read or
write ?
Note. — Or not, after ^vhcthcr, is annon in principal interrogative
sentences : as, Utrum amat patriam annon? whether does he love
his native land or not ?
GENITIVE OF QUALITY.
7. A noun in the genitive (called the genitive of quality) is often
added to another noun to denote a quality : as,* Vir est summae
fortitudinis, lie is a man of the highest courage ; vir erat maximae
sapientiae, he was a man of the greatest wisdom.
Note. — The noun in the genitive expressing quality has invari-
ably an adjective with it. Thus, a man of wisdom is not vir sapi-
entiae but vir sapiens. But, where the corresponding adjective is
vvantmg, praeditus, endowed with, may be used with the simple
ablative : as, Homo virtute praeditus, a man of (endowed with)
valor.
8. The genitive of quality is chiefly used to denote number,
cmiount, dimension, age, time : as, Septuaginta navium classis, a
fleet of seventy ships ; viginti pedum in altitudinem est agger,
the embankment is twenty feet high (literally, is of twenty feet in
height) ; puer tredecim annorum, a boy thirteen years of age.
Note. — Other constructions may be used for the genitive of
quality : as, Viginti pedes altus est agger, the embankmettt is high
twenty feet (ace. of extent of space) ; puer tredecim annos natus,
a boy of thirteen years of age (i.e., a boy born thirteen years).
So, too : Cicero trium et quadraginta annorum consul fuit, or
Cicero, tres et quadraginta annos natus, consul fuit, Cicero at the
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
131
iri^^c of forty-three 7vas cotistil ; mensa est trium pedum In latitud-
inem, or mensa est tres pedes lata, the table is three feet luide.
9. The abl'itivc is used, like the genitive, to express quaUty,
especially when external qualities of dress or appearance are men-
tioned : as, Homo magno capite, ore rubicundo, magiais pedibus,
a man with a large head, red face, and big feet j Caesar erat ex-
celsa statura, Caesar was of tall stature.
Exercise.
Decline together : qui homo bonus? quod facinus malum? qui
vir prudens? quae urbs pulchra?
Translate into English : —
I. Quid proxima, quid superiorc nocte egisti .-' 2. Uter consulum
nobis amicus est .'' 3. Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque
armaturae pcdites hostibus occurrebant. 4. Utram in partem flu-
men fluit .-* S- Erat inter Labienum atque hostium castra difficili
transitu flumen ripisque praeruptis. 6. Quod periculum eo die
vitavisti .'' 7. Ita omnis insula est in circuitu vicies centum millium
passuum. 8. Nonne nuntiatum est omnem peditatum et levis
armaturae Numidas pontem ab duce transductos esse? 9. Utrum
patrem an patriam plus amat .f* 10. Quem Caesar hibernis ea,
hieme praefecit? 11. Num Romanis classis viginti navium erat?
12. His rebus gestis, ex litteris Caesaris dierum viginti suppli-
catio a Senatu decreta est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Who gave a golden crown of great weight to this soldier ?
2. Are not serpents of great size found in that island ? 3. Whether
was this boy born at Rome or at Karthage ? 4. The Germans
were said to be men of great strength. 5. Two generals were
chosen by the Athenians, Pericles, a man of great valor, and
Sophocles, a poet of undying fame. 6. Was not Cimon a man of
great liberality ? 7. You possess a man of remarkable modesty,
well-known valor, and approved fidelity. 8. It is the characteristic
of a foolish man to condemn the faults of others and to be blind to
[lion videre) his own. 9. Which of the two boys is more like his
father? 10. Will not the Romans remain at Ravenna all winter?
1 1. By whom were the Romans conquered in battle ? 12. Who was
at home on that day? 1 3. Did he not come to Rome that night? Yes.
I
I
132 FIRST LATIN BOOK.
LESSON LXV.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
1. Pronouns that do not refer to any particular person or thing
are called indcjiniie pronouns. The more common are : —
Quia, quae or qua, quid or quod, any (especially after si, (/", nisi,
unless).
Aliquis, aliquae or aliqua, aliquod or aliquid, sovic one.
Quisquam, quaequam, quicquam or quidquanj, any one.
Ullus, uUa, ullum, any (see p. 26), used as the adjectival form
of quisquam.
Quidam, quaedam, quiddam or quoddam, a ce>-tain one.
Quisque, quaeque, quidque or quodque, each.
Unusquisque, unaquaeque, unumquidque or unumquodque, each
onCy each individual.
Uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of tivo.^ both.
Quivls, quaevis, quidvis or quodvis, any one you like.
Quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet or quodlibet, any one you like.
Utervis, utravis, utrumvis, either of the two you like.
Uterlibet, utralibet, utrumlibet, either of the two you like.
Nemo, no one; nihil, nothing; nuUus, nulla, nullum, none (p. 26).
2. In declining the above, the following rules may be observed : —
The forms in quis and qxii are declined like interrogative
quis and relative qui, but have qua or quae in the fem. sing., and
quid or quod in the neuter singular. F'orms in quod are adjectival,
those in qxiid substantival. Thus : —
Tempus aliquod, some time j temporis aliquid, some time (liter-
ally, something of time).
Unusquisque is declined in both parts and used in the singular
only ; uterque, utriusque, is declined in the first part only.
Nemo is dechned like virgo (p. 34), but has nullius for the gen.
and nullo or nulla for the abl.
Nihil is neuter and used only in the nominative and accusative sing.
3. Quisquam (adjectival, ullus) is used in sentences that contain
a negative, in interrogative sentences implying a negative answer,
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
133
or in comparative clauses : as, Nee quisquam me vidit, nor did
any one see me ; nee ullus homo me vidit, nor did any man see me;
num quisquam me vidit ? did anyone sec me f num ullua homo
me vidit ? did any man see me f fortior est quam quisquam ves-
trum, he is braver than any of you.
Exercise.
Decline together : unusquisque puer, uterque homo, mulier
quaedam, miles aliquis, nullum animal.
Translate into English : —
I. Num quisquam Ciccronem co tempore laudavit ? 2, Ad
puerum, cuius pater in bello interfectus est, aliquod donum mitte.
3. Homo quidam mihi dixit eum eo anno esse mortuum. 4,
Uterque puer in schola erat. 5. Num ullum animal sine sensu
est ? 6. Nemo ei nuntiavit urbem ab hostibus esse captam. 7.
Nuntiat unumquemque ab eo esse occisum. 8. Nihil temporis ab
hoc pucro amittitur. 9. Nemo omnium militum, qui legionis sep-
timae sunt, a me laudabitur. 10. Nuntiat Gallos in sinistro cornu
agminis locatos esse. 11. Putavisti utrumque puerum domo de-
cessisse. 12. Duces quosdam praemisit, qui viam monstraverunt.
15. Omnes, in quibus aliquid dignitatis fuit, eo convenerunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Some one has given a sword to each soldier. 2. Did any one
say that these men were brave.? 3. I heard that some Roman
soldie, 5 set out from tne camp on that day. 4. A certain one told
me that he had seen you on the top of the hill. 5. Both the
consuls commanded an army in that year. 6. Each one of us was
praised by the general. 7. Some one brought word to the camp
that we had been defeated. 8. Will not some one lead us against
the enemy ? 9. Who will say that this general was not better than
all other generals .'' 10. Choose any man you like (use quivis) for
this war. 1 1. Did any one of the soldiers say that he was brave.-'
12. Both wars were carried on by the two generals in the same year.
il
131 FIUST LATIN IHM)K.
LESSON LXVI.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. (ContimuJ).
DATIVK OK rUKTOSi:.
1. The dative is used to express f>iirf>osi\ inicntion^ and destiti-
tift'on : as, Malo eat homlnlbus avaritla, iivnricc is an I'vi/ (liter-
i\\\y^ for an cti'P) to men; qulnque cohortes castrls i idlo
reliquit, he left Jive cohorts to ii^itofd the camp ( —for a guurd to
the camp). Tliis is calletl the datii'e of purpose.
The following uses of tliis dative should be noted: Venit nobis
auxllio, he came to aid us (i. e., for an aid) ; Pericles agros sues
done reipublicae dedit, Pericles gave his lands as a gift to the state ;
Qallia magno erat irapedimento, it was a great hindrance to the
Gauls.
2. The dative is often used in Latin instead of the English
possessive : as, Omnes flentes CaesAri sese ad pedes proiecerunt,
all in tears threw themselves at Caesar^ s feet . This dative give'' more
prominence to the person mentioned : as, Hoc mihi minu" >em,
this lessened my hope.
Exercise.
Decline together : pater meus, totus ille dies, is consul, idem
beatus homo, vir quidam Romanus, eadem navis, quls nauta,
homo quivis, Cicero ipse, orrtor clai'issimus.
Translate into English : —
I. Hoc aliquis dicet, nee errabit. 2. Locus silvestris spem salutis
aliquam praebebat. 3. Plerumque Gallis, prae magnitudine cor-
porum suorum, brevitas nostra contemptui est. 4. Hie homo
euiusquam iniuriae sibi non conscius est. 5. Neque eorum moribus
turpius quicquam habetur. 6. Consensu eorum omnium, pace
factii, hunc sibi domicilio locum dclcgcrant. 7. Quem locum nostri
castris delegerunt? 8. His dititicultatibus duae res erant subsidio,
scientia atque usus militaris. 9. Caesar, principibus cniusque civi-
tatis'ad se vocatis, magnam partem Galliae in officio tenuit. 10.
Quisqu*^ eorum militum hoc die corona, aurefi ab imperatore donatus
est. 11. Haec culpa magno dedecori tibi fuit. 12. Labienus,
KEVIKW KXKI«-|.SK UN TIIK I'llONOUN.
135
castris hostiuin polilus, clcciinain le^ioncm suhsUlio nostris misit.
13. Caesar pollicitus est cam rem sibi ciirac esse futuram.
Translate into Latin : —
I. TIic Romans K-arncd some facts (res) from a deserter. 2.
Nor have they any clothing'', except skins. 3. Caesar had sent
some sokhcrs of each legion to aid the allies. 4. There is timber"
of every kind in Britain excei)t beech anil fir. 5. I'!ach of the scouts
came to the general and promised to aid him in the matter. 6.
When he had learned these facts, he called to 'dm some of the
chiefs of the slate. 7, Were there any of the chiefs present at the
council of the (iauls.-* 8. He came to aid the Athenians in the
war. 9. I have a book whi( h, many years ago, you gave me as a
present. 10. Who will ii' it attribute this to -^'ou as a fault.'' 11.
Civil wars have always been a great loss to a state. F2. In the
consulship of Caesar this chief came with many followers to aid the
Romans. 13. Of the two consuls, one fell in that battle, the other
is still of great service to the state.
LE.-SON LXVII.
REVIEW EXERl ^SE Ox>T THE PRONOUN.
Translate into English : —
I. Itaque ille legatum in Treviros, qui proximi flumini sunt, cum
equitatu mittit. 2. Quibus rebus coacti, legatos ad eum de pace
mittunt. 3. In fines Ambifmorum pcrvenit qui se sine mora dedi-
derunt. 4. Unde die priore profcctus est, eo pervenit. 5. Ubi
puernatus educatusque erat, ibi senex mortuus est. 6. Hi proximi
sunt Germanis qui trans Rhenum incolunt quibuscum continentcr
bellum gerunt. 7. In fines Gallorum legionem cui Galba pracerat
misit. 8. Sulla cum equitibus c|uos habcbat in castra venit. 9.
Helvctii legatos ad euni mittunt ciuorum Divico princeps fuit. 10.
Illi, cum iis quae retinuerant armis, eruptionem fecerunt. 11.
Longc sunt humanissimi qui Cantium incolunt. 12. Gallia est
omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae.
I
'Say "anjihiiig of clothinji,'.' 'Materia.
136
FinST 'ATIN BOOK.
Translate into Latin : —
1. Ho persuades CastTcus, whose father had held sovereign
power {rcgntim) among the Sequani for many years. 2. He said
that on that day these Hehetii had sent two ambassadors to
Caesar. 3. Meanwhile, by means of the legion which he had with
him and the soldiers who had assembled from the province, he
runs a wall from Lake (ieneva to Mount Jura. 4. At daybreak he
arrived at-thc-place (iv>) from wliich he had started the previous
night. 5. The man who trusts all men is often deceived. 6. The
ground {locus) which our men had selected as a place suitable for
the camp, was of-this-character (///V). 7. W as not the poet Ovid
born in the same year in which Cicero the orator died ? 8. They
said that ..le poet Ovid was born at Sulmo, a small town
among the Peligni. 9. After the murder of Caesar (use abl. abs.).
Brutus and Cassius fled to Asia. 10. Brutus and Cassius were
defeated at Philippi by Marcus Antonius and Octavianus. 11.
Cassius being informed of {dc) the arrival of the enemy, led all \.\
army across the bridge at daybreak. 12. He surrendered all his
forces to th« Roman commander, and gave up all the arms he had
with him. 13. After learning these facts, he sent forward all the
cavalry to the number of six thousand.
I
V
LESSON LXVIIL
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
1. The subjunctive mood of sum, I am^ is inflected as follows:
Present.
Imperfect.
Sing'ular,
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
1. Pers.,
sira
simus
essem
essemus
2. "
sis
sitis
esses
essetis
3. "
sit
sint
esset
assent
Perfect.
Pluperfect.
Singular,
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I. Pars.,
msrim
fuSilmus
fuissem
filissemt
2. "
fiiSris
fu^ritis
fuisses
fiilssetis
3. "
merit
fCidrint
fOisset
fiiissent
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
137
2. The subjunctive active of regular verbs of the four conjuga-
tions is inflected as follows : —
Present.
Singular.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
d,mem
amemus
moneam
moneamus
2.
<<
&mes
ametia
moneaa
moneatia
3-
((
&met
ament
moneat
mondant
I.
Pers.,
rSgram
r6gamu8
audiam
audiamus
2.
<(
r^gras
rSgatis
audiaa
audlatia
3-
<(
r6grat
rSgant
audlat
audiant
IMPKHFECT.
Singular.
Plural.
Sini^ular.
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
&marem
amaremus
monerem
mdneremnn
2.
<(
&mares
amaretia
monerea
moneretls
3-
((
&inaret
arnarent
moneret
monerent
I.
Pers.,
r6g6rem
, r6g6remu8
audirem
audiremus
2.
(<
rfigeras
regeretia
audirea
audiretis
3.
((
rSgeret
r6gr§rent
Per FECI
audiret
I".
audirent
Singular.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
&mav6riin
amav6rimu8
raoniierim
m6nu6rimue
2.
((
&mav6ri8
amaveritia
m6nu6ria
moniieritis
3.
C(
amaverit
amav6rint
monuerlt
monuSriut
I.
Pers.,
rex6rim
rexerimua
audivSrim
audiv^rlmua
2.
((
rexeris
rex6ritia
audiveria
audivSritia
J-
({
rex6rit
rexerint
audiverit
audiv6rint
Pluperfect.
Sin^i^ular.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
amavissem
amaviasemus monuissem
moniliaaemus
2.
«<
amavisaes
amaviaaetia
monuiaaea
moniiiaaetis
3.
«(
AmaviEBet
amaviaaent
monuisaet
moniiiaaent
I.
Pers.,
rexissem
rexiaaemua
audiviaaem
audivlaaemus
2.
(<
rexisses
rexiaaetia
audiviasea
audiviaaet is
3.
(<
rexisset
rexisaeiit
audiviaaet
audiviaaent
3. The subjunctive, as opposed to the indicative (which repre-
sents the action of the verb as a fact), is said to represent the
action of the verb as something only supposed. But this rule is of
1 'M
I ml
m
138
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
little practical value. The meanings and uses of the subjunctive
must be carefully mastered in detail.
SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCE.S.
4. The following are three main uses of the subjunctive in simple
sentences : —
(a) I n exhortations : as, Semper iidem simus, let us always be
the same. The negative is ne : as, Ne hoc faciat, let him not do
this.
(b) In commands^ especially negative commands (with ne for not) :
as, Ne mtilta discas sed multum, do not learn many things but
much.
Note. — Unless in general maxims like the above, the perfect is
more usual here than the present : as, Ne id dixeris, do not say
that.
(c) To express a wish : as, Beatus sis, may you oe napPy.
When the wish may still be realized, the present or perfect is used ;
when the wish is vain and can not be realized, the imperfect or
pluperfect.' Utinam (O ! that) usually introduces a wish : as,
Adsit or utinam edsit, O ! that he may be here ; utinam
adfuerit O ! that he may have been here; utinam adesset, O ! that
he were here (now) ; utinam adfuisset, O / that he had been here
(then). The negative in expressing a wish is usually ne: as,
Ne vivam si scio, may I not live, if I know.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Discedant ab armis omnes qui in Italia sunt. 2. Valeant, vale-
ant cives mei ; sint incolumes, sint florentes, sint beati ; stet haec
urbs praeclara mihique patria carissima. 3. Utinam P. Clodius non
modo viveret, sed etiam praetor, consul, dictator asset. 4. Mali
secernant se a bonis. 5. Non Romae, sed Karthagine hiemet.
6. Ne in Italia sed Syracusis hiemet. 7. Utinam ne mercatores
eas res ad Bclgas importavissent. 8. Exercitus noster hostes hoc
proelio vincat. 9. Ne copiae Romanae a barbaris vincantur.
10. Utinam vos omnes amici Caesaiis essetis. i r. Exploratores
nos de adventu hostium monean;. 12. Utinam domi eo die
fuissem. 13. Filius patris sui vocem audiat.
SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLK SENTENCES,
139
Translate into Latin : —
I. O ! that we may take this town within a few days. 2. Would
that w^e had been living at that time ' 3. May we not be sailing the
sea in the middle of winter ! 4. O ! that we may conquer our enemies
in this battle. 5. Let us hear our teacher. 6. Would ^hat we had
seized the citadel ! 7. May we all love our parents who have
taught us everythi'ig! 8. ! that the enemy may be defeated. 9.
May you dwell with us a long time in this city ! 10. O ! that you
may refrain from wrong-doing. 11. Do not expect to see me
to-morrow. 1 2. Would that he had not seen me at Rome ! 1 3.
Do not ask the boy his name.
LESSON LXIX.
SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES.
( Continued. )
The subjunctive is also used in simple sentences : —
{a) In questions of doubt, astonishment, or deliberation : as,
Quid dicam? ivhat shall I say ? ivhatam I to say ? Quid dicerem?
what should I have said? what was J to say ? This is called the
deliberative subjunctive. It is often introduced by an: as, An ego
non venirem ? ought I not to have come ?
{b) To soften an assertion, or make a concession : as, Credas, you
would believe ; crederes, ^r;« would have believed; hoc dixerim,
I would have said this J aliquis dicat, some one may say.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Pacem petamus (p. 138, 4), nam exercitus noster superatus est.
2. Nostras copias hoc flumen audacter transducamus ; hostes enim
nostro adventu fugient. 3. Milites Romani contra hostes audacter
pugncnt. 4. Hoc affirmaverim, eum Romam venisse. 5. Utinam,
puer, optima amcs. 6. Illo die Romanos esse victos crederes.
7. Hoc sine ullS, dubitatione affirmaverim eloquentiani rem esse
omnium difficillimam. 8. Kgo ccnseam Catilinam cum suis sociis
in Etruriam esse profecturum. 9. Nemo, his rebus cogniiis, hoc
140
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
dixerit. lo. An huic cedamus ? An huius condiciones audiamus ;
11. An superbiam prius commemorem ? 12. Quis credat animos
hominum non immortales esse ?
Translate into Latin : —
I. O ! that this man had warned us of {de + abl.) the danger. 2.
What was I to do in so great a danger ? 3. Am I to love the enemies
of the state .'' 4. Are we to throw away liberty and honor .-* 5. Let
us fight bravely for our native land. 6. Let us retreat to the nearest
hill, for the number of the enemy is great. 7. You would have
said that the Gauls were desirous of war. 8. Let us punish this
man severely. 9. Who can deny that Caesar was the greatest
general among the Romans.'' 10. After defeating the barbarians,
let us seize their town. 11. Would that the consul were living!
12. Let them send ambassadors to Caesar concerning ide-\-abl.)
peace. 13. Let him remain at home this day.
LESSON LXX.
SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE.
The subjunctive passive of the four conjugations is inf.ccied as
follows : —
PRESENT.
1. Pers., amer
2. " &raeris or
((
amcre
ametiir
1. Pers., amemur
2. '* ftmemini
3. ** fi-mentur
1. Pers., amarer
2. •• amareris or
fi,taarei-e
3. ** amaretur
1. Pers., amaremur
2. " amaremini
3. <« amarentur
monear
monSaris or
moneare
xuoneatur
regar
regaris or
regare
regatur
monSamur
monearaini
m6n§antiir
rSgamur
regamini
regantur
IMPERFECT.
monerer
monereris or
monerere
moneretur
moneremur
monereraini
monerentur
reg6rer
regereris or
r6gerere
regeretur
regSremur
regeremlni
r6g6rentur
audiar
audlaris or
audiare
audiatur
audiamur
audiamini
audiantur
audirer
audireris or
audirere
audiretur
audiremur
audiremini
aucorentur
fiUBJUNCTiVE Passive.
141
1. Pers., amatus sim
2. " arnatus sis
3. ** fi,matus sit
1. Pers., fi,mati simus
2. '* amatisitis
3. ** amati sint
PERFECT.
monitus sim rectus sim
monitus sis rectus sis
monitus sit rectus sit
moniti simus
moniti sitis
moniti sint
recti simus
recti sitis
recti sint
auditus sim
auditus sis
auditus sit
auditi simus
auditi sitis
auditi sint
PLUPERFECT.
I. P., amatus essem monitus essem rectus essem auditus essem
2.
3-
I.
2.
3-
amatus esses
amatus esset
monitus esses
monitus esset
rectus esses
rectus esset
auditus esses
aiiditus esset
P., amati essemus moniti essemus recti essemus auditi essem us
" amati essetis moniti essetis recti essetis auditi essetis
*' amati essent moniti essent recti assent auditi assent
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Ne tanta occasio a vobis amittatur. 2. Utinam ne vjncantur.
3. Cur mali amentur? 4. Utinam, pueri, moniti essetis. 5. Ne
a malis amemini. 6. Utinam ab iis ne auditi essent. 7. Ne puta-
veris te tantr^n occasioneni semper habiturum esse. 8. Utinam
optimi missi essent. 9. An orationes utilissimae reipublicae
semper habeantur ? 10. Oppido incenso, hostium agros vastavimus.
II. Hoc potius dixerim, te nunquam monitum esse. 12. Omnes
moriamur ; ne vincamur. 13. Utinam ne infelices sitis.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Do not tell me that the man has been killed. 2. O ! that he
were more loved. 3. Would that you had been sent yourself!
4. Let us always be the same aj {^uz) we have ever been. 5. Let
not this opportunity be lost. 6. Are such men as these to be con-
sidered brave ? 7. Let the boys be well taught by the master.
8. After taking the town, he led the army over the river, 9. You
would rather say this, that all the villages had been burned by him.
10. Let it not be thought that your work is done. 1 1. Do not think
that he will revile the good. 12. O ! that you may all be fortunate.
■
142
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
f
LESSON LXXI.
COMPOUNDS OP SUM.
1. All the compounds of sum are inflected like sum, except
possum, / am able^ I can (potis, able + sum, / «;«), and prosum, /
benefit.
Possum, I am able^ I can is thus inflected : —
Possum, I am able, I can.
PRESENT.
Indicative
Subjunctive.
Sini^ilar.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I.
Pers.,
possum
possumus
possim
possim us
2.
((
potSs
potestis
possis
possitis
3-
((
potest
possunt
IMPERFECT.
possit
possint
I.
Pers.,
poteram
poteramuR
possem
possemus *
2.
.(
. poteras
poteratis
posses
possetis
3.
<<
potSrat
poterant
posset
possent
PERFECT.
«
*
I.
Pers.,
potui
potuimus
potfierim
potiiSrtmus
2.
((
potiiisti
potuistis
potiieris
potueritia
3.
((
potuit
potiierunt or
potuere
potxierit
potuerint
PLUPERFECT.
I.
Pers.,
potiieram
potueramus
potuissem
potuissemus
2.
((
p6tCi6ras
potxieratis
potviisses
potuissetis
3-
((
potuerat
potuerant
FUTURE.
potuisset
potiiissent
I. Pers.,
2.
3-
it
I . Pers. ,
p6t6ro poterimus
poteris poteritis
p6t6rit poterunt
FUTURE-PERFECT.
p6tii6ro potiierimus
potueris potueritis
p6tu6rit potuerint
COMPOUNDS OF SUM.
143
Present.
posse
INFINITIVE.
Perfect. Present Participle.
pdtiiisse potens (used as an adjective =powcr/«i.)
Note. — Quam, as, by an ellipsis of possum (which however is often
retained), is often used with superlatives as an intensive : as, Quam
maximis (potest) itineribus in Italiam contendit, /le hastens to
Italy by as long marches as possible.
2. Prosum, I help, I benefit, is inflected like sum but retains its
original -d (prosum = prod-sum) before a vowel and loses it before
a consonant. It is inflected as follows : —
Prosum, I help, I benefit.
PRESENT.
Indicative. Suhjunctive.
Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural.
Pers., prosum prosximus prosim prosimus
" prodSs prodestis prosis prositis
** prodest prosunt prosit prosint
IMPERFECT.
1. Pers., prodSram prodSramus
2. " proderas proderatis
3. ** proddrab prod^rant
prodessem prodessemus
prodesses prodessetis
prodesset prodessent
1. Pers., proftii
2. * ' profuisti
3. ** profiiit
PERFECT,
profatmus profaSrim profaSrimus
profuistis
^rofOerunt or
profiiere
profuSris pr6fil6ritia
pr6fu6rit profiiSrint
PLUPERFECT.
I. Pars., profiiSram profiieramus profxiissem profiiissemus
profiieras profuSratis profiiisses pr6fiiiss6tia
2.
«
<(
profiierat profii6rant
profuisset profuissent
FUTURE.
1. Pers., pr6d6ro
2. ** proderis
\.
prodfirit
prodSrimus
prod6riti3
prodSrunt
144
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I
I
!;
FUTURE-PERFECT.
I. Pers.
, profCiSro
profuerimus
2. "
piofiierls
profu^rttis
•
3. "
profil6rit
profuSrint
IMPERATIVE.
Prksknt.
2. ««
prodes
prodeate
INFINITIVE.
Present.
Perfect.
prodesse
profaisse
PARTICIPLE FUTURE.
profiiturus, a, una
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Hoc facere non potuit. 2. Ibi cognoscit quadraginta naves
tempestate rejectas cursum tenure non potuisse. 3. Quam maxi-
mis potest itineribus in Galliam ultcriorem contendit. 4. His
legatis Gallorum persuadure non potCrit. 5. Quis tantum numerum
militum illi provinciae imperare possit .'' (p. 139). 6. Id oppidum
ex itinere oppugnare conatus, propter muri altitudinem expugnare
non potuit. 7. Caesar ex provincia quam maximas copias militum
comparavit. 8. Quis mihi in tanto periculo prosit ? 9. Caesar,
cor parata re frumentaria, quam celerrime ad Ariovistum contendit.
10. Non tibi proderit contra naturam niti. 1 1. Quid tibi tempus in
his rebus consumere profuit ? 1 2. Quid in tanto discrimine rcipubli-
cae facere possim ? 1 3. Primo vere omnes gentes Gallicae in unum
locum a duce Romano coactae sunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Shall I not be able to help you at that time? 2. It will
benefit the state to collect all the forces possible at the beginning
of summer. 3. Were not the Romans able to conquer the Gauls ?
4. It will be of great advantage to you to reach Italy on that day.
5. Were you not able to reach Rome on the same night .-* 6. What
can I do when so many enemies crowd around me (a^/. ads.)}
7. Am I to throw away my arms or boldly march against them ?
DEFECTIVE VERBS.
145
8. The Aedui were the most powerful nation of all (iaul. 9. As-
semble as many troops as possible and advance boldly against the
enemy. 10. On that day he gave each of his soldiers two bushels
of corn. II. He learned fnnn the scouts that the ships of the
enemy could not reach the river. 12. Caesar replied as briefly as
possible to the words of the ambassador. 13. I could not speak
for {prac+abl.) tears.
His
merum
pidum
ugnare
lilitum
aesar,
tendit.
pus in
ipubli-
unum
Lt will
fnning
iauls ?
^t day.
What
ads.)}
them?
LESSON LXXII.
DEFECTIVE VERBS-MEMINI, COEPI, ODI, NOVI.
1. Verbs that are wanting in some of their parts are called
defective verbs. The following are used only in the perfect and
tenses derived from the perfect : Memini, / remember; coepi, /
begin; odi, 1 hate ; novi, I know. They are inflected as follows : —
INDICATIVE.
Perfect.
m6mini, isti, &e. coepi
odi
novi
Pluperfect.
memineram coepSram
oddram
n6v6ram
Fut. Perfect.
mSminero coep6ro
SUBJUNCTIVE.
odero
novero
Perfect.
mSminerim coep6rim
odfirim
novSrim
Pluperfect,
meminissem coepissem
IMPERATIVE,
odissem
novlssem
Fut., 2. Sing.
memento Wanting.
Wantiig.
Wanting.
2. PI,
memento te
INFINITIVE.
Perfect
meminiase coepisse
odisse
novisse
Future.
Wanting. coepturus esse
osiirua esse Wanting,
PARTICIPLE.
Perfect Pass.
Wanting. coeptus
OS us
notus
Fut. Active.
Wanting. coepturus
osumiB
2. Novi is properly the perfect of nosco (gnosco in compounds),
/ begiti to knoiu.
3. Each of the above verbs has in the perfect, a present
meaning, in the pluperfect, an imperfect meaning, and in the future
10
140
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
J^ i'
perfect, a future meaning : as, Coepl, / he<^in ; coeperam, / began ;
coepero, / shall begin. (Coepi, however, means both / begin and /
began. )
4. Coepi (active form) is used when an active infinitive follows :
as, Urbem aediflcare coepit, he began to build the city ; while
coeptus sum (passive form) is used when a passive infinitive
follows : as, Urbs aedlflcarl coepta est, the city begaft to be built.
5. Other defective verbs are : Aio, I say ; fari, to speak; liquam,
I say. These are given in the Appendix.
6. Inquam is used, like the English says he, in direct quotations :
as, "Ef?o," inquit, "eras veniam,' "/," he says, ^'' shall come
to-morrow.^'' The nominative, if expressed, comes after inquam,
inquit.
GENITIVE WITH VERBS.
7. The following verbs usually take a genitive after them : —
MiserSor, miseresco, (feel pity), memini (remember), obliviscor
(forget), reminiBcor ( remember) : as, Miserere l&homia, pity su^er-
ings; huius diei meminero, / shall remember this day.
Note. — Mis6ror, ari, atus sum (express pity for), takes the accu-
sative : as, Casum suum miseratur, he bewails his misfortune.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Nee unquam obliviscar illlus noctis, 2. Eorum magno
numero interfecto, imperator ex itinere oppidum hostium oppugnare
coepit. 3. Re frumentaria comparata, iter in ea loca facere coepit,
quibus in locis esse Germanos audiebat. 4. Nunquam virtutis
Romanorum obliviscar. 5. Semper in civitate, quibus opes multae
sunt, Vetera odere, nova exoptant. 6. Helvetii nostros proelio
lacessere coeperunt. 7. In murum lapidesiaci coepti sunt. 8. Quam
{how) multa meminerunt senes ! 9. Eundcm legatum omnibus
copiis praefecit. 10. Solent homines ea bene meminisse quae pueri
didicerunt. 1 1. Potestne, inquit Epicurus, quidquam voluptate esse
melius? 12. Non cuiusvis hominis est iniuriarum oblivisci. 13.
I Hi, cum equitatu ad flumen progress!, e loco superiore nostros
prohibere coeperunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. They began to follow and attack our men in the rear. 2. We
IRREGULAn VERBS.
147
Ciinnot forjjct tin; old wrong's of our ancestors. 3. Let the Roman
jjcople remember the ancient valor of the (iauls. 4. At midday a
large quantity of dust began to be seen. 5. Remember (pi.) us
and our wrongs. 6. Me hatfd the Roman people on-account-of
(ob) their cruelty. 7. At daybreak Caesar began to move forward
the engines against the town. 8. O ! that he may not forget your
kindness. 9. Pity the many sufferings which we have endured.
10. " I will never," he says, "betray my native land to its bitterest
enemies." 11. The general began to lead his forces across the
river a few hours ago. 12. Stones began to be thrown against our
men by the enemy. 13. Can anything be sadder than his death }
LESSON LXXIII.
■
IRREGULAR VERB-VOLO, NOLO, MALO.
1. The irregular verbs vole, / wish, will, and its compounds
n61o(ne, not +v6lo), I am unwilling , and malo(magis, more + volo),
/ prefer, are thus inflected : —
PRESENT.
Indicative.
Singular.
1. Pers., volo
2. " vis
;. " vult
I. Pers.,
2.
J-
I.
2.
((
Pers,,
((
nolo
non vis
non vult
lualo
mavis
ma vult
Plural.
volumus
vultis
volunt
nolumus
non vultis
nolunt
maliimus
mavultis
malunt
Subjunctive.
Singular. Plural,
velim
velis
velit
nolim
nolis
nolit
malim
malis
malit
velimus
velitis
velint
nolimus
nolitis
nolint
malimus
malitis
malint
I. Pers.,
IMPERFECT.
Indicative.
Plural.
volebam volebamus
volebas volebatis
volebat volebant
Singulat
Subjunctive.
Singular. Plural,^
vellem vellemus
velles velletis
vellet vellent
1 1<
t
148
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
I. Ptrs.,
nolebam
nolebamus
nollem
nollemus
2. "
nolebaH
nolebatlu
nollSs
nolletls
3. "
nolebat
nolebant
nollet
noUent
I. Pers.,
malebam
m&Iebg,mus
malleni
mallemus
2. "
malebas
malebatls
malles
malletis
3. ••
malebat
malebant
mallet
mallent
FUTURE.
Indicative.
Subjunctive.
Shii^'ular.
ritttal.
I. Pers.,
volam
volemus
None
None
2. ♦'
voles
voletis
3. "
volet
volent
I. Pers.,
nolam
nolemus
2. «•
noles
noletis
3. "
nolet
nolent
I. Pers.,
malam
malemus
/
2. "
males
tnaletis
3. "
malet
malent
PERFECT.
Indicative.
Subjunctive.
Singular.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
I. Pers.,
volui
voluimus
voluerim
v6lu6rlmu8
2. «
voliiisti
voluistis
volueris
volueritis
1 <*
voWit
voluerunt or
voluere
voluerit
voluSiint
I. Pers.
, noliii
noliiimus
noliiSrim
noliiSrimus
2. "
noluisti
noluistis
nolueris
noluSritis
3. "
noluit
noluerunt or
noluere
noluerit
noluSrint
I. Pers.
, malui
inaluimus
maliierlm
maltSSrimn
2. "
maluisti
maluistis
malueris
- it' 1'
1 <<
0«
maluit
maluerunt or maluerit
maluere
I. Pers.,
2.
3-
PLUPERFECT.
Indicative.
Plural,
volueram volueramus
volueraa volueratis
v6lu6rat voluerant
Sing.
SUBJUNC IVR.
Sing. i^lural.
voluissem voluissemus
voluisses voliiissetls
voluisset voliilssent
IRREOIJLAR VKRBS.
no
rieHmiT=
I.
2.
3.
Pers.,
n
<<
ndliigram
noiadras
noliifirat
ndlddratuus
n61u6ratla
ndiaSrant
nololssem
nolulsses
noiaisset
ndlOlBHemuH
noiaissetls
ndiaissent
I.
2,
J*
Pcrs. ,
maiagram
maklgras
maiadrat
malilgramuB
maia^ratis
malu^rant
maiaiusem
mahllsses
malCilGset
malulssemus
mHlulsautls
maldissent
FUTURE-PERFECT.
I.
2.
Pers.,
<(
it
Indicative.
v6lii6ro
v6liieri8
v6lii6rit
Plural.
vokiertmua
voluoritis
v6lu6rint
Su
HJ If NCTIVE.
None
I.
Pers.,
noldfiro
noliidrlinus
2.
(<
nolueris
n61u6ritis
3.
((
n61u6rit
n61ii6rint
I.
Pers.,
maliS6ro
maludrimus
2.
<(
maliidriB
malii6ritis
3.
(<
malviSrit
maliiSrint
Present
Present
Perfect
Present
IMPERATIVE,
noli nolite
INFINITIVE.
velle nolle
voliiisse noliiisse
PARTICIPLES.
malle
maliiisse
VOlens (used as an
adjective = «'t7Zt»i^.)
nolens (used as an
adjective = untviUing.)
2. Volo, nolo and malo are followed by an infinitive without an
accusative : as, Romam venire vult, /w ivishcs to come to Romej
ad Galliam venire non vult, he is umvilling to come to Gaul.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Caesar cum Helvetiis helium gerere volebat. 2. Consules
civem Romanum interficere voluerunt. 3. Milites eo die maluer-
unt in castris manere quam ( — rather than) pugnare. 4. Mons,
(|uem Caesar a Crasso tcneri volebat, ab liostibus tenebatur. 5.
Num Ariovistus in proelio cum Romanis contendere voluit.'' 6.
Ht^l
5!
■ [
150
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
h
Quis mare hieme navigare velit ? 7. Utinam hostes bellurn contra
Romanos gerere vellent. 8. Dixit se velle eum regem illius
civitatis faccre. 9. Caesar se ab Gallia discedere nolle dixit. 10
Nonne hiemem Komae agcre vultis.'' 11. Utrum pugnare an
fugere mavis? 12. Nonne domi esse quam in urbe hostium male-
tis? 13. "Malo," inquit Cicero, " cum Platone errarc quani cum
aliis lecte facere."
Translate into Latin : —
1. CaesLir wished to finish the war before winter. 2. Why
do you wish to do such things.? 3. We are unwilling to do it, for
it will injure our friends. 4, He preferred to remain in the
country in summer ; in winter, at Rome. 5. Who was willing
to sail the sea in winter.? 6. Would that he were willing to
do it ! 7. Were they willing to surrender their arms to us.? 8.
He wishe.d to reach Rome before night but he was unable. 9.
Their scouts wished to discover the plans of our general. 10. Why
are you unwilling to tell me the truth .? 1 1. Did Caesar refuse to be
called king ? 12. He said that he was willing to be called king by
the citizens.
LESSON LXXIV.
ABLATIVE AND GILNITIVB OF PRICE.
ABLATIVE OF PRICE.
1. Price, with verbs of buying and selling^ is expressed by the
ablative when the price is definitely stated : as, Viginti talentis
unam orationem vendidit Isocrates, Isocrates sold one speech for
twenty talents ; multo sanguine haec victoria nobis stat, this
victory costs us much blood (literally, stands to us at much blood).
Note. — With verbs of tur//«;7^<', the thing received in f'xchange
is usually in the accusative and the thing given in exchange in the
ablative : as, Exilium patria mutavit, he received exile in ex'change
for his native land (—he went into exile).
GENITIVE OF PRICE.
2. When the iMice for which a thing is bought or sold is not
stated definitely, price is usually expressed by the genitive, especi-
ABLATIVE AND GKNITIVE OP PRICE.
151
allv with the words magni (at a great price), parvi {at a low price),
pluris (at a greater price), minoris (at a less price), tanti (at so
great a price), quanti (at as great a price) : as, Hortoa tanti quantl
tu emit, he bought gardens at as high a price as you; frumentum
pluris vendo, / sell corn at a higher price.
Note. — Do not use multi or maioris, but magni, pluris, for at a
high price^ at a higher price.
Translate into Enj^lish : —
I. Frumenti modius in Sicilia aestimatus est ternis scstertiis.^ 2.
lUo die rVumentum exercitui metiri coeperunt. 3. Utinani Romani
mecum ire voluisset. 4. Cum finitimis civitatibus pacem facere
quam bellum gerere mavult. 5. Num boni cives patriam suani
auro vendere volent ? 6. Minimi frumentum in his locis vendunt.
7. Noli putare parem gemmis venalcm esse. 8. Quis ab Aeduis
frumentum hoc tempore postulare vult ? 9. Utrum Romam ire an
domi manere hodic vis? 10. Voluptatem virtus minimi aestimat.
II. Homines sujI parvi pendere, aliena cupere solent 12. Haec
civitas est magnae auctoritatis inter (iallos. 13. Eo die Roma ad
Graeciam proficisci voluit. 14. Nulla pestis humano generi pluris
Stat quam int.
Translate into Latin : —
I. He was unwilling to sell his corn at so high a price. 2. Was he
not willing to lead the army against the Gauls t 3. He preferred to
sail to Greece rather than remain at Rome. 4. The Germans
were of tall stature, and of great skill in arms. 5. He bought corn
at three sesterces a bushel. 6. This man sold his native land for
gold. 7. This gem was valued by my father at one hundred
denarii.'^ 8. Will he be willing to command an army .'' 9. You
have a man of remarkable modesty, well-tried valor, and approved
fidelity. 10. It i? your interest to aid the state as much as possible.
11. It is a great disgrace to the country to sell its honour for gold.
12. He preferred to carry on war for many years against the Gauls.
13. He was unwilling to remain at home during th „' whole winter.
fli
' Konian silver coin worth nearly r» fonts.
SKonian silver <'oih worth nearjy "JO <H'nta.
152
FIHST LATIN ROOK.
i
i
LESSON LXXV.
FERO, I CARRY.
1. The verb fero, / carry, is iiregulnr. It is inflected as follows :—
Pero, / t<rny, hear.
Principal parts— P6ro, ferre, tali, latum.
PRESENT.
ACTIVE.
INDIC. SUBJ.
Sing.
I. Pcrs., fero feram
fers
fert
feras
ferat
Plural.
1. Pers., ferimus f§ramus
2. ** fertls feratis
3. " ferunt fSrant
PASSIVE.
INDIC. SuBJ.
feror f6rar
ferris or ferre feraris «r
ferare
fertur feratur
Plural.
ferimur feramur
ferimini feramlni
feruntur ferantur
ACTIVE.
In Die. SuBj.
Sing.
I. Pers., fSrebam ferrem
* ferebas ferres
IMPERFECT.
2.
<(
ferebat ferret
Plural.
1. Pers., ferebamus ferremus
2. '* ferebatis ferretis
3. ** ferebant ferrent
PASSIVE.
Indic. Subj.
Sing,
ferebar ferrer
ferebaris or ferreris or
ferebare ferrere
ferebatur ferretur
Plural.
ferebamur ferrem ur
ferebamini ferremini
f&rebautur ferrentur
ACTIVE.
Indic. Subj.
Sing.
1. Pers., feram None.
FUTURE.
PASSIVE.
Indic. Subj.
Sing.
2.
feres
feret
Plural.
!. Pers., feremus
2. " f6reti8
3. " ferent
ferar
fereris or
ferere
f&retur
feremur
feremini
tSrentur
None.
Plural,
FEIIO, I CAUIIY.
153
PERFECT.
ACTIVE.
I'ASSIVE.
INDIC.
SUBJ.
Indic.
SUBJ.
tnif
tiix6rlm
latus sum
latus Sim
tilllflti
tiil6ri8
latus 6a
latus sis
tOlit
taierlt
latus est
latus sit
taiTmus
tiilerimus
lati silmus
lati simus
tiillstis
taieritis
lati estis
lati sitls
tdlerunt or
txilerint
lati sunt
lati sint
tiilere
PLUPERFECT.
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
Indic.
SURJ.
Indic.
SURJ.
tiSleram
tiilisaem
latus 6ram
latus essen\
tuleras
tiilisses
latus 6ra8
latus esses
tul6rat
tiilisset
latus erat
latus esset
tilleramus
tulissemus lati eramus
lati essemus
tuleratis
tulissotis
lati eratis
lati essetis
tCilerant
tulissent
lati erant
lati essent
FUTURE-PERFECT.
AcrnT..
PASSIVE.
Indic.
SUBJ.
Indic.
SUBJ.
tul6ro
None.
latus ero
None.
tCilSris
latus eris
tiil6rit
latus 6rit
tillSrimiis
lati erimus
tiil6ribis
lati eritis
t\i]6rlnt
lati erunt
IMPERATIVE PRESENT.
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
2. Sing
, fer
ferre
2. Plural, ferte
ferimini
INFINITIVE.
ACTIVE.
PASSIVE.
Present,
ferre
ferii
Perfect,
tiilisse
latus esse
Future,
latiirus esse latum iri
PARTICIPLES.
«
Present,
ferens
Perfect, latus
a, um
Future,
laturus, a
, um Future, f6rendus, a, um *
'F6ro is of Uic third conjujfation : ferre -= f6r6re ah
so also ferrem fererem. The vowtl -i is ciroi
ferit), and fertis ( feritis). The forms fero, tu
three independent stenis.
3 l)eiiijf drop|)ed);
.(-feris), fert( =
^am, are derived from
i
154
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
2. The compounds of fero are given for reference :-
Pres, Ind. Prks. Inf. I
•erf. Ind.
Supine.
aflP&ro (ad + fero),
aflferre,
attuli,
allatum, hrinj:^ to.
aufSro (ab+fero)
auferre,
abstiili,
ablatum, carry
away.
confero(con, together, -k-f^ro).
conferre,
contiili,
collatum, to bring
together.
eft6ro(ex+fero).
eflferre.
extuli,
elatum, carry out.
inf6ro(in + fero),
inferre,
intmi.
illatum, carjy into.
oft6ro(ob, o>i, /<7,4-fero),
ofiFerre,
obtuli,
obl&tum, present.
pr6f6ro (pro+fero).
proferre,
protvili,
prolatum, carty
forward.
refero (re, hack,->rtl^ro\
rSferre,
retuli,
relatum, carry
back.
difte)-o(dis, apart, +f(&ro),
differre,
distuli,
dilatum, differ.
8uftero(8ub, under, t-fero),
suflferre,
sustuli,
sublatum, endure.
toUo,
toUere,
Exp:rcise.
sustuli,
sublatum, ///?, take
away.
Translate into English :-
-
r. Onus gravissimum a servo domum fertur.
2. Dicit iniurias a
nobis diu esse latas. 3. Nos omnes scimus onera a servis ferri.
4. Negabant socii se castris auxilium laturos esse. 5. Negabant
se vultus Germanorum ferre posse. 6. Hostes primum im-
petum nostrorum militum ferre non poterant. 7. Dona et praemia
ad milites primae legionis lata sunt. 8. Fer, puer, hos liberos ad
patrem. 9. Ferre labores est viri fortis. 10, Dicit hostes in
unum locum impedimenta contulisse. 11. Quae mutari non pos-
sunt, patienter feramus. 12. Imperator impedimenta in unum
locum con ferri iussit. 13. Haec responsa ad Caesarem ab explor-
atoribus lata sunt.
Translate into Latin : —
I. The baggage was brought together into one place. 2. The
slave carried a heavy load J^ome. 3. He said that the Romans had
endured wrongs for-a-long-i ne (^/i^). 4. You all know that the
slaves carried arms to the enemy. 5. The allies will bring aid to
us to-day. 6. We were not able to bear so heavy a load. 7. The
soldiers of the tenth legion carried wood to the camp. 8. Bear,
O boys, these orders to your master. 9. Let men bear what they
PIO, I BECOME.
155
cannot change, lo. O ! that he may be willing to bear this burden.
II. Let us bring aid to our soldiers who have fought bravely
against the enemy, i '>■. Word was brought to the general that the
soldiers were unwilling to fight.
. LESSON LXXVI.
FIO, I BECOME.
1. The irregular verb flo, I am made^ I become (passive of f&cio,
make)^ is inflected as follows : —
Principal parts — Fio, fi§ri, factus sum.
PRESENT. PERFECT.
Indic.
SUBJ.
Indic. .
Sunj.
fio
fiam
factus sum
factus Sim
fis
fias
factus es
factus sis
fit
fiat
factus est
factus sit
fimus
fiamus
facti siimus
facti simus
fitis
fiatis
fact! estis
facti sitis
fiunt
fiant
facti sunt
facti sint
IMPERFECT.
PLUPEx<tECT.
fiebam
fi6rem
factus 6ram
factus essem
fiebas
fibres
factus eras
factus esses
fiebat
fieret
factus 6rat
factus esset
fiebamus
fieremus
facti eramus
facti essemus
fiebatis
fi^retis
fa<;ti Gratis
facti essetis
fiebant
fiSrent
fact! erant
facti essent
FUTURE.
FUTURE-PERFECT.
fiam
None.
factus ero
fies
factus eris
fiet
factus erlt
fiemus
facti 6rimu8
fietis
facti iritis
fient
facti erunt
IMPERATIVE.
Present, fi fite
INFINITIVE.
Perfect, factus esse,
PARTICIPLE.S.
Perfect, factus, a, um. Future, faciendus, a, um.
Present, fieri,
Future, factum iri.
'in
156
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
2. Pio is used as the passive of facio, / make, wliich is regular
except that it omits -e in the 2nd singular present imperative : as,
Pac, do ihou; f^cite, do ye ox you}
3. Pr.cio, when compounded with a preposition, changes -a to -i,
and makes its passive regularly in -flcior: as, perficior (from
perflcio, Jinish), efflcior (from efFicio, effect).
In other cases, the -a remains unchanged, and the passive
is -flo : as, satisfacio, satisfy j pass. , satisfio.
ABLATIVE OF SOURCE OR ORIGIN.
4. The English /r^w, expressing source, is generally expressed
by the ablative with the preposition a (or ab), e (or ex) : as, Hoc
audivi e raeo patre, / /lave heard this from my father. The
English/nw/, expressing origin, (except with the names of remote
ancestors) is generally expressed by the ablative without a prepo-
sition : as, Ille optimis parentibus ortus est, that man is descended
from very noble parents. But : Belgae a Germanis orti siont, the
Belgae are descended from the Germans.
Exercise.
Give the principal parts of : gigno. orior, nascor, edo, facio.
Translate into English : —
I. Haec nullo modo fieri possunt. 2. Hie vir, nobili patre
natus, consul fiet. 3. Dixit hoc fieri posse. 4. Ne impetus in
hostes fiat. 5. Utinam Cicero illo tempore consul factus esset. 6.
Tum Caesar litteris certior fiebat Belgas contra populum Romanum
coniurare. 7. Utinam vos ipsi aniici Caesaris essetis. 8. Un-
dique uno tempore impetus in hostes fiebat. 9. Helvetii de
Caesaris adventu certiores facti sunt. 10. Utinam Romulus, optimo
parente genitus, nunc esset rex. 11. Hoc Caesaris voluntate non
fit. 12. Ille a populo Romano consul est factus. 13. Copias ex
castris due ; ct contra hostes pugna.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Many things become easy by practice. 2. Let nothing be
done without the consent of Caesar. 3. He is not able to do this
iSo too dico, / xuii ; duco, / lend, and fero, / carrij, make the imperative 2nd
sing, in die, pi. dicite ; due, ducite ; fer, ferte.
EO, I GO.
167
without your aid. 4. These men, born from illustrious parents,
sold the city for gold. 5. He says that this could have been done
by you. 6. Let not attacks against our camp be made. 7. O !
that you were able to make an attack against the town at daybreak.
8. Caesar was informed by spies that the enemy were attacking
the town. 9. The enemy made an attack against our forces from
all sides. 10. The Romans were said to be descended from the
Trojans. 11. These things were not done with my consent. 12.
O consuls, lead out your troops and make an attack upon the
enemy. 13. O boy, tell these things to your father.
LESSON LXXVII.
EO, I GO.
1. The irregular verb eo, / gOy is inflected as follows :-
Eg, / go.
Principa' parts — Eo, ire, ivi or ii, itum.
PRESENT.
PERFECT.
Indic.
SUBJ.
Indic.
SUBJ.
I.
Pers.,
eo
earn
ivi or ii
iverim or iSrlr*'
2.
((
is
eas
ivisti or iisti
iveris or i^vis.
3-
<(
it
eat
ivit or lit
iverit or ierit
I.
2.
Pers.,
imus
itis
eamus
eatis
ivimus or iimus
ivistis or iistis
iverimus or
ierimus
iveritis or iSritia
3.
(<
6unt
eant
I ^"v^^^^t "'' ^^^^^^ iverint or ierint
\ ivere or lere
IMPERFECT.
PLUPERFECT.
I.
2.
3-
Pers.,
ibam
ibas
ibat
ii'em
ires
iret
iveram or ieram
iveras or ieras
iv6rat or ierat
ivissem or iissem
ivisses or iisses
ivisset or iisset
I.
2.
3-
Pers.,
ibamus
ibatis
ibant
iremus
iretis
irent
ivoramus or
ieramus
iveratis or leratis
iverant or ierant
ivissemus or
lissemus
ivissetis or iissetia
ivissent or iissent
p
158
FIRST LATIN ROOK.
FUTURE.
1. Pers., ibo
2. " ibis
3. •* ibit
1. Pers., ibimus
2. " ibitis
-i. *' ibunt
None. iv6ro or i6ro
ivSris or i6ris
iv^rit or i6rit
ivSrimus or ierimus
ivdritis or iSritis
ivSrint or ierint
FUTURE-PKRFECT.
None.
2. Sing., i
Present, ire,
IMPERATIVE PRESENT.
2. Plural, ite
INFINITIVE.
Perfect, ivisse or iisse, Future, iturus esse.
PARTICIPLE.
Pres., ien8(Gen., fiiintis), . Fut. Act., tturus, a, um,
Fut. Pass., Sundus, a, um.
Note. — A common compound of eo, is veneo [venum, /o sale (ob-
solete adverb), and eo], be sold. Principal parts : Veneo, ven-ire,
venii, venitum.
ABLATIVE OF SEPARATION.
2. The English from., expressing separation, is — except with the
names of towns and small islands — generally expressed by the ab-
lative with the preposition a (ab), e (ex), or de : as, A rege Pyrrho
ex Italia legati venerunt, ambassadors came from king Pyrrhus
in Italy (literally, from Italy). But, Roma profectus est, he set
out from Rome (p. 85).
Note. — The preposition is generally omitted after : —
(i) Verbs meaning to desist from., relieve from^ deprive of need.,
be without., free from : as, Conatu destitit, he desisted from the
attempt J leva me hoc onere, relieve me from this burden; oculia se
privavit, he deprived himself of eyes j non egeo medicina, I want no
medicine J- homo culpa vacat, the man is without a fault.
(2) Adjectives signifying waftt, or freedom from : as, Animus
liber cura, a mind free from care ; puer est expers metu, the boy is
free from fear; urbs est nuda praesidio, the city is destitute of
defence.
EO, I CJO.
159
EXERCISK.
Give the principal parts of : eo, ineo, contendo, desisto, transeo
redeo, cosrnosco.
Translate into English : —
I. L. Brutus, patre nobilissimo natus, civitatem dominatu regie
liberavit. 2. Hoc conatu Romani destitcMunt et donium iverunt.
3. Helvetii, hoc metu liber.ati, contra hostes iC-runt. 4. I Hi e finibus
suis exire voluerunt. 5. Nemo ante Hannibalem cum exercitu Alpes
transiit. 6. Omnium Romanorum princeps Horatius contra hostes
ibat. 7. I, lictor, hunc hominem dellga et me timore libera. 8.
Turn omnes magno tumultu ex castris exiverunt. 9. Mensbapientis
est cura liberd,. 10. Num consul hanc urbem praesidio nudam
relinquit ? 11. Post hanc infelicem pugnam exercitus domum
rediit. 12. Militcs duobus itineribus domo exire poterant. 13.
Omnium rerum natura cognitfi, levamur superstitione. 14. Omnes
milites ex castris ivisse dixit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Will you go home with mc ,-* 2. The consul went out of the
camp with all his troops free-from {cxpers) fear. 3. Let us go
across the river to the house of my friend. 4. Go, messenger, tell
the Roman Senate that we will not obey their laws. 5. O ! that
the consul had defended us on that day. 6. A man free from care
is a joy idat) to his friends. 7. Corn was never sold cheaper.
8. Caesar says that he will go with the tenth legion alone. 9. The
Germans said that they would cross the river and devastate the
lands of the Roman people. 10. The number of those who
returned home was three hundred. 11. He freed his native land
from slavery. 12. The consul went to the army and protected it
from attack. 1 3. We shall go against the enemy relying on the
aid of the immortal gods.
160
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
i
I
I !l
LESSON LXXVIII.
EDO, I EAT.
The irregular verb 6do, I cat, is inflected as follows : —
Edo. I eat.
Principal parts — :Sdo, 6d6re, edJ, esum.
PRESENT.
Indicative. Sfi^juNCTivE.
1. Pers., 6do
2. ** 6dls or 63
3. « 6dit or est
1. Pers., 6dimus
2. ♦♦
6dam or Sdim
6das or edis
4dat or 6dit
edamus or Sdimus
Sdltis or estis fidatis or 6ditis
6dvint 6dant or 6dint
PERFECT
Indicative Subjunctive
edi ederim
edisti ed^iis
edit edSrit
edimus edfirlmtis
edistis eddrltis
ederunt or edSrint
IMPERFECT.
I.
Pers.,
edebam
ec rem or essem
2.
((
edebas
edfires or esses
3-
<(
edebat
6d6ret or esset
I.
Pers.,
ddebamus
edSremus or
essemus
2.
(<
6debatis
ederetis or essetis
3.
i<
edebant
dderent or esseut
edere
PLUPERFECT.
eddrazn edissem
ed6ras edisses
ed6rat edisset
ed^ramus edissemus
ederatis
ederant
edissetis
edissent
FUTURE.
I. Pers., edam None.
gdes
gdet
I. Pers., gdemus
2.
3-
FUTURE-PERFECT.
edSro None.
edSris
ederit
ederimus
ederitis
ed6rint
IMPERATIVE PRESENT.
Present, 2nd sing. , 6de or es 2nd pi., edite or este
INFINITIVE.
Sdetis
edent
Present, ed6re or esse.
Present, 6dens
Perfect, edisse. Future, esurus esse
PARTICIPLES.
Future, esurus, a, um
IMPERSONAL VKRBS.
ir.i
EXERCFSR.
Give the principal parts of : 6do, flo, defendo, educo, subafiquor,
possum, capio, iubeo, nolo.
Translate into English : —
I. Multi barbari carncm humanam Cdunt. 2. Nam, puer, cibuni
liunc eclesi* 3. Utinam hunc cibuni, qui a servo mihi datus est,
eclissem. 4. Haec res a consule eo die fiet. 5. Nonne viri hi optimi,
Claris parentibus orti, consulem dcfendent ? 6. Ipse onincs copias
ex castriseduxit equitatumciue subsequi ius^it. 7. Vesperc domum
ire voliiit. 8. Utinam oil aestale Romam ire noluisset. g. Hunc
cibuni Cdore non potest. 10. Hostcs castra RomaHorum capere
non potCrunt. 11. Nuni coUem sumnium equitatu occui)are potuG-
lunt? 12. Quis nos inipetu militum defendat ? 13. Quis vos telis
hostiuni dcfendet?
Translate into Latin : —
I. Did he say that he would return to Rome? 2. He freed the
state from slavery. 3. Shall wc ;iot go against the enemy, relying
on our own valor? 4. He was a man of great ability but he lacked
(rx^crs esse) prudence. 5. O! that I had not eaten the food. 6. The
general took the city which was without a guard. 7. Caesar led
away his forces from the city which he had liberated from siege.
8. Was he unwilling to return home that day ? 9. O ! that he
were willing to go with us to Gaul. 10. Shall we not go against
an enemy who, for so many years, has devastated our fields? 11.
Go, soldiers, against the enemy with firm courage. 12. Who will
say that corn has ever been sold at a higher price? 13. These
laws were passed* by the citizens in their assembly.
LESSON LXXIX.
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
1. Verbs used only in the third person singular are called
impersonal : as, ningit, zV snmus.
2. Impersonal verbs are conjugated like other verbs of the con-
*To pass a law, ferre legem.
162
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
juration to whicli tlicy belong, but they are often defective in the
supine and participle : as,
Constat, // IS (/,//;////<•</. Principal parts
Licet, /■/ is ii/Ztwc,/. '« «'
Accidit, // luxpl^t-m. «• "
%vhvi\t, it happens. •* "
3. Constat, licet, accIdlt, evSnit, are inflected as follows —
INDICATIVK.
constat, constare, constltlt.
ITcet, llcere, llcvilt.
accidit, accldfire, accidit.
ev6nit, ev6nire, evenit.
Present,
constat
licet
accidit
ev6nit
Imperfect,
constabat
llcebat
accidebat
evSnIebat
Future,
constabit
llcebit
accldet
ev6niet
Teifect,
constltit
llciiit
accidit
evenit
Pluperfect,
costIt6rat
IIca6rat
acclddrat
evenfirat
Future- Perfect,
constiterit
licaSrit
acclderit
ev5n6rit
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present,
constat
llceat
accldat
ev6nlat
Imperfect,
constaret
llceret
accidSret
eveniret
Perfect,
constiterit
licuerit
accid§rit
evenfirit
Pluperfect,
constltisset
licuisset
accidisset
evenisset
INFINITIVE.
Present,
constare
licere
accid6re
evSnire
Perfect,
constitisse
liciiisse
accidisse
evenisse
Future,
conataturum
liciturum
eventurum
esse
esse
esse
Note. — By after // is admitted is inter : as, Inter omnea constat,
it is admitted by al/^ or a/I admit.
4. The English ought niay be expressed by the impersonal
oportet, oportere, oportuit, it is needful : as, Te hoc facere oportet,
you ought to do this : te hoc facere oportebat or oportuit, you
ought to have done this ; te hoc facere oportebit, you ought to do
this (in the future).
Note. — Instead of the impersonal oportet with the accusative,
the personal debeo, / owe, may be used : as, Hoc facere debes,
you ought to do this ; hoc facere debebas or debiiisti, you ought
to have done this j hoc facere debebis, you ought to do this (in the
future).
IMPERSONAL VKUHS.
K)3
5. The Enj^lisli jN(iy and )nri;^/if (oxprcssinj^ fx'rniissittn) are
translated by licet, // is alloiceii^ licere, llcult : as, Mlhl hoc Cftcere
licet, / may do this Clltcrnlly, ;/ is (xlloivcd to vie to do this) ;
tlbl hoc facers Ucebat or liciilt, you mifj^ht liovc done this ; ei hoc
facers llceblt, he 10 ill be allowed to do this (in the future).
Note. — The tense of the infinitive after possum, licet, debeo,
oportet, dors not chan^'e in Latin as in Enylish : as, Hoc facere
potul, / could have done it.
6. A predicate adjective after esse (Jo he) gov(?rncd by licet,
agrees in yender, number and case with the noun or pronoun to
which it refers : as, Allia esse Ignavis licet, others may he coivards
(hteral'v, it is alloived to others to he coioards). So also with
necesss esse (// is necessary)^ expMlt (/'/ is expedient)^ llbet {it is
pleasini^) : as, Necesss est nobis ease fortlbus, // is necessary for
us to be brave ; si esss otloso non expSdlt, it is not expedient for
him to be at leisure ; ei libebit esse amico, // will please him to be
a friend.
Exercise.
Give the principal part-s of: licet, expedit, llbet, oportet, debeo.
Translate into English : —
I. Licet nobis bellum cum iis gerere. 2. Liccbit iis noblscum
bella multa gerere. 3. Oportet me omnia fortiler fcrre. 4. Eum
ad mortem duci oportuit. 5. Nobis non expedit esse otiosis. 6.
Romam eo tempore ire debuCre. 7. Privaii agri apud eos nihil
est ; necjue longius anno remanerc imo in loco licet. 8. Liberi
eorum in servitutem abduci non debent. 9. Non tibi esse ignavo
licebit. 10. Tibi Romae manere non libet. 11. Inter omnes
constat Ciceronem eloqucntissimum oratorem esse. 12. Helvetiis
iter per provinciam Romanam facere non licuit. 13. Constat inter
omnes Romam caput orbis terrarum fuisse.
Translate into Latin : —
I. You might have done this. 2. I could have rcm.iined at
Rome all the winter. 3. We ought to bear the hardships of life
bravely. 4. You ought, Catiline, long ago to have been put to
death. 5. O ! that it were expedient for me to be at leisure. 6.
We were not permitted to attack the enemy. 7. Did not the
' , ■i^n
164
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Romans permit us to make a marcli throu^^h the province ? 8. All
admit that the moon is smaller than the earth. 9. Did not all
admit that Homer was a greater poet than Vevgil? 10. Ought not
the general to have attacked the enemy? 11. It is admitted by all
that Caesar will figh'; v*ith the Gauls in the spring. 12. The sick
man is not allowed to see his friends. 13. He ought to have seen
his father on that day.
LESSON LXXX.
IMPERSONAL USE OP VERBS THAT GOVERN
THE DATIVE.
1. Verbs that govern a dafroe in the active (p. 105), are used
hnpcrsonally in the passive : as, Ego tibi imporo, I coDimand you ;
3go tibi credo, I believe you. But in the passive: Tibi imperai;ur,
you are commanded (literally,// is eonnianded to you) ; tibi creditur,
you are believed (not tu imperaris, tu crederia).
2. Intransitive verbs are ufLen used in the passive impersonally :
as, Itur, people go (literally, it is gone); curritur, they run (literally,
it is run); pugnatum est, a battle was fought.
Note I. — With such verbs the agerit is genenJly omitted ; if it is
expressed, it may be in the dative or in the ablative with a ('or
ab) : as, Helvetils (or ab Helvetiis) pugnatum est, a battle was
fought by the Helvetii.
Note 2. — Such verbs arc often best tr.inslated by substituting an
appropriate noun a"^ subject : as, Clamatum est, a si. out was raised.
3. Some verbs ihat are impersonal in English are personal in
Latm : as, Cicero eo anno consul fuisse v'.uetur, // seems that
Cicero was consul in that year ; urbs Roma a Romulo esse condita
dieitur, // is said that the city o, ' Rome was founded by Rofnulus.
So too , Putor, / am supposed ; feror, / am said.
Exercise.
Give the principal parts of; credo '^Ci'suadeo, pareo, ignosco,
p&rco, capio, cur»'o, trade, venio.
IMPEKSONAL VERBS.
1G5
Translate into En^^lish : —
I. Solon esse sapientissimus dictus est. 2. Homcrus miiltis
annis ante Vergilium vixisse traditus est. 3. Omnibus mulier-
ibus liberisc|iie parcetur. 4. Nonne tibi a magistro creditum est.**
5. Num hoc oppidum ab hostibus eo anno captum esse dicitur? 6.
Tibi a bonis non ignoscitur. 7. Iniperatori a niiliiibus non pare-
batur. 8. Omnibus ad portam curritur. 9. In eo loco multas
horas acritcr pugnatum est. 10. Duci a militibus decimae legionis
non parcbitur. u. Mihi ab amico persuasum est. 12. Ille vir
doctissimus fuisse dicitur. 13. Romam nobis vespere vcntum est.
Translate into Latin : —
I. It was said that Cicero was the most eloquent of all the
Romans. 2. You were believed by all the soldiers in the army.
3. Thev will be pardoned by the general. 4. I was easily per-
suaded by my friend. 5. It seems that he was the bravest of the
soldiers. 6. It is related that Athens, the capital of Greece, was
founded by Cecrops. 7. A battle was fought on the plain by the
Romans. 8. All ran to the gates of the camp. 9. You were not
obeyed by the boys. 10. It is said that Vergil lived at the same
time as Horace, i f. Will not all the prisoners be pardoned by the
general? 12. Will not the messenger be believed by all the
soldiers.'' 13. Did it not seem that he was the most learned of the
Romans ?
m
LESSON LXXXI.
IMPERSONAL YFiRBS-(c\mnnuec/j.
1. The construction (jf < v- following verbs expressing /<!r//;/^
should be noticed : Miseret. (// exxitcs pity)^ poenitet (// ri-penfs),
pudet (// shiwics\ taedet (// 7>.>cartes), piget (// vc.xrs). They are
used with the accusative t>/ ilic person alfcctcd and the ij^cnitive of
the object causing t he fee/in a; : as, Eorum nos miaeret, ive pity them
(literally, // excites one\'> pity of them) ; hos homines ig-naviae t ae
pudet, these men are ashamed of their idleness; testultitiao poenitet,
you repent of your Jolly; me dubitationis huius taeOv.^, I amxueary
of this hesitation.
Itl
166
FIRST LATIN ROOK.
2. Opus est and liana est, tlior is nccd^ aic generally used ini-
pcisi)n;illy with the dati':h' of the person to \vhon> there is need and
the ahlati^'C of the ihinj; needed : as, Cibo rnihl opus est, / luwe
need of food {S\\.ii\A\\^\ ihcrc is need to mc with food) ; viginti talentis
tibi U8U8 est, you iiavc need of t^venty talents.
3. The inipersonals interest and refert, // is of importance., have
the genitive of the j)crson to whom the matter is of importance :
as, Clodii hitererat Milonem perire, // was of importance to Clodius
that Milo should die. Hut if the person is expressed in Enghsh by
a personal prono'in, tlic ablative singular feminine of the possessive
pronoun is used in Latin : as, Id mea interest, this is of importance
tome; hoc tua intererat, tliis was^ of importance to you. The degree
of importance is expressed either byan adverb {e.g.., multum, magno-
p6re, plurimum. <'/f.), or by a genitive of price (<W-» tanti, magni,
parvi, etc.) : as, Multum mea interest, // is of much importance to
me J niagni tua intererat, // was of great importance to you.
Exercise.
Give the principal parts of : pudet, poenitet, miseret, taedet.
Translate into English : —
I. Nonne tc stultitiae tiiae pudet? 2. Nobis annis opus est. 3.
Tui flagitii poenitcre tc oportet. 4. Omnium civium a consule
servari intererat. 5. Magistratibus igitur nol)is opus est, sine
quorum jirudentiri esse civitas non potest. 6. V'estrfi intererat,
commilitones, castris hostium potiri. 7. Hodie omnibus pracsidio
tuo opus est. 8. IVIagni mefi interest te mihi adesse. 9. Hunc
hominem scclerum poenitcbit. 10. Nos illius viri miseret. 11. Ad
salutem civitatis intererat nos cpiam maxim. is copias comparare.
12. Magni intererit tu;" amicos iiuam plurimos habere. 13. Eius
stultitiae me co tempore puduit.
Translate into Latin : —
F. I am ashamed of his cowardice. 2. You have need of friends.
3. We ought all to be ashamed of our defeat. 4. It is of great
importance that the city should be saved. 5. We have all need of
friends without whose aid we cannot do good to others. 6. It is to
their interest to help their friends in danger. 7. It is of the
VERBS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND GKNITIVE.
1G7
highest intercut to you to aid your brother. 8. Did he not repent
of his undertaking? 9. He said that it was his interest to remain
at Rome. 10. You ought to collect as many soldiers as possible.
U. You ought to repent of your wicked deeds. 12. We are not
ashamed of our forefathers. 13. He pitied the sorrows of the old
man.
LESSON LXXXII.
VERBS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND
GENITIVE.
Verbs of (iccusini^^ acquitting^ condemning^ reminding, and
admonishing take, in the active, the accusative of the person and
the genitive of the thing : as, Te impietatia absolve, J acquit you
of '-'ipicty ; arguit me furti, tie accuses me of theft ; cives eum
proditionis accusaverunt, the citizens accused him of treachery;
iudicea hunc furti conderanant, the jury condemn this man for
theft; Catilina eos egestatis admonebat, Catiline reminded them
of their needy condition; rioa ofHcii nostri admouuit, lie reminded
us of our duty.
Note. — In the passive, these constructions become respectively :
Tu impietatis ab me absolverjs ; furti ab eo arguor ; is proditionis
a civibus accusatus est, hie furti ab iudicibua condemnatur ; el
egestatis a Catilina admonebantur ; nos officii nostri ab eo ad-
monlti sumus.
Exercise. ,
Give the principal parts of : dico, solvo, parco, cado, occido, licet.
Translate into English : —
I. Themistocles absens proditionis damnatus est. 2. ludex eum
iniuriarum absolvit. 3. Nonne omnes eum furti accusaverunt .^ 4.
Me officii mei admonere licuit. 4. Nos omnes stultitiae nostrae
poenitere oportet. 5. Num puer ab iudice furti absolutus est. 6.
Huius jjost mortem populum iudicii sui pociiitebit. 7. Catilina con-
iurationis contra patriam ab Cicerone condemnatus est. 8. Opus
est omnibus nobis sapientia. 9. Alium {one) stultitiae, alium sceleris
168
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
admonet. lo. Magni nostra interest milites quam plurimos compar-
are. ri. Quam plurimos occldisse dixit. 12. Nonne omnibus
liberis a militibus parcetur ? 13. Tuo pracsidio nobis usus erat.
Translate into Latin : — »
I. They condemned the boy for theft. 2. They acquitted him
of treachery. 3. Was he accused of cowardice .'* 4. He was
unwilling to remind them of their folly. 5. Was Vcrres not accused
of extortion by Cicero ? 6. Did he pity the sorrows of the wretched
man ? 7. Cicero accused him of treachery. 8. We aie all in need
of foresight in danger. Q. It was of great importance that they
should repent of their crimes. 10. Were not the wretched men
spared by the soldiers? 11. It was said that he was acquitted of
this charge by the judge. 12. We all needed your help on that
day. 13. O ! that he had repented of his folly.
LESSON LXXXIII.
PERSONAL PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON.
1. The usual word for /le, s/ie, it, thcy^ Sac, when they are ex-
pressed at all, is Is, ea, id, (p. 122, 4) : as, Is hostis esse dicebatur.
Ac was said to be an ciie»iy j id tibi afiQrmo / assure you of it ;
in eos oflacia conferunt, o?i thcvi they bestotu kindnesses.
2. When /le, s/ie, it, etc., are to be strongly emphasized they are
expressed by hie, iste, ille (p. 118) : as, Hoc illud est, t/iat ts it ;
ille vitam in otio egit, he passed his life in idleness,
3. //<?, she, it, etc., referring to the subject of a verb, are
expressed by the reflexive sui (p. 105) : as, Caesar dicit se id
fecisse, Caesar says that he {Caesar) did it (eum would mean some-
one else than Caesar); Caesar eum sibi legatum esse iubet, Caesar
orders hint to be legate to him {Caesar).
Note.— In a complex sentence, ipse is used to refer to the subject
of a subordinate clause, if ambiguity would arise from the use of
sui : as. Begat cur de ipsis desperent. he asks the)n why they
despair of themselves (de se would mean of him).
PERSONAL PRONOUNS OF TUB THIRD PKllSON.
161)
men
4. The forms of sui may, however, refer to the object of a verb,
if no ambiguity rcsuUs : as^ Reliquos cogit se convertere, the rest
lie compels to turn (hterally, to turn thefnseh>es).
5. His, lier^ its, their, are usually expressed by the genitive of
is : as, Dixit se eorum amicum esse, lie said that he was their
friend. l>ut his, her, etc., referring to the subject of a verb is
expressed by suus : as, Domum suam vend.it, he sells his house.
Note T. — In a complex sentence the genitive of ipse is used for
his, etc., to refer to the suljject of a subordinate clause, if ambiguity
would arise from the use of suus : as, Rogat cur se ipsorum
inimicis tradere velint, he asks why they want to surrender him to
their enemies.
Note 2. — The possessive is not expressed in Latin, if no ambiguity
arises from its omission : as, Patri pare, obey your father.
Exercise.
Give the principal parts of: mitto, credo, parco, reliuquo, curro,
possum, nioveo, video, sentio. contemno.
Translate into English : —
I. Caesar ducem clarissimum contra sc lectum esse cedebat.
2. Sentit animus se vi sua moved. 3. Clama'it eum cecldisse.
4. Nonne eum flentem vidisti.^ 5. Credit eum semper nostri
memorem esse. 6. Eos eorum copias educere iubet. 7. Rege
dimisso, Caesar copias suas in cius lines duxit. 8. Marcus ct
Quintus fratrcs fucrunt ; hie fortior, ille prudentior fuit. 9. Pueri
et^ senem et consilia eius contemnunt. 10. Oppido relicto, Caesar
in eos iter fecit. 11. Dixit eum haec vidisse. 12. Nonne is sum
qui id feci ?
Translate into Latin : —
I. He threw himself upon them. 2. Having sent forward the
cavalry, he led the infantry into their territory. 3. Caesar said that
he would spare them. 4. Did he not think that they would help
\\\\\\1 5. He promised that he would make war upon their towns.
6. That prison could not hold them. 7. The old man says that he
despises both himself and them. 8. Did he think that he was
believed? 9. He knew that they were worthy of death. 10. He
said that some rivers ran deep. 11. These people think that they
are happy. 12. He has taken all their cities.
lEt et, hoih and.
i^
i
170 FIRST LATIN BOOK.
LESSON LXXXIV.
GERUND AND GERUNDIVE.
1. One form of the Latin verb remains to be discussed. This is
the gerund} The ^^erund is a verbal noun, corresponding to the
English participial noun in -hig. It is inflected as follows : —
First Conjugation.
Gen. araandi, of loving.
Dat. &rtxa,nd6, fo or for /oz'i'ng.
Ace. amandum, loving.
Second Conjugation.
monendi, of advising.
monendo, to ox for advising.
monendum, advising.
Abl. amando, with, by, from, or in monendo, ivith, by, from or in
advising.
Fourth Conjugation.
audiendi , of hea ring .
audiendo, to ox for hearing.
audiendum, hearing.
loving
Third Conjugation.
Gen. rSgendi, of ruling,
Dat. regendo, to or for ruling.
Ace. regendum, ruling.
Abl. r§gendo, luith, by, from or audiendo, 7vith, by, from or i)t
in ruling. hearing.
2. The gerund has partly the nature of a noun and partly that of
a verb. As a noun, it may be governed by another noun in the
genitive, or by an adjective, or by a preposition. It resembles a
verb in governing a case and in being limited by an adverb : as,
lus vocandi senatum, t/ic rig/ii of summoning the senate. (Here
the gerund is governed in the genitive by iu3, and governs senatum
;n the accusative, because vocare governs that case) ; docendo
discimuG, lue learn by teaching; natus ad regendum, born for
ruling ; parcendo inimicis gloriam paravit, he won distitiction by
sparing ids enemies.
Note. — The nominative of the gerund is supplied by the infini-
tive : as, Ambulare iucundum est, walking is delightful.
GERUNDIVE.
3. Instead of the gerund with an accusative, Latin often uses a
peculiar construction of its own. Thus : Born for ruling men is not
often expressed by natus ad viros regendum. but by natus ad viros
'' The word is derived from gero, carry, because, apparently, it expresses the action
of the verb as beiii{j " carried on,"
GERUND AND GERUNDITE.
171
regrendos, where regendos agrees with vlros in gender, number,
and case, and is culled the gerundive. So too : In epistolia scri-
bendis (in writing letters) is used for in scribendo epistolas and
consilium urbis capiendae {the plan for taking the city)^ foi
consilium caplendi urbem.
4. The gerundive has the form of the future part, passive.
Thus •.—
Conj.
Present stem and -ndus,-
ii:
Ama-ndus, a, um.
mone-ndus, a, um.
rege-ndus. a, um.
audie-ndus.
5. The rule for turning the gerund into the gerundive is easily
deduced from the above examples. It may be staled as follows :
The direct object of the gerund is attracted into the case of the
geriindy which is tJien made to agree with its object in gender and
7iii)nber.
6. The genitive of the gerund or of the gerundive is often used
with causa, on account of for the sake of which is written after its
case : as, Vestis est frigoris depellendi causa, dress is intended for
keeping off cold.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Nonne is ad ludos spectandos profectus est .'' 2. Hie clipcus
utilis corpori tegendo est. 3. Elocjuentia legendis poetis augt'tur.
4. Summa voluptas ex discendo capitur. 5. Inlta sunt consilia
urbis delendae. 6. Militcs frumcntandi causa in tines hostium
missi sunt. 7. Non oratum sed qucrendi causii ierunt. 8. Te duce,
ad arma capienda parati sumus. 9. Nullum spatium ad se arman-
dos dabatur. 10. Optimam occasionem navigandi habemus.
II. Breve tempus satis longum est ad bene vivendum. 12. Ea
sunt Usui ad armandas naves.
Translate into Latin :—
I. Water is good for drinking. 2. They formed tlie plan of kill-
ing the consul. 3. Was he not skilled in {gen.) guiding the state.?
4. He spent much time in writing letters. 5. The horse is fit for
carrying burdens. 6. You will have an opportunity of finishing
^'■■>
172
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
the work. 7. He will send them into the territory of the enemy to
collect corn (gerundive with causa). 8. Have they formed the plan
of crossing the river? 9. I thought you had come for the purpose
of {causa) seeing the city. 10. He said that they were coming for
the purpose of making a bridge, i f. Were they ready to take up
arms in the consulship of Caesar 1 12. He said that he was going
into the garden to see the flowers
LESSON LXXXV.
THE GERUND— (Ctf«/////r6v/).
Passive Periphrastic Conjugation.
1. The gerund and not t/tc gerundive is to be used : —
{a) In the case of verbs that do not govern an accusative :
as, Parcendo inimicis, by sparing enemits (not parcendis
inimicis).
{b) Where euphony would be violated : as, Amicos videndi
causa, for the sui^e of seeing friefids (not amicorum viden-
dorum).
{c) Where ambiguity results : as, Aliquid docendi causa, for
the sake of teaching sofuething (not alicuius, which would mean
some one).
2. The gerundive is often used to express duty or necessity :
as, Hostis timendus, an enemy that ought to be^ or micst be^Jeared.
3. From this use of the gerundive, a whole conjugation — called
the Passive Periphrastic Conjugation — is formed of the gerundive
and the verb sum, / am. Thus : —
J amandus sum, / am to be loved.
\ amandus es, thou art to be loved, etc.
{ ftmandus eram, / was to be loved.
V amandus eras, thou wast to be loved., etc.
r amandus ero, / sJiall have to be loved.
\ amandus eris, thou wilt have to be loved, etc.
Present,
Imperfect,
Future,
and so forth.
THE GERUND.
173
4. The a^^ent is expressed in the passive periphrastic conju^^a-
tion by the dative : as, Parentea nobis amandi sunt, our parents
should be loved by us.
5. The passive periphrastic conjuj^ation is ^"^encrally used to trans-
late the English should^ ought^ must (expressing duty or necessity) :
as, Ex civitate pellendi sunt, tlicy must be banished.
When the verb in Enghsh is active, t^he object becomes the sub-
ject in Latin, and the subject becomes the dative of the agent :
as, Aqua mihi bibenda est, / must drink water ( = water must be
drunk by me).
6. Intransilive verbs and verbs that govern the genitive, the
dative, or the ablative, must be used impersonally in the passive
peri))hrastic conjugation : as. Nobis eundvim est, we must go
{=it must be gone by us) ; omnibus moriendum est, all must die ;
inimicis a nobis parcendum est. wc must spare our enemies;
utendum est iudicio a te, you must use your judgment.
Note. — When a verb docs not govern the accusative, the agent
(to avoid ambiguity) is expressed in the passive periphrastic con-
jugation by a (or ab ) with the ablative. This appears from the
last two examples.
7. With do {give\ euro {take care of), trado {hand over)., the
gerundive is used to express purpose : as, Terram habitandam dat,
he gives them the land to dwell in j pontem faciendum curat, lie
has a bridge built.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Parendum est legibus. 2. Haec Cacsari miranda videntur.
3. Hostibus ad consilia capienda nihil spatii dandum esse exis-
timabat. 4. Civibus a nobis subveniendum est. 5. Caesar ad
dilectus agendos profectus est. 6. Intellexit magnam partem
equitatus ab hostibus, aliquot diebus ante, praedandi causa trans
flumen esse missam. 7. Ars civitatis gubernandae est difificillima.
8. In libris tuis legendis tres dies multfi cum voluptate exegi.
9. Catilina bellum suscepit reipublicaeevertendae causa. 10. Ario-
vistus cum suis ad occupandum oppidum contendit. 11. Tempus
bello gerendo idoncum non erat. 1 2. Ad galeas induendas tempus
defuit. 13. Vix lis rebus administrandis tempus dabatur.
Iff
174
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Wisdom is increased by learning and thinking. 2. Caius
obtained the consulship for the purpose of avenging his brother.
3. He won credit by aiding friends. 4. Caesar gave the signal
for (say 0/) beginn.iig the battle. 5. The Romans were desirous of
carrying on war. 6. They undertook the work for the purpose of
finishing it. 7. We must all cultivate virtue. 8. I must send this
letter to my father at Rome. 9. We must forget our wrongs.
10. The farmer must plough his fields in the spring. 1 1. Caesar set
out to C.aul to carry on war. 12. Do you think that he should be
beMeved.'' 13. We must all obey the general.
LESSON LXXXVI.
ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION.
SUPINE.
1. Besides the passive periphrastic conjugation in Latin, there is
also an active one, expressmg Ju/i/ri/f or /jifcn/wn. It is formed
from the verb sum and the future participle in -turus. Thus :
Amaturus sum, / am goifig (or intend) to love ; amaturus eram
(or fui), I was going (or intended) to love ; and so on through all
forms. So too : Moniturus sum, I intend to advise ; moniturus eram,
/ intended to advise.
SUPINES.
2. Latin verbs have two supines, one in -turn and one in -tu.
They are formed by adding -turn and -tu to the present stem or to
the present stem modified : as,
amatu, to be loved.
monitu, to be advisee^.
rectu, to be rtded.
auditu, to be heard.
3. The supine in -turn is used to express purpose after verbs of
motion. It governs the same case as the verb from which it is
derived: as, Legatos mittunt rogratum auxilium, they se?td ambassa-
dors to ask for aidj pabulatum milites emisit, he sent out soldiers
to forage.
amatu m, to love.
monitum, to advise.
rectum, to ride.
auditum, to hear.
ACTIVE PKRII'HKASTIC CONJUOATION.
175
The supine in -tu is uscil after adjeetives expressing difficulty^
case, credibility^ pleasure, ivortli or the reverse, and after a
few substantives, like fas {rit^/it), nefas {ivronti), scftlua {wicked-
m'ss) : as, Diflacile est dictvi, // is dijjicult to be said, or // is difficult
to say.
Note I. — The supines are verbal nouns, one in the accusative
and one in the abhitive.
Note 2. — The supine in um with the pres. inf. pass, of eo, I i:;o,
IS used to form the fut. inf. pass, of the verb, 'i'hus : lie said that
he would be advised, dixit se monitum iri =he said that it is gone
{hii., people go) to advise him.
Exercise.
Translate into Enghsh : —
I. Amicitianine populi Romani est repudiaturus ? 2. Aedui
legatos ad Cacsarcm mittunt rogatum auxiUum. 3. His rebus
factis, consilium urbis capiendae ineunt. 4. Neque obsides repeti-
turi neque auxilium a populo Romano imploraturi fuerunt. 5. Hello
confccto, legati ad Caesarem gratulatum convencrunt. 6. Onmia
uno tempore sunt agenda : vexillum pro})onendum, signum tuba
dandum, ab opere revocandi milites, acies instruenda. 7. Ex ea
civitate profugi ad Senatum Romam venerunt iniurias sociorum
questum. 8. Occasio negotii bene gerendi omittenda non est. 9.
Eo die imperator decimam legionem pabukitum misit. 10. Nos
neque legatos missuri neque ullam condicioncm pacis sumus accep-
turi. II. Nonne primo vere agri agricolis arandi sunt.'' 12. Iter
per provinciam nostram sunt facturi hostes. 13. Ante primam
lucem imperator cum tribus legionibus Roma est profecturus.
Translate into Latin : —
I. We must not lose this opportunity of attacking the enemy.
2. Ambassadors came to Rome to ask aid against the Germans.
3. Alexander intended to lead his army across the (iranicus. 4.
Ariovistus is not likely to reject my friendship. 5. We intend to
set out for Rome before night. 6. After all Gaul was subdued by
Caesar (abl. abs.), envoys were sent hy many states to ask him for
peace. 7. Hannibal, incredible to relate, reached Adrumetum,
which is a hundred miles distant from Zama, within the space of
■^
^%
%.
!^.^
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
/.
1.0
I.I
1.25
;|i^ Ilk
^ 1^ III 2.2
1^ ii£ IliiM
1.8
JA 1 1.6
i
^^^
%
V
^>'^
^:J
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 873-4503
^
^
,v
V
f
9)
6^
%,'t'
^:i*
%
'■b^-
'*i.
r^
I
i-
m>
u.
^
mimm
\\\
176
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
II
two days. 8. All should cultivate the art of speaking. 9. Nothing
seemed to Xenophon so princely (regdlis) as the puisuit of cultivat-
ing the soil. 10, I intend now to speak of (de) choosing a com-
mander for (ad) that war. ii. The Helvctii were fond of fighting
with their neighljors. 12. We must all defend our country when
attacked by an enemy (abl. abs.), 13. Spring is the time of
year for sowing seed.
LESSON LXXXVII.
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAUSES.-
QUESTION.
INDIRECT
1. Dependent or subordinate clauses are called jwun chiuscs^ ad-
jective clauses, or adverbial clauses, according as they perform the
function of a noun, adjective, or adverb. Thus, in / know who he is,
the clause who he is is a noun-clause, object o{ know; in I saw
the man whom you mean, the clause whom you mean is an adjective
clause, qualifying man ; in He came tliat lie mii^ht see the town, the
clause that he might see the town is an adverbial clause of purpose,
modifying came.
INDIRECT QUESTION.
2. A noun-clause headed by an interrogative pronoun, adjective,
or adverb and used as the bubject or object of a verb, takes its verb
in the subjunctive. Such a clause is called an indirect (or dependent)
question. Thus : Scio quis sit, / know who he is; quid faciat
multum refert, // is 0/ much importance what he does. (Here quis
sit, and quid faciat, arc indirect questions.)
3. The following are the more common interrogative pronouns,
adjectives, and adverbs : Quis, who ? uter, which of t7uo ? quan-
tus, how great ? quali.*, what kind? quot, how many ? ubi, where?
vmde, wfwnce? quo, whither? cur (or quare), why? qui or (with
adjs. and adverbs) quam, how? quemadmodum or quomodo,
in what way? quantum, ho7c much? quando, wJien? (quum is
never interrogative), quoties, how ^y/'fw .^ quamdiu, how long?
4. Whether, if, at the head of an indirect question, is num : as,
Die milii num ronerit, tell me if he has come.
m
INDIRECT QUESTION.
1
4 t
Dionouns,
5. IVheiher. . . .or^ is utrum . . an ; but ornot is necne in indirect
questions (not annon, as in direct. P. 130, 6.) : as, Multum interest
utrum valeamus an aegri aimus, // makes a great difference
"whether ^ce are well or sick ; videamus utrum aqua sit necne.
let us see whether it is water or not.
Note. — After nescio or haud scio (/ dont know), dubito (I
doubt), incertum est {it is uncertain) — implying an affirmative —
whether is an : as, Constantiam dice ? Nescio an melius patientiam
possim dicere, consistency, do I say ■ 1 don't kno7V whether I
can not better say long-suffering.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Rogat nuni sui oblitus sim. 2. Quaeramus quoties hie Idem
promiserit. 3. Rogabo num is maior fnitre sit. 4. Rogemus cur is
solus taceat. 5. 0»r»nes intellegunt quam audaces sitis. 6. Hoc
dubium est uter uu-su j: vevx'jcundior sit. 7. Ex iis cjuaeremus
quid agant. 8. NcscnUwis qiromodo effugerit. 9. Quot estis }
Nescio quot simus. 10. Credo te audivisse qui mihi hi nocuerint.
II. Novisti eum quam tardus sit. 12. Ex eo quaesivi quanti
domum vendiderit. 13. Roga eos unde veniant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. We had not heard whether you conquered. 2. I ask you
whether these are your words or not. 3. He asks me whether I
had sold all my books. 4. Tell me how many letters you wrote
yesterday. 5. I ask you where you have put my book. 6. I do
not know when he intends (p. 174) to return. 7. Do not tell him
where you are coming from. 8. Do you know by whom the city
was founded.'' g. It is hard to tell whether you really understand.
10. Have you forgotten where you promised to go to-day ? \\. It
does not concern me whether it is selling low or not. 12. He is
asking if he ought to remain at Rome. 13. Ask him wlisft l>e is
doing about it.
12
J 78
FIRST LATIN RCOK.
:i!
'I
i
^
LESSON LXXXVIII.
CLASSIFICATION OF TENSES. -SEQUENCE OP
TENSES.
Indirect Question— (Coft/irued J.
1. Latin tenses are divided into Primary and Secondary (or
Historical)^ as follows : —
Primary Tenses.
Secondary or
Historical
Tenses.
Pres. , &mat, he loves.
Pres.-Perf., amavit, he has loved.
Future, amabit, he luill lon'e.
Future Perf., amaverit, he will have loved.
Iniperf., fi,mabat, he tvas loving.
Past Indef., amavit, he lo7'ed.
Pluperf., axnaveraX, he had loved.
Note. — The Latin perfect has the force of ijoth a present-perfect
(?>., perf. with iiave) and a past indefinite. When it is a pres.-
perf, it is ?i primary tense ; when a past indef., a secondary.
2. The above classification of Latin tenses is important, in view
of the fact that the tense of the subjunctive in a dependent clause
is primary when the tense of the main verb is primary, and second-
ary v/hen the tense of the main verb is secondary. This is an
important rule, and is called the rule for the Sequence of Tenses.
It may be stated thus : —
RULE FOR THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES.
A primary tense in the principal clause, is followed by a primary
tense in the dependent clause ; a secondary tense in the principal
clause, is followed by a secondary tense in the dependent clause.
3. The following examples of the indirect question will illustrate
the rule : —
A. PRIMARY TENSES IN BOTH PRINCIPAL AND
DEPENDENT CLAUSES.
( I ) Present in Principal clause.
Scio quid Agas, / knorju what you are doing (now) (dependent
question, therefore verb in subj.)
SEQUENCE OF TENSES.
179
i
Scio quid egerls, T kufftv what yov have done (in the past).
Scio quid acturus sis, / ktiow 7vhat you are goin^ to do (in the
future ; i.e., what you will do).
Note. — The place of the fut. subjiin. act. (which is wantinj;), is
supplied by the active periphrastic conjugation (p 174, i).
(2) Present-Perfect in Principal clause.
CogTiovi quid agas, / have learned what yoit are doing (now).
Cognovi quid egeris, / have learned ^ohat you have done (in the
past).
Cognovi quid acturiis sis, / have learned what you a*-e going to
do (in the future).
(3) Future in Principal clause.
Audlam quid agas, /shall hear 'what yoii arc doim^ (tlien).
Audiam quid egeris, / shall hear what you have done (m ihc past)
Audiam quid acturus sis, / shall hear what you are going to do
(in the future).
(4) Futurt'- Perfect in Principal clause.
Cognovero quid agas, I shall have kno^vn what you are doing (then).
Cognovfiro quid egeris, I shall have kiunvn lu hat you have done (in
the past).
Cognovero quid acturus sis . / shall have knotvn what you are
going to do (in the future).
B. SECONDARY (OR HISTORICAL) TENSES IN PRINCIPAL
AND DEPENDENT CLAUSES.
(i) Imperfect in Principal clause.
Sciebam quid ageres, / knr^o (literally, 7oas knviving) what you
were doim; (then).
Sciebam quid egisses, I knew what you had done (in the past).
Sciebam quid acturus esses, / knew what you zvere going to do
(in the future ; i.e., what you 'vould do).
(2) Past Indefinite in Principal clause.
Cognovi quid ageres, / learned what you were doing [ihcn).
C^.-^Tiovi quid egisses, I learned what yon had done (in the past).
Cognovi quid acturus esses, / learned 7i>hai you were going to
do (in the future).
*
180
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
^ I
I I
,{.■■
II
If. i
(3) Pluperfect in Principal clause.
CogTi6v6ram quid ag^res, / hod learned 7vhat you 7i>ere doini:
(then.)
Coern6v6ram quid eglsses, / /uui learned what yon had done {\u
tht past).
Cognoveram quid acturus eases, / had learn, d w/iai yon were
^oing to do (in the future).
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Ouaeritur cur doctissimi homines maxime dissentiant. 2.
Qualis ipse sit animu^ ncscit. 3. Quid dies ferat est incertuni. 4.
(^uid proximfi, quid superiore nocto cgcris, (juis nostrum ignorat .'' 5.
Quid eil nocte egisset, quid in {for) proximam constituisset, edocui.
6. Vides quanta tempcstas invidiae nobis impcndeat. 7. Neque
quanta csset insulae magnitudo, neque quae nationcs eam incolerent
reperiebat. 8. Ex his omnibus iudicat rebus quanto cum periculo
et quanta cum virtute res sint administratae. 9. Ibi ex captivis
cognoscit quae apud Ciceronem gerantur. 10. Interim legatis con-
vocatis, et quae cognovisset et quae fieri vellet ostendit. 11. Memo-
ravit quibus in locis maximae hostium copiae a populo Romano
fusae essent. 12. Quanti suam domum vendidit.-* 13. In hac
obsidione nulli parcitum est. 14. Nemini a nobis invidetur.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Who of us (p. 104) does not know where you were last night .''
2. He understood at what risk he had done this. 3. Caesar knew
for what reason {qua de causa) these things were said. 4. I will
tell you what cities the Romans took in this war. 5. The consul
read to ;he people what the senate had decreed on the previous day.
6. He pointed out from what classes the forces of Catilina were
drawn {coniparo). 7. He ascertained from spies what was the
nature of the road to the camp of the enemy. 8. Caesar found out
why Ariovistus did not come to the meeting. 9. After giving up
their arms {iibl. ahs.)^ all the enemy came that night to the camp,
10. We compelled the merchants to tell us from what districts
they came. 11. It is said that the man was ten years younger than
his brother. 12. The soldiers did not spare the inhabitants of that
town. 13. He sold his house for ten talents.
inoy'ATic USE of the indirect question.
hsi
LESSON LXXXIX.
IDIOMATIC USB OP THE INDIRECT QUESTION-
Noun-clauses Introducad by Quod and Ut.
1. An English abstract noun is often expressed in Latin l)y an
indirect question : as, Dico tibi quale periculum sit, / tell you the
nature of the (ltifii;rr : quot essent hostes rogavit, he dsked the
number of the eneniv : quo ©amiis rog-ant, they ask our destination
( = whither we are going).
NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY QUOD.
2. Quod (meaning, because, the fact that)^ with the indicative
often introduces a noun-clauso in Latin : as, Magnum eat hoc,
quod victor victis pepercit, tliis ii. an important matter., the fact
that when victorious he spared the vatiquisJwd.
NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY UT.
3. Verbs of asking, command/ ?ig, striinn^, and effecting ^ take in
English an infinitive but in Latin a noun-clause introduced by ut,
///ri/, with the subjunctive: as, Oro te ut hoc facias, / beg you to
do this J nititur ut vincat. he strives to conquer.
If there is a :7ot vith the inf., ne {that not) is used for ut non:
as, Puero iraperavi ne domo exiret. / ordered the boy not to go
from home (impf,, in accordance with the rule for sequence, p. 178).
Note I. — lubeo, / order, however, and veto, I forbid, take the
infinitive : as, lussi puerum domo non exire, / ordered the boy tiot
to go from luune ; vetuit me hoc facere, he forbade me to do it.
Note 2. — Statvio, constituo, decerno, I determine., take the infini-
tive when the subject of the main verb and of the infinitive is the
same : as, Statuit Caesar in Italiam redire, Caesar determined to
return to Italy. In other cases, they take a noun-clause introduced
l)y ut or ne : as, Statuit Caesar ut le^ones suae in Italiam redi-
rent, Caesar determined that his legions should return to Italy.
f
182
FIKST LATIN UOOK.
4. The followin^,'^ impersonal verbs are followed by a noun-clause
introduced by ut : Contingit, ev6nit, accidit, and fit (// happens)^
restat {it remains)^ s6quitur (// follows)^ fieri potest (// )nay hap-
])cn) : as, Accidit ut nemo adesset, // happened that no one was
present.
Exercise.
2. Constat inter
3. Caesar belluni
Translate into English : —
I. Quod Regulus rediit, mirabile videtur.
omnes ad sahiteni civium inventas esse leges,
ea aestate cum Germanis gcrere constituit. 4. Pollicitus est se hoc
postero die esse facturum. 5. Dixerunt sibi in animo esse sine
ullo inaleticio per provinciam iter facere. 6. Rogavit quando pro-
fecti essent. 7. Caesar his de causis c[uas commemoravi Rhenum
transire decreverat. 8. Restat ut de magnitudine belli et impera-
tore deligendo loquar. 9. Quod tu incolumis domum rediisti, mihi
gratum est. 10. Ariovistus respondit scnatum populi Romani sibi
praesidio esse. 1 1. Prima, luce productis omnibus copiis ct duplici
acie instructa, quid liostcs consilii caperent cxspectabat. 12. Oravit
ut omnibus pueris mulicribusque parceretur. 13. Se hoc opus eo
die confecturum esse suscipit. 14. Rogavit me ne id facerem.
Translate into Latin : —
I. He ordered ?ll the forces to assemble on that day at Rome.
2. I asked you to perform all th( commands of the general.
3. The enemy will strive to capture the town with all its forces.
4. It follows that he was condemned for treachery by the senate.
5. Explain to the judges your view of the matter. 6. They said
that the Romans had pitched their camp in this plain. 7. Do you
know our reason for declaring war? 8. He forbade the consul
calling the people together on that day. 9. We are not asked to
assemble in the market-place. 10. It happened that he was absent
from Rome in that year. 1 1 . What amount of money shall I bring .?
12. We strove to finish the work within a few days. 13. He deter-
mined to set out for Gaul that winter. 14. Beg them not to come.
1 5. The fact that you betrayed your country is enough.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES.
183
LESSON XC.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES.
Final Clauses Introduced by Ut (or Ne), and Quo.
1. An adverbial clause is one that takes the place of an adverb.
Thus, in I cat (hat I may Ihw, the clause introduced l)y lliai is an
adverbial clause oi purpose, limiting the action of the main verb.
An adverbial clause of purpose is called a Jinal clause (from finis,
an end), because it expresses the end ox object of the verb it limits.
2. Final clauses in Latin are usually introduced by ut, that, or
ne, that . . . .not, lest (both with the subjunctive) : as, Edo ut vivam,
I eat that I may lii'e ; hoc dico ne to laedam, / say this that I may
not offend you ( = to avoid offending you).
Note. — Ne in a final clause, may often translate the English "/<:;
avoid^^ " to prevent. "
3. In firial clauses the /n'.f^'/// subjunctive is used iSier prifnary
tenses ; the imperfect after secondary, in accordance with the KiJe
for Sequence (see p. 178). Thus : Multi laudant ut laudentur,
7nany praise that they may be praised {\iV{^s. after a primary tense) ;
multl laudabant ut laudarentur, many praised that they might
be praised (imperfect after a secondary tense).
4. That no one, that no (adj.), that nothing, that ne7>er, in a
final clause, are respectively ne quis, ne ullus, ne quid, ne vin-
quam : as, Porta clausa est ne quis exiret, the gate was shut that
no one might go out ; clamant ne ullum vei'bum audiatur, they are
shouting that no word may be heard; abii ne quid viderem, / went
away that I might see nothing ; hoc facite ne unquam vitiiperent,
do this that they may never revile.
5. Instead of ut in a final clause, quo (-ut eo, that i>y this) with
the subjunctive, is used when the clause has a comparative in it :
as, Puto aUquid puero dandum esse quo sit studiosior, / think that
something ought to be given to the boy that he may be more
zealous J Caesar castella communit quo facilius Helvetios pro-
hibere possit, Caesar erects forts that he may the more easily keep
off' the Helvetii.
i
184
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Non vivimus iit cdamiis. 2. Hoc factum est nc quis in civi-
tatcm restitueretur. 3. Ad uibcm venimus ut oratorcm audiremus.
4. Domum rcdibo ut dormiam. 5. Hoc feci ne cui displicorcni.
6. Haec scribcbam ut bono esses animo. 7. Ne quis ex civitate
pellcrctur, Idem promisit. 8. Multa mentitus est (|uo iunior videre-
tur. 9. Utinam rex ipse adcssct. 10. His coj^nitis, milites cduxit
nc omnes interficerentur. 11. Legibus servlmus ut liberi esse
posslnius. 12. Captivos omnes interfici iussit quo melius iter
faccret.
Translate into Latin : —
I. They went into the garden that they might find the book. 2.
They set out iii the morning that they might reach the city before
night. 3. We will go away in order not (use m) to see them. 4. I
did this in order that I might injure no one. 5. We must raise a
shout that we may be heard by him. 6. He praised u§ in order to
be praised by us. 7. He killed himself that he might never see
the country overthrown. 8. l-»o not buy what you do not need.
9. In a few days we shall return to soe (use ^uo) the place better.
10. Did you not see with what pride he answered? 11. We must
teach our children in order that they may be better citizens. 12.
He wishes to return home in order to stand for the consulship.
LESSON XCI.
FINAL ChAUBBB-r Continued ). .
Qui Pinal. Quominus and Quin. Neve.
1. The relative qui (called ^ui Jitiat) is often used with the sub-
junctive to express a purpose : as, Misit legates q\ii pacem peter-
ent, /le sent ambassadors to sue for peace (q\ii=ut ei).
Note. — Relative adverbs, like ubl {where) and unde {whence),
are used, like the relative pronoun, to express a purpose ;
ill
FINAL CLAU8KS.
185
as, Domum ubl habitaret legrit, he chose a house where he might
dwell (ubi-ut ibi. that there).
2. After verbs of preventiui:;^ a final clause is often used, intro-
duced by quomlnus {=hy which the less — in o*der that not) :
as, Nihil obstat quominus scrlbas, tiothini;; prevents you from
writini( { = by which you should the less write).
Note.— After verbs oi preTentinj^^qxvin (qul+ne how not), may
be used for quominus, if tbcrc is a nc<;ative or virtual' negative
with the main verb : as, Vix inhiberi potuit quln saxa lac^ret. he
could scarcely he pre7>ented from throwini^ stones.
3. After verbs of fearinj^^ a final clause is used, introduced by
ut or ne : as, Ver6or ne veniat, / am afraid he will come ; vereor
ut veniat, / am af> aid he will not come.
Note. — Here ut and ne aj)parently chanj^e their meaning ; ut is
used for that not, and ne for that.
4. The English future after verbs o{ fearing, is expressed by the
subjunctive — the present subjunctive, if after a primary tense, the
imperfect if after a secondary: as, Timeouu labores svistineas, /
am afraid that you will not endure your labors ; timebam ne e&
ev6nirent, / was afraid that these things would happen.
5. In English the infinitive is often used to denote a purpose,
but in Latin it is never so used in good prose. Such an infinitive
may be expressed in Latin in various ways.
Thus : He sent ambassadors to sue for peace, may be expressed
as follows : —
Legates misit ut pacem p§t§rent {xxtfual).
Le^tOB misit qui pacem pet6rent (qui final).
Legates misit ad pacem petendam (gerundive ace. with ad), or
legates naisit pacis petendae causa (gerundive genitive with
causa).
Legates misit ad pacem petendum (gerund ace. with ad), or
legates misit pacem petendi causa (gerund genitive with
causa).
Legates misit pacem petitum (supine after verb of motion).
Legates misit pacem petituros (future part, active expressing a
purpose).
'A word like vix, scarcely, or a question expecting the answer No.
^
i'l
I'
186
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
6. For et ne (following ut or a previous ne), n6ve (or neu) is
used : as, Hoc dice ut bono anlmo sit neve perturbetur. / say
this that he may be of good con rage and may not be disturbed;
abibo re eum vldeam neve audlam, / will go aivay that I may
not see or hear him.
EXERCISK. '
Translate into English : —
I. Legatos ad cum miserunt qui diccrent ?ibi esse in animo sine
ullo m.deficio iter per provinciam facere. 2. Caesar litteras nun-
tiosque misit ne eos frumcnto neve alia re iuvarent. 3. Peticrunt ut
concilium lotius (ialliae in certum diem indicere liceret. 4. Oualis
esset natura montis, nuntios qui cognoscerent misit. 5. Nuntios
praemittit qui videant quas in partes hostes iter faciant. 6.
Itaque impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur. 7. Legem
brevem esse oportet quo facilius ab imperitis teneatur. 8. Omnes
milites turn timebant ne ab hoste circumvenirentur. 9. Vercor
ut hoc tibi profuturum sit. 10. Quale praemium ei sit tribu-
tum docebo, quo facilius intellegi i)ossit. ir. Naves vento tene-
bantur quominus in portum redirent. 12. Consulcs videant ne
quid detrimenti respublica capiat. 13. Omnes equites praemisit
qui viderent quas in partes iter caperent.
Translate into Latin : — •
I. Caesar sends forward the soldiers of the tenth legion to seize
the hill. 2. He ordered them not to go out of camp after sunset.
3. He begged him to spare the women and children. 4. He
ordered them to open ijaxare) the ranks that they might the more
easily use their swords. 5. He was afraid that all the soldiers
would desert him. 6. The Romans built forts to keep back the
enemy. 7. They were afraid that they would be defeated. 8. I
tell you this, that you may the more easily understand. 9. I do not
know when they intend to set out. 10. He asked him not to bring
a single soldier with him. 11. He persuaded them to set out
with him. 12. Fearing that he would not be able to withstand
the attack, he sent a despatch to Caesar. 13. He warned him
to avoid all wrong-doing.
AUVEUUIAL CLAUSES OF RESULT.
187
LESSON XCII.
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OP RESULT.
UT CONSECUTIVE.
1. An adverbial clause is often used to express the result of
what is described in the main clause. Such clauses are called
consecutive clauses (cousequor, oi'crtukc^ attain). I'hus, in the
sentence, Such fear mzed all, that the icing iiimsel/Jled^ the clause
introduced by tiiai is a consecutive clause.
2. A consecutive clause is usually introduced by ut with the sub-
junctive (called ut-consecutiTc) : as, Tantua timer omnes occupa-
vit ut rax ipse fugerit, such fear seized all that the hint^' liimselj
Jlcd ; tarn caecus fuit ut me non viderlt, lie was so blind that he
did not see me.
Note I.— The rule for the sequence of tenses (p. 178) docs not
apply in consecutive clauses. Of course the imperfect subjunctive
will be used, but only if the meaning requires it. Thus : Tantus
timer exercitum occupavit ut omnet perturbarentur, such fear
seized the army that all were disturbed (incomplete continuous act).
Note 2. — That. . . .not in a consecutive clause, is not ne (as in a
final clause; p. 183), but ut non ; so, too, ut nemo, ut nuUus,
ut nihii, are used for that no one^ that no^ and that nothing. See
below.
3. Consecutive clauses are used after demonstrative words like
talis, such; tantus, so great; sic, Ita, tam, so; adeo, to such a
degree : as, Talis erat ut nemo ei crederet, he was of such a char-
acter that no one believed him ; tanta vis probitatis est ut eam in
hoste dlligamus, so great is the force of honesty that we love it even
in an cjtemy ; Tarquinlus sic Servium dlligebat ut is elus vulgo
haberetur Alius, Tarquin so loved Servius that the latter was
commonly regarded as his son ; Verres Siciliam per trieunium ita
vexavit ut ea restitui in antiquum statum nullo modo potuerit,
Verres so harried Sicily for three years that it could not in
any way be restored to its original condition; tam improbus fuit
ut nihil eum unquam a scelere revocaverit, he was so wicked that
nothing ever called him away from crime; hoc eum adeo terruit ut
I
3
188
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
vix hodie prodire audeat, this so terrified him that he scarcely
ventures {noiv) to go forth.
QUI CONSECUTIVE.
4. The relative qui (called qui-conscctttii'c) is often used with the
subjunctive to introduce a consecutive clause : as, Non is sum qui
hoc faciain, 1 mn not the otic to do it (qui-ut ego, tluit I).
5. Qui consecutive is used in the followinj^ constructions : —
{(i) With certain indefinite expressions^ like sunt qui {there are
some ivho)^ reperiuntur qui {there are found ivhd)^ nemo est qui
{there is no one 7uho), quis est qui? {who is there who ?)^ nihil est
quod {there is nothing that) : as, Sunt qui putent nihil sibi litteris
opus esse, there are some loho tJiink that they have no need of
literature ; nihil est quod dicere velim, there is nothing tliat I
wish to say.
{b) After dignus {worthy)^ indignus {uniuorthy)^ and idoneus
or aptus (ft) : as, Dignus est qui ametur, he is worthy to be loved
( = he deserves to be).
{c) After quam with a comparative : as, Maior est quam cui
resisti possit, he is too great to be resisted { —greater t/ian to lulioni
it can be resisted).
Note. — Possum, / can, 13 used impersonally, only when joined
with a passive infinitive.
6. Instead of qui non, quin with the subjunctive is often used :
as, Nemo est quin sciat, tiicre is no one who does not know.
So too, after dubito (doubt), nego (detiy), igtioi'o (be ignorant),
when joined witli a ne^^ative or virtual negative,^ that is expressed
by quin (qui ne, how not) : as, Negari non potest quin turpe sit
fidem fallere, it cannot be denied that it is dishonorable to break
one's word; non dubitat quin animus sit immortalis, he does not
doubt that the soul is immortal ; num quis ignorat quin haec vera
slnt? is anyone ignorant that this is the truth ?
Note. — Quis means any after si, nisi, ne, num, quo and quanto.
1 Words like vix, scarcely, and questions that expect the answer No.
n>::
ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF liKSULT.
189
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Temporis tanta fuit exiguitas hostiumqiie tarn paratus ad
dimicandum animus iit non modo ad insignia accommodanda sed
ctiam ad galeas induendas tempus dcfuerit. 2. Flumen Arar in
Rhodanum influit incrcdibili lenitate ita ut oculis in ntram partem
tluat, iudicari non possit. 3. Mandat ut crebros cxploratores in
Suevos mittant quaeque apud eos gerantur cognoscant. 4. Non is
sum qui mortis periculo terrear. 5. Hunc Caesar idoneuni iudica-
verat quem cum mandatis mitteret. 6. Quis servus dignus fuit cui
nostra salus permitteretur? 7. Non tarn sum imperitus rerum ut
hoc non sciam. 8. Sunt qui censeant unil animum et corpus
perire. 9. Quis potest esse tarn aversus a vcro qui hacc neget ?
10. Tanta rerum commutatio est fiicta ut nostri proelium redinteg-
rarent. 1 1. Nequc abest suspicio, ut Helvetii arbitrantur, quin ipse
sibi mortom consciverit. 12. Mons altissimus impendebal ut facile
perpauci nos prohiberc possent. 13. Illae tamen omnes dissen-
sioncs erant eiusmodi quae non ad delendam sed commutandam
rempublicam pertinerent. 14. Hostes plures sunt quam qui aesti-
mari possint.
Translate into Latin : —
I. We were not able to prevent the Belgae from forming a
league with the rest of the Gauls. 2. The enemy endeavored to
hinder us from taking refuge (st^ recipcrc) in our camp. 3. Noth-
ing is so obscure that it cannot be found out by enquiry. 4. There
is no doubt that the Belgae are the bravest of all the Gauls. S-
The storm was so great that no ship could reach the harbor. 6.
He was so diligent that he lost no time in play. 7. What prevents
us from seeing the games to-day ? 8. The river was so deep that
the soldiers were not able to cross it on foot. 9. Men were sent
to pick out a place suitable for the camp. 10. The Romans
fought so fiercely that they easily defeated the forces of the enemy.
11. I do not doubt that you have spoken the truth. 12. There is no
one but believes that he was guilty of treachery. 13. There were
some in the army who were willing to betray their country for gold.
14. Their deeds are too great to be told.
•i^
■A
i\
[ I
1 - i
'I
I,
I:;
V
190
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
XCIII.
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE.
1. A conditional sentence contains (a) a main clause, (d) an ad-
verbial clause stating the condition on which the statement of the
main clause is, or would be, true : as, ///li' says //n's, he is wrong.
The clause containing the condition is called the ?/-clause.
2. The common types of the conditional sentence are as
follows : —
o
(/I
V
3^
O
4-1 (4
3
:?
3
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
Main Clause.
errat,
Ae is 7orong.
erravit,
he was wrong.
errabit.
If-Clause.
(\. Si quis haec dicit,
If anyone says this.
Si quis haec dixit,
If anyone said this,
Si quis haec dicet (or dixerit),
If any one says (literally, shall
say or have said) this.
'3. Si quis haec dicat,
If anyone were to (or should) say
this,
.. Si quis haec diceret,
If anyone were saying this (now),
. Si quis haec dixisset,
he will be wrong.
erret,
he wotild be wrong.
erraret,
he 7uould be icrong.
erravisset,
If anyone had said this (in the past) he would have been 7vrong.
Note. — Instead of the English present, referring to the future (as
in type 2), Latin uses the future, or — if the action of the verb in the
if-clause is over before that of the main verb begins — the future-
perfect.
3. Unless, or if not with the force of unless, in an //-clause, is nisi
or ni : as. Nisi arma sumpsisses, deletus esses, iinlcss you had
taken up arms, you ivould have been destroyed; nisi medicus
adesset, puer moreretur, if the doctor loere not here, the boy would
be dying. But when // not can not be turned into unless^ it is ex-
TIIR CONDITIONAL SENTENCK.
191
pressed by si non : as, Cur mihi noces. si ego tibi non noceo?
w/iy do you liann mi\ if J do not /larm you /
4. A?i}\ after al or nisi, is quia : as, Si quia ita fecerit, poenas
dabit, if anyone docs so, he luill be //////V/tv/ (literally, shall have
done so),
5. Whether. . . ,or, introducing alternative conditions (i. e., with
the force of //.... or if), is > pressed by sive (seu). . . sive (sevi) : as,
Slve adfuisti sive abfuisti, nihil dice, ivJiether you were present or
absent, I say nothing.
Note. — Sive... sive must be carefully distinguished from utnim...
an (p. 177, 5), introducing a dependent double question and used as
the subject or object of a verb : as, Utrum velit an nolit rogo, I ask
whether he is quilling or unwilling.
6. But if, introducing a corrected condition is sin ( = si + ne, if
not); if not \s si minus: as. Si rogas, respondeo ; sin nihil rogas,
taceo if you ask, /answer; hut if you don't ask, I hold my peace;
si haec fecerit, gaudebo; si minus, aequo animo fsram, if he has
done it, I shall be glad; if not, I shall bear it with patience.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Si roges, respondeam. 2. Si quid haberem, darem. 3. Si
Metelli fidei dififisus essem, iudicem eum non retinuissem. 4.
Nomen huius floris si scirdn, eum pluris facerem. 5, Sive bene
sive male facit, odio est. 6. Si ceteris satisfaciat, sibi satisfaciat.
7. Hoc si fecit, non ita acucus fuit. 8. Hoc si sciam, dicere non
audeam, 9. Mihi si tu subvenies, gaudebo ; si minus, non aegre
feram. 10. Nisi auxilio venisses, de nobis actum esset. if. Hoc
si verum est, impetrabis ; sin falsum, noli exspectare. 12. Frater
tuus si adesset, tibi plauderet.
Translate into Latin : —
I. If you had not applauded, he would have been ashamed. 2.
If the harvest is large, the country will be rich. 3. If you should
come to our aid, all would be well ; if not, it will be all over with us.
4. If he were unwilling, we would not go. 5. Whether h.c reads or
writes, he wastes no time. 6. If you were to ask me that, I should
I-
5?'
v.!
105
FIRST LATIN TIOOK.
I:
answer nothing. 7. If they had not detained nie, I should have
been here sooner. 8. If they put this man at the head of the army,
the country will be safe. 9. If you should be willing, ho would be
unwilling. 10. If he had not been a man of courage, he would not
have refused, n. If he leads his anny over the Rhine, it is all
over with them. 12. If anyone should say so, he would not be
listened to by anyone.
LESSON XCIV.
CLASSIFICATION OP CONDITIONAL
SENTENCES.
Exception to the Rules.
1. The common types of the conditional sentence arc easily
learned with a little attention and practice. They are classified as
follows : —
Conditional sentences arc divided into //inr classes :
I. SIMPLE PRESENT AND I'AST CONDITION.S.
This class will be easily recognized when the second and third
classes are known. It includes all conditional sentences in which
nothing is implied as to the fulfilment of the condition. It has the
indicative in both clauses : as, Pecuniam si habet, dat, {/" Ae has
money, he gives it; pecuniam s* habuit, dedit, if he had money, he
gave it.
Note. — Si rarely stands at the head of the sentence. Hence the
common use of quodsi for si at the head of a si-clause.
II. FUTURE CONDITIONS.
This class includes conditional sentences in which the fulfilment
of the condition is referred to the future. Of these there are two
types : —
{(i) Where the condition is regarded as likely to be fulfilled :
as, Pecuniam si habebit, dabit, if he has (old P^nglish, shall have)
money, he ivill give it.
%
CLAHSIFICATION OF CONPITIOXAL SKNTKNfES.
\<X\
Here the fut, iir^lic. is used in both clauses. Hut the fut. peif. is
used in tlie //"-clause when the .iction of the veil) of that clause
is to be represented as over before that of the main verb begins:
as, Hoc si feceiit, morletur, // he docs tliis^ he shall die (liter.illy,
shall htri'e done).
(b) Where the condition is regarded as unlikely to be fulfilled.
Such sentences have in English loottld or should in the main
clause : as, Pecuniam si laabeat, det, if he should have monc)\ he
would give it.
Here thr present subjunctive is used in both clauses.
in. coNDrrrOxNs coxirarv to fact.
This class includes all conditional sentences in which the con-
dition is represented as not fulfilled. (Jf these also there are two
types : —
{a) Where the condition is referred to the present. These have
in English the word //c^?t/ (expressed or understood) in both clauses :
as, Pecuniam si haberet, daret, //" he had money (now), he would
i^ive ii.
Here the imperfect subjunctive is used in both clauses.
iyh) Where the condition is referred to the past. This type has
in English would have in the main clause : as, Pecuniam si habu-
isset, dedisset, if he had had money ^ he would have given il.
Here the pluperfect subjunctive is used in both clauses.
Note I. — In sentences of Class III., the if-clausc may refer to the
past, while the main clause refers to the prcsciu, or vice versa:
as, Illi Bi liaec fecissent, viverent, if t/uy had done thisy they would
now be alive.
Note 2. — The first type of Class 111. is also used of past time to
e\\iro.s<r, continuous aetiofi : as, Haec si sentirent, sapientes essent,
if they had held these views, they would have been wise.
2. One important exception to the regular rules for conditional
sentences must be noted. It is as follows : —
The indicative, and not the suhjuncti-t'c, is used in the main
clause of the conditional sentence when the verb of that clause is —
13
fca*"**
RBSB
91
I-'IHST LATIN HOOK.
{(i) 111 tlu' i>cri[)hraslic conjiig.tlion active or passive (p. 172, 174).
{fi) Possum, /i,i//: debeo, / oui^^ht ; oportet, /"/ is needful:
as, Ni litteras ralsisset, ugros rellcturl erant, // he had not sent the
letter, they icoit/d hai'C left their lands ; consilia si processissent,
Interflciendus fult, //' the f)liins had sueeeeded, he i^uutld hax'e been
put t(i death ; totvis exercitus deleri potuit, si persecuti essent
victores, the ivhole army might have been destroyed, if the victors
liad followed up.
3. ^^rovided that is expressed by dum, by m6do, or by dummodo,
all with the subjunctive (with ne for non in nej^ative clauses) : as,
Oderint dvim inetuant, let them hate provided that they fear ;
veniant dum ne maneaiit, let them come, provided Unit they do not
remain.
EXKRCMSK.
Translate into Knglish : —
I. Iterum si exi)eriri volunt, ej;o iteruni paratus sum decertare.
2. Catilina si in urbe niansissct, nuncjuani nos renipublicam liber-
avissenuis. 3. Ilclvctii si AUobro^ibus satisfaciant, paceni cum iis
faciam. 4. Scrvi mei si me metuercnt, domum meam relint|uendam
esse |)utarem. 5. IManont inycnia senibus, modo permancat
industria. 6. ATagno me metu liberabis, dununodo inter me at(|uc
te murus intersit. 7. Haec si tecum patria loquatur, impetrarc
debet, 8. Multi omnia recta atcjue honesta negligunt, dummodo
potentiam consequantur. 9. Si certior factus essem in quo j)ericul()
esses, ad te advolassem, 10. Galli aecjuo animo omnes belli pati
untur iniurias, dummodo repellant pcriculum servitutis. 11. Neque
hostem sustinere pi)tcrant, ni cohortes se obiecissent. 12. Nisi
discedes, ego te hostem habcbo. 13. Si te interfecero, ego g. .ciam
multis faciam.
Translate into Latin : —
I. I shall carry on war against the Gauls, provided I can collect
two legions. 2. If you should conquer the enemy in battle, they
would not obey you. 3. If that consul wore living, he would keep
otTthe attack of this enemy. 4. The power of Karthage would not
have fallen so easily, if we had not conquered her with our fleet.
5. Provided he does not carry on war against that state, we will aid
him with all our forces. 6. If he had been here, he would have
4
COMPAUATIVK AND CONCKSSI VH CLAUSES.
ion
lielpetl me. 7. If llioy inak(! .111 .ittack ih»(>m this town, tliey will
lake it. 8. If you do not xi\e up the hostaj^es, I shall regard \<>u
as enemies, y. I'rovided jou ward off this danyir, we shall consider
you a friend. 10. If you had wished lo lake this town, you should
have collected more forces. 11. The man would have tlied, if we
iiad not aided him. 12. If the rest were killed, would you escape .''
(use net. pcriphr. conjui;;ation.) 13. If he had been the same as
before, I could have touched his heart.
LKSSON XCV.
COMPARATIVE AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.
1. A comparative adverbial clause expresses agreement (or the
opposite) with the statement of the main clause : as, Ut seraentera
fec^ria, ita m6te&, yon shall reap according as you do (lit., shall
have done) your seeding.
Here the clause introduced by ut is an adverbial comparative
clause.
2. Comparative clauses fall into two classes : —
(a) Where the comparison is stated as a fact: as, Omnia,
sicut acta sunt, ruemoravit, lie has narrated c%'ery thing just as it
IV as done. •
(b) Where the comparison is stated as a mere supposition:
as, Horiores petunt quasi honeate vixerint, they seek oJ/icCy as ij
they have lived honorably ( = while they have not).
The first class takes the indicative ; the second, the subjunctive.
3. The following are the common comparative conjunctions th.at
are usually joined with the subjunctive : Tanquam, or tanquam si,
quasi, velut, or velut si, as if : as, Tanquam hoc difficile sit, as if
this loere hard ; velut si Asia sit clausa, sic nihil perfertur ad noa
just as if Asia were closed., no news reaches us.
4. The English the . . . .the with two comparatives, is expressed in
Latin in two ways :- -
(a) Byquo. ..eo (or quanto... tanto) with two comparatives:
as. Quo (or quanto) quisque est melior, eo (or tanto ) difflcilius
106
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
'.i I
Buspicatur, the better a man is^ the more difficulty he has in sus-
perti/iif.
(h) r.y ut quisque. ...ita with two siiporlatives : as, Ut quisque
vlr optimus est, ita diflBcillime auspicatur, the better a- tnan is^ iicc.
Note. This might also be translated : In proportion to a maris
goodness^ &c., or, J n proportion as a man is good^ &c.
CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.
5. Concessive adverbial clauses arc those that make some con-
cession, in spite of which the statement of the main clause is true.
They arc usually introduced in English by although : as, Eomani.
quamquam proelio fessi erant, tamen procedunt, the Romans,
although they were "weary luith fightings nevertheless advance.
6. Concessive clauses, when they state a /'act^ take the indica-
tive ; %vhen they state a supposition^ the subjunctive : as, Caesar,
quamquam nondura eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen suspica
batur, though Caesar had not as yet discovered their plans^ he
nevertJieless ivas suspicious; etsl falso in suspicionem venisses,
tamen mihi ignoscere debuis'ti, although you had been falsely sus-
pectedy still you should have pardoned me (in suspicionem venire
= the passive of svispicor, / suspect).
7. The following are the common concessive conjunctions, and
the moods with which they are used : Quamquam (though), and utut
(hozaei'er), with indicative ; licet, quamvis (lit., as you wish), ut,
quum (all meaning although\ with subjunctive; etsi, etiamsi,
tametsi {although, even if) — all compounds of si, and following the
same rules for mood.
Note. - Quamvis is also used as an adverb : as, Ille, quamvis
facetus, odio est, he, Jiowever witty, is hated (or whatever his wit) ;
(odio esse, fo be for an object of hate, is the passive of odi, / hate).
8. The relative qui with the subjunctive is often used conces-
sively. It is called qui concessive: as, Caesar, qui haec videret,
tamen aciem instruxit, though Caesar saw this, still he drew up
his line.
CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.
197
a man s
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I, Etsi maturae sunt hicmes, tamen in Britanniam contendit.
2. Quamquam crebro audiebat Labienum ab inimicis suis soUici-
tari, tamen non credidit. 3. Senectus, quamvis non sit gravis,
tamen aufert viriditatem. 4. Quaniqunm premebantur, tamen
omnia fortissimo sustincbant animo. 5. Nonne impetrare debcnt,
etiamsi adhiberi vim non possit? 6. Quamquam Gevmanosdiutius
in Gallia versari Galli voluerant, tamen populi Romani cxercitum
hiemare in Gallia moleste ferebant. 7. Non igitur potestas est
conservandae reipublicae, quamvis ea prcmatur pcriculo, 8. Han-
nibal, ex quo die dux est declaratus, velut Italia sibi provincia
decreta esset, nobis inferrebellum statuit. 9. Ilia supcriora, quam-
quam fercnda non fuerunt, tamen, ut potui, tuli. 10. Quanto erat
in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae ad Caesarem
mittebantur. 11. Ut meritus est, ita poenam pcrsolvit. 12.
Senatum metus cepit velut si ad poitas hostes essent. 13. Caesar,
etsi prope exacta aestas erat, tamen eo exercitum duxit. 14. Tibi
adero ego, licet amicus tuus absit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Though the Germans were of great bravery, still they were
often defeated by the Romans in battle, 2. All the citizens were
terrified just as though the enemy were-at ((k/cssc) the gates. 3.
The battle was fought as the general had directed. 4. Whatever
is disgraceful, even though it may be concealed, can in no way be
honorable. 5. Life, however short, can always be useful. 6.
You speak as though the enemy would conquer. 7. Though
ambition is a vice, it is often the cause of virtues. 8. Though the
summer had ended, Caesar collected a large number of ships. 9.
The bolder the Romans were, the more timid the enemy became.
10. Though their general did not conquer me, still his valor' must
be praised. 11. Though Caesar had only one legion, still he
hastened to set out. 12. He acted otherwise than {alitcr quam) he
ought to have done. J 3. Though they were the bravest in (iaul,
they were not equal to the Romans in valor.
I i
i:
1 i
198 FIRST LATIN HOOK.
LESSON XCVI.
CAUSAL CLAUSES. -QUOD, QUIA. QUONIAM
(BECAUSE).
1. Causal adverbial clauses state the cause or reason for the fact
mentioned in the main clause. In En^dish they are usually in-
troduced by because : as, Tacent quia periculum metuunt, t/icy are
si lent because t hey fear danger.
2. Causal clauses are usually introduced by quod, quia, because^
or quoniam r quum iam, since now)^ seeing ili<tt.
They are followed by the indicative when the reason they intro-
duce is given on the speaker's own authority ; they are followed by
the subjunctive when the reason they introduce is given on the
authority of another : as, Patria expulsus est quia iustus erat, he
was banished because he was just {esset \\o\\\(\ mean that this was
tlie reason usually given, ftir the truth of which, however, the
speaker would not vouch) ; Socrates accusatus eat quod corrum-
peret inventutem, Socrates 7c>as accused because (as rcas alleged')
he wa^ corrupting the young men (corrumpebat would mean that
the speaker vouched for the truth of the charge).
Note. — This quod is common after queror {complain), laudo
{praise\ gaudeo {be glad), doleo {be sorry).
3. Quum (cum), in the sense of since, is often used to introduce a
causal clause : as, Haec quum ita sint, abibo, as this is so, I will
go away.
4. The relative qui (called qui causal) is often used with the sub-
junctive to introduce a causal clause : as, PecS-sse videor qui a
te disceaserim, // seems I have done wrong, i/iasmuch as I have
parted from you (peccasse^peccayisse).
Note, — In this sense, qui is often strengthened by the addition of
quippe or utpote, indeed, as being: as, Multa de me questus est
quippe qui in me incensus est, Jie complained at length of me, inas-
.much as he had been exasperated against me.
CAUSAL CLAUSES.
199
5. Qui causal is very commonly found after exclamations : as,
Me miaerum, qui haec fecerlm, wretch that I am for doing this I
Note. —The accusative case is often used in exclamations. It is
called the accusative of exclamation.
6. Non quod, or non quo. with the subjunctive, is often used to
introduce a rej(!Ctcd reason : as, Hoc laudo non quod honestum
ait, sed quod utile eat. / />raise this, not because it is honorable but
because it is expedient ; de consilio meo non scrlpsl. non quo eel-
andum eaaet sed quia, &c. , / did not write you about my plan , not
because it required to be concealed but because, iSic. So too : non
quin, not hut 'hat : as, iVon qvxin me araes sed quod abire cuplo,
not but that you love me, hut because I am anxious to go.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Acdui, cum se defcndere non possent, Icgatos ad Cacsarem
mittunt. 2. Quae cum ita sint, vestra tccta dcfrndite. 3. Itaquc
quoniam ipse pro se dicere non posset, verba facit frater eius. 4.
() terram beatam, quae huno virum cxcepcrit. 5. Aedui legates
miserunt qucstum quod Harudes agros suos popularcntur. 6.
Quoniam iam nox est, in vestra tecta discedite. 7. O praeclarum
diem, cum in illud divinorum animorum concilium proficiscar. 8.
Caesar /\cduos frumentum tlagitaliat quod magnfi inojiifi urgeba-
tur. 9. Quoniam supplicatio dccrcta est, celebrate illos dies. 10.
Nonne Aristides expulsus est patria, quod iustus esset ? 11. Romani
quia consules ad id tempus prospere gererent, minus his cladibus
commovebantur. i:. Quoniam res ita se habet, in urhem rede-
amus. 13. Succensco tibi, quia lucrum amicitiae antcposuisti.
Translate into Latin : —
I. It is a very easy matter, since we surpass all in valor, to obtain
the sovereignty of all (iaul. 2. Since they were not able to with-
stand our attack, they betook themselves to the baggage and the
waggons. 3. O wretched \\\a\\ I inasmuch as you have been ex-
pelled from your native land by ungrateful citizens. 4. The
Helvetii sent ambassadors to him, since they knew that he had
crossed the river with all his forces. 5. The soldiers were glad
because they had retaken the camp which they had lost a ic\s days
I
(
200
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
before. 6. They rejoiced because they were going to assault a
town in which there was so large an amount of booty. 7. Since
they had no hope that the city could be defended, they resolved t«»
withdraw into the citadel. 8. He was always very poor though he
might have been (use //aV) very rich. 9. The soldiers were com-
pelled to leave their baggage on this side of the river, because the
enemy were following them. 10. Since we must advance against
the enemy, arouse your courage, comrades. 11. The Helvctii
sent ambassadors to say that they would come to the council on
the next day. 12. O ! wretched man, since you have lost the
opportunity of saving the state. 13. Since this is so, let us arm
ourselves against the enemy.
1
LESSON XCVII.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES.
Postquam. Dum. Priusquam.
1. Temporal adverbial clauses define the time of the action of
the main verb : as, Haec feci dum potui, / did this while I could.
Here the clause dum potui is temporal, limiting the main verb
feci.
POSTQUAM.
2. Temporal conjunctions meaning after that^ like postquam,
simul, simul ac (or, before a vowel, atque), ubi, ut (primum), quum
primum, are followed by the indicative : as, Simul atque haec
audivit, abiit, after he had heard this., he went away.
Note. — The perfect is used after these conjunctions for the
English pluperfect.
Postquam id animadvertit, copias suas Caesar in proximum col-
lem aubducit, after he had noticed this^ Caesar withdraws his forces
to the nearest hill; ubi se paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida in-
cendunt, %vhen they thought they were ready .^ they set fire to the
towns J ea res ut Helvetiis nuntiata est, eum causam dicere
coegerunt, wJien this fact was reported to the Helvctii, they com-
pelled him to plead his cause; nostri, simul in arido constiterunt,
TEMl'OKAL CLAUMKS.
201
Impetum fecerunt, our incn^ as soon as they liuti set foot on dry
land^ innde an attaek.
DUM.
3. Temporal conjunctions nieaiiin}^^ "a'hile or ///////, like dura, donee,
quoad, take the indicative when tlu-y moan u</tt7e, ds lon^ ds :'
as, Dum ea Romani parant, lam oppldum oppugnubatur, while the
Romans were making these preparations^ the town was already
being besieged.
Note. — When the time expressed by the dum-clause includes
the time of the action of the main verb, the present tense is used
in Latin instead of the English past.
4. Dum, donee, quoad, moaning^ until, take the indicative when
used to express time alone : as, Roc feci dura raihi llcuit, / did
this as long as it was allowed me ; dura rediit Marcellus, silent-
lum fuit, there 7i>as silence until Marcellus returned; Mile in
senatu fuit eo die quoad senatua diraiasua est, Milo was in the
senate on that day, until the senate was dismissed.
But when they express some further idea of purpose or expecta-
tion, they require the subjunctive : as, Dura navea convenirent
exspectavit. he waited till the ships should assemble (i.e., /// order
that they might assemble) ; diflferant dum ira defervescat, let them
put off till their anger cools (i.e., tn order that their anger may
cool ; irapetum hoatiura suatinuit quoad ceteri pontera inter-
rumperent, he withstood the attack of the enemy till the rest should
bnuk down the bridge (i.e., that they might break down the bridge.)
PRIUSQUAM.
5. Temporal conjunctions meaning before that, like priusquara
and antequam, take the indicative when they mark simple priority
in time : as, Priuaquam lucet adaunt, they are here before it is
light; fllioa convocavit antequam mortuus eat, he called together
his sons before he died.
They take the subjunctive, however, when used to express some
further idea of /;//^////Vj« or of ?i. prevented result: as, Priuaquam
pugnaretur nox intervenit, night came on before the battle was
fought (result prevented) ; priuaquam ae hoatea ex terrore reciper-
202
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
! J Is
I n :i;
ent, in fines eorum exercitum duxit, before the army recovered from
their panic, he led his artny into their territory (intention).
Note. — Antequam and priasquam arc often written in two words:
as, Ante rorat quam pluit, // drops before it rains.
6. For dum, meixnm^g provided that, see page 194, 3.
Exercise.
Give the principal parts of : video, iubeo, <luco, interflcio, moror,
desisto.
Translate into English : —
I. Obsidio per paucos dies niagis (|ii iin oppugnatio fiiit, dum
vulnus ducis curarctur. 2. Antcciiiani huic respondebo, de me
pauca dicam. 3. PLxspectate dinn consul fiat. 4. Ut eqiiitatum
suum pulsum vidit, acie excessit. 5. Simul ac signa nostra vider-
unt, portas aperuerunt. 6. Priusc|uam quidquani conarctur, Uivi-
tiacum ad se vocari iubet. 7. Antequam de meo adventu audire
potuissent, in Macedonian! perveni. 8. Postquam copias hostium
venire vidit, flumen exercitum transducere maturavit. 9. Dum ea
geruntur, ii qui pro portis castrorum erant, Caesari id nuntiaverunt
10. Ipse intcrca, quoad legiones collocatas cognovisset, in. Gallia
morari constituit. i i. Non ante finitum est proelium quam ille
interfectus est. 12. Dum rcli(|uac naves co convenirent exspectavit.
13. Nee prius fugere destitcruiU c|uam ad flumen Rhenum pcrven-
erunt. 14. Ipse, equo vulnerato, quoad potuit, fortissime restitit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. When the Helvetii had been informed of his arrival, they sent
ambassadors to him. 2. After he had learned these facts, he con-
voked an assembly. 3. As soon as they had recovered from \.\v\r
flight, they sent envoys concerning peace. 4. In order that he
might learn these things before he made the attempt, he sent
forward his lieutenant with a ship of war. 5. While he was de-
laying a few days near Vesontio, a panic seized the army. 6.
They begged Caesar to send them aid before the king should
collect a force. 7. The ambassador did not depart until he had
seen us embark. 8. Every thing was done before he reached Italy.
9. Nor did \\a cease the pursuit (say make an end of pursuing) until
they reached their ships. 10. Ijefore I return to Rome, I shall go
TEMPORAL CLAUSES.
203
to Athens, ii. He came to our camp before the Germans could
learn what was being done. 12. Nor were they sure till we were
close to their camp. 13. He was not deterred l)y fear of punish-
ment from speaking the truth.
3, moror,
LESSON XCVITI.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES -( Continued).
Syntax of Quum ("when, since).
1. Quum (cum) causal {i.e., meaning .since), as has been shown
(p. 198, 4), retjuircs the subjunctive : as, Quae quum ita.sint, Catilina,
perge quo coepisti, as this is so, Catiline, go on^as you have begun.
2. Quum simply expressing contem])oraneous time (called quum
temporal) iAkiis the indicative : as, Quum Caesar in Galliam venit,
alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, "u'he/i Caesar came into
Cinul, the Aedui loere the leaders of the one party ; quum verba
faciunt, maiores extollunt, ivJien they speak they extol their a/ic'es-
tors ; nondum profectus erat quum haec gerebantur, he had not
yet departed udien these things luere taking place.
In these sentences, quum is a relative adverb corresponding to a
suppressed correlative turn in the main clause.
3. Hut when used with the imperfect or pluperfect tense, quum
usually takes the subjunctive, even when no idea of cause is
implied : as, Decessit Agesilaus quum in portum venisset, Age-
silaus died when he had entered the harbor.
Note. — Quum with the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive, is a
common substitute for the peif. part, active, which is wanting in
Latin : as, Quum haec dixisaet, abiit, ha'7'ing spoken these words,
he departed. There are, therefore, four substitutes for the perf.
part, active : —
204
FIRST LATIW BOOK.
P i
I
M
(a) Quum + imperf. or pluperf. (/>) Postquam + perf. indie,
subj.
(c) The ablative absolute. (d) The perf. part, of a synony-
mous deponent.
Thus : Having spoken these words, is : —
(a) Quum haeo dixisset. (b) Postquam haec dixit.
(c) His dictis ( = these things (d) Haec locutus.
said).
4. Quum is often used for quoties, as often as, luhcnever :
as, Quum impetum fecerant, hostes cedere cogebantur, ^^.'henever
they made a charge, the enemy were forced to retire; quum rosam
vidl, tum ver esse arbitror, whenever I see the rose^ then I judge
that it is spring.
Note.— In this sense, quum takes the perfect for the English
present, and the pluperfect for the English past.
5. Qaum with the subjunctive, sometimes has a concessive
force, meaning a/though : as, Pylades quum sis, dices te osse
Orestem, though you are Pylades, you will say you are Orestes.
Note. — This meaning of quum may be used to translate the
English instead of : as, Quum dicere deberet, conticuit, instead (f
speaking, he held his peace (literally, when he ought to have spoken).
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Caesari quum id nuntiatum esset, maturat ab urbe proficisci
2. Helvetii quum de eius adventu certiores facti sunt, legatos ad
eum mittunt. 3. Num dubium est utrum casu an consilio factus
sit mundus."* 4. Aedui quum se suaque ab iis defendere non
possent, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum auxilium. 5. Diu
quum esset pugnatum, hostium impedimentis castrisque nostri
potiti sunt. 6. Caesar iussit eos speculari num hostes ex castris
exirent. 7. (2ui quum eum in itinere convenissent, seque ad pedes
projecissent, pacem petierunt. 8. Pueri utrum legant an scribant
nescio. 9. Haec quum animadvertisset, convocato concilio, vehe-
INDIRECT (or oblique) NARRATION.
205
menter eos incusat. lo. Utrum legat necne nescio. ii. Quum
civitas armis ius suuni exsequi conaretur, Orgetorix mortuus est.
12. Haec quum flens a Caesare peteret, Caesar eius dextram
prendit. 13. Eo postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides, anna, servos,
poposcit.
Translate into Latin : —
I. When he had enquired of (ex) the scouts what tribes were in
arms, he learned the truth. 2. When Caesar came to those towns,
he demanded arms and hostages of them. 3. When the ships
were approaching Britain, a violent storm arose. 4. As soon as
they recovered from their dismay, they sent envoys to-sue-for (de)
peace. 5. When the enemy were advancing on our camp, our
soldiers made a sally. 6. Scipio, fearing (/>/. part.) that he would
lose the town, led out his soldiers in battle array. 7. \\ hen I was
trying to expel him from the city, I had another object in view (use
aliiid agcrt\ drive at anotJicr t/ihig). 8. He asked whether Caesar
came to the Senate on that day or not. 9. I asked him whether he
lived at Rome or Athens. 10. It is a question (quaeritur) whether
there is one world or more. 11. While the Senate was preparing
to make war on Caesar, he marched unexpectedly against them.
12. Since this is so, I shall wait till you come. 13. Caesar having
perceived that the enemy were near, led his forces to the near-
est hill.
LESSON XCIX.
INDIRECT (OR OBLIQUE) NARRATION.
1. A statement depending on a verb of saying, thinkings per-
ceiving., knowing^ or the like, is said to be in indirect or oblique
narration.
Thus, in Dixit se civem Bomanum esse, he said that he was a
Rflma?i eitizcn.1 the words se civem Romanum e»=de are in indirect
narration. '1 he actual words used were, Civis Romanus sum, /
am a Roman citizen; these are said to be in direct narration.
'The term ohlinne narration is sometimes litnited so as to apply only to reported
Breeches. It is more convenient to use it in the wider sense.
200
l-'IKST LATIN T.OOK.
i\ i !
2. The main veil) of direct narration becomes inlinitive in
indirect narration, and the subject of direct narration becomes
accusative before the inlinitive (p. 109). The tense of the infinitive
will be present, perfect, or future, according as the tense of the
actual words was present, perfect, or future. Thus : —
Direct.
Civis Romanus sum.
J am a Roman citizen.
Civis Romanus ero.
/ shall be a Roman citizen.
Civis Romanus eram(or fui).
Indirect.
Dixit se civem Romanum esse.
He said that he was a Roman citizen.
Dixit se civem Romanum fu-
turum esse (or fore.)
He said thai he should be a Roman
citizen.
Romanum
Dixit se civem
fuisse.
/ was (or have been) a Roman citizen. He said that he zvas (or had been) a
Roman citizen.
Note. — After verbs meaning to hope ox promise, the future infini-
tive is used instead of the English present infinitive : as, Promisit
se ventuinim esse, he promised to come.
3. To determine the tense of the infinitive in indirect narration,
it is best to find the tense of the main verb in direct narration ;
the tense of th<' main %erh in direct narration is the tense of the injin-
itiTc in indirect narration. Thus, in Caesar said that he had
written^ the direct narration is / ha7>e written, sciipsi; the in-
direct, therefore, is Caesar dixit se scripsisse; he said that he was
an orator^ dixit se oratorem esse (direct = orator sum).
Note. — Pronouns of the ist or 2i\d person become pronouns of
the 3rd person in reporting speeche, in indirect narration.
4. All adjectival and adverbial jlauses in indirect narration must
have the subjunctive : as. Dixit se eos quos cepisset domum
misisse, he said that he had sent home those whom he had taken
(direct — eos quos cepi domum misi, J have sent home those whom
I have taken) ; dixit se, quoties potuisset, rediisse he said that he
had returned as often as he could (direct = redii quoties potui, /
ha7)e returned as often as 1 could).
Note I. — In accordance with the rule for \.\\q sequence of tenses
INDrilRCT (or ohmquk) naukation.
207
(p. 1 78), tlio veil) of the dopciulont adjcrtival or udvcihial clause
will l)e in the inijif. or pliipf. subjunctive in indirect narration after
a secondary tense.
Note 2. — A subordinate clause, when inserted in a passage in
indirect narration on the authority of the writer or reporter, takes
the indicative : as, Certior factus est id agi ut pons, quern ille in
Hellesponto fecerat, dissolveretur, he icas infoynicd thut this 7>.'as
intended^ i.e., to hnuik* down the bridge which ht (Xerxes) had
built over the Hellespont (here the clause quern . . . fecerat has the
indicative, because the writer vouches for the truth of the statement
himself). (Note. — Id agere-^/t^ aim at this).
5. The imperative of direct narration is put in the subjunctive in
indirect narration (after a secondary tense, in the impf . subjunctive) :
as, Ne cunctarentur, let them not delay {lie .y^ziV/) (direct = ne cuncta-
mini, do not delay).
6. (Questions that expect an answer are put in the subjunctive in
indirect narration ; rhetorical questions (exclamations and appeals),
ill the infinitive : as, (Scripsit) quid de praeda faciendum esse
censerent? {he wrote) what did they think should be done with
regard to the booty ? (direct = quid. . . .censetis? 7i'hat do you thinkf)j
quid esse turpius? cur eos dubitare? what was more dishonor-
able/ why did they lie sit, it e ? (direct -quid est turpius? cur dubi-
tatis ? "cuhat is more dishonorable ? why do you hesitate ?)
7. A fut. -perf. indicative in a dependent clause in direct narration,
becomes, in indirect, perf subjun. after a primary tense and pluperf.
subjun. after a secondary : as, Dicit eum qui id fecerit, poenas
daturum esse, he says that the one who does (literally, shall have
done) this, shall be punished ; dicit eum qui id fecisset, . poenas
daturum esse, he said that the one who did that, should be pi' nished.
8. Oblique narration is often suddenly introduced into the
narrative by the historians, without the governing verb of saying
being expressed : as, Regxilus reddi captives negavit esse utile :
illos enim bones duces esse, Regulus denied that it was expedient
that the captives should be restored : that they were good leaders.
208
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
m
9. I say . . . .not, in Latin is nego. which, owing to the tendency
in Latin to put the negative forward in the sentence, is usually put
first : as Negabat se praemiuna ullum accepturum, /ic said that
he would not accept any re^vard. (Note. — Esse with a participle is
often dropped in indirect narration).
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Omnia quae iussissent parata esse scripsit. 2. Nihil temere
esse agendum existimabant ; quid cnim levius esse quam, auctorc
hoste, capere consilium.'' 3. Eos cur tam sero venissent rogavit :
quam diu eos servituros esse ? 4. ! ixit se domum eos quibus pepcr-
cisset dimisissc. 5. Dixit iis qui philosophiam vituperarent, satis
responsum esse. 6. Negabant se eos, qui semper paravissent sedi-
tionem, coercere posse. 7. Num dixit se mansurum esse dum iin-
perator advcniret? 8. Ncgabat se scire quo verteretur. 9. Clamavit
se quantum potuisset, eius praecepta observaturum ; fidem praesta-
ret. 10. Caesar certior factus est ex ea parte, quam Gallis conces-
serat, omnes noctu disccssisse. 1 1. Nuntiatum est eos omnia facere
quae vellet. 12. Negavit caecos videre.
Translate into Latin (using oblique narration') : —
I. He said that he had given them the books they asked for. 2.
He wrote that the camp they had fortified was three miles from Rome.
3. Let them remember, he said, what lie had told them. 4. Let
them not forget the kindness they had received. When would
they see such friends again? 5. 1 et them n«t accept favors from
an enemy. 6, Had they not enjoyed peace under Caesar's rule ?
7. He said that he had not sold his house ? 8. He said that his
house had been sold for as much as he gave for it. 9. Why did
they live, he said, when they could not maintain their freedom .' 10.
They said that he used to groan as often as he saw his son (p.
204, 4). 1 1. Do not think I am angry with those I love. 12. I was
told that he used to say that life was very short.
t)lKKCT ISTO OBLIQUE NARRATION.
209
LESSON C.
SUMMARY OF RULES FOR TURNING DIRECT
INTO OBLIQUE NARRATION.
The Conditional Sentence in Oblique Narration.
1. The following is a summary of the rules already given for
turning direct into oblique narration : —
(i) The main verb of direct narration becomes infinitive in in-
direct narration.
(2) All adjectival and adverbial clauses take the subjunctive in
indirect narration.
(3) Pronouns of the ist and 2nd person usually become pronouns
of the 3rd person. I'^-g- '• —
ego, nos become se
meus, noster " suus
tu, vos " ille, illi
tuus, vester " illi vis, illorum
hie, iste " ille, is
(4) Adverbs oi present time become (after a secondary tense)
adverbs of past time. E.g. : —
nunc becomes iam, tunc,
heri (yesterday) " pridie (the day before).
tiO^XQ (to-day) " \\\o 6:\Q (that day),
cvs,s (to- iJiorrorv) " T^ostridie ( next day ).
So : — hie {lior) becomes ibi {there).
(5) Imperatives become subjunctives (usually imperf. subjunc-
tives).
(6) Rhetorical questions are expressed by the accusative and
infinitive ; questions that expect an answer, by the subjunctive.
(7) A future-perfect used in a dependent clause for the English
present, becomes perfect subjunctive after a primary, and pluperfect
subjunctive after a secondary tense.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE IN OBLIQUE NARRATION.
2. These rules may now be applied to turning the common types
of the conditional sentence into oblique narration. The verb of
14
I ;^-
'■\ 1
210
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
the main clause becomes acr. ^oith inf.^ and the verb of the{/"-clausfi
subjunctive^ as follows : —
Direct. Obmque.
I . Pecuniam si habet, dat, becomes Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat,
dare,
If he has moiuy, he ^t^ives it.
Pecuniam ^3i habuit, dedit
(or dabat),
IJ lie liad money, /le gave it,
2. (a) Pecuniam si habebit (or ha-
buerit), dabit,
If he has money, heioillgivcit.
{b) Pecuniam si habeat, det,
If he should h(i7>e money, he
7vauld give it.
3. (a) Pecuniam si haberet, daret,
If he had money ( no7v), he would
give it.
{!)) Pecuniam si habuisset, de-
disset.
If he liad Jiad money, he would
have given it.
He says that if he has money, he
gives it.
Dicit se, si pecuniam habu-
erit, dedisse,
He says that if he had money,
he gave it.
Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat
(or habuerit), daturum
esse,
He says that if he lias money,
he 7vill give it.
Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat,
daturum esse,
He says thai if lie should hair
money, he would give it.
Dicit se, si pecuniam ha-
beret, daturum fuisse,
He says that if he had money
{n<nc>),- he would give it.
Dicit se, si pecuniam habu-
isset, datxirum fuisse.
He says tiiat if he had had
pioney, he -would have given
it.
Note I. — The future {habebit)^ in the z/'-clause of direct narration
becomes present subjunctive {habeat) in the indirect after a primary
tense.
Note 2.— The present subjunctive {iief), in the main clause
becomes future infinitive {tiaturum esse) in indirect narration.
Note 3. — The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive in the main
clause {daret and dedisset), are expressed in indirect narration by
the future participle and fuisse {daturum fuisse, i.e., to have been
about to give).
3> After a secondary tense the verb of the if-clause is changed
DIUKCT INTO OBLIQUK NAKKATION.
211
nas money,
am habeat,
in accordance with the rule for the set|uence of tenses (p. 178).
Thus : —
DlKKCr. OKLIgUE.
1. SI pecuniam habet. dat, becomes Dixit se, si peciiniam
haberet, dare.
Si pecuniam habult, dedit *•
or dabat),
2. {li) Si pecuniam habebit (or "
habuerit), dabit,
{J)) Si pecuniam habeat, det,
ill) Si
pecuniam
daret,
haberet,
(/') Si pecuniam habuiaset,
dedisset,
Dixit se, si pecuniam
habuisset, dedisae.
Dixit se, si pecuniam
haberet (or habuis-
set), daturum ease.
Dixit se, si pecuniam
haberet, datiirum
esse.
Dixit se, si pecuniam
haberet, daturum
fuisse.
Dixit se, si pecuniam
habuisset, daturum
fuisse.
Note.— The future-perfect in the //-chiuse of direct narration,
becomes phiperfect subjunctive in oliU'iue.
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Dicit se, si illi id fecerint, gratiaui habiturum esse. 2. Pro-
misit se, si adesset, locuturum esse. 3. Dixit cum, si adesset,
aliter sensurum esse. 4. Negavit se, si Metelli tidei diffisus esset,
iudicem eum retenturum fuisse. 5. Negavit se, si ille id rogavis-
set, rcsponsurum fuisse. 6. Dixit eos, si sibi parerent, urbem
captures esse. 7. Dicebant eum, si sapientior esset, meliorem fore
(futurum esse). 8. Quid diceret Cicero, si viveret 1 9. Imperatori
si paruissct, viveret. 10. lixitcum, si imperatori paruisset, vic-
turum fuisse. 11. Kegabat se, nisi vidisset, crediturum fuisse.
12. Dixit se eos, si conarentur, prohibiturum esse.
Translate into Latin : —
I. They said that if Caesar came, it would be all over with their
army. 2. It is clear that if Nero had lived, they would have made
war on Rome. 3. He answered that unless they withdrew then, he
would regard them as enemies. 4. He told them that if they wished
to enjoy peace, he must be obeyed. 5. They said that it was of no
II
212
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
importance to them whether he stayed or went. 6. They asked if
the man had j^one to Koine. 7. It was clear that if he did it, he
would he punished. 8. They said that if he were there, he wouhi
help them. 9. Whether you remain or go, you will be punished,
10. Don't you think that if he were Ihmc, all would be well? 11.
O ! that I had seen what I ouj^ht to do. 12. He said that if he
were general, he would give no quarter {ws^ parco).
LESSON CI.
OBLIQUE ^K^'RNY10'^~( Continued).
The rules given in the last lesson may be applied to turning pas-
sages from Caesar or Livy from direct into indirect narration, or
vice versa., as is done in the followin,; passages : —
A.
Hclvetiatt Envoys
Direct.
Si pacem populus Romanus
cum Helvetiis faci^/, in eam
partem xbiint atque ibi eru?it
Helvetii, ubi tu eos conslitu-
eris atque esse voXxaeris; sin
bello persequi })erseve^^/^^•,reilli-
msccre et veteris incommodi
populi Romani et pristinae vir-
tutis Helvetiorum. Quod im-
proviso unum i)agum adortus cs^
cum ii, qui flumen X.x-A.\\s\crant.,
suis auxilium ferre non possent,
ne ob eam rem aut tuae magno-
pere virtuti Xx'xhwcris aut ttos
despr.i'd77.yy 7ios ita a patribus
maioribusque tiostris didic/w«.y,
ut magis virtute quam dolo con-
Address Caesar.
DlKKCT.
If the Roman people make
(literally, vnll make) peace with
the Helvetii, the Helvetii will
go into that district, and abide
in that place, where you will ap-
point (literally, unll haiie ap-
pointed), and wish them to
abide ; but if you continue to
attack them in war, call to mind
both the old disaster of the Ro-
man people and the ancient
valor of the Helvetii. As to
your having fallen unexpectedly
on one canton, when those who
had crossed the river were not
able to bear help to their com-
rades, do not on that account
OULigi K NAIIKATIOV.
L'13
tcn(l^^;;///.v aut insiciiis n\Viffii/r.
(2i'«'ire no (:()inmi.y<V7i' ut /in locus
ul)i c()iis'jt//////.s ex calamitate
p()j)iili Komaiii ct internccione
exercitus noiiien capi<i/ aut nic-
nioriam proda/.
Note. — The italics mark the
words and inflections that must
be changed in passing from
direct to indirect narration.
Indirect.
(Helvetii hacc dixerunt) :
Si pacem popuhis Rr)manus
cum Helvetiis faceret, in earn
partem ituros (esse) atque ibi
futures Helvetios, ubicos Caesar
constituisset atque esse vokiisset;
sin bello pcrsequi perseveraret,
rcminiscerctur et vetcris incom-
modi populi Komani ct pristinae
vitutis Helvetiorum. Quod im-
proviso unum pagum adortus
esset, quum ii, qui flunien tran-
siissent, suis auxihum ferre non
possent, ne ol) cam rem aut suae
magnopere virtuti tril)ueret aut
ipsos despiccret ; so ita a i)atri-
bus maioribusque suis didicisse,
ut magis virtute quam dolo con-
tenderent aut i: sidiis niterentur.
Quare ne committeret ut is locus,
ubi constitissent, ex calamitate
popuH Romani et internccione
exercitus nomen caperet aut me-
prcsume exceedingly on your
valor or look down on us. W'c
have learned this from oiu"
fathers and ancestors, />., to
fight with valor rather than to
fight with trickery or depend on
ambuscades. Wherefore do not
cause- this place where we
have taken our stand, to get a
name, or to hand down a tradi-
tion, frf)m the overthrow of the
Roman people and the destruc-
tion of their army.
Indirect.
If the Roman people made
peace with the Helvetii, the
Helvetii would go into that dis-
trict and abide in that place
where Caesar appointed and
wished them to abide ; but
if he continued to attack them
in war, he should (/r/ ////;/) call
to mind both the old disaster
of the Roman people and the
ancient valor of the Helvetii.
As to hrs having unexpectedly
fallen on one canton, when those
who had crossed the river were
not able to bear help to their
comrades, he should not (let him
not) on that account presume ex-
ceedingly on his valor or look
down on them ; that they had
learned this from their fathers
and ancestors, z.^\, to fight with
valor rather than to fight with
214
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
in
i«.
moriain prodcret. Caesar, De
Hell. Gall., I J. I., ch. 13.
B.
Reply of Caesar
Direct.
Eo ;//////■ minus dubitationis
^Atiir quod eas res, quas "lun
commcm()rav/.y//.v, nicmorifi tell-
er? ; atque eo gravius fen?, quo
minus merito populi Romani ac-
cidenmtj qui si alicuius iniuriae
sibi conscius fuisset, non fu//
difficile cavere ; sed co decept//.v
t'j/,quod nequecomiiiissuni(esse)
a se xnicWcgebat quare tinierct,
neque sine causa tiniendum
T^niabat. Quod si veteris con-
tunieliae oblivisci 7>olo, num
etiam recentiuni iniuiiarum me-
moriam deponere poasum /
Indirect.
(His Caesar ita respondit :)
Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari,
trickery or depend on ambus-
cades. Wherefore let him not
cause that place, where they
had taken their stand, to get a
name or hand down a tradition
from the overthrow of the Ko-
man people and the destruction
of their army.
to the Envoys.
DiRKcr.
For this reason the less hesi-
tation is caused me, because I
remember the events you have
mentioned ; and I am the more
pained, the less they happened
in accordance with the desert of
the Roman people (/'.r'., and my
l)ain is all the greater because
they did not liappcn in accord-
ance with the desert of the Ro-
man jicople). For if they had
felt conscious in their minds
(lit., to themselves) of any wrong-
doing, it was not hard to take
precautions ; but they were de-
ceived by this fact, /.<•., that they
were not aware that aught had
been done by them to justify
their being afraid, and that they
thought they should not feel fear
without reason. But if I am
willing to forget the old affront,
can I lay aside the recollection
of recent injuries also 1
Indirect.
(Caesar replied to them as
follows :) That for this reason
OHLIQUK NAHKATION.
f
215
quod CIS res, cjiias Icgati Helvetii
commc.norassent, meinoiia tcn-
erct, at(|uc vo j^ravius fcrre, quo
minus incrito populi Koniani ac-
cidisscnt ; (|ui si alicuius iniuriae
sibi conscius fuissct, non fuisse
difficile cavcrc ; sede()(cum) de-
ccptum (esse) quod nccjue com-
missum (esse) a se iiitellcgcrct
quarc tiineret, nequc sine causa
timendum putarct. Quod si
vcteris contutncliae ohlivisci vcl-
let, nuni etiam rccontiuni iniuri-
arum nicnioriani se dcponcre
posse ?
the less lusitation was caused
liini, because he lemenibercd
the events which the Helvetian
envoys had mentioned ; and that
he was the more pained, be-
cause they had not hajipencd in
accordance with the flesert of
the Roman people ; for if they
had been conscious in their
minds of any wrong-doing, it
woidd not have been hard to
take precautions ; but that they
were deceivedi)y this fact, /.<•., th.it
they were not aware that aught
had l)een done l)y them to justify
their being afraid, and that they
thought they ought not to fear
without reason. lUit if he were
willing to forget the old affront,
could he lay aside the recollec
tion of recent injuries also?
Note. — These passages should be translated and re-translated
imtil the rules of oblique narration are perfectly familiar.
Exercise.
Translate into English, and turn into Latin indirect narration
after dixit :-
I, Quis sim, inquit, scies ex hoc quern ad le misi ; cura ut vir
sis et cogita in quern locum sis progressus ; vide cjuid iam tibi sit
necesse et cura ut omnium tibi auxilia adiungas, etiam intimorum.
2. V^cniam ipse, si potero, quamquam hodie aegroto ; si minus,
veniet frater qui decern millia passuum abcst ; vincendum est
nobis aut moj-iendum. 3. Aedui obsides non reddent neque eis hel-
ium inferent, si stipendium quotannis pendent. 4. Quod si prae-
terea nemo sequctur, cum sola decima legione ibo. 5. Unde venis.''
(|uid vis.-* quid facturus cs? finem fac. 6. Mihi haec res curae erit ;
volo de his rebus tecum agcrc. 7. Mons quem a Labieno teneri
216
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
'I
Mt:
volucrit, ab hoslc tenetur. 8. Hoc die in eos, qui oram maritimani
incolunt, profccturus sum. 9. Ncque credo neque credidi nequc
crcdam. 10. Si cjuid a me vultis, ab armis disceditc. ii. Si obsi-
des a vobis mihi dabuntur, vobiscum pacem faciam. 12. Helvetii
a maioribus ita instituti sunt ut obsides accipcrc, non dare, con-
sueverint.
I h
LESSON CII.
NOTES ON THE TENSES.
1. The present indicative t)f the Latin verb represents both the
indeJinitCy the progressive^ and the emphatic form of the Enghsli
verb. Thus, amo is either / love (indef. ), / am Aw/;/^ (progressive),
or / do love (emphatic).
2. The present indicative is used idiomatically :
{ii) In narration, for tiie present : as, Continue milites Melitam
mittit, he immediately despatches men to Malta.
{b) With adverbs of past time, for tlie English present-perfect
(perfect with ha7H') : as, Hoc iamdudum (or iampridem) facio, /
have been doing t J' is for a long time.
Note.- -The imperfect will, of course, be used lor the English
pluperfect : as, Iampridem sperabam, / had long been hoping.
(c) With dun? {7C'hile), for the English past ; see p. 201, 3.
3. The imperfect represents an action as continued or repeated
in past time : as, Scribebam. / was 7uritingy consilium mutavit:
videbat enim nihil conf lei posse, he altered his plan, for he
saw that nothing could be done (imperfect of continuous action) ;
haec pueri discebamus, we used to learn this as boys (imperfect
of repeated or habitual action).
Note I. — The Latin imperfect is often translated by the English
used to, began to, tried to.
Note 2. — In the historians, the present infinitive is often used
instead of the impeifoct intlicativc, when a series of actions is
described: as, Omncs clamare, all kept crying out; Caesar quotidie
NOTKS 0\ THK TKNSES.
217
s Melitam
eos frumentum flagitaro, Cavsar kept daily iinportiiniiiii' them for
iorn. This is called the historic injiuitivc.
4. In writing letters, the Latins adapted the tenses to the time at
which the letter would be read : as, Neque cum haec scribebam
nescius eram, I am not ignorant when I lorite (literally, / loas not
iirnorant, lohcn J loas loritim:^,
FORE UT.
5. Many verbs have no supine and, therefore, no future infini-
tive (active or passive), which is formed from the supine. Such
verbs form their future infinitive by means of fore or futurum esse
{Jo be about to be), and ut with the subjunctive : as, Dicunt fore
ut haec poscant, they say that they will demand these things;
dixerunt fore ut ea poscerentur, they said that these things would
be demanded (imperfect, in accordance with the rule of sequence).
Note. — This construction is often used (as more convenient)
even with \ crbs that have a supine : as, Dixit fore ut rex mittere-
tur, he said that the king would be sent.
FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE.
6. It has been shown (p. 179, note) that the future subjunctive
active (which \z wanting) is supplied in Latin by the active peri-
phrastic conjugation, made up of the future participle and the verb
sum. Thus : Scio qviid acturus sis, / know what you will do;
sciebam quid acttirus esses, / knew what you would do (imper-
fect, after a secondary tense). The future subjunctive passive,
and the future subjunctive active of verbs that have no supine,
are formed by means o^ the impersonal futurum sit (or esset)
with an ut-clausc. Thus : —
Future Subjunctive Active.
Rogo num futurum sit ut puer discat, / ask whether the boy
7i 'ill learn.
Rog-avi num futurum esset ut puer disceret, / asked whctJwr
the boy would learn.
Futur ' Subjuncti7'r Passi^'e.
No a dubito quin futurum sit ut puer doceatur, / do not doubt
that the boy will be taught.
K I
218
FIRST LATIN" BOOK.
Non dubitavl quin futurum esset ut puer doceretur, / ci/d not
doubt that the boy would be taught.
EXERCISK.
Translate into English : —
I. lampridem spcrabani eum hoc facturum. 2. Tertiuin iam
annum hie sumus. 3. Haec dum aguntur, Hannibal castra movct.
A. Dixit se hoc iamdudum notum habere. 5. Pliilosophia in
Graecia florebat. 6. Facies totius negotii varia fait : pars cedcrc,
alii insequi ; nihil consilio agi, fors omnia regere (p. 216, 3, note 2).
7. Mihi dicebat unde veniret. 8. Nescio quando futurum sit ut
convalescat. 9. Speravi fore ut convalescerct. 10. Credo fore ut
feriatur. 11. Putavi fore ut urbs a noljis caperetur. 12. Rogavit
quando futurum esset ut signum attolleretur. 13. Huius modi viros
adolescens admirabar. 14. Hostes in nos saxa devolvebant.
Translate into Latin : —
I. Did I not know what you would do.? 2. I did not doubt that
the king would be killed by him. 3. He said that these facts
would soon be learned by the scholar. 4. It is uncertain whether
the boy will learn. 5. It was uncertain whether the boy would be
taught. 6, Who can doubt that our camp will be easily defended .'*
7. Since you are ashamed of your plan, what prevents you from
abandoning it ? S. I have long been anxious to know your reason
for doing it. 9. He used to promise to come every day. 10.
He said that he knew what we would demand {posco). Ji.
Whenever they captured a town, they butchered men, women and
children (p. 204, 4).
LESSON cm.
NOTES ON THE PARTICIPLE.-" WITHOUT"
AND A PARTICIPIAL NOUN.
Present Participle Passive.
1. The pres. part, pass, (which is wanting in Latin) is supplied by
a relative clause : as, Domus, quae hie aediflcatur, iam veniit, *. j^
house being built hcre^ has already been sold.
NOTES ON THE PARTICIPLK.
219
IDIOMATIC USKS OF TIIK PARTICirLK.
2. (a) Two finite verbs in English connected by afid are fre-
.juentiy expressed in Latin by a ])arti(:iple and a main verb :
as, Eum arreptum Romam duxerunt, i/uy arrested /ii'/n and took
him to Rome ; ingrressus consedit, lie entered and sat doi>.'n.
(b) The Latin perf. part. pass, with a noun, is often used to
express two nouns in EngHsh : as, Rex interfectus, the murder
of the king ; ab \irbe condita, from the foundatinti of t/ie city ;
nuntiata clades, the announcement of the defeat.
(c) The present participle, when used —-as it is so commonly in
English — for the past participle, must be translated by the pcrf.
part., or one of its ecpiivalents (p. 20j, j, note). Thus : JwaTing
honu\ he came to Athens., dome profectus Athenas venit; haTniif
heard this., quo audito (Proflciscens would mean white learn ng;
audiens, white hearing).
(d) Instead of the perfect indicative active, the perf. part. pass,
with habeo I harw., is used (chiefly with verbs meaning to kno-a' or
find out) to denote a continuous effect : as, Fidem quam habent
diu notam, faith 7oJiich they have long kiunon.
(e) The ablative absolute can only be used when a new subject
Fs introduced. Thus : As the enemy were retiring, they wasted the
land., hostes se recipientes agi'os vastabant (not hostibus se
recipientibus). Ikit : As the oiemy were retiring., we wasted the
land, hostibus se recipientibus, agros vastabamus.
(f) A demonstrative pronoun can not be joined, as. in English,
to the participle. Thus : Those doing this, will be ptmishedy is
qui hoc facient, poenas dabunt (not ii hoc facientes).
{g) The present participle is often used in Latin to express an
English abstract noun : as, Interroganti mihi respondit, he replied
to my question ; lugentium lacrimae, tears of mourning (lit. of
men mourning).
(h) The agent with the perf. part. pass, is frec|uently expressed
by the dative instead of by a («>r ab) with a j)reposition : as.
Omnia haec mihl pei'spocta sunt, all these points have Oeen
studied by me.
220
FIRST LATIN IU)OK,
(i) To translate properly into Knj^lisli the present or i)crfcct
participle, a finite clause is often required. This clause will . ])c
relative^ temporal, Cdiisdl, concessive, or conditional, according to
the particular relation expressed by the participle. Thus :
Resistentibus non parcimus,
Epistola ad me scribentem venit,
Caesar haec veritus suos eduxit,
Hoc crimine absolutus tamen
furti damnatus est,
Nobis vel morientibus non ig-
nosceret,
ivc do not spare those tc/io resist ns
(relative).
the letter came to tuc as (when,
while) Iivns writing (\Ktvcv\ioxix\).
because (as, sinre) he 7vas afraid of
this, Caesar led out his men
(causal).
tlwui^h he '(.'as acquitted of (his
charge, he was comiemned for
theft (concessive).
/le would not forgh'e us, even if xvc
were dying (ronditional).
WITHOUT.
■ '!
II I i!
3. The al)lative of the gerund c.ui not be joined with sine, the
usual preposition for unthout. Phrases, therefore, like ivithoiit in-
juring himself, ivitJiout your perceiving it, mi.dt be paraphrased
into some synonymous form of words, and this turned into Latin.
Thus : //^ aids others loithout injuring himself, aliis subvenit,
non sibi noeens ; / did'it without your perceiving it, hoc feci, te
non sentiente : they condenni him without hearing him, eum
daronant inauditum; lie cries without feeling grief , flet nee dolet;
he never led out his army without examining the position of the
ground, nunquam exercitum edvixit nisi explorato locorum situ ;
those cannot fall without these falling with them, cadere ilia non
possunt ut haec non concidant ; to think of my going away with-
out saying good-bye to anyone ! mene abiisse, nullo salutato I
Note. — The accusative with infinitive is used to express indigna-
tion or surprise. It is called the ]nfinitii>e of Exclanuition. The
interrogative -ne is frc(|ucntly added to the first word, as if the
sentence were interrogative in form.
THE PREPOSITION.
221
resist us
Exercise.
Translate into English : —
I. Instructos ordines in locum acquuni dedurit (p. 219, 2, {ci).
2. Hostes fugatos pcrsequitur. 3. Hos transductos necat. 4. Uli
libertatem iniminutain non tulerunt. 5. Sihi quisque caesi regis
decus expetebat. 6. Hoc e provincia dccedens mihi ncgavit.
7. Haec diiudicare non potcrinius, nisi melius ante (adverb)
causam cognoverimus. 8. Adeone esse '"ominem infelicem quem-
quam I 9. Vidcor audire clamores gaudentium. 10. Celeritcr
aggressus eos ex vallo dcturbavit. 11. Mcndaci homini ne vera
quidem dicenti credere solemus. 12. Haec omnia mutavit, me
non probante. 13. Norine sero ad mihi gratulandum venit ? 14.
Odisti me quum me amare debeas. 15. Operam dedit libris
colligendis.
Translate into Latin : —
1. Nothing shall haj^pen without my giving you notice. 2. He
went away without consulting anyone. 3. I never visit you without
coming away more learned. 4. Having taken the city, he touched
nothing belonging to the temple. 5. They came to Italy during the
reign of Tarquin. 6. Seize the man and slay him. 7. Are you not
ashamed of the violation of your word.'* 8. You shall be punished
for the violation of the treaty. 9. Fearing for the safety of himself
and his friends, he fled to Rome. 10. Flinging themselves at his
feet, they begged him to pardon them. 1 1. Manlius, having killed
the Gaul, despoiled him. 12. He did not deny that he had ascer-
tained this himself. 13. I asked those standing near what the man
meant. 14. To my complaint that he had broken his word, he said
nothing.
LESSON CIV.
THE PREPOSITION.
1. A Latin preposition governs either the accusative or the
ablative, except in, sub, super {ni)ove\ and subter {beneath), which
govern both.
222
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
\\
if -'•
im
« ; -s
Note. — Gratia and causa {for the sake of) jTovem the genitive ;
but they are really noiin.s used as preposition-.
2. In, sub, super, and subter govern the ablative when they
express rest^ and the atcusatiiie when they express motion :
as, In iirbe in the city ; in urbem, ififo the city ; sub muro, under
the wall ; sub murum, up under the ivall ; super eo pendet, //
hangs over him; super eum volat, it Jlies over him.
3. The following nine prepositions govern the ablative : A (or
eb\D\ from, by; coram, /// presence of; cum, with; de, from, con-
cerning; e (ex), out of ; prae, in front of., in consequence of; pro, ///
front of, on behalf of ; sine, without ; tenus, /// to.
«
4. All other preposition-- govern the accusative. A list is given
for reference : Ad, towards ; adversus, opposite ; ante, before;
apud, beside ; circum (or circa), round ; cis (or citra), on this side
of; trans, across ; contra, against ; erga, towards ; extra, outside
of; inter, among ; infra, below ; intra, within; iuxta, near; ob,
on account of; penes, in the power of; per, through ; post, behind;
praeter, past ; prope, near to ; propter, close to; secundum, along,
after; versus, towards (written after its case) ; ultra, beyond.
5. The prepositions are widely used with nouns to form idiom-
atic adverbial phrases of place, time, and manner. Such prepo-
sitional phrases should be committed to memory as they are met
with. A list is added for reference : —
A or ab {from, by).
A fronte, in front (so, a latere, in Jlan/c ; a tergo, in rear) 'i
a senatu stat, he stands on the senate\^ side; a re frumentaria
laborare, ^tf be in distress witJi regard to supplies; confestima
proelio, immediately after the battle.
Ad {to).
Ad ludos pecunia decernitur, money is voted for the games;
ad fortunam felix, fortunate in point of fortune; ad Cannas, in
the neighborhood of Cannae . ad Siciliam, ojf Sicily ; ad aliorum
arbitrium, at the beck of others.
THE PUEPOSITIOV.
223
A.pud (i'csidc).
Apud forum, /itur th' forum ; apud me, /// //iv house ; apud ine
plus vaiet, he Juis more iujlucncc loitlt mc ; apud Terentlum, in
the ivritjngs of Terence.
Ctun {ivith).
Cum g'ladio, wearing a sword j magna cum cura quaerit, he
seeks with great care ; confer hanc pacem cum illo bello, compare
this peace with that war ; cum allquo certare, contend 7vith a
person.
De {from, about).
De industria, on purpose j bene merer! de patria, deserre well of
one's country.
E or ex {out of).
Ex equis pug-nare, fght on Jiorsebaclc ; statua ex aere fkcta, a
statue made of bron:jc : ex consvilatu, immediately after his consul-
ship; ex itinere, while on the march : quaerere ex aliquo, ask from
a person ; ex improviso, unexpectedly ; ex foedere, /// accordance
with the treaty ; ex aententia, satisfactorily.; ex parte magrua, in
a great measure.
In {in or into).
In equo, on horseback ; in barbaris. among barbarians ; in
bonis c'\4cere, rccko7i among blessings ; in te unum se tota conver-
tet ci iritas, the whole state will turn to you alone; pietas in deos,
piety to the gods ; pecunia in rem militarem data, money gii'en
for Vi 'litary purposes; in rem tuam haec est, this is for your
interest ; in dies, every day ; in horas, every hour ; dencuius in
singulos modios. a denarius for every bushel ; in posterum diem,
for the next day.
Inter {between, among).
Inter me et te hoc interest, there is this difference between you
and me; inter se aspiciebant, they kept looking at one another \
inter aediflcandos muros, during the building of the walls.
Per {through).
Per vim, by violence ; per speculatores, by means oj spies
(secondary aj^-^ent) ; per me, through my instrumentality ; per te
224
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
stetit quominus vinceret, // 7iv/.y owing to you that he did not
conquer ; digladientur per me licet, tluy may Jiglit it out^ as far
as I am concerned.
Praeter {past^ except).
Praeter mcdum, beyond measure ; decern praeter se, ten besides
themselves ; omnes praeter unum, all except one \ praeternaturam,
outside the course of nature.
Pro (before^ instead of, in behalf of).
Pro occiso relictus, left for dead; pro mentis gratias age re, to
thank for services ; pro multitudine hominum, fines angustos
habent, considering their population they hai'e li/iiited territojy ;
proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium editur, a battle
is fought fiercer than might have been expected from the number
of combatatits.
Sub {tinder, up to)
Sub nostrara aciem successerunt, they came right up to our line j
quae sub sensus sunt, -oJiat is ivithin the range of the senses ; sub
haec dicta omnes procubuerunt, after these words all prostrated
themselves ; sub ipsa profectione, at the very start j sub noctem,
at nightfall.
P2XEkCISE.
Translate into English :
I. Velim ut cogites quid agendum nobis sit super hac re. 2.
Satis supcrque dictum esse putavit. 3. Nonne paulo ultra eum
locum castra transtulit ? 4. Supra belli metum, id quoque acces-
serat. 5. Hostes sub monte illo consedisse dixit. 6. Homo est
sine re, sine fide, sine spe. 7. Omnia quae secundum {according
to) naturam fiunt in l^onis habenda sunt. 8. Non aequum est me
propter vos decipi. 9. Secundum te nihil est amicius solitudine.
10. Decet, quidquid agas, agcre pro viribus. 11. Haec contra
legem proque lege dicta sunt. li. Solem prae multitudine iacu-
lorum non videbitis. 13. Senatus paulo post de his rebus habitus
est. 14. (2uum et per valctudinem et per anni tempus navigare
poteris, ad nos venl.
THK rUKPOSITION.
225
Translate into l.atin :-
I. Next day In- descends from the mouniaiii and pilciies his
camp beside the river. 2. O ! that he had not led us towards
Rome. 3. This done, he threw himself upon his sword. 4. Arc
we never to know in whose hands the decision rests.'* 5. Tell me
wlien you intend to speak to him about it. 6. Do not speak in his
l)ehalf. 7. You will have the greatest influence with him. 8. They
halted when they came within the cast of a spear. 9. Is there not
a race that dwells beneath the earth.? 10. After so many battles
we are tired of war. 11. You have come here after the manner
of (m moduw) hi^ntives. 12. In whose hands does the power lie?
13. It is a scandalous thing to take money for (o/^) giving a verdict.
14, Do you think they love each other.'' (use inter.)
15
PAPtT TL
EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION FROM CAESAR.
EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE BASED ON CAESAR.
OB
EXTRACTS FOR TRANSLATION'
FROM
CAESAR, T)K BKLLO CALLICO.
N.IJ. The figures at the foot of the extrac ts refer respectively to
the pages and sections of this oook. By th*- . 'ucly of the sections
rf'ferred to and the use of the vocabulary, the extracts may without
fhfficuhy be understood. After they have been translated word for
word, and all the ditficuhies of syntax thoroughly mastered, they
may Ijc done on paper with ^(reatcr freedom and some attempt at
English idiom. An example is given under Lesson 1.
LESSON I.
CAESAR ^'REPARKS TO INVADK BRITAIN.
Caesar, etsi' in hib >cis maturae nunt hiemes, tamen in' Britan-
niam proticisci contenJit, quoti," onniilnis^ fere (iallicis bellis,
hosiibus nostris inde* submiuisirata'* auxilia intellegebat ; et, si"
tempus ad bellum^ gerendum deficeret,** tamen niagno sibi usui''
fore'" arbitrabatur, si modo insulain adiisset,'' genus hominum
perspexissct, loca, portus, aditus cognovisset ; quae unmia fere
Gallis erant incognita. Neque'- enim temere''' praeter merca-
tores illo'* adit quisquam,'^ neque iis ipsis quicquam, praeter oram
maritimam atque eas rcgiones quae sunt contra fiallias, notum t-st.
Itaque, evocatis ad se undique mercatoribus,'" neque quanta esset'^
insulae magnitudo, neque quae aut quantae nationes incolerent,
necjue quern usum'" belli haberent, aut quibus institutis uterentur,
nec|ue qui"* essent ad maiorum navium multitudincm idonei portus,
reperire poterat.
A^. /j. T/ie meaning of each word should be thought out just as
it stiUids in 1 .tiliit.
' !
f ^ f
230
II Its I' LATIN liooK.
^Page 196,7. ^ J). 198,2. Join with intellegebat. ^^in almost
all. * i.e., from Britain. ^ Supply esse : i.e., to Jume been supplied
to our enemies. ''Oblique narration, depemling on arbitrabatur.
Direct = si deflciet, taraen magno mihi usui erit, if the time
fails, still it ic'll be of (^r eat ser^nce to me \ p. 211, 2 (a), 'p.
17O; 3. ^failed., was too short. ®p. 134, i. ^"=futurum ease.
^^ For adierit of direct narration ; p. 207, 7. ^^Neque {^nor) is used
for non at the head of a sentence. '' i. c , loitho^'^ reason. ** Thither.
Adverbs in -o (expressing motion to) are "formed from pronouns :
2i^,eo, to that place ; alio, to another place. ^^ p. 132, 3. ^^p. 102,2.
^^ 176, 2 ; i.e., he could find neither Juno lan^e toas, &c. For the
tense of esset, seep. 178, 2. '^ Skill. ^'** Which harbors were^ &c. ;
p. 178, 2
Translation.
Although winter in these localities is early, Caesar makes active
preparations (contendere, to exert one's self) to start for Britain.
His reasons were these He knew that assistance had been fur-
nished from there to the enemy in almost all the Gallic wars ; and
he judged that — even if the time should prove inadequate for war-
like operations — it would l)e an advantage to him merely to make a
visit to the island, to investigate the character of its inhabitants, and
to get some knowledge of its geography, its harbors, and the easiest
means of access to it. To almost all such details the Gauls are
strangers. With the exception of the traders, no one ever visits
the island without good reason ; and even they have no acquaint-
ance with it, unless with the sea-coast and the districts opposite
Gaul. He accordingly cited traders from every part of the
country to appear before him ; but he failed to ascertain either the
size of the island, the names or numbers of the peoples that inhabit
it, the skill they possess in war, the institutions under which they
live, or the harbors capable of accommodating a number of ships
of a larger "ize.
Remarks on the Difference Between Latin and
English Idiom.
I. The long Latin period does not suit the genius of the English
languiigv. ]>reak it up, therefore, in translating, into sentences con-
taining a single idea each, and separated by a semic oIdu or a full
stop.
EXTIIAC'IS Foil TRANSLATION,
231
2. As far as is consistent witli clearness, F.nglish tlrops all wortls
used in Latin to sIkjw the logical connection of one sentence with
another (t\4^., the relative, Hne 6 ; enira, line 7). Write clown the
sentences in English one after the other, keepin^ together those
that are naturally connected in meaning.
3. The dependent clauses in English are simple and clear, and
few in number. The Latin dependent clause often becomes a main
clause in English.
4. The al)lative absolute is usually translated by a finite clause
{e.g., line 10), or by an adverbial phrase.
5. Latin, as compared with English, has few abstract or verbal
nouns. Note how it would express : iiujke <icih>c prcparutions
(contendo) ; for ivarlikc operations (ad bellum gerendum) ; nuikc
a visit to (adire) ; lun'c acquaintance with (notum habere) ; tianu\
nuiii,'>crs, etc.
6. Latin avoids figurative language, and says simply And directly
what it means. Note how it would express : to all these details
they were stningers, quae omnia iis erant incognita.
7. The order of words in the Latin sentence nuist be noted.
The subject (and all that belongs to it) is put first ; then the object
(and all that belongs to it) ; lastly the verb, closing and giving
compactness to the period. An emphatic word, however, will be
placed at the beginning, or even at the end of the sentence : and
the regular order may be interfered with for the sake of euphony or
rhetorical effect.
LESSON II.
CAESAR REACHES IJRITAIN.
His constitutis rebus,^ nactus* idoneam ad navigandum tempcs-
tatem, tertia fere vigilia^ sohit,* equitesque in ulteriorein portum
progredi^ et naves conscendere et se** sequi iussit ; a quibus^ c|uum
id paulo** tardius esset** administratum, ipsohoradiei circiter quarta
cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit'" attpie ibi in omnibus colli-
bus expositas hostium copias armatas conspexit. Cuius lf)ci haec
'
' II
M
!
1 ii i
i ,
hi
0T9
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
erat natura : adeo montibus" angustis mare contincbatur, ut'- ex
locis superioribus in litus telum iaci posset. Hunc ad egredi-
endum nequaquam idoneum arbitratus [////>/ /vV/i/y p. 219, 2 (6")J
locum, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent," ad horam nonam in
ancoris exspectavit. Interim legalis tribunisque^ niilitum ( = /iis
oncers) convocatis, quae fieri veilet,'* ostendit, monuitque ut ad
nutum et ad tempus omncs res ab iis administrarcntur.'^ His'
dimissis, et ventum et acstum uno tempore'® nactus secundum,
dato signo et sublatis" ancoris, circiter millia passuum septem ab
eo loco progressus aperto ac piano litore naves constituit.
^ Page 102, 2. *From nanciscor, obtain, 'p. 82, i. ^ He loosed
(i.e., naves). ^ Join with iussit. "p. 168, 3. ' The relative is used
to connect sentences ; tr., by these . Note. — Latin tries to show
the logical connection of every sentence in the paragraph. Hence
the common use of connectives (the relative, for^ but, &c.) * By a
little, rather \ p. 58, 6. ^ p. 203, i. "From attingo. "p. 71, 3 ;
tr., By hills so close to the shore that, tS:c. '^ p. 187, 2, 3. ^' p. 2or, 4
^* p. ) 76, 2. ^^ Tr., Enjoined that everything should be done at a nod
and in time ; p. 181, 3. '^^ At once. ''' From tollo, raise ; p. 102, 2.
LESSON III.
THE DIFFICULTY OF LANDING.
At barbari, consilio' Romanorum cognito, praemisso equitatu* et
essedariis, quo plerumque gcnerc- in proeiiis uti consuerunt,^ reli-
quis copiis* subsecuti, noslros navibus^ egredi® prohibebant.'' Eral
ob has causas summa difficultas, quod^ naves propter magnitudi-
nem nisi in alto constitui non poterant ; militibus* aulem ignotis
locis,'" impeditis manibus,^ magno et gravi armorum oncre oppres-
sis,'^ simul et de navibus desiliendum et in fluctibus consistendum
et cum hostibus erat pugnandum, quum illi'"^ aut ex arido aut pau-
lulum in aquam progressi, omnibts mcmbris expediti,'' notissimis
locis, audacter tela iaccrent et equos insuefactos^* incitarent.
Quibus rebus nostri perterriti atcjue huius omniuo generis pug-
KXTRACTS FOR THANSLATKlN.
•)•{•>
M •/•>
nac iinpcriti,''* non eadem alacritate ac studio quo in pedestribus uti
proeliis consueverant, utebantur.
' l*age I02, 2. 2p ii5 . tr, yi class of soldiers which they are
generally accustomed t(y employ in battle. ■'' = oonsueverunt ; from
canaviQaco, become accustomed, ■'p. 71, 3. * P'or e navibus. ^In-
finitive (as usual with prohibeo) instead of quominus with subjunc-
ti\e ; p. 185, 2. "^ triedto present ; p. 216, 3. *'!>., Becauscihe ships
could not; p. 198, 2. ^ Dative of agent with desiliendum ; j). I73) 4 ;
tr., The men had to leap doiu/i. ^^ On unja miliar ground ; the
preposition is not re(/uired with common nouns to express place
where, when the noun is joined with an adj. '^ With mllitibus; tr..
Weighted as they were. ^' Tr., Jl7iile they (i.e., the P.ritons). »'' Lit.,
free in all their limbs y p. 71, 3. '^Tr., Trained to it. '^Tr.,
Without experience of.
LESSON IV.
THE VALOR OF THE EAGLE-BEARER OF THE TENTH LEGION.
Quod ulii^ Caesar animadvertit, naves ^ longas, quarum et
species'* erat barbaris inusitatior* et motus ad usum expeditior,
pauhun removeri ab onerariis navibus et remis incitari et ad
latus apertum hostium constitui atque inde funcUs,-"' sagittis, tor-
mentis hostes propelH ac summoveri iussit ; quae res magno usui'
nostris fuit. Nam et navium figura et rcmorum motu et inusi-
tato genere tormentorum pennoti*' barbari constiterunt** ac paul-
um pedem retulerunt*. Atque nostris mihtibus'" cunctantibus,
maxime propter altitudinem maris, is qui decimae legionis aquilam
ferebat, contesiatus deos, ut'^ ea res legioni fehciter eveniret,
'* Uesilite," inquit, " commihtoncs, nisi''^ vultis acjuihim hostil)us
prodere ; ego certe'"* meum reipuliUcae atque imperatori ofFicium
praestitero." Hoc quuni magna voce dixisset," ex navi se proiecit
atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Tum nostri, cohortati inter
se,l^ ne tantum dedecus admitteretur,^' universi ex navi desiluerunt ;
hos item ex proximis navibus qunm conspexissent,'^ subsecuti
hostibus'* appropinc|uarunt ( -.ippropincjuaverunt).
'!f- '
1 -- r^.i
'■'■'-
)■'"!
il
I
234
FIKST LATIN IJOOK.
^ Page 200, 2. '■' Obj. of iussit ; tr., ordered the ships of war to be
sent hack. ^Appearance. * Rather strange; p. 58, 5. ^p. 71, 3.
"p. 134, I. '^ From permoveo. ** From conaisto. " Pedem referre,
retreat. '"p. 102, 2, "p. iSi, 3 ; ir., praying to the gods that.
'■'p. 190, 3. ^"^^x.., I at all e-,>ents shall have done my duty. ^*p.
203, 3 (note). ^'^ lach other. '* p. 1S3, 2. "tr., those in the nearest
ships., seeing ilieni., also followed ; see note 14. ^"j). 120,2.
LESSON V.
THE BRITISH MODE OF FI(;HTING.
Genus' hoc est ex esscdis pugnae : primo per omnes partes perc-
quitanl ct tela iaciunt, .itque ipso^ terrore-^ equorum (i.e., hy the
mere terror their liorses inspire^ et strepitu rotarum oidincs ple-
rumque perturliant ; et quum* se inter equilum turmas insinu-
avenmt, ex essedis desiliunt et pedibus proeliantur. Aurigae
interim paulatini c.\ proelio excedunt atque ita ciirru^ se coUocant,
Lit,* si illi^ a multitudinc hostium premantur,'^ expeditum ad suos
receptum habeant. Ita mobilitatem ec(uitum, stabiiitatem pedi-
tum in proeliis praestant ; ac tantum usu quotidiano et exercita-
tione cfficiunt, \\\? in declivi ac praecipiti loco'" incitatos equos
sustinere" ct brevi moderari ac flcclere** et per temonem percurrere
et in iiigo insistere et inde se in ci-rrus citissimc'-' recipere con-
s'.ierint.
^Translate: the following is their oiode of fighting, ^p^ 123,6.
''P- /'» 3- * Translate : when they have made their way in among
the cavalry squadrons {i.e.^ their own cavalry). ^ with their chariot.
^ That they have ; p. 187, 2. "^ the others (i.e., the fighting men),
"p. 192, I, II, (/'). 'Join with consuerlnt ( -consueverint).
'" Translate : on a steep slope. " Translate : cheeh their horses
going at full speed. ''^ Translate ; stop and turn them in a short
time. *'p. 58, 5. ^
EXTKACIS FOR TltANSLATK) V.
•235
LESSON VI.
Caesar's second invasion of kkitain.
His rebus' <;estis, Liibiencj' in tontincnti cum trihus iegionibus
ct C{|uiuiin niillilnia (IuoIjus relicto,'^ ut' portus tuerctur et rem fru-
mentariani providcret, quaequc* in (iallia gercrciUur* Cv^gnosceret
consiliuimjue pro tempore ct pro re" caperct, ipse cum quinque
k'gionibus et pari^ numero equitum, quern in contiuenti reliquerat,
solis occasu^ naves solvit et leni Africo* provectus,'" media circiter
nocte^vento^ intermisso(y(j!/y/y/^''), cursum non tenuit et longius dela-
tus acstu,' orta'Muce sub sinistra'' Ikitanniam rclictam conspexit.
Tum rursus, aestus commut.itionem secutus, rcmis^ contendit. ut
eam partem insulac ca[)cret,'* (jua optimum esse egressum superiore
aostatc'^ cognoverat. Qua in re admodum'* fuit militiim virtus
laudanda,'"' t|ui vcctoriis gravibusque na\igiis,"' non intermisso
remigandi labore,' lougarum navium cursum adaequarunt.'' Acces-
sum"^ est ad IJritann'.am omniljus navibus'" meridiano fere tem-
pore ;** neque in eo loco hostis est visus, sed, ut (ds) postea Caesar
ex captivis comperit, quum magnae manus eo convenissent,'-" multi-
tudine naviun^. perterritae, a litore discesserant ac se in superiora
loca abdiderant.
* Page I02, 2. - pf. i)art. pass, ofrelinquo. ''p. 183, 1,2. *^ — (ind
p. 176, 2. ^Tx^w^hWit: to suit {he crisis and circumstances.
eodem, ///(• savic. "p. 82, i. 'p. 71, 3. '"From proveho.
'^ From orior; p. 102,2. ^- i'ndcr ix.c.^ (>fi)t/ic /eft iuuiti. ^^A/a/^e.
what.
7
^* I '/) to the measure .'. greatly., very.
IS
'72,
worthy of
mnsports (Jiter-
u\\y, for carrying) a/id heavi/y laden l>esides. " — adaequaverunt.
praii
abl. abs. Translate: their ships />eing tram
i6j
Translate : ail the ships reached (literally, // luas
reached). '*dat. of agent. '^"204, 5.
LESSON VII.
Caesar's advance.
Caesar, exposito exercitu' ct loco' castris^ idoneo capto, ubi^ ex
captivis cognovit, quo in loco hostium copiac consedissent,* co-
I!
L'36
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
V ii
hortibus' decern ad {beside) mare relictis et equitibus treccntis, qui'
praesidio'' navibus assent, de^ tenia \igilia ad hostes contendit, eo*'
minus veritus navibus,® quod in litore mol'.i atc|ue aperto deligatas-
ad ancoram relint{uel3at ; et praesidio^ navibus Quintuni Atrium
praefccit. Ipse, noctu proj^-^rcssus millia'" passuum circiter duo-
decim, hostium copias conspicatus est. Illi, ec|uitalu'' atque essedis
ad flumen progressi, ex loco superiore nostros prohibcre {s/o/>
our advance) et proelium conmiittcre cdeperunt. Rcpulsi ab
equitatu. se in silvas abdiderunt, locum nacti''' egregie cl^^ natura'"'
ct opere munitum, qucm domestici belli causa ijo help them in
their intestine ivars), iam ante praeparaverant ; nam cicbris arbor-
ibus succisis'* omncs introitus erant pracclusi. Ipsi ex silvis rari
propugnabant {foiigJit in small bodies), nostrosque intra munitiones
ingredi prohibcbant. At militcs legionis sept mae, tcstudinc' facta
et aggere^ ad munitiones adiecto, locum ceperunt eo;-.que ex silvis
expulerunt, paucis vulncribus acc'eptis. Scd eos fugicntes longius
Caesar prosequi''' vetuit, ct''' quod''^ loci naturam ignorabat, et quod,
magna parte diei consumpta, munitioni'" castrorum tempus relinqui
volebat.
^ Page I02, 2. '^p. 60, 2, ■''p. 200, 2. *p. 176, 2. *p. 18^, I.
"p. 134, I. "^ /''roni (i.e., in) the third loatch. The night was
divided into four watches, two before and two after midnight.
10 ,
^Eo quod, on this account because. ^ For the ships.
69,9, 10. ^* abl. of accomi)animent without cum, used sometimes
in military descriptions, ir. From nanciscor. "p. 71,3. "From
succido. "•]). 181, 3. Note i. 'Xx.., forbade them (i.e., his troops)
tofollo-othefHi^itivesveryfar. ^^&t....et, both. .. .and. '^ p. 198,
2. 'Vr'r the fortifying. Note. — Nouns in -io (derived from
verbs) have usually the force ('"an EngHsh noun in -ing.
LESSON VIII.
CAESAR liUlLDS A NUMHKR OF SHIPS AxVD FORTIFIES HIS
CAMP.
His rebus* cognitis, Caesar legiones equitatumque rcvocari' atque
itinere'' tlesistcre iubet ; ipse ad naves revertilur ; eadem* fore, quae
HXTRAOTS FOK TIIANSF.ATIOX.
2a;
:cntis, qui''
itcndit, eo*"
) deligatas
111 Atrium
citer duo-
[ue essedis
be re {s/cp
'epuisi ab
'" natura''
f> then I ill
)ris arbor-
: silvis rari
nunitioncs
dinc^ facta
le ex silvis
cs long^ius
it, et quod,
LIS relinqui
i8^, I.
nij^ht was
midnight.
ips. 10 p.
iometimes
^* From
\is troops)
vcd from
f
m
''%
ex nnntns liierisque tognoveral, coram pcrspicit, sir' ut, .imissis*
circiter quadraginta navibus, relitpiae tamen rctici pn^sc magiio
ncgotio' vidcrentur." Ita(iue ex le^^^ionibus fabros deligit et ex con-
linenti alios arcessiri iubet ; Laliieno scribit, ut** ( to) (|uain'" plnri-
mas posset, iis legionibus quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat.
Ipse," etsi''' res erat niultae operae''^ ac laboris, tamen commodissi-
minn esse statuit, omnes naves subduci'^ et cum castris una muni-
tione coniungi. In his rebus circiter dies decem consumit, lie
noclurnis quidem ter.iporibus^ ad (y^'^') laborem militum interuiissis
\bciiig tost). Subductis navibus^ castrisc|ue egregie munitis, easdem
copias, quas ante,'^ praesidio'*' navibus reliquit ; ipse eodem, unde
rcdicrat, proficiscitur. Eo quum" venisset, maiores iam undique
ill eum locum copiae Britannorum convenerant, summa'^ imperii
Ijcllicpu' administrandi^' communi consilio permissa Cassivelauno,
< uius fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod appellatur
lainesis, a mari circiter millia-" passuum octoginta. Huic superi-
ote tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella interces-
scrant^' ; sed nostro adventu permoti liritanni hunc toti bello'^-
imperioque praefecerant.
'p. I02, 2. '^p. i8i, 3. Note !. 'p. 158, 2. Note i ; iv.^to cease
(uivancing. * Join with perspicit : leartis on the spot much the same
fiicts as he had ascertained, etc. ^ thus far at least that . . . .''abl.
alis. Tr., though about ^o ships had been lost. Express the
exact force of t'ue participle; p. 220, (/). ''p. 71, 3. 'Y\., with great
trouble, ^p. 187,
p. i3i, 3. '"p. 59, 2. Note. "p. 123,6.
12
p. 196, 6, 7. i^p. 130, 7. "p. 108,4. Tr., that all the ships
should be beached. '"adverb, "'p. 134, i.
17
20
j> J-
18
abl.
abs. Tr., the' chief command and the entire charge of the 7var being
entrusted by concerted action to C. (Xxt^r^Wy, the sum of power and
of managing the war; summa is a noun), '^p. 170, 3. *0p.
69, 9. ^' Tr., inressant hostilities had been carried on in the past
betiueen him and the remaining states (lit., had come between).
-*p. 120, 1.
ES HIS
an- alcpu'
fi're, quae
P"
2.'i8
FIKST LATIN IJOOK.
U^SSON IX.
r.klTAIN DKSCKIIIKD.
ri
Britanniae pars interior al) iis incolitur, quos natos^ in insula ipsa
dicunt ; maritiina pars ah iis, qui pracdae ac belli infcrendi^ cans;!
ex Bclgis transierant ; (|ui onines fere' iis* noniinibus civitatuni
a])pellantur, ex quihus orti civitatihus co pcrvenerunt, et bello^ illato
ibi remanserunt atc|iie agros colere coej)erunt. Hominum* est in-
finita multitiulo, crcberriniaque aedificia, fere dallicis'' consimilia ;
pecorum niagniis nunicrus. Utuntiir aut aerc" aiit talcis ferrcis
ad ccrtiun pondus cxaininatis pro nummo." Nascitiir ibi plumbum
album ^^ in mcditerrancis rcgioniljus, in maritimis ferrum ; sed 'jius
exigua est copia ; aere utuntur importato. Materia" cuiusquc
generis, ut in (jallia, est praetcr fagum atque abietem. Leporem
et gallinam et ansereni gustare fas'" non putant ; haec tamen
alunt animi v()luj)tatisque causa.'-' Loca'^ sunt temperatiora quam
in Gallia, remissioribus frigoribus.'*
' Supply esse ; p. 109, i. ^ p. 171, 6. ^ almost all of these, ^lit.,
are called by the names of the states, from ivhieh states issuing,
they came thither. This suijcrfluous addition of a noun in a rela-
tive clause is common in Caesar. To make Plnglish, translate as
if iis were earum and make the participle orti (which contains the
main idea) a finite verb. Tr., are known by the names of those
states from which they issued, when they came to the coutitry. ^ Abl.
abs.: after the war was over. ^ of people. 'Supply aedificii8"> p.
60,2. *p. 116. ^ as. ^^\.e.,tin. ^^ timber. '^Supply esse: they
do not think it right. ^^ Lit. , for the sake of the jnind and its
pleasure; \.q., for mental gratif cation. Note. — Latin often ex-
presses an English noun and adjective (or adjective phrase) by two
nouns connected by a/id. This idiom is called hendiadys {iv, one;
fJ/a, through; and fJro, two). ^*the country, climate {Wx., the regions).
^^Abl. abs.: the cold being less intense.
kxtua(;ts Vim thaxslation.
239
IJCSSON X.
TIIK i:XTKNT OK IMK ISLAND.
insula ipsa
incli'-^ caus;i
> civitatum
bello-' illato
iiin* est in-
consimilia ;
lie is ferreis
»! plumbuiu
1 ; scd ejus
'^ cuiustiiK'
Leporem
aec tamen
tiora ciuam
Jie'sc.
Mit.,
es issuing^
n in a rela-
ranslate as
)ntains the
cs of those
try.
'AN.
>diflciis'> p.
esse : f/uy
ul and its
often ex-
Lse) by two
s (fv, o?iej
'le regions).
In^^ula est natura' triquetra, ( uius unum laius est contra^ (iailiam
lliiius lateris a\Wv (one of //ic tu>o) an^^ulus -(|ui est ad Cantium,
t|iio (to which) fere omnes ex Gallia naves appelluntur'' ad
oricnteni solem, infciior* ad meridiem spectat. Hoc laliis pertinet
circiter millia passuum'^ quingenta. Altorum" vergit^ ad His-
paniam atque occTdcnlem solem. qua'* ex j)arte est Hibernia,
dimidio minor,' ut aestimatur, quam Britannia; sed pari spatio
transmissus"' atque^^ ex Gallia est in Uritanniam. In hoc medio
cursu*'' est insula, quae appellatur Mona; complures practerea
iiiinorcs subiectae" insulae existimantur ; de cjuibus insulis
nonnulli scripscrunt dies'* conlinuos trii^inta sub bruma'^ esse
nocteni.'* Nos nihil de eo '^ j)ercontationibus'" reperiebamus,
nisi certis ex aqua mensuris'^ breviores'^" esse quam in con-
tinente noctes videbamus. 11 uius est longitudo lateris, ut fert
illorum^^ opinio,^^ septingentorum millium. Tertium est contra
septentriones,'''' cui parti ■^* nulla est obiecta terra ; sed eius angulus
lateris maxime ad Germaniam spectat ; hoc millia passuum octin-
i^enta in longitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis insula est in
circuitu vicies centum millium passuum."''^
"^Inform. "^ is over against. ^ put in. * Supply angulus (/.^. ,
Land's End ; geography not very correct). ^p. ^9, 10. * Supply
latus. Notice unum, alterum, tertium, y5r>.y/, JtYY;//rt?, third. ''lies
towards. ^ on which side. ^ less by half., of Jtalf the extent ; p. 58, 6.
^^with the same distance to cross (lit., of crossing) as there is from
Ciaul to Britain ; spatio, abl. of quality ; p, 131, 9 ; transmissus,
i^en. "with pari; par ac (or atque) ^ idem qxil. ^'^ in the middle
of this passage. '^'^'S\x\i\t\y qs.'&q; to be adjacent. '*p. 69, 9. '^^ at
the winter solstice. ^^ that it is night. " with regard to this fact,
^^by enquiries \ p. yr, 3. ^"^ by defnite neasurements with water
{i.e., with the clepsydra, water-clock). ''■^ that the nights {in sum-
mer) are shorter. '^^ i.e., the writers mentioned, "^.r their opinion
goes. "^ faces the north {i.e., Xhe^.Y.). 2*1). 120, i, note. ^^Lit.,
of twenty times a hundred of thousands of paces.
ii;:'
240 l-'lllST LATIN HOOK.
LESSON XI.
THE INHAHITANTS DE.SCRIREU. — CROSSING OF THE TH.AMES.
Ex his omnibus longc sunt luunanissimi,' qui Cantiuni incolunt,
(|uae regio est niaritima onmis ; n('c|ue nuiltuiu a (lallica ditfciunt
consuetudine. Intcriorcs plerrque'^ friunenta non scrunt sccl
lactc^ et carne vivunt pcllibusque' sunt vestiti. Omncs vcro sc
Britanni vitro inficiunt, quod caeruleum efficit colorcni atque hoc*
horridiore sunt in pugna aspectu ;** capilloquc'' sui t promisso
atque omni parte corporis rasa praeter caput et labrun superius.
Caesar, cognito consilio* •eorum, ad flunien Tamesim in fines
Cassivelauni exercitum duxit ; quod flumen uno oninino loco
pedibus,^ atque hoc aegre, transiri potest. Eo quum venisset,
animadvortit ad^ alteram fluniinis ripam magnas esse^ copias
hostium instructas ; ripa autcm crat acutis sudibus pracfixis
(st'i along the edge) munita ; eiusdemque generis^" sub aqua defixae
sudes flumine tegebantur. His relius cognitis a captivis perfu-
gisque, Caesar, praemisso equitatu, confcstim legiones subscqui
iussit. Sed ea^' celcritate atque eo impetu militcs ierunt, quum''
capite' solo ex aqua exstarent, ut^' hostes impetum Icgionum atque
equitum sustinere non possent, ripasque dimittercnt ac se fugae
mandarent.
' Most civilised. ^ most of those dwelling in the interior. ' p.
71,3. *on this account.
p. 131, 9.
102, 2.
p. 71, 3. «rw.
"p. 109, I.
p. 204, 5.
10
]»
p. 130, 7. ^'^ with such speed; p. 71, 3. '^'^ though;
p. 187, 2.
LESSON XIL
POLICY OF CASSIVELAUNUS.
Cassivelaunus, lit supra demonstravimus, omni deposita spe^
contentionis,^ dimissis aniplioribus copiis,^ millibus circiter quattuor
essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra servabat-'' paululumque ex via
excedebat locisque* impcditis ac silvestribus sese occultabat atque
iis regionibus, quibus nos iter facturos cognoverat, pecora atque
!\ (|
KXTUACTS pn|< THANSLATI(>\.
241
THAMliS.
lioniines ex ;i}^ris in silvas conipcllt-bat ; rt «|uimv' ei|iiilatus noster
libcrius piactlaiuli^ vastan(lii|iie causa so in aj^n'os etTiincleret, omni-
bus viis notis scniitist|ue esscclarios ex silvis eniiitobat et niagno
( iiin periculo nostrorinn c(|uitum nun lis conHij^ebat atcjue hoc
mctu^ latins vagari probil^cbat. Reiintjucbatnr,'^ ut nctiue lon^ius
al) agmine legionum discedi" Caesar patcretur, ct tantum'" in agris"
vastandis incendiisc|iie faciendis hostibus noccretur,'"' ciuantuin
labore atque itinerc'-' Icj^donarii niilites efficere potcrant.
' Page I02, 2. ^ (^J f'ghtin(^ Nouns in -io have the force of Eng-
li-^h participial nomis in -/V/^"- ^ ^*"' observabat, /•(// '•auitchim:;;
note the force of tiie inipf., the tense of incomplete a( tion ; p.
3i6, 3. *'in inacci'ssihli^ tri^ions; p. 85, 3. Note. The prc{)osition
i^ not used with a common noun to express p/aie whcre^ when
there is an adjective with the noun. ^p. 203, 3. "p. 171, 6.
' through Jear of this. ''p. 1S2, 4; tr., the only course left was.
^nijiers. ; tr., his men to go (lit., it to be gone). '"supply ut ; tr.,
and that as much injury might he inflicted upon the enemy., &c.
"p. 170, 3. '-'impers. ; p. 164, i.
(.Sec Lesson IX, note 13^.
13
by laborious marching
LESSON XIII.
THE TRINOBANTES SEND ME.SSENGERS TO CAESAR.
Interim Trinobantes,' prope firmissima earum regionum civitas—
ex qua Mandubracius adolescens, Caesaris fidem sccutus,'^ ad
eum in continentem GalHam venerat, cuius pater Imanuentius
in ca civitate regnum obtinuerat^ interfectusque erat a Cassive-
launo, ipse fuga' mortem vitaverat — legatos ad Caesarcm mittunt ;
polliccnturque sese ei dedituros^ atque imperata facturos ; pctunt"
ut Mandubracium ab iniuria Cassivelauni defendat atque in
civitatem mittat, cpii praesit'' imperiumtiue obtineat. His Caesar
impcrat'* obsides quadraginta frumcntumque cxercitui Mandubraci-
umque ad eos mittit. Illi^ imperata'" celeriterfecerunt ; obsides ad
numerum frumentaque miserunt.
' .Subject of mittunt. Notice the accumulation of ideas in a Latin
period ; in translating, break up the Latin period into sentences con-
16
242
FIRST LATIN HOoK.
taining a single idea each. I'hus : Mctntlinw thr 7. \ind fHifys ii<
Caesar. J Iwy arc almost thr most power I u I community in tlicsi
parts. It ivas from them, ike. It was his fallur, »S:c. ''■Irustin;^
to Cs good faith. ^ had held. * p. 71,3; tr., while M. himself &c.
'p. 1 10, I. ®p. 181, 3. ^ p. 1S4, r. *" orders them to gife. "/.r.,
the Trinoljantes. '"p. Kx^, 5. Note 2 : ix..^ did what he required.
LESSON XIV.
THE STATES OK THE liklTONS SURRENDER.
Trinob.'intibiis defen.sis atc|ue ab omni niiUtum iniuria prohibitis,'
Ccnimagni, Scgontiaci, Ancalites, Hibroci, Cassi, legationiliusi
missis seso Cacsari dedunt. Ab his cognoscit non longe ex eo
loco oppidum Cassivclaiini abesse''' silvis paludibusque niunitum,
quo satis magnus hominuin pecoriscjuc numcrus convcnerit.^ (Op-
pidum autcm IJritanni vocant, ([uuiii silvas impeditas vallo at(|U('
fossa munierunt,*(iuo incuisionis^ hostium vitandae causa convenirc
consucrunt^). Eo proficiscitur cum legionilius ; locum ropciit
egregie natura «atque opere munitum ; tanien hunc duabus c\'
partibus i)i)j)ugiiare contendit. Hostcs paulisper niorati inilitinn
nostrorum impctum non tulerunt scseque alia ex parte oppitli
eieccrunt. Magnus ibi numcrus pccoris repertus multiquc ii;
fuga sunt comprehensi atcpie interfecti.
^ Page 102, 2 : secured Jrom all harm on the side of the soldiers.
2 p. 109, I. •''subj. because in oblicfue narration (p 206,4). 'P'
203, 2. ■'' p. 1 7 1 , 6. •' for consiieverunt. ' ^v/ t7ao sides.
LESSON X\'.
THE DRUIDS.
In omni Gallia corum hominum, qi iiquu .t n aiero^ attn'.'
honore, genera sunt duo; nam plebc , pace servorum habcti;
loco,^ quae nihil audet per se, nullo* adhil)tnt concilio ; pleri<|iu
cum aut aerc'"' alieno aut magnitudine tributorum aut iniuria po
tiorum prcmuntur, sese in servitutem dicani^ nobilibus ; in**
KXTRACTS r(H{ THANSI.ATION.
2\^
'lity in t/icsc
. '■' tnistini^
. himself^ &<:.
ic rcquircii.
ria prohil)itis,'
, leKalionibusi
II lon^e ex co
t[ue munitum,
/cnerit.^ (Op-
as vallo auiue
:ausa convenire
ocum repcvit
mc duabus ex"
inorati nulituni
parte o])i)idi
us niultique in
)/" the soldiers.
(p 206,4). 'P-
sides.
aero^ atqiu
Irvorum habclu;
cilio ; pleriqut.
iit iniuria pi'
)ilibus ; in'
r.ulem funnia sum iiira, <|uap dominis" in servos. Sed dc his duo
bus j^cneribiis alteriiin I'sl dniidiini, allcriiiu C(|iiitiim. Illi'" rebus
divinis inleisnnt,'' sacrificia public a ac privata prorurant {nt(in<i^e\
rclij^ioiK's im<'ipr«'tiiiUur {e.\f>/iiin re/ij^ious tniif/er>i' ; ad eos ina^nus
adolcscx-nliuin nuinf;rus disrij)linac causa cont unit nia>;n()(iuc hi"
sunt apud cos'-' honorc. Nam fere de omnibus conliovcrsjis
pubUcis privaiisque constituunt'* ct si ((uod" est aihnissum facinus,
si cacdes facta, si ilo lierediiale, si dc hnil>us controvcrsia est,
idem'* dccernunt, praemia poenascpie constituunt ; si qui aut pi ivatus
aut poinihis eorum decreto non stetil,"* sacrificiis" interdicunt.
^ OJ iinv iieeounf. Note. Any when it means sonu\ is aliquis.
" - plebs. f/ie eoninion people. "' ^- In loco. ' for ntilll. •' |). 1 20, 2 ;
! . tr., ojjuiiite. •* debt (Ht. , money of ,inof/ier. ) ^ ft om dice, dei^otc, give
Up. ^07'er t/ieni. -M.u. alttr sunt: ivliieh nutsters have. ^'^ the
former \ p. 119, 5. "i.e. the- Druids. '- i.e., (he (lauls. ^^ decide.
"p. i(;i, 4. p. 1.32, ?; '-^ lor iidem. '"//f/.v re/used to abide. '^ j).
158, 2. Note. Interdico takes id) ace. of person and abl of thinj^ ;
(^)dat. "
{c) " "
" ace."
abl. "
LESSON XVI.
THE DRUIDS. — (Contiiuied).
Haec poena (i. e. exeomnmtiication) apud eos est gra\ issima.
Quibus' ita est intcrdictum, hi numero- impiorum ac sccleratorum
habentur,''' his* omnes decedunt, acHtum'' sermonemque defugiunt,
ne" quid ex contagionc incommodi'' aceipiant, necpie'^ his petentibus
ius redditur neque honos ulhis communicatur. Hisauiem omnibus
druidibus^ praeest unus, qui summam inter eos habet auctoritatem.
Hoc'" mortuo aut," si qui^- ex rehquis excelht dignitate," succedit,
aut, si sunt plures pares, suffragio druidum, {Jhey contest the first
place by the vote) nonnunquam etiam armis de princijjatu contendimt.
Hi eerto anni tempore" in tinibus Carnutum, cpiae regio totius
GalHae media habitvu", considunt in loco consecrato. Hue omnes
undique, qui controversias habent, cotiveniunt eorumque decretis
244
FIRST LATIN IJOOK.
t
■ VH
t !
\h
\
m ■ i
iudiciisque parent. Disciplina' ' in liritannia repert.i atque mde in
Galliain lianslata esse existimatni, a nunc, (|ui dilii^ontius c.im rem
{=scicncc) coj^nosccre volunt, plerunique illo discendi causa pro-
ficiscuntur.
' I)at. with interdictum est : to whom it has been interdicted, i.e.
those who hm'e be'^n interdicted. Note. The rcl. clause is thrown
forward when the antecedent is an emphatic pronoun. 'for
in numero. ^ <ire accounted. ''p. 134, 2; depending on de via
understood; tr., retire from their path. ^Mit., shun approaching^
them and coni'crsation (with them), "p. 1X3, 2, 4. ''p. 69, 10.
**tr., nor to their petition is justice rendered, nor is any office of
10
I03, 2.
state shared with them; p. 219, 2 (a^). '•'p. 120, 2.
^^ either {B,Vit). .. ,or {BMt). ^'"^forquis: tr., the most conspicuous
amoni; the rest Jor worth. ^'^ p. 71, 3. '*p. 82, i. ^^(i) learning
(disco) ; (2.) system.
LESSON XViI.
THE DRUIDS. — (^Continued).
Druidci a bello abesse consuerunt^ necpie tributa una cum rc-
hquis pendunt, mihtiae vacationcm omniumque rerum {\.q., puh/ii'
/nirdens ; see Lesson xix, note 17) habent immunitatem. Taniis
excitati praemiis"^ et (both) sua sponte niulti in disciphnam^ conveii-
iunt et a parentibus propinquisque mittuntur. Magnum ibi numer-
um versuum ediscere* dicuntur.^ Itaque annos^ nonnulU vicenos' in
discipHna permanent. Neque fas esse existimant ei litteris man
dare, cum*' in rcliquis fere rebus, publicis privatisqae rationibu>."
(Iraecis Htteris utantur. Id (this rule) mihi duabus de causis
instituisse vidcntur,-^ quod (because) neque in vulgum discipUnani'"
cfferri \elint^' netpie eos, qui discunt, litteris confisos^'- minus memo-
riae studerc ;^^ quod fere plerisque accidit, ut^* pra^sidio^^ litteranim
diligentiam in perdisccndo ac niemoriam remittant. Imprimis hoc"'
volunt pcrsuadcrc, non interire animas, sed ab aliis" post mortem
transire ad alios,"* atque hoc'^ maxime ad virtuttm excitari'-'' putaiit.
metu mortis neglecto. Multa-^ praeterea de sideribus atque eoniiii
motu, de mundi-^ ac teriarum"^^ magn'tudine, de rerum''* natura, de
deorum immortalium vi ac potestatc disputant'^^ et iuventuti tradinit.
EXTRACTS FOR TKANSLATION.
215
^for consueverunt. '^p. 71, 3. ^ for instruction. ^ to learn by
heart, 'p. 164, 3. « p. 82, 4. ^ p. 69,8 {a). " p. 204, 5. ''ac-
counts. ^^ their system. " subjun. of oblique narration depending
on videntur ([). 206, 4). '-from confldo, trusting; p 219, 2 (e).
'•'* supply velint: and do not iiu'sh Irarners to take less pains about
their memories, "p. 18:, 4. ^^ by the help; p. 71,3. ^^' impress this
belief : hoc alicui persuudeo = / recommend this to a persoji. ^'' from
some, from one. "*/.<•. the doctrine of the transmigration of souls.
^^ by this. '^ impersonal pass.: that men are incited (compavc p.
164^ 2) and despise the fear of death ; j). 219, 2 (a). '^^ they
have frequent discussions. *-'- the unii'erse. -•' the globe. ^* the
nature of things, science.
LESSON XVIII.
im^ conveii-
THE NOBLES OF THE GAULS. THEIR RELIGION.
Alterum* genus est equitum. Hi, cum est usus^ atque aliquod^
helium incklit — quod fere ante Cacs.iris adventum cpiotannis acci-
dere solebat, ut* ant ipsi iniur'as inferrent aut illatas projjulsarent'
— omnes in bello versantur,^ atcpie eorum ut quisque" est gcnere
copiisque amplissimns, ita plurimos circum se ambactos clientcsciue
haljci. Hanc unam grati.m.' potent iamcpiv-i noverunt. Natio
est omnis (lallorrm admo.lum dcdita*^ religionibus, atc|ue ob
earn causam, qui sunt afA ti gravioribus morbis'-* quique in
proeliis periculisque versantur, aut pro victimis homines immo-
lant aut so inunolaturos'*' vcncnt administrisque" ad ea sacrificia
druidibusutuntur,'- quod (because), pro vita hominis nisi hominis vita
reddatur,''' non posse dcoruin imm(jrtalium numen placari arbitran-
tur, publicetp'.e" eiusdem generis'-' habent instituta sacriiicia. Alii
immani magnitudir.e"'' sinuilacra liabtnt, quorum'" contexta vimini-
biis membra vivis hominihus"' complenl ; quibus'" succensis circum-
venti flannna exanimrrntur homines. Suppli-ia eorum, qui in furto
aut in latrocinio aut aliqua noxia sint comprehensi (p. 188, 4), gra-
uom (very pleasing) <\'\^ immortalibusessearbitrantur; sed cum eius
generis copia defecit, etiam ad innocentium supplicia dcscendunt.
§^
246
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
' The second class consists oj the kniirhts. ^ )icc(i. " some. * p.
I S3, 2. ^ oigagc in. *"'!). 195, 4 {b) ; tr., the number of retainers
each one has about him is in proportion to his distinction for birth
and 7vealth ; amplus, great^ distinguisJied. "^ fan' or (to or from
others) .•. ground of injluence ; tr., tin's is the one %oay they know oJ
gaining injluence and power. Note. Primus (Ji>st), ultimus (/ast),
solus or unus (a/one) arc used ad\erbiall\- in Latin, and not with a
predicate clause as in Knglisli : as, primus venit, he was the Jirst
wJu^ came ; hoc solus feci, / was the o?ih' one 7uho did it. ^ de-
Toted to religious ceremonies. ^ p. 7 1 , 3. '" p. 1 1 o, i . " as minis-
ters, '-p. 116. "p. 210, 2. ^* on the part of the state. '^ p. 130,
8. "'p. 131,9. '^'' the limbs of which. '**p. 7', 3. '*p. ic2, 2.
LESSON XIX.
GODS OF THK GAULS.
Deorum maxime Mercurium colunt. Huius sunt pUn-ima sim-
ulacra ; hunc omnium inventorcm artium ( bigher arts) ferunt,'
hunc viarum atcpie itincrum ducem,'' hunc ad quaestus pecuniae
mercaturasque (mercantile pursuits) habere \im maximam arbi-
trantur. Tost hunc Apollinem' et Martem et lovcm ct Minervam.
I >e his eandem fere, quam rcliquae gentcs,'* habent opinionem :''
Apollincm morbos dejicUere, Minervam oj^erum atque artificiorum
(mechanical arts) initia tradere," lovem imperium caelestium tencre
{has authofity over)., Martem bella regere. fluic," cum proelio^
dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae bello ceperinl," plerumque devo-
vent ; cum superavcrunt,^'' animalia capta^' immolant reliquasquc'^
res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civitatibus harum rerum
exstructostumuloslocis" consecratis conspicari'* licet ; neque saepe
accidit, ut neglecta quispiam rcligione aut^"' capta apud se occultare
aut posita'** tollere auderet, gravissimumque ei rei" supplicium cum
cruciatu ct)nstitutum est.
' Assert : supply esse. -' the one 7C'ho shows the way and conducts
upon journeys, ''supply colunt. ' sup j)ly habent.* '•^V/V/. '''Wt., gives
the rudiments of all handiwork and arts (henditidys : i.e. , in the arts)
''to him. '^p. 71, 3. '•'7ifhati7>er they shall have taken. ^'^ after a vie
tory. '^'^ taken as spoil. ^'- the rest of the booty. '■''Lesson xii, note 4,
K.VTRAtTS von TIJANSLATluN
24;
' soffitr. * p.
of retainers
n for birth
to or from
hey know oj
imtis {last),
I not with a
'as the first
iid it. ^ de-
" as niinis-
e. '5 p. 130,
ic 2, 2.
ilurima sim-
rts) ferunt,'
us pecuniae
:iinam arl)i-
; Minervam.
n])inionem ?
aitificiovum
stiuni tenere
;uni proelio**
me|ue devo-
eliquasque^'''
:irum rcruni
ncquc saepe
se occultare
«
iliciiim cum
ir.d conducts
'''lit., gii'es
in the arts)
^ after a vie
1 xii, note 4.
'*fr()in conspicor, sec ; tr., anyone may see. '^aut — aut, either. . . . or.
'* what has been deposited as an offer ini^. ^'^ for this offence. Note.
1 he word res so common in Lalin is not often to Ijc translated
by tJiiny;., bu*: by some word that will suit the context. Thus:
his rebus constitutis ,' Lesson II), these nrrans^ewents made ; ea res
Lesson I\' , tJiis nuina'uvre.
LESSON XX.
i^H cu.STOMS OF -ihp: c.An.s.
Galli sc omnes ab Dite patrc' prognatos jjracdicant idtjue al)
(Iruidibus proditum dicunt. Ob earn causam'^ spatia omnis teni-
poris non numcro dicrum, scd noctium finiunt' ; dies natales et
mensium et anntirum initia sic observant, ut noctem dies subse-
ijuatur.* In reliquis vitae inslitutis hoc^ fere^ ab reliquis diiTerunt,
quod' suos libcros,** nisi cum adoleverunt'-' ut"' munus militiae sns-
tinere possint, palam ad se adire non patiuntur filiumcjue puerili
aetate" in publico in cons[)ectu patris assisiere tur])e ducunt.'"'* Viri,
([uantas pecuniae ab uxoribus dotis nomine'-' aecejjerunt, tantas ex
suis bonis acstimatione'* facta cum dotil^us communicant.'^ Huius
onmis pecuniae coniunctim {^~ added toa^ethe?') ratio habetur'"
fructusque''^ servantur ; utcr corum vita superarit,'*^ ad eum pars
uiriusque cum fructibus superiorum temporum pervenit. Viri
in uxorcs, sicut in liljcros, vit.ie necisque haljent potcstatem ; et
cum paterfamiliae illustriore"* loeo natus decessit, eius propinc|ui
conveniunt et de mortc, si res in suspicioneni venit,''" de uxoribus
in servilcm modum'^ quacstionem hal)cnt {they fiold an examination) ;
et, si compcrtum est {if it is ascertained; \. v., if the suspicion is
confirmed) , igni atque omnibus tormentis cxnuciatas" interficiunt.
F"unera sunt pro cultu'^' Oallorum maynilica et sumptuosa ;
omniaque, quae vivis cordi fuisse-* arbitrantur, in ignem inferunt,
etiam animalia ; ac paulo supra banc memoriam'''^ servi et clientes,
quos ab iis dilectos esse constabat, iustis umerilius confectis'^'
una" cremabantur.
* Page 1 5C, 4. -i.e., l)ecause Dis is the god of Darkness. 'Ihcy
really ( ounted time by nii^hts, becau ;oned by the moon
(compare our/tW//^'-//'). '^theydejim ... a day follows close on
f
'S
F'i '
I
I •
I
i
2-48
FIKST LATIX IJOOK.
(i.e., begins witli) night. They make any special day begin with
the night before. ^ in i/iis respect; p. 71,3. ^ rotigJily speaking
^ p. 181,2. "^ ohj, of patiuntur. ' from adolesco. ^^ so t/iat. "p.
131, 9. ^'^consit/er {Wkv.tiQ.'beo). ^^ under the head of . Nomen, an
entry in an account book. "abl. abs. ; making a vahiation. ^add
to the dowry. ^*Vi reckoning is kept, ^'projits. ^**for — averit ;=
Eng, pros. ^"p. 5.S, 5. '•"'p. 196, 6 fat end). '^^ as with s/a7>eSy i.e.,
by torture, -"•^agreeing with uxores understood, '^'^considering the
civilisation, ^'cordi esse, be dear to, "^^shortly bejore my time,
"^^a/ter the regular ceremonies were over, '■''with the dead.
LESSON XXI.
LAWS AGAINST GOSSIPING.
Quae civitates commodius' suam rempubhcam administrare exis-
timantur, habent legibus sanctum,^ .si ([uis quid de repubhca a fini-
timis rumore aut fama^ acccperit, ut ad magislratum deferat neve*
cum quo* alio communicet, quod** sacj)e homines temerarios atque
imperitos falsis rumoribus terreri et ad facinus impclli et de sum-
mis rebus consiHum capere rognitum est. Magistratus, quae visa
sunt {what seems good to them) occukant, quacciue esse ex usu
{0/ service) iudicaverunt, multitudini produnt. D§ repubhca nisi
per concihum loqui non conceditur.''
GERMAN MANNERS AND CUSTOMS.
Germani muUum ab hac consuetudine diflferunt. Nam neque
druides habent, qui rebus*' diviuis praesint,' neque sacrificiis'*'
student. Deorum numero^^ cos solos ducunt, quos cernunt et
quorum aperte opibus iuvantur, Solem ct Vulcanum et Lunam ;
reliquos no famii cjuidem acceperunt. Vita omnis in vcnationibus
atque in studiis rei mihtaris consistit^'^ ; ab parvuhs labori ac duri-
tiae student. Pelhbus aut parvis renonum tegimentis utuntur,
magna corjjoris part ^ nuda.
' Page 58, 5 ; tr., the states which are thought to inanage their public
affairs best. "^ hai'j arule laiddownby latu \ p 219, 2 (^/). ^ rumor
or report \ tr., if anyone hears anything from his neighbors con-
EXTRACTS F(Mt TKANSLATION.
249
certiing tJic public interest^ that he shall carry it to a magistrate.
* =et ne; p. i86, 6. ^quo from qtiis; p. 13, 4 : ami that he shall
impart t lie mailer to no one. ' because \ join with cognitum est.
"^politics may not be disciis<,ed except in the tie/iera! as-semb'y (per, ///
the course of). Note. Respublica (lit., ;i matter atTecting the people,
populus) has many mcaninys; e.g., country ; goTcnmient (line i) ;
political questio)i, politics {iVi here), "p. 1.^0,2. ^ p. 184, i. '"p.
105, 9.
11 _
= in numero. '■ is spent.
p. 102, 2.
LESSON XXII.
GERMAN J,AND TENURE.
Agriculturac' non student, maiorque pars corum victus in lacte,
caseo, came consistit.''^ Neqiie quibC|uam agri modum ccrtum" aut
fines habct proprios,* scd magistratus^ ac priiicipes in annos singu-
los gcntibus® co-;nationibus(iiie^ hominum, qui tinn imfi coierimt,"
quantum' agri ct quo loco visum'*^ est, attribuunt atcpie anno post'*
alio'^ transire cogunt. Kius rci" multas afferunt causas : nc assidua
consuetudine capti** studium belli gcrendi'^ agricuitura commut-
cut'" ; ne latos fines parare studcant polentioicsque humiliores pos-
sessionibus" expellant ; ne accuratiu.s'^ ad frigora at(|uc aestus
vitandos'^ aedificcnt ; ne (jua"-' oriatur i)ocuniae cupiditas, qua ex re
factiones dissensionesque nascuntur ; ut '" animi aec|uitate plebem
contineant, cum suas quisque*' opes cum potentissimis-" aequari
videat.'^'
* Page 105, 9. ^the greater part of their food co7isists of. Notice et
omitted as usual. ^Ji.ved. ^private land-marks ox lands, ^subject
of attribuunt. ^ clans, ''families (lit., relationships). ^ of the
people who have met together on the occasion. ^ ivhatei'er land ; p.
69, 10. ^^ 7oherc7'er seems right. The land assigned was called a
mark, "adv.; next year (\\i., afterwaruls by a year), ^'to (tnothcr
place. ^^ practice {l.c^son XIX, note 17). ^* (harmed by habitual
custom. ^^ pursuit of "autr; p. 170,3. ^'^ abandon for agriculture;
p. 150, I. Note, ^''froni their holdings, ^^icith too great care,
keep the people quiet with content>nent. *' Note
19
13^ 2.
vo
the order. """^^i^/M that of the most powerful, ^^p. 198, 3.
■I!
f
250 FIRST LATIN IJOOK.
LESSON XXIII.
WAR, BRIGANDAGE, HOSPITALITY.
Civitatibus' maxima laus est quam latissimc' circum se vastatis
finibiis' .solitudincs habere. Hoc proprium* viitutis existimant, ex-
pulsos a;^ris finitiinos cedere"^ neque qucmquam piope® audere
consistcre ; simul lioc'^ se fore^ tutiorcs arljitrantur, rcpentinac in-
cursionis timore sulilato.' Cumbcllum'^civitasaut illatum defcndit
aut inf(M't, magistratus,^^ qui ei bcllo praesint,''^ iit'^ vilae nc> isque
habeant potestatem, deliguntur. In pace nullus est conununis
magistratus, sed piincipes regionum'* atque pagorum inter suos ius
dicunt^^ controversiasque minuunt.^* Latrocinia nuilam habent
infamiam, quae extra fines cuiusque civitatis fiunt, atque" ea iuven-
tutis exercendae^® ac desidiae minuendae causa fieri praedicanl.
Atque ubi quis'^ ex principil:)us in concilio dixit, se ducem fore ;'^" qui
sequi velint,''^ profiteantur ;" consurgunt ii, qui et causamet hominem
probant, suumque auxilium pollicentur atque ab multitudine rol-
laudantur ; qui ex'^^ his secuti non sunt, in descrtorum ac proditorum
numero ducuntur/'^* omniumque his rerum postea fides derogatur.-'^
Hospitem violare fas non putant ; qui quacumque de causa ad eos
venerunt, ab iniuria prohibent sanctosque habent, hisque omnium
domus patent victusque communicatur.
^Page 1 20, 3. "^ as far and wide as possible; p. 59, 2. Note. 'abl. abs. ;
by laying waste Ike countjy; p. 231, 4. ^fhe characteristic mark
of valor. ^ that their neighbors, dri'i'en from their lands, should
retire before them. ® near. "^ in this way. ^ futures esse. ^ from
tollo, raise, take away, ^''bellum inferre, iinnide j tr., when a
state is repelling invasion or i>ivadifig others. ^^ join with deligrun-
I
tur.
12
p. 184, I.
13
on the understandimr that. ^* districts.
"^^ declare what is right (i.e., administer justice). ^^ settle. ^"^ and
/^t'j'/^^i' (stronger than et). ^''p. 171, 6. ^^when any. ^''futurum
esse. ^* p. 206, 4. '^'^ p. 207, 5 : let them declare it. ^' i.e., of those
who promise. ''^* are held. '^^ confidence with regard to everything
is withdrawn from them.
KXTHACTS FOR TKANSLATION.
L'.M
LESSON XXIV.
THE HRAVKKY OF THE GERMANS AND (lAlM.S CONTRASTED.
Ac fuit antea tempus, cum Germanos Galli virtute supcrarent.
ultro bclla inferrcnt, propter homimim multitudineni' a<;rique ino-
piam trans Rhenr.in' colonias niittercnt. Itai|ue ea, <iuae fertilis-
sima (iernianiac sunt, loca circuiii Ilcrcyniani silvani (quain Eratos-
iheni ct quibusdani Ciraecis fanifi notani esse \id(.'(), quani illi Orcy-
niam appellant) Volcae Teclosages'' occupaverunt at(|ue ibi consed-
erunt* ; quae gens ad hoc tempus his sedibus sese continet sum-
n^iamque habet iustitiae ct Ijellicae laudis opinioncm.* Nunc quod"
in cadcm inopia, egestate, patientia German! permanent/ eodem
victu et cultu corporis utuntur,'*(iaUisautem' provinciarum'^propin-
quitas et transmarinarum rerum notitia" multa ad copiam atque
usus largitur," paulatim assuefacti superari multisque victi proeliis,
ne se c|uidem ipsi cum illis" virtute comparant.
^ropulation. ^ i.e., eastwards across the Rhine, 'i.e., a (iailic
triJDC. * from consido, settle. ^ enjoys the highest reputation for.
* decaiise^ as. '' continue in, live in ; tr., as the G. live amid the same
poverty, ivant, and endura?ice of hardships. ^follow the same
course of living and bodily training. * 7uhi/e. ^^ of the Roman
provinces ([.Q., Cisalpine and Transalpine Gaul). ^^ knowledge of
things beyo/id the sea. ^^ brings them many articles for superfluity
and use (multa, neut. pi.) Note. The meaning is that the Ger-
mans, in consequence of their harrly life, are now superior ^ .(iC
Gauls who have been corrupted by Roman civilisation. '^i.e., the
Germans.
LESSON XXV.
THE HERCYNIAN WOOD.
Huius Ilercyniae silvac, quae supra demonstrata' est, latitude)
novcm dierum iter' expedito' patet ; non enim aliter tiniri* potest,
nei|ue mensuras itinerimi noverunt.'* Oritur ab Helvetiorum et
Nemetum et Rauracoium tinibus rectaque tluminis*^ Danuvii regione'
pertinet ad iines Dacorum cl Anartium ; hinc se flectit sinistrorsus
diversis ab tluminc rcgionibus» mullarunique gentiuni fines propter
9 ""i '>
FIliST LATIN BOOK.
I
ll
'ir^i
magnitudinem attingit ; ncque quiscjiiam est huius' Cicrmaniac,
qui'" se aut adiisse id initium" eius silvae dicat, cum dicrum iter i,x
proccsscrit/'' aut, quo ex loco oriatur, acceperit ; niultaque in ea
genera feraruni nasci constat, quae relicpiis in locis visa non sint ;
ex cjuibus c|uae''' niaximc differant al) ceteris et memoriae prodenda"
videantur, haec sunt.
^ l^oint oiit^ Dicntioti. ^ p. 69, 9 : o7>cr a journey of nine days^
^for a ni(in /ij^/itlv equipped. ^ it enn not be defined in otiier terms.
^ t/iev do not k'noiv tJie nieasurentent (i.e., length) of the day s journey,
^in a .straight line witli (i.e. , parallel to). "^ to the left. ^ in a direc-
tion away from the river. ®i.e., western (that which we know),
'"p. 188, 5 (a), "to the eastern end. ^'^ even after adiuincing;
subj. of oblique narration ; p. 206, 4. "p. 18S, 4 : the following are
those of them which., &c. (i.e., of such a kind as to). ^*p. 172, 2.
ill i
LESSON XXVI
\ ' %
ITS DKNIZENS : THE REINDKKK AND THP: ELK.
Est bos cervi figura,^ cuius a media fronte^ inter aures unum
cornu exsistit exccisius magisque directum his,' quae nobis nota
sunt, cornibus ; ab eius summo sicut palmac ramique* late diflfun-
duntur.* Eadem est feminae marisque^ natura, eadem forma
magnitudoque cornuum Sunt item, quae appellantur^ alces.
Harum est consimilis capris^ figura ct varietas* pellium, scd magni-
tudine paulo antecedunt mutilaeque sunt cornibus'" et crura'^ sine
nodis articulisque habent, neque quietis causa procumbunt neque,
si quo'- afflictae casu conciderunt, erigore sese aut sublevare
possunt. His'' sunt arbores pro'* cul>ilibus ; ad eas sc applicant
atque ita, paulum modo"* reclinatae, quietcm capiunt. Ouarum ex
vestigiis cum est animad\ersum a venatoribus, cjuo se recipcre
consuerint,'" omnes'^ eo loco aut ab radicibus suliruunt'^ aut accldunt
arbores. Hue (against them) cum sc consuetudiiic'^ reclinaverunt,
infirmas arbores i)()ndere'" affligunt atque una ipsae concidunt.
' Of the shape of a deer; probably the reindeer, ''■from the middle
of its forehead {Ca^sixx's information inaccurate here). Note. The
KXTHACIS von T|{ ANSI.VTION
25 r^
^rmaniac,
111 iter LX
lie in ea
ion sint :
dcnda
u
■()
cr terms.
Joinncy.
II a direc-
e know).
■•(incingj
wing are
• ttlj. niHcliuB \^ ii^i^fl ill .'I'-^rocment with .i iionii tf) express /iKuiiHr
^'/■(compare summus moiia, imus monrf ; p. 3(^, i. Note), -'j). 55, 5.
* Ii'ki' branching Juiiuis {kcndidilys. Lesson ix, note 13). '•'spread
out ivide. " from mas, a male. '' thi* so-called. ^ j). ('o, 2 : - like tJiat
,)/ the wild goat, '^piebald appearance. '" _: t/iey are blunted in their
horns (p. 71, 3); tr., their horns are blunt. '' from crus; they have
legs without knotted joints {hcndiadys). ^- by any accident ; p. i SS,
6. Note. ^'*.y^v7't' ///.!7// (i.e., are to them). 'S/.v. ^'-"just a little.
"■'p. 176, 2 ; their haunts {}\\.^ whither they are accustomed to repair;
p. 181, l). "join with arbores. ^^ they either undermine at the
roots or cut into. '* ~ ex consuetudine, accordim^ to custom.
LESSON XXVII.
es uniim
bis nota
:e diffun-
n forma
'^ alces.
1 magni-
ra'^ sine
It neque,
ulilevare
ippHcant
larum ex
recipcre
accTdunt
averunt.
Lint.
e middle
te. The
THK PRIMITIVE OX.
Tertium^ est genus corum, qui uri appellantur. Hi sunt magni-
tudine paulo infra'' elcphantos, specie' et colore et figiira tauri.
Magna vis eorum est et magna velocitas, neque homini ncque
ferae, quam* conspexerunt, parcunt, Hos studiose foveis captos*
iiiterficiunt. Hoc se labore durant adolescentes atcpie hoc genere
vcnationis exerccnt, ct qui pkirimos ex his interfecerunt, rehitis^ in
jjubHcum cornibus, quae^ sint testimonio, magnam fcrunt hiudem
Sod assuescere ad homines et mansueficri nc parvuh quidem**
excepti" possunt. AmpHtudo cornuum et Hgura ci species muUum
a nostrorum boum cornibus differt. Haec studiose conciuisita' ab
labris'** argento circumchadunt atque in amphssimis'^ epuHs pro
pocuHs utuntur.
' The third species {zvorthy of mention) consists of those which are
' called uri. '^ a little less than; p. 58, 6. "^ in appearance ; p. 71, 3.
*the rehitive (like the adjective) when referring to two or more
nouns of different gender, usually agrees with the nearest. '•" they
catch in pit-falls and kill; p. 219, 2, (a), ^when their horns are
brought into public vieiv. ^ to serrc as ei>idence ; p. 1 84, i ;
p. 134, I. ^ not ei'cn when trapped young. '•' from conquiro, .sv'<'>('
for; p. 219, 2, (a). ^^' at the edges. ^^ at important banquets {bxxvp\m&,
great., distinguished).
KXKRCISKS IN l.ATIN PROSK
HASKD (»N rnK
EXTRACTS FROM CAKSAR,
EXERCISE 1.
(Based on Cncmr, f.fsson I, in ivhich all the words required to do the
exercise 7vill he found.)
If he had visited this island, he would h.ave found living upon the
shore of the sea a nation of traders, possessing men {itsc miles) and
ships, and harbors adapted for vessels of the largest size. These
{use the relative) ships they use both (et) for visiting localities that
Ue opposite the is nd, and for making war upon their enemies.
Their skill in war, accordingly, is considerable ; and time would fail
me merely toenumerate (enumero, -are)the important wars they have
carried on. They^ live under institutions which have been extolled
(laudo) bv almost all who have investigated them ; and no one {use
nee; p. 132, 3) has ever (unquam) visited the island without (quin)
learning soniething (aliquid) which proved of advantage to himself.
^ Connect this sentence by autem {however), putting it second in
the sentence. Note that autem and vero {ho7i'e7'cr), enim {/or),
quoque (<;^^■r-'), anxtXera. {indeed), certe {at all events), never come
first in a sentence.
EXERCISE II.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons I and II, in which all the words required
to do the exercise will be found.)
CAESAR ADDRESSES HIS OFFICERS.
" I have called you together, officers, in order to convey my wishes
to you personally (ipse). All^ arrangements are completed ; the
264
i:XKIU!ISKS IS l-ATIV PIJOSK.
255
troops will riiibaik (lining (he present'' watch. As :>oon .is (ubli
wind and tide are fa\ <»ial)le, I shall give the sij^'nai for embarkation.'^
Thereupon (deinde) let all embark, weigh anchor, and set sail at
once (statim . When you have gone forward about seven miles,
you will see a large island ; there, the ships of the enemy are
stationed. Mem them in on all sides ; let not a single one escape
(use ne unua ...quidem, a//// efleiigio. Meantime let all wait
upon the open shore until the signal is given.''
'Connect by enim. ' i i<S, 2. ^ Omit these tuo words.
u/ to do the
EXERCISE III.
Translate into Latin, using oblique narration, ?>xercise II.
Note. Turn the vocative of direct narration into ace. in oblique.
EXERCISE IV.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons II and III, in 7('hh/i all the words required
to do (lie exercise will Oe found.)
We intended {p. 1^4., i) to go on board and weigh anchor as
soon as (ubi) we reached' the sea shore ; but the waves were so
high (use altus) that the otificers did not give the order for instant
embarkation {use statim a)td gen. of gerund). The soldiers had
not much experience of the sea, and were fdled with apprehension
'^use one verb) at the size of the waves. Accordingly, they did not
show the same /.eal for (ad) advancing as they often showed, prefer-
ring'' (male quam) to remain on dry land to launching out upon the
deep sea. All the forces, both foot (pedites) and horse, took up their
station on the open shore. The position'' of the ground was favor-
able ; it was shut in on all sides (undique) by high hills, which
prevented the enemy from seeing what was going on. On this
account t^hey were unable to ascertain our plans.
* 164, 2 ; apply 207, 7. ^^219, {c). ^ say, place.
i
|i
"
250
FIKST LATIN »«(K>K.
KXKRCISIC V.
( /ut.u'ii on Ciit'sar, Lcswns 11 itiitl 111. l\r<'it"i(' Exercise; to /<< aoitr
"iottliout ir/ereme to the Latin.)
But it ' was when the shore was reached (use pervenlo) that tin-
j^rcatost (lifficulty occurred. The waves were so hi^h that they
roiulered landiii},' an impossibility {use possum or prohibeo). VVc
liail accorcUnj^ly to station the fleet off tlie great harlx r for two or
three hours. We could see from the ships the armed forces of the
enemy drawn up upon the hill. Tliey- were waitinj,' until we should
leap into the sea and advance to the shore through the waves,
thinking'' that it would be impossible for us to keep our feet on
unfamiliar groimd, oppressed as we were with the weight of our
arms. Knowing-' tlieir design, our general prevented our forces
from landing until the sea became smooth.
// was .... that., is used for oiiplinsis ; omit and put litus at
end (231, 7). Thus : T/ie greatest </////cu/tv, howcifcr, was when
it was come to the shore, ■'connect (enim). ''219, (t).
EXERCISE VI.
( Based on Caesar, Lessons III and IV, in which all the words required
to do the exercise will be found. )
When the barbarians saw from the nearest hills the fleet approach-
ing the shore, they showed some slight hesitation {'tse a verb).
Artillery of unfamiliar description, legions of soldiers in strange
(mirus) armor and carrying (cum) strange weapons, ships of war
of unusual shape and appearance, with transports following close
behind, all tended (I'nipf.) to fill them with excitement^ and alarm.
They would have retreated in dismay {part.) from the shore, if
their general, flinging himself among (inter) them had not called
out in a loud voice : " Stand your ground bold'y, comrades ; do
not incur the disgrace of betraying your country." By this exhor-
tation^ (part.) he incited them to do their duty and stand their
ground.
^231, 5 ; note that Latin, as far as possible, avoids such nouns.
If \
EXERCISES IX LATIN PR08K.
257
EXERCISK Vn.
( Hascd on Caesar, Lessons fl' and /', /// which all the u<ords rei/uireil
to do the exercise will he found. )
The battle had not a very fortunate issue for us, ;mu1 chiefly
because of the alai ni produced by the enemy's chariots. These
chariots generally prove of great scrvi( c in battle, showinj;, as they
do,' the activity of horse and the stability of foot. The drivers can
advance (pro^edlor) upon an enemy or retreat with their chariots
at will ; and they threw our ranks into confusion without (use d/d. ahs.
and ne unua ... quidem) hurling; a sinj^le dart. When our general
saw what was happening (flo), he rode in all directions through the
ran!:s, appealing to the soldiers to stand their ground. Then,
ordering^ the chariots to be dislodged with slings and arrows, he
followed them uj) with the cavalry, and soon drove them from the
field (locus). They retreated so slowly that there was no con-
fusion'' in their line (acies).
*Omit. ^219, (r). '164,2, note 2.
nouns.
EXERCISE VIII.
(Based on Caes-.xr, Lessons V and VI, in xvhiih all the wofds retjuircd
to do the exercise will he found. )
About noon we set sail from this island and wore soon being car-
ried swiftly along by a sweeping (praeceps) wind from the south-
west. We hoped (spero) to make the continent before midnight ;
but, the wind dying away (219, c) at sundown, we were compelled to
take to the oars (/. //j, j, 6). All night long (usr per) we rowed
against an adverse (adversus) tide without intermission of labor
(/. 220, j). We had indeed {use enim) good reason {use habeo cur)
for haste when it was ascertained that no supply of provisions had
been laid in.' This was incentive enough {use satis incite) ; and it
had this much effect {use hoc) at least (certe),that when day dawned
we saw the continent lying (pertineo) in the sunlight not far away
upon our left, and we could hear the roar of the tide on the
lore.
17
r^r
'258
FIKsr LATIN HOOK.
Hunger (fames) had done the work (useneut. pionoiin), and if soon
afterwards also hrouj^ht us to jiort.
'164, 2, note 2 ; sa\-, // had ttot hecn proiiiiicd ivith rci^ard to
supplies.
EXERCISE IX.
( Basfii on Caesar, Les\o//s ]'/ and ViJ, in ivhich all the words rei/uired
to do the exercise will he found.)
The enemy then fled (fugio) from the field (locus) and concealed
themselves in a wood, which thjy proceeded to fortify {^»'p/.) with
great skill, cuttinj;' down a number of trees and with them closing
all avenues of approacn to the wood. Our general heard of these
preparations' from the prisoners of war, and, ascertaining the
enemy's position,'' n'<akes all haste to dislodge them from their
works. He landed his ani^y in front of the fortification and pro-
ceeded" to throw up a mound against it. This the enemy endeavored
to prevent, and they defended themselves with admirable courage,
f.ghting from the works and seeking to repulse the legions. At last
(postremo), however, after a great part of the day had been spent
in fighting, we carried the position, and once more they fied and
dispersed in every direction to their homes (domum). The loss
on our side was inconsiderable.
19. (t).
'i8i, I.
EXERCISE X.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons VII and VIII, in which all the words required
to do the exercise will be found. )
There he learned to his dismay {use ptrterreo) that about fort)
ships had been lost, vind that he raust^ return to the shore to look int«>
the facts personally. He decided that many of the ships could be
restored ; but that — though it would be an undertaking of enor-
mous labo'--niany new ones (lovus) must be built (instituo).
Accordingly he makes his preparations'' at once (statim). All the
^...•'M,
KXKUCISKS IV LATIN IMtOMK.
259
At last
Deen spent
y fled and
The losb
'v/j required
bout fort)
o look intt>
s could be
\ of enor-
(instituo).
All the
ships that were lying at their moorings, he ordered to be l^eached
and strongly foriilicd, and al! the forces, foot and horse, to l)e
recalled iiUo cainj). HancU (raanvis) of ine( hanics were sinnmoncd
from the maritime states to cut down^ trees ami begin (inclplo) the
work of restoration. Meantime (interim) the defences of the ships
are joined to (cum) those;* of the camp, and a member of staff
(legtttus) is put in charge of the whole work.
'173, 5,''). ■'^31, 5, use paro. ^1X5, 5. * use the noun ; the
Lat. demonstrative is not used with an adj. phrase ; cf., 219,(7).
EXERCISE XI.
(/hisi-(l Oil Caesar, Lessons I'lII and /A', in -whiJi all tlw words required
to do the exercise "icill be found.)
This island has a large population, fine' soldiers, and" a numerous
fleet ; and they manage both war and maritime affairs well.' The
majority in the inland parts < ultivate the fields and rear poultry.
Many also rear large numbers of cattle. Of the rest, many arc
artisans who l^uild houses and ships. Tliere is fine timber in the
island and large rivers ; and the ships of all nations assemble in
them, lironze, tin, and" iron are produced in the higher parts ;
they weigh them out into bars of definite weight and export
(exporto) them to the continent. Their currency is bronze ; but that
they usual!)' (plerumque) import. In time of war and wars are
frequent between them and other islands— they appoint one from
among themselves to the head of the army, and confer upon him
the supreme command. In this way they ensure concerted action
in the management of war. '
^Superl. of bom.-; rnit iimi. '^adv. from bonue. * say, they
can manage t/w «/u/ by., xC.
K.XKRCLSE XII.
( Based on Caesar , Lessors J X and X, in which ail the xuords 1 iiited to
do the exerei^e will be found,
I see that some writers assert' that there is a lirge island in the
middle of the sea (mare) to which an enemy never (nunquara;
260
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
' I
s ..
■.\ !*'ll I
• omes, whether" to make war or to make spoil. It is called Abiena,
or the island of the white fir. There is no other land near it whethei
to the north, the south, the east, or the west. It is triangular in
form and the measurement of each side is three hundred miles.
The distance across (say, the crossing) to it from the mainland is
not shorter than two thousand {use gen.) miles, so' that many ships
do not touch at it. In the middle of summer (aestas) the sun
never sets and it is always day there (ibi). The climate is mild,
the cold being moderate. The people who inhabit the island
call themselves aboriginal. Their number is small. I have tried
(Conor) to find out by enquiry from several persons in what direc-
tion (pars) it lies ; but I have not {use nee) been able to get any
information about it.*
^ ^iny, some have ivritten. ^^191, 5. "'itaut; 187. ^%?iy^ find out
anything; 132, 3.
EXERCISE XIII.
( Based on Caesar, Lessons X and XI, in 7chich all the tuords required to
do I he exercise ivill be fotuui. )
When we reached the eastern side of the river we descried the
forces of the enemy all drawn up on the other bank. They could
not have been less than twenty thousand strong, while we were
about half of that strength (say : less by half). The river could be
forded only at one point, and there they had taken up their posi-
tion (use constituo), intending to dispute our passage (use pro
hibeo). We learned from deserters that they had palisaded the
edge of the bank with sharp stakes and had sunk others under
water so as (ita ut ; 187) to be concealed by the river. Knowing'
the enemy's plan, our general immediately sends forward the
cavalry to ford the river, «)rdering the legions to follow close behind.
For the latter' the crossing was difficult, only their heads being*
above water. But such' was the speed and impetuosity of our
advance* that the enemy could not sustain it. They immediately
abandoned the bank and took to flight.
*2I9, (r). '^IIQ, 5. ^187,3. * use verb ; 231, 5.
KXERCIBES IN LATIN PROSK.
'J61
ed Abiena,
r it whcthei
iungular in
:licd miles,
nainland is
many ships
IS) the sun
ate is mild,
the island
[ have tried
what direc-
to get any
^7vj ^ find out
EXERCISE XIV.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons XI ami XH, in xvhich all the words required to
do the exercise will be found.
In many^ ways these people are barbarous (barbarl). They wear
their hair lonj,^ and dress in skins. They stain their bodies blue.
They live on flesh and do not sow the fields or use corn for food.
But they are not barbarous in battle. They engage an enemy
freely and with properly (bene) marshalled troops. They watch his
line of march, and, concealing- themselves in fortified woods, let slip
their armies upon him as he passes. Tlicy drive away their cattle
to' prevent him from getting booty , un (de) their fields. They
even waste their own lands by kindling conflagrations, in order to
inflict injury* ujjon him and cause him to retire from their territory.
By their own methods (consiliiim) they achieve as great wonders
{use eflQcepe tantum) in war as other more civilised nations do by
theirs
^ Say, on many accounts (causa). ^219, {c). ' 185, 5. * 231, 5.
'j reqtiired to
icscried the
They could
c we were
er could be
p their posi
e (use pro
disaded the
thers under
Knowing'
forward the
lose behind,
leads being'
osity of our
immediately
EXERCISE XV.
( Based on Caesar , lessons XII and XIII, in which all the words required
to do the exercise will be found).
(For O1U.IQUE Narration).
He answered that nothing, unless (190, 3) they surrendered, would
prevent him from laying tlicir country waste.' He would let loose his
legionaries to plunder their lands, to drive away their cattle and to
kindle conflagrations on every side (undique). Let them lay aside
all hope of carrying on the struggle. They could not escape death,
but would all be put to the sword. But if they surrendered and
did what ho required, if they trusted him and gave him hostages
and corn, if they protected his soldiers fioin wrong, he i)romiscd he
would not injure either (aut) them or their lands. He would allow
the state to enjoy its sovereignty ; he would allow their own king
(rex) lu rule over them.
\i\
S.J? t jS
Hi*?'' i
if
262
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
' 206, 3 ; think out the direct narration all through. Thus here :
Nothing win, &c., unless yt)u surrender = nihil se prohibiturum
— nisi ipsos (168, 3, note) dedidissent ; 21 1, 2 (a).
EXERCISE XVI.
( Rased on Caesar, Lessons XIII and XIV, inwhieh all the words requited
to do the exercise will be found).
Not far from this was a spot wnich had been already fortified
both by nature and art, and lay in the midst (in) of an inaccessible
wood. (A place of this kind* they call in these parts" a "town'').
This was their rendezvous ;' this they seized and resolved (statue)
to hold. They proceeded to (216, 3) strengthen it with a rampart of
palisades ; and, making incursions in every direction, they brought
(porto) into the place a large a-nount (numerus) of corn and a
large number of cattle. At the head of their army was a young
man who had been compelled* to fly (fugio) from his country to
escape death. His father had once (quondam) worn a royal
crown ;^ but he had met with a violent death at the hands of the
Romans, the youth himself escaping''' death by flight. After send-
ing an embassy^ to them to beg^ them to surrender,* our general,
on their refusal {nse nolo\ proceeded to attack the place with
two legions. It was impossible for the enemy to resist the attack.
They flung themselves in headlong (praeceps) flight from the
town. All who were taken were put to the sword.
'Huiusmodi "-'hie. •''say, at this ])(>int (eo) they assembled.
^^7oy Si '^- "'-'3'' f^; i^i^c regmim. •^make amain verb. '^231, 4.
8184, 1. »i8i, 3,
EXERCISE XVII.
( Based on Caesar, Lessons XIV aud XV, in which all the words tequired
to do the exercise will he found. )
'I'he rights of the commons m some (nonnvUlus) countries are not
highly regarded. The common people are found in the armies^ bui
they are not adn\"ited to the national council. They have no pan
I
EXERCISES IN LATIN PKOSE.
2G3
in the national religious functions. They are considered very much
(fere) as cattle, and the powerful nobles have almost the same
power {use ius) over them as a master has over his slaves. '1 hey
do not venture on any enterprise of their own accord. Everything
must be done for them through the nobility. There is no one to
defend* them from wrong ; but if they ccMiimit a crime, penalties of
all kinds (//.sv omnis) are decreed against them. They are often
(saepe) overwhelmed with debt, and then (deinde) they hand them-
selves over to the nobles, body and soul (animus). In war they
are slaughtered, and in peace (pax) they are oppressed with taxes.
Disputes between (inter) them and the nobility are decided by the
nobility, and their life- is really' one private and public servitude.
*i88, 5,0?). 'use vivo in. 'express by putting senntude in an
emphatic position; 231, 7.
EXERCISE XVIII.
(Based on Catiar, Lessons XV and XVI, iwivhich all the 'uords required
to do the exercise will be JouiuL )
The druidical system is said to have been invented in Gaul and
carried across from there to IJriiain. Gaul is at present (nunc) the
general resort* of all diligent students of the system ; and here, at a
particular season of the year, the great druidical council holds con-
clave in a consecrated spot in the centre of the country (terra).
The position of the druidical class in llritain is a very honorable
one. They are arbiters in all public and private matters of dispuie,
whether (191,5) affecting lands and inheritances, or the commission
of crimes and homicides. Men flock* from all sides to consult
(consulo) them, and there is universal compliance* with their deci-
sions. On the decease of the chief druid, the succession is
frequently (saepe) determined by worth and authority. Sometimes,
however, they settle the claims to the primacy by single combat.
Held in high honor, as they are,* they see every year (quotannls) a
large concourse* of young men (adolescens) coming together to
(apud) them fo>" instruction.
*i64, 2 and note 2. ^express by putting high in an emphatic
position ; 231, 7.
i
!• '
2eA
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
EXERCISE XIX.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons XVI ond XVII, in 7ohich all the 7oords re(/in'rt</
to do the exercise loill be found. )
He used* to lay down the following {use hlc) rules with regard t(i
(de) the subjects (res) that young men (adolescens) ought to study
(i73> 5)' Ii^ particular he endeavored to impress this beUef on all,
that literature (literae) should be studied and studied thoroughly. By
no means {iisc nee, uDiis, and modus) did he think that men could
be so incited to right action and contempt'- for the fear of death. He
thought that literature should be carried as widely as possible {use
qiiam and superl.) among the masses and taught (doceo) both by
private individuals and throut^h state aid (publiee). He thought
that many years might well be spent (consume) at this subject.
Hut for fear that' young men should neglect other subjects, \\v
recommended the study also of mathematics (numeri) and science,
and especially astronomy. " In no way" {put in indirect narration\
he used to say, "can the power and might of God be so well seen
and appreciated (intellego) as (q\iam) by the study of the starry
motions."* He held (credo), too, that attention should be given to
the training^ of the memory ; and, therefore, that everything as
far as possible should be learned by heart. " Hy trusting to
writing," he used to say, " a student relaxes both his application
and his memory."
*2i6, 3, note i. '170, 3. ^183, 2, note. *i7o, 3. *omit the
training of.
EXERCISE XX.
I:
3
'4k ^1
(Rased on Caesar, Lessons XVII and XVfll, in 7vhich all the words
required to do the exercise will be found.
One monstrous custom which they have established, is that of
human sacrifices.^ I do not know how (quomodo) they can think
that such sacrifices are pleasing to their gods. But they are a
vary superstitious nation, and believe that a life must be paid to
heaven for a life. If anyone is afflicted with a serious illness, he
EXERCISES IN LATIN I'ROSE.
265
)Ot-ds required
th regard to
lit to study
•elief on all.
roughly. By
men could
f death. He
)ossible {iisc
leo) both b)'
He thought
lis subject,
iubjects, he
md science,
narration),
o well seen
the starry
be given to
irything as
trusting to
application
^omit the
II the words
is that of
' can think
they are a
be paid to
illness, he
\()\vs that, if he escapes (eflPugio), he will pay a life for his life ; and
he makes the same vow when he is about to engage in battle or
expose himself to serious danger. They are very fond of (studeo)
sacrifices, and think that by human sacrifices the divinity of the
gods is most gratefully propitiated. I heir victims they usually
(plerixmque) burn to death in large images which they weave of
wicker-work. In this way (ratio) they punish {iise aflQcere supplicio)
all those caught in the act of theft or highway robljcry. When
the supply of such victims fails, the punishment falls upon even
innocent men, who aj^parci y {use videor) never resist the out-
rage. They have no fear of death, believing^ that after death the
soul does not perish, but passes from one person to another.
'Ex. 6, note l; say, this monstrous thing they have established
that (ut) they sacrijiee human beings, '^use 203, i ; see 100, 4.
EXERCISE XXI.
( Based on Caesar, Lessons XVITI and XIX, in 7vhich all the xvords required
to do the exercise will be found. )
The deities worshipped (218, i) in this island are much the same
as those worshipped by other nations (civitas). They* (use nam)
have a deity who, they believe,'^ directs the issue of war and to him
they sacrifice all the living things they capture in war. They
have sacred places also (item) in which they deposit other booty
taken in war and consecrate it to him; and (use nee) it does not
often happen that anyone is guilty of sacrilege and' ventures to
transfer any of these offerings to his own house. Anyone (use
si) detected in so monstrous a crime (noxia) is burned to death ;
this is the punishment ordained for the ofifence. Huge piles of
booty consecrated to the god of w:ir are a common sight in every
part of the island. In this way they tliink they can best propitiate
the divinity of the god and gain (capio) his favor.
* Begin with nam. "^ Avoid such a parenthesis in Latin. Say,
whom they believe to ... . '219, (a).
i '
•I *
:
206
FIKST LATIN BOOK.
EXERCISE XXII.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons X/X and XX, in ichkh all the iconh required
to do tJie exercise 7uill be found.)
All commerce and all commercial pursuits are directed to (esse
ad) the acquisition of wealth. When a state has amassed wealth,
it can give attention (studeo) to both the higher and the mechani-
cal arts ; and, therefore, commerce is said to be the inventor of these
and to give the initiative in (say of) all the productions of art. A
nation that will {use volo) keep command (halDeo) of trade must
(173, 5) keep command of the sea ; therefore, it must have ships,
which are one of the most magnificent products of art. But a country
that gives all its attention {jise unus) to the pursuit of trade and
neglects the duty of military service, can not long exist (diu esse
or keep war from its borders (fines). A nation that cannot conquer
(vinco) its enemies will not escape conquest itself.^ The art of war
is expensive ; but by it alone can the profits of trade be preserved.
* Say, // can not be but that a state, etc. . . . will be conquered
itself. Begin with, Fieri enini non potest quin.
EXERCISE XXIII.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons XX and XXI, in luhich all the words requited
to do the exercise uull be found.)
Roughly speaking, these people differ from other nations in their
institutions and customs in the following (hie) respects. They are
not vcj y fond of religious ceremonies and they have no sacrifices.
They love hunting and war ; and fro.n their earliest years the chase
and military pursuits constitute their whole life. They administer
their public affairs well ; but allow no discussion of political matters
except in the popular assembly. If anyone gets, from rumor or
hearsay, information affecting the public interest, he nmst (173, 5)
lay it before a magistrate. False rumors have often impelled the
state to wrong courses (use indirect narration). In former times
they used to appoint (creo) magistrates every year (quotannis) ;
nowadays (nunc), thoy judge it of greater advantage to appoint
KXEKCISKH I\ LATIN PKOSK.
26;
them for (ad) five years. They thus escape (vlto) rashness
and inexperience {use (uijs\f Important matters ought (173, 5)
to be laid before the people aftcf (quum; the magistrates
have taken counsel with regard 10 them ; but the magistrates
keep back whatever they think proper, and do not communicate it.
Taking their general culture into consideration, their political regu-
lations^ must be considered admirable {use miror; 172, 2).
'231, 5 ; Latin prefers the concrete adj. and verb to the abstract
noun. 'Say, zuhat they have laid down by law with regard to the
public interest.
EXERCISK XXIV.
(Based on Caesa": /.i'sujus A'X/ and XX/I, in which all the -words
required to do the exercise will be found.)
These people are fond of war, and consider it the noblest
(magnus) of human pursuits. Hy it they amass wealth and acquire
territory ; but the chiefs are afraid (vereor) that from the one (alter)
will be generated the love of money, and from the other a passion
for agriculture, which will ex{)el their enthusiasm for war. Accord-
ingly, they do not allow individual ownership either in money or
land. Each tribe and each family has its own allotment of land
assigned every year ; but next year they are comi)elled to move
elsewhere. On this account the*-e are no evictions {use verb) of the
humble from their holdings by the great, and on the part of the latter
no accjuisition of large estates, which in some countries is the cause
of such dissensions. The common people, in fact (denique) are
kept in contentment, seeing (use 203, i),as they do {omit), that the
wealth of all is equal. They do not even build cities, though
(quanquam) they use small houses as a protection against heat or
cold.
I!
•J6«
FlliST LATIN BOOK.
EXERCISE XXV.
(Based on Caesar , Lessons .\'A'// an<f XX I II, in which all the words
requireii lo (/>> ///,• ixtrcise will he foiiud.)
Next to oost) war they love freebooting, and consider it the
special characteristic of manly valor that this should be under-
taken on as grand a sc lie as possible. The community (civitas)
justifies it on tiie following (hie) grounds. It serves as a trainiii-
for their youny men ; it represses indolence and diminishes dis-
sension in the cantons ; it lays waste the lands of neighborini;
states and, by making a wilderness of the surrounding coimtry
(say, a "d-iildcrness lunnn}:; been inadc all round) removes all fears of
sudden inroads. The magistrates do not compel anyone to go on
a foray (latrocinor) ; but, when once a promise of assistance ha^
been given, no one can fail to follow his chief without incurring thr
deepest (mas-nui) disgrace, and earning the title of {use appello)
traitor and renegade. Whatever reason he may assign, the general
confidence thereafter is completely withdrawn from him. By these
marauding expeditions, considerable (magniis) wealth is amassed,
and they arc held in universal esteem in consequ'.'nce ; high and
low, magistrates and people, all lend them their highest approval.
EXERCISE XXVI.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons XXII and XXIV, in which all the words
required to do the exercise 7vill be found. )
The proximity of this fertile province has accustomed them to
desire many luxuries (res) of which in olden times they had no
knowledge. Formerly they lived (vivo) in jxiverty and hardship ;
now they live in sloth and opulence (opes). Formerly they used to
vanquish their enemies ; now they are so accustomed to be van-
quished themselves, that they do not even compare their own
valor to that of their enemies. Once (olim) they, of their own accord,
invaded others ; now they are always repelling invasion from their
own borders. Once they sent out colonies across the Rhine ; now
they see the colonies of other races rising among their own towns
KXKHCISKS IN LATIN I'KOSK.
200
all the words
( //.<^/' Inter ^///^/ oppldum;. Once they enjoyed the hi^'hcst diatinr-
tion for couia<;c ; now they sec the histre of their warhkc renown
tainishcd in many a battle (//.yt' minuo or derogo: and do away
with the metaphor). They have always the dread of sudcien
forays in their minds (use pronoun). They must soon (brevi)
retire from their fertile territory into the woods ; for I do not know
how they can long (dlu) keep the enemy at bay.
all the words
EXERCISE XXVII.
(Based on Caesar ^ Lessons XXIV ami XXV^ in which all the loords
required to do the exercise will be found. )
[For Ohliquk Narration,]
He said that this fertile tract (ager) extended a nine days'
journey parallel with the stream. That it would afford them in
abundance everything necessary {use opus esse) for use. This
tract they would seize and settle in. If they kept within those limits
and followed the same hallowed course of life they formerly fol-
lowed, they could easily repel (facile defendo) invasion. It was well
known that men accustomed to poverty, hardship and want were
superior in courage to all others and could not be vanquished.
But their neighbors (flnitimi) enjoyed a high reputation for justice
and would not invade their territory without cause (sine causa).
Let them, therefore, advance without fear (timor) and hand down
to all time this record (use neut. pronoun)., that they had by reason
of their warlike reputation occupied land in which no one till that
time had been able to settle.
EXERCISE XXVIII.
(Based on Caesar, Lessons XXV and XXVI, in which all the words
required to do the exercise 7oill be found. )
This wood extends in all directions (pars) a journey of many
days ; and it is far (multo) superior to all other woods we know in
size. The huntsman knows it and loves it ; and it is the haunt {use
•I
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
• •v/ I"
I.I
nil
2.8
12.5
2.2
^ lis lllllio
1.8
1.25
!.4 1.6
■• 6"
►
^
<5^
>7
OWm
^^
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 1 4580
(716) 872-4503
'^<.
'^
i
I
iA
r
270
FIRST LATIN* HOOK.
«o, thither) of many species of wild beasts. Many of these differ
in size, weight, shape and habits from those known to us. The stag
seen in this wood has taller and straighter horns than our stag, and
they spread out like branching hands. It can not lie down ; if it is
knocked down by any accident, it can not rise. It takes its sleep,
slightly inclined against the trunk (truncus) of a tree. These facts
(say, all lahich things) the huntsman knows and uses (utor) for its
destruction {tise interficio, kill). Cutting into the tree, he makes
it too weak to bear the weight of the stag {use i)ro; p. 224); and,
when the animal leans as usual against the tree, both (ambo) come
heavily to the ground (terra). In this way it falls an easy prey
{use facile and interficio) to the hunter.
EXERCISE XXIX.
( Bascu on Caesar, Lessons XXVI and XXVII, in which all the word^
required to do the exercise will be found. )
They harden and train their young men by war and labor and
especially (maxime) by the hunting of the wild ox. This animal is
almost as large as an elephant, and it has the speed of the stag
and the strength of the bull. From the top of its head project
tall straight horns, which it uses on (in) man and beast alike (et....
et). It is untamable, and cannot, even when caught young, be-
come accustomed to human beings. In this it differs from all the
other tribes of wild beasts. The hunter who kills a wild ox gets
great credit ; but he must produce the horns in public as evidence
of the fact. These horns are in great demand. Their edges are
encased in silver and they are used as drinking-cups. These cups
may be seen in large numbers (say, 0/ which many) at their great
banquets. The wild ox is not often (saepe) killed in fair (aequus)
fight. The usual way (use plenamque) is to catch them in pit-
falls and so kill them (219, a).
RXERCISKS I\ LATIN VUOSK.
1?71
EXERCISE XXX.
( Baaed on Caesar^ Lessons XXI' to XXVII. RetneAv exercise; to he
done without reference to the Latin. )
Who can tell where this wood begins or how far (quam longe) it
extends ? No one has ever leached the beginning of it or ascer-
tained its breadth. If anyone visits it^ (adire + ace.) he will see
among its tall trees many strange (minis) triljcs of beasts, which arc
not seen here and differ as widely as possible (//^^qxiam + super!.)
from those known to us. He will see in the shadows (umbra) of the
wood the deer with spreading horns, the elk, and the fierce wild ox.
The huntsman knows their haunts and follows their tracks to the
middle of the wood. There (ibi)he traps and slays them and brings
back their horns as evidence of his prowess (virtus). Let him turn
to the left, if he sees the wild ox in the woods. Trusting in (fretus)
its speed and its might, it will spare neither man nor beast. Let
him turn, fo»- *.;"• Vc) h*^ fall and rise not again (rvirsus). Let him
rather (potius) st 1. jut and slay the deer or the elk. They will fall
an easier prey.
I
APPl'lNDIX.
t.-DBCLENSION OF GREEK NOUNS.
FIRST DECLENSION.
L. Oreek nouns in -e of the first declension are feminine ; those
in -as and -es, are mascuUne. They are dechned as fellows in tiie
singular : --
fiipTtome, an nbridij^tiu'nt. Aeneas, Aeneas. Anchises, Anchises.
NoM. epitome Aeneas Anchises
(Ikn. ep' tomes Aeneae
l)Ar. Spitomae Aeneae
Ace. Spitomen Aenean (-am)
Voc. gpitome Aenea (or -fi,)
Abl. 6rit6me
Aenea
Anchisae
Anchisae
Anchisen
Anchise (or -a)
Anchise (or -a)
Note. — In all cases the plural (when used) is regular, like the
plural of mensa, a table (p. 4}.
SECOND IjECLENSION.
2. Greek nouns of the second declension ending in -os are
masculine ; those in -on are neuter. These are declined as follows
in the singular :• —
Mythos. a tale. Ilion, Ilium.
NoM. mythos Ilion
(iEN. mythi IIH
DAT. mytho Ilio
Ace. mython ilion
Voc. mythe ilion
Abl. mytho ilio
Note. — In the plural they are regular, those in -os being inflected
in the plural like dominus (p. 9), and those in -on in the plural like
bellum (p. 1 3) ; but both may have -on instead of -drum in the
genitive plural.
ra-
74
l<'IKSr LVi'lV BOOK.
1
THIRD DECLENSION.
3. Greek nouns of the third declension end generally in -os, as,
is, or ys. They are inriected as follows : —
Heros (M. ), a hero. Lampas (F. ), a torch. Tisrris (M. orY\a tiger.
Chelys (F.), rf lyre.
Singular.'
Singular.
Singular. Singular
NOM.
heros
lampas
tigrris
chSlys
CiKN.
herois
lampfi,d-is (or -os)
tigri-8(or-dos)
DAT.
heroi
lampad-i (or i)
tife'ri
Acc.
hero-em (or -a)
lampad-em (or -A)
tigri-n(or -da)
chelyn
Voc.
heros
lampas
tigris
ch61^
A RT
heroe
larap&dS
tigri (or
XL n 1^*
tigiT[de)
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
Plural.
NOM.
hero-es (or es)
lampad-es (or -es)
tigres
None.
Gen.
heroum
lampadum
tigridum
DAT.
heroibus
lampad ibus
tigrfbus
Acc.
hero-es (or -as)
lampades (or -as)
tigres(orid§s)
Voc.
hero-es (or -§s)
lampad-es (or -es)
tigres
Abl.
hero-ibus
lampadibus
tigribxis
PROPER NAMES.
Atlas,
Atlas. Dido,
l^Mo. Paris, Paris. Orphdus, Orpheus
Capys, Capys.
NOM.
Atlas
Dido
Paris
Gen.
Atlantis
Didonis (or Didus) Pftrid-is (or- os)
Dat.
Atlanti
Did-oni (or -6)
Parid-i
[(or-i)
Acc.
Atlanta
Did-onem (or -o)
f Parid-
(Parim
em (or -a)
(or in)
Voc.
Atlas
Dido
parf
Abl.
Atlante
Did-one (or -6)
Parid6
NOM.
Orpheus
capys
Gen.
Orphe-os (-i)
Capyos
Dat.
Orphei (ei, eo)
Capyi
Acc.
Orphea (-eum)
capjhi
Voc.
Orpheu
cap^
Abl.
Orpheo
•It*
API>KN'DI.\.
!7ft
II.-BXCEPTIONS TO RULES FOR GRAM-
MATICAL GENDER.
FIRST DECLENSION.
Nouns of the first declension endinj^ in -A and -e are feminine ;
those ending in -as and -es are masculine.
But, dama. a deer ; talpa, a mole; Hadrfa, the Adriatic Sea^ are
usually masculine.
SECOND DECLENSION.
Nouns of the second declension ending in -vxs, -er, -ir (-os.
Greek), are masculine ; Uiose in -um (-on, (ireck), are neuter.
But, alvus, a belly ; carbasus, linen (pi., carbS-sa, sails); colus.
a disiaff; humiis. the ground ; vannus, a ivinnowing slioTel, arc
feminine.
P61agtTS, the sea (pi. , pel&ge, nom. and ace.) ; vulgus (rarely
masc), the croivd^ the multitude; virus, poison^ are neuter. (The
two last are used only in sing.)
THIRD DECLENSION.
Nouns of the third declension that end in -er, -or, -os, -es (in-
creasing in the gen.), and -o (except -do, -gro, and -io), are masculine.
EXCEPTIONS.
(i) -er : cadaver, a dead body; iter, a road; papaver, a poppy;
tuber, a sivelling; uber, an udder ; ver, spring; verber, a lash^
are neuter.
(2) -or : arbor, a tree, is feminine ; aequor, the sea; marmor,
marble; cor, tiie heart, are neuter.
(3) -es: oompes, fetter; merces, mercJiandise ; merges, a slieaf;
quies, requTos. rest; seges, a crop; teges, a coverings arc feminine :
aes, copper, is neuter.
(4) 'OS : cos, a whetstone; dos, dowry ^ are feminine ; os (ossls), a
bone; 6s (oris), a mouthy are neuter„
(5) 0-. caro(carnis),y/t'.y//y echo, an echOyVca feminine.
•270
FIRST LATIN HOoK.
Nouns oi the thud declension that end in do, -go, io, a?, is.
•aus, -x, ea (not incteasinj^ in the ^'enitive) -b impure, and -us in
words of more than one syllable, are feminine.
EXCEPTIONS.
( 1 ) -o : ordo, ayrangcincnt ; cardo, a hinge ; ligro. a mattock ;
margo, a margin {o{ ,\. river), are masculine.
(2) .is: amnis, a riTrr : collis, a /till ; cinis, cinder^ ashes ; crinls.
hair J ensis, a sioord ; fascis, a bundle ; finis, an end ; follis, bel-
Imos ; funis, a rope; ignis, ///v ; lfi,pis, a stone ; mensis, a month;
orbis, a circle; panis, bread; piscis, a Jisii ; postis, a post ; pulvis.
dust ; sanguis, blood; torris, a Jire-brand ; unguis, a nail ; vectis,
a cro7obar ; vermis, a tvorm^ are masculine.
(3) -x: c&lix, a cup \ codex, a book; cortex, bark of a tree;
grex, ajlock ; pollex, a thumb j silex, flint ; vertex, top^ are mas-
culine.
(4) -es : acinaces, a scimitar^ is masculine.
(5) -s impure : mons, a vunmtain ; dens, a tooth; fons, a foun-
tain; pons, a bridge ; bidens, a mattock ; rudens, a rope^ are
masculine.
(6) -as; as «,assis), a small coin ; elephas (elephantis), an ele-
phant ; vas (vasis), a vessel ; fas, right ; nefas, wrongs are neuter.
Nouns of the third declension ending in -c, -a, -t, -e, -1, -n, -ar, ur,
-iia, -us (in words of one syllable), are neuter.
EXCEPTIONS.
(i) -1: sal, salt ; sol, the sun^ are masculine.
(2) -n: lien, spleen; ren, kidney; splen, tlie spleen; pecten, <<
comb^ arc masculine.
(3) -ur: fur, a thief ; furfur, bran; turtur, a turtle-dove ; Wi\t\xCt
a vulture^ are masculine.
(4) -us : pecus (pScudle), a single head of cattle, is feminine ;
lepus (leporis), a hare ; grus, a crane; sus, a pig ; mus, a tnouse,
arc masculine.
APPENDIX.
27 7
lOURTH DECLENSION.
Nouns of the fourth declension that end in -us are masculine ;
those in -u are neuter.
EXCEPTIONS.
Acus, ti needle ; colus, a dixtaff (also of the 2nd) / domua. it
house ; porticns, a portico ; tribus, a tribe; Idus (pi.), tJte Ides of
the niontli ; Quinquatrus (pi.), <i feast of Minerva ; pdnus, store
(when of this declension), are feminine.
FIFTH DECLENSION.
Nouns of the rifth declension end in -es, and are feminine.
EXCEPTIONS.
Dies, a day, is masculine or feminine in the singular, and mascu-
line in the plural ; meridies, ?nidday (used only in sing.), is mas-
culine.
III. -IRREGULAR NOUNS.
INDECLINABLE NOUNS.
Indeclinable nouns are neuter and are used only in the nomina-
tive and accusative and generally only in the smgular. They are
as follows: — Fas, right: nofas. 7orong; mane, inorning : instar,
a model; pondo, weight ; secus. sex ; nihil, nothing; opvis, need.
DEFECTIVE NOUNS.
1. The following nouns are used only in the singular: —
(i) Names of persons and places: as, Boma, Rome; Cicero,
Cicero.
(2) Abstract nouns : as, ¥16.^, faith; matiXiei, justice.
(3) Names of materials : as, Aurum. gold; ferrura, iro?i.
(4) Single words : as, Meridies, midday : specimen, example ;
supell-ex (-ectilis), furniture : ver, spring; vesper, e7>ening.
2. The following nouns are used only in \,\\g plural : —
(l) Class words: as. Maiores, descendants; gemini, twins;
lib6ri, children.
278
F I K.ST LAI IN HOOK.
(2) Many names of cities : as, Athenae, Athens ; Thdbae, Thebes;
Delphi, Delphi.
(3) Many names of festivals : as, Bacchanalia, Olympla.
(4) Sinj^le words ; as, Arma, artns ; divitiae, riches ; exsSquIae,
funeral rites ; exuviae, spoils ; Idus, hies of the month; indiitiae,
a truce ; insidiae, mnhuseade ; manes, shades of the dead; minae,
threats ; moenia, walls ; miinia, duties ; nuptiae, a wedding;
reliquiae, remains.
3. '['he following words have one meaning in the singular and a
different one in the plural. : —
Singular.
aedes (K.), (ien., aedis, a temple.
Aqua (F. ), xnater.
auxilium (N'.), help.
bonum ( X. ), a good thing.
career (M. ), a dungeon.
castrum (N.), a fort,
codicillus (M.), a bit of wood.
comitiiiin (N. ), a place of assembly.
copla (F.), plenty.
fides (F.), a harp-string.
finis (M. or F.), an end.
fortuna (F.), fortune.
gratia (F.), favor.
hortus (M.), a garden.
impedimentum (N.), a hindrance.
litera (F.), a letter of the alphabet.
locus (M.), place; pi., loca (N.)
ludus (M.), sport.
natalis (M.), birthday.
opSra (F.), a task.
6pis(F.), a genitive, help.
pars (F.), apart.
piaga (F.), region,
Plural.
aedes, aedium, a house.
Aquae, a waterini^-place
auxilia, auxiliaries.
bona, j^oods.
carc6res, barriers of a race-course.
castra, a camp.
codicilli, tablets.
comitia. a political assembly, elec-
tions.
copiae, troops.
fides, lyre.
fines (M.), boundaries or terri-
tories.
fortunae, possessions,
gratiae, thanks.
'horti, pleasure-groiinds.
impedimenta, baggage of an
a I my.
litSrae, an epistle.
loci (M.), passages in books.
ludi, public games.
natales, desceftt, ancestry.
operae, day laborers.
opes, wealth resources.
partes, a part in a play or a
party in politics.
pl&gae, snares.
Al'FKNDIX.
L'7J>
rostrvim {bi.), a fi^uA;/>f07v 0/ a vesse/. rostra, (political platjorm 01
ll list I II
V-J.
HAlea (M.), i^'ittuisms^ 7.<it.
tabellae, iiocumetits.
sal (M. or N.), salt.
tabella (K.), a tablet.
The following nouns are wantinj* in sonic of tlu- cases : —
(i) Noni., I)at., Voc. Sing.: — , 6pis, — , opera, , dpe, help .
— , vicis, — , vlcem, , vice, change.
(2) Nom. , (ien., Voc. Sing.: — , — , pr6ci, pr6cem, — , pr6c6,
prayer.
(3) Nom. and Voc. Sing,: — , dApis, dapi, dapera, — , ddpe.
food J , frugrls, fru^i, frugem, — , frugre, fruit.
(4) Gen., Dat., and Abl. Plural : Most nouns of the fifth declen-
sion, except spes, hope., and res, a fh//ii^. So also far, corn ; mel,
honey; fel, btlej pus, mailer of a wound ; rus, the coiinlry ; tua,
incense.
(5) Genitive plural : especially monosyllables : as, nex, murder j
pax, peace; pix, pilch ; cor, heart; cos, a lohelstonc ; ros, dew :
sal, sail; sol, I he sun ; liix, /ighl.
HETEROCLITIC NOUNS.
Some nouns have two or more forms of declension. Thus :
Cohis (F.), a dislaff., and many names of plants and trees are of
the second ; but they may have those forms of the fourth that end
in -lis.
Iiig6ruin (N.), an acre^ is of the second declension in the singu-
lar, but of the third in the plural.
Vas(N.), a vessel {Qoxi.^ vasis), is of the third declension in the
singular and of the second in the plural.
Festivals in -alia (as Bacchanalia), are neuter plurals of the third
declension, but have the genitive plural in orum, not in -iuno.
Ancile(N.), a shield., is of the third (like mare, the sea) ; but the
genitive plural is -orum, instead of -ium.
BSqules (F.), Gen. r6quietis, rest., is of the third, hut has
rSqiiiem, and r6quie of the fifth.
p&mes (F.), Gen., famis, is regularly of the third, but has fame of
the fifth, not fam6 of the third,
I
280
FIKHT I.ATIS HOOK.
For ddmuB (F.)» ^ house., see p. 62, 6.
Many words ha\c two forms, one belonginj,^ to oin: decleusiion
and another to another. Thus :
Luxuria (F.), luxury ; matSrIa, (F.), matter., timber; saevTtIa
(F.), cruelty^ are of the first ; while luxuries (K.), matSrleo (F.),
saevlties (F.), are of the fifth. So -ilso, eventua (M.), an event;
c6natus(M.), an attempt., iwc of the fourth ; while eventum (N.),
and conatum (N.), arc of the second.
luventus (F.), Gen., luventutis, the youth of a country;
idventas (F.), Gen., luventatis, goddess of youth ; iiiventa (F.),
time oj youth,
SSnectus (F.j, (ien., senectutis, time of old age has the poetical
senecta (F.) ; so paupertas (F.), Gen., paupertatis, /^w^r/)' has the
poetical paupSries (F.), Gen., -ei.
HETEROGENEOUS NOUNS.
Some nouns have two different genders in the singular. Thus .
The following have one form in -us, masculine, and one form
in -um, neuter : balteua, or um, a belt ; iugulus, -um, the throat ;
clipeus, -um, a shield; collus, -um, neck; baculus, -um, a staff^;
cubitus, -um, elboiv.
The following have a different gender in the singular and plural
respectively :
Balneum (N. sing.), balneae (F. pi.), bath ; caelum (N. sing.),
caeli (i\I. pi), heavens; carbasus (F. sing.), carbasa (N. pi.),
sail; delicium (N. sing.), deliciae (F. pi.), delight; rastrum (N.
sing.), rastri (M. pi.) harrows; epulum (X. sing.), epulae (F. pi.),
banquet; frenum (N. sing,), bit; freni (M.) or frena(N.); i6cus(M.
sing.), loca (N. pi.), places; iocus (M. sing.), jest; ioci (M. pi.),
or ioca (N. pi.)
ATPENDIX.
281
IV.-TABLES OP THE REGULAR VERBS.
FIRST C0N7U(;A TION.
Amo, / hn<f.
Principal ])arts — Amo, Amare, araavi, AraAtum.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
AtrnvK.
FAHHIVR
Singular
IVuraL
Sini^ular
Plural.
Amo
Amas
Amat
Amamus
Amatis
Amant
Amor
Amarls or
Amare
Amatur
Amamvir
amamini
Amantur
Imperfect.
Amabam
Araabas
Amabat
Amabaravis
Amabatis
Amabant
Amabar
Araabaris or
Amabare
Amabatur
Amabam ur
Amabamini
Amabantur
]
KUTURE.
•
Amabo
Amabis
Amabit
Amabimiis
Amabltis
Amabunt
Amabor
Amab6rJ9 or
Amabere
Amabitur
AmAbimur
Amablmini
Amabuntur
Perfect.
Amavi
Amavisti
Amavit
Amavimus
Amavistis
Amaverunt or
AmAvere
Amatus sum
Amatus 6s
AmatuB est
Amati siimus
Amati estis
Amati sunt
Pluperfect.
fimaveram
Amaveras
AmavSrat
Amav6ramu8
Amaveratis
Amaverant
Amatus 6ram
Amatus eras
Amatus 6rat
Amati dramus
Amati eratis
Amati erant
Future-Perfect.
AmavSro
Amavdriu
Amaverit
AmavSrimus
Amaveritis
Araaverint
Amatus 6ro
Amatus eris
Amatus 6rit
AmAti 6rlmua
Amati eritis
Amati 6runt
i'\
•282
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
d.tues
d,ixiet
ftmarem
^mares
d.iuaret
amavSris
amav6rit
amavissem
amavissea
amavisset
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present.
ameinus
ametis
ament
amaremus
amaretis
amarent
amer
ameris or
amere
ametur
Imperfect.
amarer
amareris or
amarere
amaretur
Perfect.
amaverimus
amavSritis
amav6rint
amatus sim
anaatus sis
amatus ait
amemur
amemini
amentur
amaremur
amaremini
amarentur
amati siraus
anaati sitis
amati slnt
Pluperfect.
amavissemus
amavissBtis
amavissent
amatus essem. amati esemius
amatus esses amati essetis
amiatus esset amati essent
2. Pers
&aaSk
amato
amato
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
amate amare
Future.
amiatote amator
amamini
amauto amator amantor
Note. — The fut. imperative is used chiefly in wills and laws.
INFINITIVE.
amari
amatus esse
amatum iri
Present.
Perfect.
Future.
amare
amavisse
amaturus esse
PARTICIPLES.
Present. amans Perfect.
Future. amaturus, -a, -udi Future.
SUPINE.
&matum
amatus, -a, -urn
amandus, -a, -um.
Amftta
APPENDIX.
L'83
(iERUND.
djuand -i, -6, -um, -o
SECOND COiN7UGATlUN.
M6neo, I admonish.
Principal parts — Moneo, monere, monvli. raonitum.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
A(JTIVE,
TASSIVE.
Singular.
Plural.
Siti'^tilar.
Plural.
mon^o
mones
monet
monemus
monetis
monent
monSor
moneris or
monere
monetur
monemur
monemini
nadnentur
IM
[PERFECT.
m6nebt.m
monebas
monebat
monebamus
monebatis
monebant
monebar
monebaris or
monebare
monebatur
mdnebamur
monebamini
monebantur
F
UTURE.
*'
monebo
monebis
moneblt
monebimvis
monebitis
monebunt
monebor
monfeberis or
monebere
mdnebitur
Percect.
monebimur
monebimini
monebuntur
moniii
moni^isti
monuit
mondlmus
moni^lBtis
moniierunt or
monuere
monitus sum
monitus 6s
mdnlt\is est
moniti svimvis
moniti estis
moniti sunt
Pl
UPEKFECT.
moniiSram
monueras
moniiSrat
monCidramus
monueratis
mdnilSrant
monittis 6ram
monitus eras
monitus erat
moniti Sramus
moniti ♦*ratis
moniti erant
Future-Perfect.
mdnii6ro
m6nii6x*ia
qadndfertt
m6nil6rlmu8
monueritis
mdnasrinl}
monltua 6ro
monitus 6ria
mdnitus 6rlt
m6niti 6rlmu8
moniti 6ritla
mdniti 6runt
I
!|.
284
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESEiVT.
moneam
moneas
monSat
monerem
moneres
moneret
monuenm
moniieris
tn6nii6rit
moniiissein
moniiisses
monuisset
moneamus
moneatis
moneant
monear
monearis or
moneare
mon^atur
Imperfect.
moiieremus
moneretis
monerent
monerer
monereris or
monerere
moneretxir
Perfect.
monuenmus
monueritis
monuerint
monitus sim
monitus sis
monitus sit
monfiamur
moneamini
raonSantur
moneremvir
moneremini
monerentur
moniti simus
moniti sitis
moniti sint
2. Pers.
2. Pers.
1 **
Present.
Perfect.
Future.
Present.
Future.
Pluperfect.
moniiissemus monitus essem moniti essemus
monuissetis monitus esses moniti easetis
monuissent monitus asset moniti assent
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
mone monete monere monemini
Future.
moneto monetote monetor
moneto monento monetor monentor
INFINITIVE,
monere
monuisse
moniturus esse
monens
moniturus
laonitum
PARTICIPLES.
Perfect.
Future.
SUPINE.
moneri
monitus esse
monitum iri
monitus
monendvis
monitu
GERUND,
monend-i, o, um, o.
APPENDIX.
285
THIRD CO.XJUGATTON.
RSgo, / f/t/t:
Principal parts-
-R6go, r6g§re, rexi,
INDICATIVE.
Present.
recttim.
ACTIVT..
PASSIVE.
Singular.
P/uni/.
Singular.
Plural.
r6go
regis
rSgit
regimus
regiti£-
rSgunt
r^gor
regoris or
regere
r^gitur
Imperfect.
rSgimur
regimini
rSguntur
rSgebam
regeba..s
rtgebat
regebamus regebar
regeDatis regebaris or
regebare
regebant regebatur
rggebamur
r6gebamini
regebantur
Future
regam
reges
reget
regemus
regetia
regent
regar
regeris or
regere
regetxir
Perfect.
regemvu*
regemini
rSgentvu"
rexl
rexisti
rexlt
reximus rectus sum
rexistis rectus es
rexerunt or rectvis est
rexerc:
recti sumus
recti estis
recti sunt
Pluperfect.
rex6ram
rexeras
rexerat
rexeramus
rexeratis
rexerant
rectus eram
rectus 6ras
rectus erat
recti Sramus
recti 6rati8
recti erant
Future-Perfect.
rex6ro
rexeris
rexSrit
rexerimus
rexeritis
rexerint
rectus ero
rectus 6ris
rectus erit
recti erimus
recti eritis
recti 6runt
S
UBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
rdgam
r6gas
rggat
rSgamus
rSgatis
regant
regar
rSgaris or
rSgare
rfigatur
regamur
regamini
regantur
m
D f-<
28r,
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
fMPERFECT.
r&g^re'a
r^g-SremuH
r^grerer
r'4g6remur
regr^res
reg-dretis
r6g3reris or
r6g6rere
r^geremini
r6grdret
rSgrSrent
regSretur
Perfect.
r6gerentur
rex6rim
rexSrlmus
rectus Sim
recti simus
rexeris
rexerltis
rectus sis
recti sitis
rexerit
rex§rint
rectus sit
JM.l'PKRFECT.
recti sint
rexissem
rexissemus
rectus essem
recti essemus
rexisses
rexisaetis
rectus esses
recti essetis
rexisset
rexissent
rectus esset
recti essent
2. Pers.
2. Pers.
1 <<
Present.
Perfect.
Future.
Present.
Future.
r6ge
rSgito
regito
i-ggimiai
rSgxintor
IMPERATIVE.
Present.
regito regere
Future.
regltote r6gitor
rSgunto rSgitor
INFINITIVE.
rSg6re rfigi
rexisse rectus esse
recturus esse rectvim iri
PARTICIPLE.
i'6gens Perfect,
recturus, -a, -um Future.
SUPINE,
rectum
GERUND,
regend-i, -o, -um, -o
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
Audio, I hear.
Principal parts — ^Audlo, audire, audivi, auditum.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
PASSIVE.
Singular. Phiral.
rectus, -a, -um
rSgendus, -a. -um
rectu
ACTIVE.
Singular Plural,
audio
audim.us
audlor
audimur
audis
auditis
audiris or
audire
audimini
audit
audiunt
auditur
audluatur
»
audlebam
audiebas
audiebat
audiam
audies
audiet
audivi
audiviati
audivit
audiveram
audiver*a.s
audiv6rat
nudivSro
audiveris
audiv6rit
APPENDIX.
Imperfect.
aud^febamua audlebar
audiebatis audlebaris or
audiebare
aiidiebant audiebatur
28;
Future.
audlemua
audletis
audient
audiar
audieris or
audiere
audietur
Perfect.
audivimus
audivistis
eudivemnt or
audivere
auditus sum
auditxis 6s
auditus est
Pluperfect.
audiveramus
audivSratis
audivSrant
auditus 6rain
auditus 6ras
audit\is 6rat
Future-Perfect.
a-idivSrimus auditus 6ro
audiveritis
audivSrint
auditus 6ris
auditus 6rit
audlebamur
avidlebamini
audiebantur
audiemur
audiemini
audientur
auditi sumus
auditi estis
auditi sunt
auditi eramus
auditi eratis
auditi 6rant
auditi Srimus
auditi eritis
auditi 6runt
,. ( .;
SUBJUNCTIVE.
audiam
audias
audiat
audirem
audires
audiret
audiv6rim
audiv6ris
audiv6rit
audivissem
audivlsaes
audivisset
audlamus
audiatis
audlant
audiremus
audiretis
audirent
Present.
audiar
audiaris or
audiare
audiatur
Imperfect.
audirer
audireris or
audirere
audiretur
Perfect.
audiverimus
audiv6ritis
audiverint
auditus Sim
auditus sis
auditus sit
Pluperfect.
audlamur
audiamini
audiantur
audiromur
audiremini
audirentur
auditi sim.u8
auditi sitis
auditi sint
audivissemus
audivissetis
audivissent
auditus essem
auditus esses
auditus esset
auditi essemus
auditi essetis
auditi essent
L'88
i
m
m
2. Pers.
Present.
Future.
audi
FIRST LATIV BOOK.
impfrativp:.
PrF.sk NT,
audite audire
Future.
audimlni
2. Pers.
audito
auditote auditor
J-
audito
audiunto auditor audluntor
INFINITIVE.
Present.
audire
audiri
Perfect.
audivlsse
auditus esso
Future.
aviditurus
esse auditum iri •
PARTiril'LE.
Present.
audlens
Perfect. auditus, -a, -um
Future.
auditurus,
-a, -um P'uture. audiendus, -a, -um
SUPINE,
auditum auditu
GERUND,
audiend-i, -6, -um, -6
IMPERATIVE OF SUM, / <wi (/^. 24).
G^, be thou. Present. &s,\,B, be ye.
Future. estote, yc shali be.
sunto, they shall be.
esto, thou shall be.
esto, he shall be.
V. -AIO. INQUAM. FOR.
I . Of Aio (/ say j^es, affirifi) only the following forms are found : —
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
Sin<;. aio, ais, ait
Plural. aiunt
aias, aiat
— aiant
Imperfect.
aiebam, aiebas, aiebat, etc.
PARTICIPLE,
aiens, ajjirtning. Note. — Ait is also used as a perfect.
APPKNDlX.
289
2. liiquani ■/ si/y) is very defective; (»iily the following formb
occur : —
INDTCATIVK.
PkKSENT. Fm PERFECT.
Sinjr.
inquam, inquis. inquit
inquibat aiui
inquiebat
Future.
inquies, inqulet
Plural. inquimus, inquitis, inqviiunt
Perfect.
inquisti, Inquit
IMPERATIVE.
Present. Kitture.
inque inquito
Note. --Inquam, like ait, is used only between the words of a
quotation : as, Turn ille, " nego id," inquit, " verum esse," Ae
thereupon said, " / deny that it is true.^^
3. For, fari, fatus sum, / speak, has the followinjf forms : —
Indic. StrnjtN.
Present. fatur, fantur.
Future. fabor, fabitur
Perfect. fatiTS sum, Si.c. fatus aim, &c.
Pluperfect, f&tus eram, &;c. fatus essem, &c.
Imperative.
Present. fare.
Infinitive. Supine.
Present, fari. fatu.
Participles.
fanti, (compare infans, mute, itn infant. )
fatus, a, um.
Fut. Pass, fandus, a, um.
(iERUND.
fandi, fando.
Present,
Perfect.
:r.
VI. -LATIN ALPHABET.*
The Latin alphabet is the same as the P2nglish with the omission
of w. The letters are divided into {a) vowels, and {b) consonants.
'This section is taken mainly from Allen & Greenough's Latin Gravimar (Ginn & Co.)
19
290 FIRST LATIV ROOK.
Vowels are sounds formed by the breath vibrating through the
vocal cords unobstructed in its passage, but modified by the
position of the organs of utterance.
CLASSIFICATION OF VOWELS (VOWEL SCALE).
Open A
Medial E O
Close I Y U
The primitive vowel-sound is a, as in father; in pronouncing it,
the vocal organs are fully open. Starting from this vowel and
gradually contracting the passage between the palate and the tongue,
we form in succession e (pronounced ey, as in they)y and i (pro-
nounced i, as in machine). Again by contracting the lips in a
similar manner, we get o (pronounced as in holy), and u (pro-
nounced, oo as in boot). By contracting both lips and palate, we
get the French sound of u represented by the Greek v and the
Latin y.
CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS.
Consonants are classified : —
{a) According to the organs of speech employed in uttering
them, as : —
(1) Labials (or lip-letters) p, b, m f, v.
(2) Dentals (or teeth-letters) t, d, n, s.
(3) Llngnals (or tongue-letters) . . . .r, L
(4) Palatals (or palate-letters) i(=j=y)-
(5) Gutturals (or throat-letters) ....c, k, q, d, n (before guttural), h.
{b) According to the degree of breathing required in their utter-
ance, as : —
^a^ Mutes ..p, b, c (k), q, gr, t, d, f (pb), ch, tb.
(b) Senii-\'owels ..i (j), and v.
(c) Nasals m ami n.
Mutes are classed, on the same principle, into : —
(i) Smooth p, t, c (k, qu).
(2) Middle b, d, g-
(3) Rough (or aspirate).... f(phX v, (th), (ch).
AITKNIUX.
291
Combining these two methods, we have the following scheme :
Smooth Mutes
Middle Mutes .
Rough Mutes..
liARIALH.
p
b
f (ph), V
Drntaix.
t
d
th
(JlJTTirRAI-S.
c (k, qu)
S
ch
Consonants are further classed : —
(c) According to the manner in which they are uttered, as :
(1) Sxirds (or voiceless letters) p, t, k, c, qu.
(2) Sonants (or voiced letters) b, d, g.
The following table will illustrate the classification of conso-
nants : —
MUTES.
SEMI-VOWELS.
VOICKLESH OR HURI).
Voiced or
Sonant.
b
d
g
Nasals.
LlQt:iI)S.
Spirants or
Fricativkh.
Sum, ANTS.
Labials
Dentals
Liquids
Palatals
Guttm-als . . .
P
t
c, k, q
m
n
n (before a
guttural)
r, 1
f. V
i (or j), y
h
s, z
CHANGES OF LETTERS.
Letters are changed according to general laws of inflection or
derivation, or to secure an easier utterance (euphonic change).
Vowels are changed by : —
(rt) Vowel increase : as, lego, legri ; emo, emi ; piacere, placare ;
sonus, persona; duces, duco; fides, fido, foedus. So in Engl sh,
fell, fall, fallen ; tell, told ; bind, band, bound.
{b) Vowel weakening-. Following the vowel scale (p. 290), we
find these changes usually from a to / on the one side, and from a
to u on the other ; but often across from (} to e. Thus : factum, con-
fectiun, con-flcio ; ago, egi, red igo ; salio, ex-sulto ; verto, vo:rto
(old form) ; sequi, socixis ; tego, toga.
292
FIRST LATIN lloOK.
i ■|ij!
(() Contrafition or omlsflion : as, rtnliit r«dit, ; coA^o (K>go ,
nihil nil : audacter auriaciter.
(i/) Suppression of the fricatives (i or j)and v: as, ciinctus-
coiunctus ; rursus reversus; am&sset amavisset.
Consonants aro hanged by : —
(a) Substitution: as, r for s between two vowels and before m
or n: as, genesis to generis; disemo to diremo ; vetusnus to
vetemus; or s for d or t, for case in pronunciation : as, cadtus to
casus ; cedtum to cessum.
(/f) Omission : as, examen for exagmen : caementum for caed-
mentum ; Inna for liicna ; pes for peds
(c) Insertion : as, sum-p-sl from sumo ; hiemps for hiems.
(d) Transposition : as, spemo, sprevi ; cemo, crevi,
(e) Dissimilation: as, meridies for medidies.
(/) Assimilation :( I ) Partial (/.<'., a smooth mute precedes a
smooth mute ; a middle, a middle ; an aspirate, an aspirate ; p. 291) :
as, scriptus for scrib-tus ; actus for ag-tus ; so too quantus, for
quamtus. (2) Complete: as, cessi for ced-si ; summus for sub-
mus; sella for sedla. Assimilation often occurs in the case of the
last consonant of the preposition in compounds. Thus : afflcio for
ad ficio ; occasio for ob-casio ; corruo for con-ruo ; suppono for
sub-pono.
SYLLABICATION.
In the division of syllables (syllabication), a single consonant
between two vowels is to be wxitten with the latter : as,
fa-ber, re-gi-na, do-minus.
Double consonants {i.e., two consonants that can begin a word)
are often so used : as, ho-spes, ma-gnus, dixit.
When the consonant is doubled, the first belongs to the first
syllable, and the second to the second syllable : as, annus, pen-na,
nait-to, bel-lvun.
The parts of compounds are treated as separate words : as,
ab-est ; in-uti-lis ; ob-i-re.
Note. — The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate, the next
to the last, the penultimate or penult, and the one before the
penult, the ante-penultimate or antepenult.
APPKNDIX.
•J9n
VII.-LATIN PRONUNCIATION.
There are two methods of pronunciation of Latin words: (tO
The Roman method ; (h, the KngUsh method. liotli are widely
used. Tlic following is a report of the committee of tlie Ontario
Classical Association, which was appointed in 1891 to consider the
subject of Latin pronunciation : —
LATIN PRONUNCIATION.
Your Committee, appointed to consider the subject of Latin
Pronunciation, beg leave to report as follows : —
As the reports of the High School Inspectors sufficiently prove,
there is at present in Ontario no uniform system of Latin pronun-
ciation.
Owing largely to this defect, the oral reading of Latin is little
attended to in many schools, while from others it is completely
excluded.
It is hardly necessary to point out what an important instrument
for teaching is thus neglected. If taught through the ear as well
as through the eye, pupils leain much more quickly, and get a far
more secure hold upon a language.
Not the least serious effect of the present disregard of oral
teaching, is the ignorance of quantity that prevails very generally,
with the consequent inability to appreciate Latin metres.
In the hope of partially rectifying present evils, your Committee
have decided upon a scheme of Latin Pronunciation which it is
hoped will be adopted by the Association and by classical teachers
throughout the Province.
The scheme follows that known as "the Roman method," and is
based upon a report made in 1887 to the Cambridge Philological
Society by a committee consisting of John Peile, J. F, Postgatc and
J. S. Reid. This report opens with the following announcement : —
"Your committee have come to the conclusion that the classical
pronunciation of Latin has been sufficiently ascertained for the
purpose of drawing up a scheme which may reasonably be regarded
as permanent."
I
294 FIKUT LATIN BOOK.
Before bein^' adopted, the report was fully discussed at two
meetings of tiic Philological Society, and was "put forth by the
Society as an apj)roxiniate statement of the pronunciation of Latin
by the educated classes in the Augustan period."
Besides giving what is presumably the correct pronunciation of
Latin, the scheme involves three main advantages : — (a) it is brief
and simple ; (h) it presents a practically phonetic alphabet ; (c) it
makes very clear the distinction in quantity between long and short
vowels.
The Roman method is already used in some parts of Canada,
and is commonly followed in the best schools and colleges in the
United States.
The following books of reference are recommended : —
Ellis, A. J. — Quantitative Pronunciation of
Latin Macmillan, 1874.
Seelmann. — Die Aussprache des
Lateins Henninger, Heilbronn, 1885.
Roby, H. J. —-Latin Grammar Macmillan, 1887.
Cambridge Philological Society. — Pronunciation
of Latin Triibner, 1887.
(Price 3d.)
ROMAN METHOD.
Vowels.
Letters. Pronunciation.
Latin A long as in cdlo^ manure^ as Eng. a in ps^lm, s<;?lve.
short as in cdlor^ mdnSo. the same sound shortened.
Both d and a are found in aha !
N.B. a in Latin was never pro-
nounced as in mate, nor a as
in man, mat.
E long as in nedum, as Eng. e in gr^y and sk^in.
sccedo^ die.
short as in n(!fas^ sifco, as Eng. e in sp^'d and nu't.
N.B. Lat. e was never pro-
noun<:ed as Eng. ee in see.
Hi
tened.
aha!
pro-
\r a as
APPENDIX.
29.')
I long as in .vf, sln^ fldfo. as / in mach/ne, cc in {ee\.
N.H. The Latin /"WJ.-. never the
/ in f/'ne.
short as in sUie^ st/ts, as / in f/t, p/n.
righUis.
O long as in comls^ om^n. as <^ in b^me, l<?ne.
short as in cdtnUs^ dpHs. nearest representative Eng. is- o
in n^>t, xocV.
U long as in lina^ limdr. as u in rwin, rwcle.
N. B. Lat. ft was never pro-
nounced lilvc u in acwte, m«le
which is yoo.
short as in utt'r^humi'is. as u in f//ll, ^'/-' in {oo\..
N.H. Lat. « never as Kn^. u in
b«t, c«t.
Y longas in^'yr/zj-, //yd^/v/. as I long.
short as in c^mhd^ Ifrd. as^ in beaut/, hdy.
Diphthongs.
The pronunciation of the diphthongs is best learnt by first sound-
ing each vowel separately and then running them together. Thus:
ac as ah-eh ; au as ah-oo ; oe as o-eh ; ei as eh-ee ; eu as eh-oo,and
id as oo-ee.
AE
AU
OE
EI
EU
UI
n tacdae nearly Eng. a in f^^re.
n laudo Eng. ou in h^;//se.
nfoedus N.B. Avoid the pronunciation "feed-us."
n hei Eng. ey in gr^y, ct in sktvn.
n sai, neuter YYliQ general rule, as given above, is a
n ctii, huic / sufficient guide.
Consonants.
pro-
C as in cdno^ cSctni^ circa, co7idt- always as Eng. k ; never as s or
cio. as c before f, /.
Qu iH inquit, as Eng. qu in quick.
G\ngaudeo,g^mi'S,gfgas,ug^. always as Eng. g in ^^'^ot, ^et,
be^n ; never asy" or^i^ soft.
f
9
296
FIRST LATIN KOOK.
N before c (k, qu), g, as inctpit^ as ng'wi sing\ thus: ingkipit, ing-
inqu(wi, congero. quani, conggero.
R in ringi\ riirus, datdr. trilled r as in French or Scotch.
S as in siis^ accuso^ tristes. always voiceless, as in \\\ss^ \i\s\. ;
never voiced as in ha-v (haz).
J or I consonant, as in iitguw^ as Kng, y. Thus : jugum, vakio.
iacio.
V or U consonant, as in udnus^ as Eng. w. Thus: wrthnus,
«/v, seruo (i.e., viwus, vis^ wees, serwo.
servo).
N.B. There is no ancient authority for spelling / consonant as/,
or II consonant as v. The Romans used one symbol for both
vowel and consonant.
B, D, F, H, L, M, P, T
as in Eng.
N.B. T is always the same.
Edi/io is not to be pronounced
edi^hio.
as Eng. ks (x) ; eAvulto, not
e^^^i'ulto.
Probably as dz in ad^"^.
X as in saxum, cxiilto.
Z as in gaza^ Zephyr us.
Double consonants should be carefully separated in pronuncia-
tion, as a^j^'^-^^'^er, poj'-jum, pe«-«a.
Quantity.
Observance of quantity is of vital importance for the proper
appreciation of metre in Latin poetry and of rhythm in prose. '1 he
difference in duration between short and long vowels should be
carefully observed. Distinguish {eg.) bonum and donum, mil'is
and fides, cupidus and durus. Observe the quantity in sic, non,
sinfi, die, etc.
Each vowel has a quantity of its own, and, as far as possible, the
natural Icnyth of a vowel should be distinguished from the con-
ventional '■ lengthening " which it undergoes before two consonants.
The I of scribo is still T in scrlptus, as the e of st^co is still shoit (by
nature) in sectus. But in secttis the weight of the double consonant
allows the syllable to be treated in verse as if it were naturally
long.
From ancient authorities we learn that vowels were regarded as
AI'l'KNDlX.
297
long in themselves, when preceding ns, nf^gn^ ct (when represent-
xxi'g gt., as in lectus from IG^^o), am., at leist sometimes defore ;/f, nq
and r followed by a consonant. Thus constans, Tnfensus, rcgnum.
signum, quinque, sanctus, ordo, orno. .
|lc, the
con-
Mi ants.
)l-t (l^y
jonant
III rally
led as
TIIK ENGLISH METHOD.
The following are the rules of pronunciation according to the
English method : -
Sounds ob' the Vowels.
Long Voivcls.
a as ill fate ; as ara.
Short Voivcls.
a as ill Jilt ; as, &mo.
G
viete ;
'' edi.
&
met :
" reget.
1
piiw ;
" ira.
i
pin;
" videt.
6
note ;
" odi
6
not ,
" monel.
u
tube ;
" unus.
•a
tub ;
" sumus.
y
type;
" misy.
• y
myth ;
" Teth^s
(i) / preceded by an accented a, e, o, or y and followed by
another vowel, is a semi-vowel with the sound of the English y in
/t7,as in the Roman Method : as, Acha ia, pronounced A-cha-yii.
(2) U after q, and generally in gu, su before a vowel, has the
sound of IV as in the Roman Method : as, qui (pron. kwl), saasi
(pron. swaysi).
Sounds of the Diphthonijs.
Ae like e : as, Caesar, Daedalus ; au, as in author^ aurum ; oe like
e: as, Oeta, Oedipus; eu, as in neuter^ neuter; ei, oi, when diph-
thongs, are pronounced as ei in height and oi in coin ; ui, as a
diphthong, has the long sound of i ; as, ctii (kwl), hulc (hic).
Sounds of the Consonants.
(r) C and g are soft (like s and j) before e. i, y, ae, oe, and hard
in other situations : as, cede (pronounced se-do), cade (pronounced
ka-do).
i I
It 1
I-: i
!
;i 1
298
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
c has the sound of sh (i) before i preceded by an accented
syllable and followed by a vowel : as, socius (pronounced so-she-us),
and (2) before eu, yo preceded by an accented syllable : as
caduceus (pronounceil ca-du-she-us).
e has the soft sound before g soft : as, agger.
(2) s, t, X are pronounced as in English. But —
(a) a, t, X are aspirated before i preceded by an accented
syllable and followed by a vowel, s and t taking the sound of sh,
X that of kah: as, artium (pronounced ar-she-um, anxifia (pro-
nounced ank-she-us).
(d) t loses the asjjirate after (1)8, t, x: as, mixtio; (2) in old
infinitives in -ier: as, flec-ti-er ; (3) in proper nouns: as, Philistion.
(t ) 8 has the sound of z after e, ae, au, b, m, n, r : as, apes,
praes, urba ; also, in a few words after the analogy of the corre-
sponding English words : as, cauaa.
(rtf ) X, at the beginning of a word, is pronounced z : as, Xanthuo.
VIII. -QUANTITY AND ACCENTUATION.
Quantity.
Syllables are divided, according to the time taken in their pronun-
ciation, into long, short, and common.
Lo/i^ Syllables. —K syllable is long in quantity —
(1) If it contains a diphthong or a long vowel : as, haec, rea.
(2) If it is contracted : as, nil for nihil.
(3) If its vowel is followed by i (?>., j), x, z, or any two consonant'j
except a mute (j?^. 2Qo) followed by a liquid (1, m, n, r): as, dux,
rex, aunt. In this case it is said to be long by position.
Short Syllables. --h syllable is short if its vowel is followed
by another vowel, by a diphthong, or by the aspirate h : as, dies,
viae, nihil. In these cases it is said to be short by position.
Common Syllables. :\ syllable is common, if its vowel, naturally
APPENDIX.
299
short, h followed by a mute and a liquid : as, ftgii. lAt6brae, aiacris.
Long syllables are marked by - ; short syllables by ^ ; common
syllables by c-
Accentuation.
Words of one syllable are always accented : as, rex, dux.
Words of two syllables are always accented on the first : as,
men'-sa.
Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult (or
next to the last), if that is long in quantity ; otherwise on the
antepenult (or third from the last) : as, ho-nor'-is, con'sii-lia..
If an enclitic (or appended word) is joined to a word, the accent
falls on the syllalile next to the enclitic, whether long or short : as,
d6S,'que, amare've, tibi'ne.
IX.-ROOT. STEM. INFLECTION.
A root is the simplest combination of sounds that expresses the
general meaning of any v/ord or set of words either in the same
language or in other languages of the same family. Thus : vitis.
a vine; vimen, osier; vi-eo, / bind, are derived from the root
vi-, bind.
A stem is the part of a word that remains after the grammatical
terminations are taken away. Thus, reg- is the stem of rex [ =^reg
+8 (s, the termination of nom.)] ; voca- is the stem of vocas
[=voca+s (s, the terminati(m of the 2 pers. sing.)]
A stem is formed from a root, sometimes without change, but
generally by modification of the root vowel, or by the addition of
some suffix or suffixes. Thus : due is a root and the stem of
duces, leaders ; vi- is the root, but viti- is the stem of vitis. a vine ;
voc is the root, but voca- the stem, of vocas, thou callest.
Inflection is the change a steni undergoes to express the various
grammatical relations it has to other words in the sentence. This
change is efiected by means of grammatical terminations or endings
(also railed inflections.) These imlections include the forms ^.^i cases
300
I'lKST LATIN KOOK.
I
of nouns, pronouns and adjectives, and the forms of the moods,
tenses, Jiuniber-Awd person o( ihe^ verbs.
Inflections had originally a meaning, but it can no longer be
traced. They are not usually added to roots, but to roots prepared
for the addition. The different vowels used to connect the stem
with the inflections of nouns (aided by certain phonetic changes)
have given rise to the different declensions which, no doubt,
were originally one. Thus :
I. Decl. Gen. Sing., mensae. probably for orig. mensa-ia.
servo-is.
2.
((
((
servi.
3.
((
i(
regis,
4.
<(
M
gradus,
s.
((
U
rei.
tt
u
u
((
((
gradu-is.
re-is.
The stem of the first declension ends in -& (as, mensA) ; of the
second declension in -o (as, domino-) ; of the third declension in a
consonant or -i (as, reg-, stem of rex; turri-, stem of turris) ; of the
fourth declension in -u (as gradu-) ; of the fifth declension in -e (as,
re-, stem of res).
APPENDIX.
3Ul
m
o
' t *>
« j3 p ° s
7) H
3 T'C ^ 3
4 ej 4-1 C
-- en . o
5 m
(D
it C I,
;5.sil®-§s
o c
00 -g
ii ©"a
00 0='*
'H o <D
58 m in
; = a
a S *Z ^
p
1=
®.s
"S.S
> •s"**'
as
9 II
(D
II U
P
<D a
tf
CD i;
al
^ .23
og5
■ C' > c *
S eS (V o
1-4 WM
:?
id
o
' a
J
5i
^u
II 2!
a:^-
•9"-'
= a
? o
2*8
s -
aS^
o3.Q"S
e.A
(0
to O
rt ■• -jT
I
SI
0.
a
(0®
•^ CD
3
p.
a
OS..
« r
II -B
8 S
g.l
0)
a:
H
c
a.
a2
(D C
00-
•Sti
c
DO
II
QQ
5 -
0*0
_ ») 2 X
9 O w C,
;i CM
a
H
Oh
I.H
302
FIRST I^TIN BOOK.
I
'l-l
: \
I
i \'
i t
ill
REMARKS.
1. The endings of the primary tenses were originally in the sing-
ular -mi, -si, -ti, in the plural -mos, -tes, -nti.
2. In Latin the secondary endings -m, -s, -t, have everywhere dis-
placed the primary endings -mi, -si, -ti. Thus the same personal
suffix is used in tenses of both orders.
3. The secondary tenses invariably use these endings; primary
tenses generally use them, but sometimes drop them.
4. The thcviatic vowel is the vowel that attaches the personal
ending to the verb-root. Before nasals (m, n) the thematic vowel
is o; elsewhere it is e. Changes in the thematic vowel are due to
phonetic laws peculiar to the Latin language. Thus :—
reg-o =regr-o-m (i)
reg-i-s =reg'-e-S(i) (e beooming' -i in unaccented syllables).
reg-i-t =reg-e-t(i)
reg-i-mus = reg-o-mos
regi-tis =reg-e-te3
reg-u-nt =reg-o-nt(i)
5. When the verb-root terminated in a vowel, consonantal i(y)
was introduced before the thematic vowel. This was due to a law
of the original Indo-European language which did not admit of two
vowels coming together and thus forming a hiatus. Thus : —
am (a)-o = ama-y -o-m(i)
mone-o = mone-y-o-m(i)
audio =audi^-o-m(i)
6. The -i in capio is due to analogy of verb-roots terminating in
a vowel, and not to phonetic reasons as is the case in, e.g.^ moue-
y-om.
7. All the conjugations are reducible to one^ with the same the-
matic vowel. In conjugations other than the third, the thematic
vowel has generally been absorbed by the vowel terminating the
verb-root.
XI.-DERIVATION.
Considerable help in the mastery of Latin vocabulary will be
found in attending to the composition of words. Thus : contendo
is from con, an intensive particle, and tendo, stretch; and, there-
APPENDIX.
303
fore, means to strain,, to exert one's self : occupo is from ob, «'«, and
capio, seize ; and must mean to seize on.
Note. — The component parts of a derivative word are written
after it in brackets. Thus : improbus (in. not, and probus, good)^
bad.
The meaning of such prefixes and affixes will be mastered gradu-
ally and in detail. The more common are given here.
VERH.S.
{a) The ending -to, -Ito, or ito, has 7i frequentative ioxc^ ; i.e.,, ex-
presses a frequent or repeated action : as —
iacio, throw ; lacto, toss.
dico, say ; dictito, keep saying.
dormio, sleep ; dormito, 7wd.
.Such verbs are c^WqA frequentaiives.
(p) The ending -see has an inchoati'De or inceptive force, z>., de-
notes the begin?ting of an action : as —
ld,bo, are, totter ; laba-sco, begin to totter,
{c) The ending -esso expresses eagerness : as —
capio, take; capesso, snatch.
{d) The ending -tirio expresses a desire j as—
morior. die; moriturio, wish to die.
edo, eat; esurio, be hungry,
pario. bring forth; parturio, be in labor.
(e) the ending -illo has a diminutive force : as —
canto, sing; cant-lllo, chirp.
Note. — The following list of verbs, differing in meaning in dif-
ferent conjugations, may be useful : —
pendeo, hang (intrans.) ; pendo, //ci«^ (trans.)
fugrio, fly ; fugo, are, put to flight.
cado, fall; caedo, Jcll^ kill.
iacio, throw ; iaceo, lie.
liquo, are, make clear; liquet, // is clear,
sedeo, sit; sedo, are, allay.
li^v , ,
304
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
NOUNS.
»
(a) The ending -tor or -sor denotes n //Ki/e ntj^cfi/ : as, proditor,
betrayer ; victor, a conqueror. Some of these have a feminine
form : as, victrix.
Note. — Nouns in -tor are very common in Latin, much more
common than the corresponding Enghsh nouns in -er. Where
there is no corresponding noun in EngHsh, the Latin noun must be
paraphrased : as, auctores ad liberandam patriam non desiderantur
illis actoribus, men to abet them in the liberation of their country
are not required for the men who did this deed {oi the conspirators
who killed Caesar.)
(b) The endings -io, tio, -tus and -tura denote an action ( = Eng.
-ing) : as, reg-io, a keeping straight^ a line; auditio or auditus, a
hearings mercatura, a trading.
Nouns in -io are very common : as. spe contentionis deposita.
having laid down hope of carryijig on the struggle. They often
come to have a concrete force : as, factio, a doings then a faction;
dlssensio, a differing in opinion., then, dissension.
{c) The endings -lus, la, lum, have a diminutive force : as,
riviilus, a rivulet (rivus, brook).
{d) The ending etum expresses a place full of : as, vinetum
(vlnum, wine, grapes) vineyard. So : arbustum (arbor, tree) plan-
tation,
{e) The endings -tas, -ia, -tudo, express a quality : as, verittis
(verus), truth; audacia (audax), boldness ; aegritudo (aeger), sick-
ness.
(/) The endings -ciilum, bulum, trum and mentum, express a
means or instrument : as, iftciilum (iacio), dart ; aratrum (arc),
plough; documentum (doceo, ."ach), proof.
(g) The ending, -ile, added to the name of an animal, denotes
the place where it is kept : as, ovile (ovis, sheep), fold; b6vile(bo8),
ox-stall.
(h) The ending -Ides (for nouns in -ua preceeded by a consonant),
•ides (for nouns in -eus), d,des (for nouns in -as), express ^^son of" :
editor,
minine
1 more
Where
nust be
jrantur
:ountry
5 i raters
; = Eng.
litus, a
eposita,
;y often
faction;
ce : as,
inetxim
) plan-
veritas
r), sick-
)ress II
(arc),
lenotes
^e (bos),
mant),
\n op ;
APPENDIX.
305
as, Priaiiiidea, .wv/ ^V /V/Vf//// Atrides, son of Atreus ; Aene&des,
son of Aenias. Such nouns arc called patronymics.
(i) The endings -is, -eis, laa, -ine and one, express ''^ dau^htt'r
of^\' as, Tantalis, daughter of Tantalus; Nerois. daughter oj
Ncreus ; TYxQstieiS, daug/ttcr (f J hestiits : Neptunine, daughter of
Neptune J Acrisione, daughter of Acrisius.
ADJECTIVES.
{a) The endinLj -bundus has the force of the pres. participle in-
tensified : as, moribundus, on the point of death.
(fi) The ending cundus denotes a cjuality : as, iracundus, pas-
sionate; facundus, eloqiwnt.
ic) The endings ilis and bilis denote able to do (or be done to)
what the stem implies: as, fertilia, able to hear, fertile; terribilis,
terrible ; docilis, teachable ; habilis, easily handled^ manageable ;
facUis, easy.
{d) The ending -ax denotes an inclination or capacity : as,
loquax, talkative ; capax, capacious.
{e) The ending -eus denotes jnade of: as, aureus, golden.
So, -nus, -neus, with names of* trees : as, quemus (-neus), miute
of oak (quercus),
{f) The endings osus and lentus denote fulness : as, pericu-
losus, full of danger; violentus, full of 7nolen cc.
(g) The endings -icus, -icus, -ilis, -alis, -ius, -inus, -anus, arius,
express relating to what the stem implies : as, bellicus, warlike ;
amicus, friendly; hostilis, hostile. (Note.— Adjectives in -ilis
from nouns, have i ; from verbs, i ) ; navalis, pertaining to a ship ;
patrius, pertaining to a father ; caninus, pertaining to a dog;
urbanus, pertaining to a city; agrarius, pertaining to land.
(//) The endings -atus, -itus, and -utus, give a pf. part. pass,
force : as, alatus, luinged; auritus, cared; cornutus, horned.
(z) The endings (i) -ensis (with nouns in -ae, -um, -o) ; (2) -inus
(with nouns in -ia and -ium) ; (3) anus (with nouns in .a, -ae, -um,
-i) ; (4) as(atis) (with nouns in -num. -na, -nae), and (5) Icus (with
20
306
FIRST LATIN HOOK.
i
names of countries), denote belonging to the town or country from
the name of which the adjective is formed. Thus : (i) Cannensls.
of Cannae; Comensls. of Coiniint : Sulmonensis, oj Stihno. (2)
Amerinus, of Ameria; Caudinus, of Caudium. (3) Romanus, of
Rome {\<bvc\\\) \ Thebanus, />•<;/;/ TV/t'/^^i-fThebae),- Tuaculanus.yr^;//
TtiscJlluni ; Pimdanus, of Fundi. (4) Arpinas. of A) pi num. (Duo
Arplnates, Marius and Cicero); Capenas, of Capena ; Ptdenae, of
Fidenae ; Gallicus, of Gaul.
PREFIXES.
(a) amh^abou/ .• as, ambio, go round; anceps (caput), /7fY>-
Aeaded.
'(If) dis- or di- = asunder ; as, dimitto, send in different directions.
With adjectives it has a negative force : as, disslmilis, unlike.
if) in- = Eng. un—not : as, infectus, undone.
(d) re-^'r) hack: as, reddo, give back; (2) again: as, reflcio.
make again ; (3) Kng. un- : as, resero, unbar (sera, bar); (4) =
Eng. dis- : as, reprobo, disappro7u\
(e) Be- ^- aside, from : as, securus, free from care; sepono, lay
aside; so, seiungo, disjoin.
{f) ve--^Eng. un-, -less: as, vesanus, insane ; vecors, senseless.
{g) sesqui- ( = seini8que, and a half }) = one half more: as,
sesqviilibra. a pound and a half; sesquipes, afoot and a half.
V
PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
The preposition in composition often retains its original force :
as, expello, / dri^'e out. Frequently, however, it will be found
with a different meaning altogether : as, abutor, use up; dedisco,
unlearn. Such peculiarities of meaning should be carefully mast-
ered, as they are met with in reading. A few examples, for the
sake of illustration, will be given here.
Cum or con,
Oonflcio, do completely, finish (intensive) ; contorqueo, hurl at { =
to a point).
AIM'KNDIX.
30:
De.
"D&pugno, f'(^/if to f/ir drnf/i (intensive); dearmo. t/isarm (nega-
tive); defero, hrini; lioum^ prpott ; decedo, ^i,''^' ^/7<'</r/ deflclo, tHukc
(or loosi") away, :. rci'olt^ Jtiil ; dedo, ghw up.
Per.
Perflcio, do thoroug'nly^Jinixli : permagrnus, Tcry j^rcn/.
Sub.
&\xcceAo, CO fni' iuio /he p/acc of; suflQcio, g/icf in the place of;
8ubl6vo, //J// up {i.e., from under).- sumo ( subemo), A/Xv up ;
suspicio look up to : subsequor, /allow close ; subduco, withdraw
secretly J subomo, prepare secretly^ suborn ; susplcor. look up at
askanccy suspect; subrideo, suiile.
XII.-SUMMARY OF SYNTAX RULES.
1. The direct object is in the ace, the indirect in the dat. (p. 5).
2. A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender, nimibcr, and
person ; its case is determined by the verb of its own clause
(p. 126).
3. Verbs of viaking^ choositig^ callin^^ &c. (factitives), take two
accusatives (p. 90).
4. Verbs of askings clothings teachings concealing^ take two
aces. (p. 92).
5. Duration of time and extent of space are in tlie ace. (p. 69).
6. An ace. is used with an adj. or verb to define its meaning
(ace. of specification y p. 98) ; an ace. is also used adverbially :
as, Hoc potuit, he was able for this,
7. Thre subject of the inf. is in the ace, (p. 109).
8. The genitive is used to express the whole of which a part is
taken (partitive gen. ^ p. 69).
9. The gen. is used with sum to express belongs to and to ex-
press task., duty., inark^ &c. (p. 124).
10. The gen. is used to express quality (p. 130), and indefinite
price (p. 150).
:{0H
IIKST r.ATIN HOOK.
n
' If
' ^1
T r
it ^'' '■
11. The ^cn. (A soiin** is ii>ecl with ciTtain vcrhs nf /rr/ifii^'-
(p. 165).
12. The j^i'ii. is iisfd with refert atul interoHt, // /V »'/* inif>ortttncc
A' (p. 166).
13. The >^ei). of the char^'C is iis(!(l witli \('rbs of <uiusi)iii\ ion-
t/c'W////i^(^^kc. (]). 167).
14. 'I'lic j;eii. is used with verbs of rcniauhcyin^ mm\ Jorgcttipi}^
(p. 146).
15. Adjs. followed in Enj,dish by ofy take tl:e ^^mi. (p. 61).
16. Adjs. followed in English by to ox /or take the (intii'c (p. 60).
17. Many verbs (p. 105) take a dat. : as, parco {spare), credo
{J)i'linic^ pareo {oiny), confldo (/; i/sf), nubo (tivv/), studeo (fie
::c(i/(>//\), obsto {stand in the ivay), vaco {/laTe /e/st/re), impero
{coinniand\ suadeo {rcionnnend), \ras,coT {fir angry), ^wttvenio {a id),
ig-nosco {pardon), servio {scrTc), invideo {('n7y\ indulgeo {indi//gr\
plficeo {p/rast'), displiceo {displease), repugno {oppose), occurro
{meet), obsisto (resist), f&veo (/a7'or), noceo (iittrt), licet (// is
allowed), libet (it pleases), minor (threaten).
18. Verbs compounded with certain prepositions take the dat.
(p. 120).
19. Verl)s compounded with bene, male, satis, take the dat.
(p. 106).
20. The verb sum used with the dat, means to have (p. 120).
21. The compounds of sxim (except possum) take the dat. (p.
120).
22. A dat. (tJie dat. of purpose) is used with certain verbs to
denote purpose or object (p. 134).
23. 1 he dat. is often used idiomatically for the gen. (p. 134, 2).
24. The ablative is used with a or ab to express the agent (p. 71);
but the dat. is used with the gerundive (p. 173, 4).
25. The abl. is used to express cause, manner, mcansy and instru-
ment (p. 71;.
AI'i'KNDIX.
309
26. The ahl. {ahl. of respect) is used to express that in respect to
which a thin^ is or is ch^ne ; as, natura trlquetra, trianf^ulat
in form.
27. The abl. is used to express measure 0/ difference (p. 58),
separation (p. 158), source or orii(in (p. 156), price (p. 150), and
quality (p. 131).
28. Certain verbs take the abl. instead of the a( < . p. 1 16).
29. Opus eat takes the abl. of thing and dal. of person (p. 166).
30. Certain adjs. arc joined wiih the abl. (j). 64).
31. A point of time and time within which are expressed by the
abl. (p. 82).
32. The comparative degree is often followed by the abl. (p. 55).
33. The Case absolute in Latin is the ablative (p. 100, 5).
34. Place to which, with the name of a town or small island,
is expressed by the ace. ; with the name of a country, a preposition
is used (p. 85).
35. Place from which, with the name of a town or small island,
is expressed by the abl. ; with the name of a country, a preposition
is used (p. 85).
36. Place in which (place where\ with the name of a town or
small island, takes the form of the gen., if the noan is of the first
or second decl. sing. ; otherwise, the abl. With names of coun-
tries, a preposition is used (p. 85).
yj. To express place where with common nouns, a preposition is
required, unless there is an adj. with the noun ; as, in urbe, /// tJie
city ; but, hac vxrbe, /// this city.
38. Verbs of sayinf^, thinking., &c., take the ace. with inf. for
the English noun-clause with that (p. 109).
39. Verbs of hoping X^ke a fut. inf. (p. 1 10).
40. Translate, They said he was at Ixome \)y Dixerunt eum
Bomae esse or by dixerunt eum Romae fuissa, according as the
actual words used were, Romae est or Romae fvait (p. 109, 2 ;
p. III).
■*»■
310
FIRST LATiy BOA.
i
i!
i
41. The inf. is often used for the impf in narration {historic
inf.; p. 216, 3, note 2).
42. Many verbs {modal verbs) take an inf. after them to com-
plete their meaning (p. 108, 5) : as, audeo {dare), cogo {compel)^
Conor {endeavor)^ constituo and statuo {dcferniine), cunctor {liesi-
tate)y cupio {desire), debeo {oi/j^'-///), desino {cease), disco {/earn),
dubito {/lesitate), incipio {/wc^in), malo {prefer), nesclo {fiot know
how), nolo {he unwilling), obliviscor {forget), patior {allow), paro
{p, yare), pr ssum {he able), scio {know how), soleo {be accustomed),
vereor {fear), volo {be willing).
A"^. The supine is used to express purpose after a verb of motion
(p. 174).
44. To express nouns in 'ingy the gerundive^ if the verb
governs the ace. ; if not, \h& gerund (p. 170).
45. Dut> and necessity {must and ought) are expressed by the
bassive periphrastic conjugation (p. 172).
46. Intention is expressed by the active periphrastic conjugatiofi
(p. 174).
47. The indirect question has its verb in the subjun. (p. 176).
48. Primary tenses are followed by primary, secondary by sec-
ondary {Rule of Sequence ; p. 178). This rule does not apply to
consecutive clauses (p. 187).
49. Qui final (p. 184), qui causal (p. 198, 4), qui consecutive
(p. 188), and qui concessive (p. 196, 8), take the subjun.
50. Verbs oi fearing take ne or ut with the subjun. (p. 185, 3 ;
see also page 178, 2)
51. \'eil)s o{ preventing take quominus with the subjun (p.
185, 2).
52. Purpose is not expressed by the inf (p. 185. 5)
53. The fut. ind. and pres. subjun. are used in future conditions;
the impt. and plpf subji.n. in conditions conirary to fact (p. 192).
54. Dependent clauses in i.ulirect narration (or after another
subjun.) take tlie subjuu. (p. 200, 4),
APPENDIX.
311
55. A plpf. bubjun. in indirect narration represents a fut.-pf. in
a dependent clause in direct (p. 207, 7).
56. Imperatives of direct narration become subjun. in indirect
(p. 207).
57. Questions are put in the inf. or the subjun. (p. 207).
58. Verbs of asking take an inf. in Enj^hsh, but ut with subjun.
in Latin (p. 181).
59. The perf. part, act is supplied in four ways (p. 203, 3,
note).
60. Of two verbs connected by and, one often becomes a par-
ticiple (p. 219).
61. The English pres. participle is often expressed by the perf
part, or its equivalent (p. 219).
62. English abstract nouns are expressed by {a) the inf. (p. 108);
(d) the indirect question (p. 181, i); (t) the pres. part. (p. 219);
{d) the perf. part. (p. 219).
63. The Latin part, often requires a finite clause to translate it
(p. 220).
64. ^F/M^/^/ joined to a noun in -ing can not be translated by
eine with a gerundive (p. 220, 3).
65. The fut. subj. act. is supplied by the act. periphrastic conju-
gation (p. 217, 6), and the fut subj. pass, by futurum sit ut (p.
217).
66. The fut. inf. pass, of verbs tha have no supine, is supplied
by fore ut (p. 2 1 7).
I--
i' «JM« ' V 9 . taWP—
VOCABULARY.
I. LATIN-ENGLISH.
1^
AJiHRKVIA'llONS.
a active.
abl ablative.
ace accusative.
adj adjective.
adv ad\erb.
conj conjunction.
comp comparative.
dat dative.
def defective.
dep ilcpoiioiit.
dim iniimili\e.
F., fern feminine.
gen genitive.
Jmperat imperative.
impers impersonal.
indecl indeclinable.
incep inceotive.
intr intransitive.
interj interjection
M masculine.
N neuter.
num numeral.
])art participle.
perf perfect.
pres. present.
pi plural.
p. ]> perfect participle.
prep preposition.
pron pronoun.
tr transitive.
V verb.
n. noun.
The quantity of vowels long or short by position (p, 298, 8), of diphthongs (which are
all long), and of final short syllables, is not given.
The references in the vocabularj' are to the pages and sections of this book.
'
VOCABULARY.
A.
a, &h, prep, with abl. (a, only before
consonants; ab before vowels and conson-
ants), /rrmi, (8f), 2; liVi, 4; lf.8, 2); by, (71,
2); ab ea parte, on that >dde.
ab-do, -d6re, -didi, -dltuni, v.a., to put
away, hide, conceal.
ab-diico, -ducSre, -duxi, -ductum, v.a.,
to lead aicuy, uit/idrair.
abeo, -Tre, -Ivi, (li), -Itum, v.intr., to
'JO away, dejjart.
ab-hinc, aao ; abhinc decern an-
nos or abhinc decern annis, ten
years ayo (82, 5).
ab-iClO, -Icere, -iCci, -iectum, v.a., (i =
y in pronunciation) (p. 296), to throw
away, jliwj from, hurl.
fi.bie-S, -tis, F., a fir-tree, sprnce.
absen-8, -tis, (part. pres. ot absum),
absent.
ab-solvo, -solvere, -solvi, -s6lutum,
v.a., ucijrdt.
ab-SUm, -esse, -fni, to be abneiif, he
distant ; abesse a bello, to take no
part in war: abesse decern millia
passuum, to be ten miles off.
ac, another form of atqne (which see).
ac-cedo, cedCre, cessi, -cessuni, v.intr.,
(^arl+ciMlo), 1. to <i« towards, approach,
reach ; accessum est, they ajyproach-
ed (164, 2.); 2. to be added.
ac-c61ero, -celCr.are, -celCrilvi, [ad-f
cClero), v.intr., to hapten toirards.
acceptus, p.p. of accipio, receive,
(use<l as an adj.), agreeable to.
accidit, verb impers. [afl -f cado],
(162), *7 /trt;</>t'*i*'; accidit ut, it happens
that (182, 4).
ac Cido, -cTdCre, -cidi, -clsuni, [ad+
caedo], v.tr., to cut into.
ac-Cipio, -ci]>*?re, -cCpi, -ceptuin, [ad+
cilpio], to take to one's self, to a/;ce2)t; re-
ceive.
aC-COmnaodo, -conunO<larc, -conuno-
(lilvi, -conmiOilatuni, [lul, ^o-f-coinmt'xlo,
fit], to fit to.
ac-curate, adv., carej'ully.
ac-curat\is, (p.p. of ac-curo), careful,
ac-curro, -currere, cncurri,and-curri,
DO BUp. lad, to i curru, run], to run to.
ac-Cli80, cfisrire, cusilvi, -cflsatum,
[aid, ayainst, cansa, a fa«*c], \. a.., blame,
accnse.
acer, arris, acre, a/lj., sharp, severe,
keen, (conip., acrior ; super., acerrinms).
acle-s, -ei, F., edye., line of battle ; in-
struere acieni, to draw up a line of
battle; acie instructa, «/<er the line was
dra ini up.
acriter, adv. (comp., acrius; super.,
acerrinie), fiercely, kcnly; acriter est
pugnatuni, a keen battle was fouyht (1(54,
fiOUS, -fls, F., a needle, pin.
aciitus, -a, -iini, adj., aharp, keen.
&d, prep, with ace, to, towards, near,
at, beside.
ad-aequo, -aequare, -aequavi, -aequa-
tuni, (atl, to, aequo, to make eijiial], v.tr.,
to made etjual.
ad-do, -dCre, -dIdi, -dituni, [a^l, to, do,
init], to add, join.
ad-duco, -dficcre, -duxi, -ductum,
[ad, to, duco, lead^, to lead to, bring to
(of i)ersons).
fi,d-eo, Ire, -Ivi, (or li), -Itum, fad, to,
Co, <io], irr.v. and neut. to go to, approach,
visit, reach.
d,deo, adv. [ad, to, eo, to this], to that
point, so, such, to that ^eyrec,
ad-flCio, -fUiere, -fCn-i, -fectum, v.a.,
to treat, visit ; aliquem poena adfl-
cere, to visit anyone with iiunishmcnt,
punish,
ad-fllgo, -fllgC're, -flixi, -Hictum, v.tr.,
to dash dotvn, to destroy.
ad-hibeo, hibOre, -hlbfti, -lilbitum,
(ad-|-habco), v. a., to hold to, .'. use,
admit.
ad-huc [a<l-t hue, to this point], iwiv.,
to this place, thus far, as yet.
ad icio (pronounce ad-yic-kio), -icere,
-icci, -xOi-tmnlaxi, to + isic'\p, to throw], v.a.,
to throw to.
&d\t\13, -us, M. [ad, to, -o, go], ap-
proach, landing-place.
ad-iungo, -iuiij^Cre, -iunxi, -iuucluni
[ad, to, iunjfo, join; i~y in pronuncia-
tion], join to, add.
ad-liivo, -iilv&re, -ifivi, -intuni [ad, to
iuvo, aid], v.a., aid, help, assist, support^
31 S
31G
VOCABULAIIT.
administer, -tri, M. fad, to, minister,
a Kervanti, anHintant, servant, minuter.
ad ministro, -arc, -avi, -iituin, v.a.
nerm, wnnnnf, dn : rempublicam ad-
tninistrare, tncurnjan the gonenunent.
ad-miror, -firl, -atus sum [ad, at,
miror, wonder], v.a. dep., to wonder at,
admire.
ad-mitto, -mitture, -mtsl, -missum
[ad fmitto), to allow, pi'rntit; facinus
admittere, tncitnnnit a rrime ; dedec-
ua adraittere, tonllnw adUyrace.
ad-modum, [ad, ^)-finfKi\iH. a ini'n-
aure], axlv., «p to the miaxnn', very iniieh,
greatly ; with mimberH, J'nily, at leant.
ad-tr on6o, -mftnOre, -iiK'tnfii, -moriTt-
uni[ad, fo+niOnCo, advixe], advine, warn,
remind.
ad-6lescens, -olescentis, M., a ymith.
ad-olesco, -Olesci-re, -5lCvi, -ulUmi
[(wl+olcsco, yroiv], v.n., to groiv up, rench
adult aye.
ad-6rior, -rjrlri, ortus sum [arl, to,
orior, arixe], v.a. dep., rise up agaiiiMt,
attack, assail.
ad-plico, -plTcfire, -pllcavi or -pllcrii,
plkifitum or pllcUum [ad, tc f plico, y«W],
v.a., lean ajitinst.
ad-SidCiuS, -sldua, -siduum [ad
-fsodoo, sit], incessant, unbrokin, dill'ji'nt.
ad-aisto, -sistf-re, -stlti, -stUum (ad,
^o-|-sisUtJ, v.intr., stand near or by.
ad-spectvis, -spectns [ad, <o + specio,
to look], look, appearnnce.
ad-SUefS.cio, -suefilcere, -suefCcI,
-suefactum [ad+suesco, be accttstorned-\-
fac'io, make], accuiftom.
ad-suefact-us, -a, -um, iwlj.,
tritined to, accustomed to.
ad- sum, -esse, -fui [ad-fsuni], be
present, be near, aid.
ad-trfbuo (or attribuo), -tribfiCre,
-tribiii, -trlbfitum [ad + tribuo, give,
ascribe], v.a., allot, assign.
ad-v6niO, -venire, -veni, -ventum [ad,
^0-1^ venio, come], v.a., to come to, reach.
ad-VentUS, -ventus, M., arrival.
ad-versus, -a, -um [ad, to, verto,
I urn], turned to, opposed.
ad-versus, IWV- ^^'^h aoc, against.
ad-verto, -vertCre, -verti, -versum
[ad, to, vorto, turn], v.a., to turn to ; ani-
mum advertere, to bring one's mind
to, to notice.
ad-v6lo, -vOlare, vOlavi, -volfitrni [ad,
(o-fvolo, lojly], v.a., to Jiy to, hasten to.
aed es. -Is, F., a temple; pi., a house
or tenipli's.
aedifIci-uni,-i(aodiflPo],N.,dM>«Hinir.
aedifico, -are, -rivi, aiuni [aedes-f
fox-io, make], build a hnuse, construct.
Aedii-I, -oruin, pi., the Aedui, a tribe
of Gaul {France).
Aedu-US, -a, -um, adj., Aeduan.
aegf-er, -ra, -mm, a<lj., sick. [Comi*.
aegrior; sup., aej,'errinui.s].
aegre, adv., with dijJicuUy, scarcely,
hardly.
aegroto. are, avi, atum [aejyer], v.
iufr., to be sick.
Aegypt-us, -i, v., Egypt.
aequo, are, avi atum [aequus], in
make equal.
aequ-U8, -a, -um, adj., 1. etpial, level ;
'2. Jill r.
aequit-as, -atiH, v., evemwss ; ani-
mi aequitas, cimtentment.
aer, fiCris, M., air, cloiuJ, mist.
aes, aeris, ^., brass, copper; ties alien-
um, deht (i.e., another's money, money of
another).
aest-as, -atis, F. summer ; media
aestate, in the middle of summer;
extrema aestate, "t the end of sum-
mer ; prima aestate, in the beginning
of summer.
aestimati-o, -onis, F., [aestimo,
value], a value, valuation, esteem.
aestimo, are, avi, atum, v.a,, value,
think, rc'kon.
aest-us, -us, M. [aeetuo, boil], 1. tieat,
2. tide.
af-fero, -ferre, attnli, allatum [ad,
to, fero, bring], v.a., fyritig to, assign.
afflcio. See ad-flcio.
af-flrmo, -tirmfire, -flrmavi, -firmatum
[ad, to, firmo, to strengthen], v.a., assert,
declare.
aflfligo. See adfligo.
Afric-US, -i (proi)erly an adj. with
ventus understood), the saufh-west wind;
atill called A/rico by the Italians.
Agamemn-6n, -unis, M., Agamem-
non, leader of the Greeks in the time of
the Trojan war.
fi,g-er, -ri, M., a field, land ; pi., lands,
teri ittiries.
agger, -is, M. [a<l, to, gero, carry],
mounti, dike.
ag-gredlor, -grcdi, gresMUH, sum [ad
+ gradior, walk, go], v. aet. dep., to go to
or against, attack.
ag-men, -minis [ago, to move], N., an
army on the march, anarmu, cUumn.
\\
VOCAIUfLARV.
:317
a§fO, HaC'rr, C'lri, ailiini, \.,t., wnrr, 'jn,
ill,, iirire, firaf; agei e hiemem. /<i
/ax^ fhf irinirr; afifitur de Roma,
Hinix' > at stake ; de Roma actum
est, It in all ore r ivitli llninr.
agric6l-a, ■:»•, M. luijrr, fanil,-}-('n\„,
till], fanner.
agTicultura, ho, F., a;/n'n(ltiur.
aio, V. flofic, Kii;/ i/i'x, Kail ; ]>. 2!S8
^l&C-er, -ris, -re, sulj., act in, ea<jer,
quick, iiiijietunus.
S,lfi,Crit-as, -atis, F., uiticity, i-agcr-
iicsH, quirkiifxs.
alb-US, -a, -uni, adj., irhifr.
alc-es, -iH, F., t/ic elk.
Alexander, -ri, M.. Alexauih-r till'
Gnat, king of Ma nlon.
alias falius], a<lv., at another turn,
elsewhere; alias .... alias, at one
time . ... at anuther.
6,li3n-US, -a, -uin falius], adj., he.lnn>j-
iwjtoano lor, anotlurx: striin'ie,hi>Ktile ;
aea alienum, a nut he i ".s- moneij, (leht.
d,lid, a<lv., elsewhere.
aiiquamdiu [aliijuis 4- <liu], adv.,
for Home time.
fi-Iiquando [alius -f <|uai)do], adv., tit
gome time or other, at Jenjth.
fi,liquant6 [aliquantus], adv., gonie-
what, conaiderahlii, rather
aliquantus, -a, -um [alius -f quantus],
adj., considerahle, xoinr. The neut. is
used as a noun with partitive },'eM. ;
aliquantum itineris, gome distanee.
^ ftliquis, -qua, -quid [alius + (|uis], and
aliqui, -qua, -cjuod (alius f qui], indef.
pronour., nun e one, anyone, any.
aliquid [tempori^], gome time.
aliquot falius -|- (juot], indef. indecl.
adj., Kome, serernl.
fi,liter [alius], adv., differently, other-
U'ige.
&li-U8, -a, -ud (ffen., alius), adj. (p. 27),
another, othir, different; alius. .. .
alius, one another; alii alii,
gome. . . .othem.
AUobrog-es, -um; pi., Allobroyeg,
a tribe of' Gaul.
fi,lo, alCre, aii'ii, ailtuni, v. a., nourish,
increase, rear, foster.
Alp-es, luni ; pi., the Aljig.
alter, -a, -um (f^en., aitcriu.s), adj.,
one of twi), the other, the xerond ; altei'
...alter, the one.... the other ; <e.vi
alteri, the mie party the other
i>arty.
altitude, -dinih, F. |altus|, height,
ili'/ifh, thickness.
alt us, -a, -um, <ulj., high, drfi>; in
alto. '/' '/"' deeii.
amans, -mis, M., (Wouer.
amans, fwlj,, loring. •
ambactus, -i, M., a rassal, retainer.
Ambiani, -unnn. ,M., the And>iani,o.
Irihe of North Kastirn Gaul.
amb 10, -ire i\ i (or li) -Itum, [amh,
arninid • eo, »/«.], to go round.
ambo, -!M', -o, adj., lioih.
ambul-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.intr.,
n'lilk.
amiClti-a, -ae., F., [amicus], friend-
I shii>.
fi,mic-US, -a, -umfamo], mly, friendly.
amicus, -i, [amo], J^l., friend.
amitto, ere, amlsi, amissum(a fmitto,
let giA, \ .li., lose.
am-O, lire, fivi, -atum, v.a., love.
amoenus, a, um, beautiful (of
scenery).
amplii\s [anqilus], (comp. of adj),
more, further; often with munerals aricl
withoutany influence on eonstrucl ion : na,
amplius duo millia passuum,
mure than two miles.
ampl-US, -a, -um, adj., large, noble,
distinguished.
an, interro},'. conj., or, or rather, or
indeed.
Anart-es, -ium, pi. M., a Dacian tril)c
on tlie Theiss.
Ancalit es, -lum, i>l. M., the Anca-
lltes, a liritish tribe near Oxford in Eng-
land.
anceps, -cljjUis, famb, on both sides-\-
caput, //('«r/ , a<lj., two-headed, two-fold,
do able.
anc6r-a, -ae, F., an anchor (also
written anchora); ancoram iacere,
to ane/ior; in ancoris (navem) de-
ligare, '" moor; tollere ancoram,
to -weigh anchor.
ancill-a, -ae, F., a hand-maid, ger-
rant.
angulus, -i, M., corner.
angusti-ae, -r.rum, fanjjustus], pi. F.,
a narrow pass, dejile.
augUst-US, -a -um, adj., narrmv,
close, steep.
^nim-a, -ae, F., soul, life.
animadverto, -vertcre, -verti, -ver-
sinn, laninuis-f ad-f-vertoj, v.a., to turn
the mind to, notice.
;ns
VOCAFUTLARY.
Ill
ill
i^nimal, aUk, [amnml, N., a livitii
l/iiiiif, ((I) (iniiHdl.
hhimUB, -i, M.. nihid, mini. M/>iril,
ciiiini'/i'..
annotinus. a, -nin. lamms, a i/rnr],
mfj., a i/rii.r old, <ij I hi' j/i-nr he/ore.
annon, iiit<Tr<)><. conj., or not (in the
sccoikI iiRiiilnr of direct intcrrojjativc
.sciiti'iict;; )>. l:{(i, ♦)).
ann-us, -i, M., a near.
annu-ua, -a, -nm, lanmiHl, iwlj., t/enr-
anser, -is, M., <i //o<«e.
ante (l)as adv.: jircriimml;/, before;
paucis ante diebus, a '/nvdai/s
before (p. H2, ."{); (2) as i)r('p. with su-v.
only: before, in front of, in advance of.
For ante quam, see antequam.
antea, a<U-., previously, before, once.
ante-cedo, -rOdi're, -ccssi, -cessuin
[auto r L'«'df(, to i/ii], v.iiitr., yo in front of,
precede, excel.
ante-fero, -ferre, tnli, -lalum [aiitc
+ fer(), car r 11 , to carry in front of, place
before, prefer.
ante-pono, -ponijro, -pOsfli, -positiim
[aiito + pono, pluee], 2>l<'cc in front of,
pnfer.
antequam, ponj., before (]). 201, f)).
antiquitas, atis, F. lantlquusj, 0/1/
antiqu-US, -a, -um lantt"], iwlj., old,
former, ancient.
antrum, -i, N.,rtc«i'e
aper-io, -ire, -ai, -tutn, v.a., open,
unclose, show, reveal.
aperte [ajierid], adv. , openly.
apertus, a, um [ai)orio], lulj., open,
exposed, undefended ; loca aperta,
open country ; ab latere aperto, on
the exposed Jlank. (i.e., on the riiiht.)
Apoll-O, -Inis, M., Apollo.
appell-O, -are, -fivi, -atiun, call, name.
ap-pello, -pellL're, -pflli, -piilsum [lul,
to ; pello, drive], to lirimj to land (of ships).
appliCO. Sec ;ul- plico.
appropinqu O, -ilre. avi, atum [ad
+prope, near], v. iutr. with dative, ap-
proach, conui near.
aptus, -a, -um, fuij., ft, suitable.
d>pud, i)rep. with aec., near, at, be-
side apud urbem, near the oity ;
apud Caesarem, at the home or hcad-
quaiters of Caesar ; apud me, at my
house.
d<qu-a, ae, F., Uhder.
Aqilll-a, ap, F.. an enfile. A« the eafflf
«,is ih'' chief ensi^fn of the Rfnuari Icfrion.
iiifin'lii ciinie to mean stondard.
aqiiilifer, i [atpiila. eagle + fero,
<'fn/7/|, M. The caijle-tjearer, standard-
bearer.
Aquilei-a, ae, F. Aqnileia, a, city in
northeastern Italn.
Ar-ar. -aris, M. The .inn- (now the
Saoiie, a triltutar\ of tlie Ilhod.lnus,
or Rhone).
fi.ratr-Lim, -i, X. [aro|, a plough.
arbitr-or, -fin. -at us sum, v. dep.,
think, Kupfxise, consider.
arbor, -oris, F. a tree.
arcess-O, -ere, -Ivi, -Itum [ad, to,
cedo, ijo], v.a., send for, summon, call
in.
arc-US, -iis, M., a bow.
ardu-US, -a, -um, sfee]).
argent-um, -i, N., silver, mwey.
argu-o, -fre, -ui, -utum, v.a., accuse.
arid-US, -a, -mn [areo, he dry], atlj.,
(//','/. As a suhst., aridum, dry land,
shore.
arm-a. -Orum, pi., arms.
armat-US, -a, ->nn, p.p., armed.
armatur-a, ae, F, armor; ISvis
armaturae milites, liyhlanned sol-
diers (130, 7).
armiger, -I, M. [anna, nrms, + Kero,
Ilea r', a rntor-bearer.
arm-O, are, avi, -atum, v.a., to arm.
ar-O, -are, -ilvi, atum, v.a., plowjh.
ars, artis, F., art.
articul-us, -f, M., little joint.
artifici-um, -i, mechanical art.
art-US, -us, M., joint.
arv-um, -I, N. [aro], a ploughed field.
arx, arcis, F., citadel.
a-SCendo, -seendCre, -scendl, -scens-
lun [ad, to, seando, climb], to asceiul,
vioind ; naves aacendere, embark.
ascens-US,-us[ad, seando], ^l., ascent.
aspect-vis. -us [ad, to ; spOclo, look],
M., (ijipea ranee, look, xi'iht.
asp-er, -era, -erum, adj., rough, sharp,
uneven ; wild, fiene.
assiduus. See adsiduus,
assist-O, 6r6, astiti, no supine, stand
by, stand.
assuefacio. See ads.
at, conj., but; yet.
at-er, -ra, -rum, adj., black, dark.
VOCABULARY,
ni9
Athen-ae, -urum, pi., Mhrn.".
atque ((•<intrii<'i«'<l iic), conj., nml nl-"".
iinil even, and (sironjrer Hum rt) ; par
atque, the mmc ax.
atr-OX, -r^'is, rwij.. dark, terribU'.
at-tingo, -tinpore, -Uki, -tartuni, v.a.
[afl -f tariKO, touch\, tonrli V}«>n, nutch,
hitrdcr iijwn.
attoUo, -Cre, raifr.
attribUO. See od-lrihuo.
auctor, oris, aider, /ir/jirr ; me
auctore, at mn nv (/[/cut ion.
aUCtOrit-as, -utis, F., anthmity, iu-
lliirnn', jtotrer, 2>Testiije.
audaci-a, -ae, F., hnldvrxs, dariii<i,
inniilcnrc.
aildaciter (also aiulactor), laiulc'i,
diiii'], adv., boldly.
audacter. See audaciter.
aud-ax, acis [aiuleo], adj., hold, din-
ing.
audeo, -ore, ausus sinn, Henn-dep.,
dare, he bold.
aud-io, -Ire, -Ivi, itum, v.a., hear.
ailf6ro, -aufcrre, ahstnli, ablatuiu [ab,
Jront, + fero, carry], to carry away, re-
move (p, 154).
augeo, augCre, anxi, auctuni, \.a.,
increase, enlarye.
aula, -ae. P., a hall.
aure-US, -a, -um [aunnn]. M\i.,yold-
en, oj (jold.
aurlg-a, -ae, M., a charioteer, driver.
aviT-is, -is, F., an ear.
aur-mn, -i, N., yold.
aut, conj., or; aut. aut, either.. ur.
autem, conj., but, moreover, yet, also,
now (never first in clause).
autumn-US, -i, M.,[augeo],fflM<«r«H.
auxili-um, -i, N. aid, support; in pi.,
auxilia, -oruni, auxiliarien.
S,variti-a, ae, F., avarice, greed.
avers-U8, -a, -um, p.p. of avertOjUsed
as an adj., turned away.
&vid-US, -a, -um, adj. [aveo, desire],
eager, covetoius.
fl,v-is, -is, F., a bird.
&V \1S, -I, M., a grandfat/u-r.
barbar-U8, -a, -um, adj., foreign,
strange, barliarian.
barb&r-i. Gram, M., foreigners, bar-
barians; a name first applied by the
<Jrrek»<, MiPM li> the RnmanH, l<> Ihr jmo-
l>ir of rdlier iKiiinns.
beat-U8, a, -nm ; adj., happy, pron-
peniiiK.
Belgae, -aruui, M., The Rel-jians, a
warlike people of northetistmi Oaul.
belllcos -US, -a, -n\\\, adj., varlike.
bell-um, -i, N., fold fonn dii-elhnii.
from duo ; hence a contest between two
jiarties], irnr; belli, in n'nriy. S«i, .*<).
bene, adv. [bonus), nell, prosperously ;
coin}), melius, bup. njilime.
benev61-US.-a, -um (bene+volo, ot>/(|
beni rolent, kind; conii>. bOnOvolentior,
sup. bOnCvOlentisslnMis.
b6n6fici-um. -i, N. p^enc-f facio, t/o],
kindni'iig, Jn mr.
bibo, bIbCre, blbi, nti supine, v. tr.,
drink.
bldfi-um, -I, N. [bis, tioice-k-dxQS, day],
a space cf two days.
biennium, -i, N. [bis+annus, a year],
a space of two years.
bini, -ae, -a, numeral distributive adj.,
tv'o cacii, two by two (p. (5i), 8).
bis, a^lv. mim., twice.
blandlor, -in, itus siim, v. dep.,
flatter.
bonit-as, -atis, F. [bonus], goodnesx,
richness.
bon-US, -a, -um, adj., yood; comp.,
melior ; sup., optimus.
bos, l>o\ is, c;om. gend. (p. 45), ox, cvw.
brachium, l, N., an arm.
brev-is, -e, adj. short, small, bri-f;
brevi (supply temjwre), in a short time,
soon.
brevit-as, -atis, F. [brevis],«/)or^»K?<».*.
breviter, axl v. [brevis], shortly, briejhi.
Britanni-a, -ae, F., Britain.
Britann-i, -onmi, M., the inhabitants
of Britain, Britons.
Britannic-US, -a, -um, adj., British.
Brundusi-um, -l, N., Brundusium
(now Brindisi).
brum-a, -ae, F. [ = brevissima; supplj'
dies ; the shortest day], the winter solstice
(Dec. 21).
Brut-us, -i, Brutus.
C.
C, an abbreviation for CCnus.
cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, v. intr.,
fall, be slain.
caec-us, -a, -um, adj., blind.
caed-es, -is, F., slaughter, murder.
320
V»»( AHILAKV.
C0/©do, racili'ir, lOcidi, cafKum, v. tr.,
cuf, kill. Jell.
cael-um, i |f<ir ciiv-liiin from (;avus,
lioll(iii'\, >'., kIiii ; lirftrriis.
Caelest-is, -<'|i;iiliiiiil, lulj., hrtirfnhi,
cclexlial. In the pliinil cai-losles (.supi)l.v
•loi), the (jodn of /iravcn.
caeriil6 via, -a, -um Jfur ciuliih.iiH,
from ciu'liim], iidj., tlri'ji lihir, ,ski/ lihir.
Caes-ar.riris. y].,C((is(tr ((lains .lulius
Cacnar), tin; (/cin'tid and ftufcuinan, alio
lived 100 H.O. -44 Ji.(^
cAlftmit-as, -fil/s, F. [for ciulamiUiH,
from (uulii|, disonlif, niixinrtxiir, di'/cdl.
calc-ar, -aris [calx, AcsZl, N.,a»!2>iir.
c3,leo, calOro, caliiT, v. iiitr., tn hi:
ivtniii.
calTd-US, -a, -um, iwlj., warm.
callid-US, -a, -um [oalli'o, hi' hard],
adj., xkiljul.
Camill-US, -i, M., CainiHnn, the de-
liiierer of liuine from the (wdulu in 381)
15.C.
camp-US, -i, M., ■j>i.nin,ji<'ld; Camp-
US Martiua, a pbtia belwfi-n the walls
of Jiitinc. and the Hirer 't'ilier ; there the
elect ion f ire re held, a ad all kinds of ath-
letic exeicise^i praetised.
can-is, -is, M. or F., a dog.
C&no, canere, coclnl, cantum, v.a.,
to siiij.
Cantaber, -bri, M., a Caittnlrrian,
bclon),'mg to a warlike tribe iu Northern
Spain.
Cantabr-i, -Orum, pi. M., the Canta-
bri.
Canti-um, -i, N., Kent, in S. E. of
En^dand.
cant-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., ning,
cantus, us, song.
capill-us, -i, M., hair; promisso
Capillo esse, to be with (or wear) Ion;/
hair.
Cap-er, -ri, M., a he-goat.
c3.piO, capOre, cOpi, captuui, v.a., take.
capr-a, -ac, F., a she-goat.
captiv-us, -i, M., a cajitioe, primncr.
capt-US, -a, -um, ]\p. of capio, taken,
captared, injliuinced, charmed.
C&p-Ut, -Itis, N., head; chief citg.
career, -Cris, M., a prison ; pi., bar-
riers of a race-course.
C&rin-a, -ae, F., hull of a vessel, keel.
carm-en, -Inis, N., song.
C&ro, carnis, F , jlexh.
Carp-O, -Cre, -si, -t'lm, v.a., pluck.
CUrr-UH, -i, M., a iraggon, cart.
carus, a, -um, Mli.,deiir, precintig.
cAs-a, -at', F., a cottage.
caaous, -i, >!., cheese.
CassTv61aun-U8, -l, M., Cnssivelavn-
V.1, or Citsirii/diii, the able commander-in-
ehii'f of the iiritish ann^- opposed to
Caesar.
casteli-um, -i, N , a fortress.
castr-um, -i, N., a hut, fort; in i>l.
CHritr-a, -orum, a emnp; locare ca-^-
tra, ponere castra. to piteh a cantp;
castra uiiinire, t.>j„rtijg a camp.
Casu, abl. used as lulv., bg chance.
casus, us, [cado], .M., chance.
cateil-a, -ae, F., chain.
Catilina, a*, M., Catiline, a corrupt
Roman iiol)le.
caus-a, ac, F., cause, reason.
CiXMSA, for the xa'.e (if, on. account of
(with the Ve'i'tive) ; frigoris depe.'-
leadi causa, Jor the purpose uf driving
uirag the cold.
caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, v.a., take
■precaution.
cS,v-um, i, N., cave.
C?do, cC'derc, ccssi, ccssura, v.int., flro,
gield.
Celebr-O, -are, avi, -atum, celebrate.
celer, crk'ris, ccli le, ■M\i., swift ; comp.
celerior, sup. eelerrinuis.
celerit-as, -atis, F., [celer], stviftness,
speed.
celeriter, adv. sudftlg, quickly.
cel-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., conceal,
hide.
con-a, -ae, F., dinner, feast.
Cenimag-ni, -nnuu, M., a British
tribe of Suffolk who surrendered to Caesar.
cens-eo, -ere, ni, -um, v.a., think, con-
sider.
centum, num. a«lj., hundred.
centuri-o, -onis, [centum], M., a com-
mander of a centuria or dioision of one
hundred men; a centurion.
ceparunt, from capio.
cerno, cernCre, crevi, cretum, v,a.,
■■<re, j.erecire.
certam-en, -Inis, N., conjiict, battle.
carte, adv., at least, certainlg.
cer-tus. -a, -um, arlj., certain, fixed,
true; certiorem facere, to inj'orm;
certior fieri, to be informed.
cervus, -i, M., deer, stag.
VOf'ABULAKY.
321
a com-
of one
c6ter U.4, a, mii, (iioin. sing. iim«i'.
not fouiHl), thr ittki'r.
Cib U^, -i, M.,/(wrf, noxirishment.
Cicero, ••'iiix, M., ("ii'ir<»;(Mar('UsTul-
liiis Cicero, tluj iiinst illiisstriouH of Koiiiuii
writers; lived KXi 15.0. 4:{ B.C.).
Ciconi-a, ae, v., a stork.
CingO, cmgCre, cii.xi
nurruund.
ciiK'tuui, v.a.,
circa, a<lv. hikI |>ni). with ace., (see
c'ircnm), about, uroinid, in tin: ni'i<iht)i>r-
hood of.
Clrclter, arlv. with numeral iwljs., (wee
circiini', tii-arlii, aitinit; circiter de-
cern, about tea.
Clrcuit-us, us, [cinnun+eo, go], M.,
circuiii/i'reiice, circuit.
Clrcum, pre|). with ace. [eireus, a
rtrclf], aroiinil, in the iicififilxirliood of;
oirciim Aquileiam, //' '/"- iwii/hbor-
hood of Atjuilcia.
Circumcludo, Cre, chisi, chiHiuu
(claudo, shut), enclose.
Circum-do, -<lrire, dcdl, <Utuni (cir-
iMiiu do), V.a., pUicc, ((round, .surround ;
urbem muro circumdare, or urbi
jTiurum circumdare, to mrronnd
tlic ciiii with a wall, or to place a wall
(t round the city.
circum-duco, -ducfire, -duxi, -duc-
tun» (circuin f (hico, lead], v.a., Imd
around, draw around.
circum-eO, -ire, -Ivi (li), Itum (cir-
(!uni+eo, f/oj, v.a.,yy around, surround.
Circum-fundo, -fundcre, fudi, -ffi-
Rum [circuni 1 h\\\(\o,pour], pour around;
in pass, surround, hvni in ; crowd arou ml.
circum-sto, stare, stetl, no sutiine
[circuni-t-sto, ,v '.7id], v. intr., to stand
around, besiege.
circum-venio, -vCnlre, -veni, -vent-
um [circuni + veiiio, to couie], v. a., to
come around, beset, surround.
cis, prcj>. (witli ace), on, this side of.
Citeri-or, -oris, adj. (p. .TO, 2), on this
side, hither; Galiia Clterior, Gaul <>a
this side of the A Ips.
Cito, adv., quickly; super, cltissline.
Citra, prep, witli ace. [cis], on this bide
of.
Civil-is, -e, fcivisj, adj. helomjinij to
citizens, civil; Dellum civile, a civil
war.
civ-is, -is, 51. or F., citizen.
Civit-as, -atis [civis], F., a state, com-
momvealth.
clad-es, -is, F., defeat, disaster.
clam, [celo], adv., secretly.
clamo, -n-e, -iixi, •■iliim, \. intr.,
call or shout ; eut Clamatum, " shout
was raised (p. 1(>4).
clamlto, -Itare, -Itftvl.Uatuni. v. intr.,
t<hout, cxclilinl.
clamor, -is, M., a shout.
Clarvis, -a, -uni, adj., brl'iht, clear,
di^tin inisli'd.
class-is, -is, F., a jliet.
claudo, claudOre, clau.st, chmsinn, v.
a., shut.
clementi-a, -ac, F., (dOiuens, kind],
kindness, ntercy.
cll-ens, -entis [ (lueiis from clueo,
hear], M. or F., u ili'itcnilent, rnssal.
clivus, I, M., aslope.
coactus. See eogo.
CO-6o, -ire, -Ivi (11), -Itum (co (-cum)
-f-eo, ;/"], cinne toi/ither, assendile, uwet,
COepi, cocjiisse, (p. 14.')), beyin, be-
yon.
coerceo, -ercOre, orcOi, -ercltum, \.
ii., check, restrain.
cogitat-io, -lonis, F., thinkiny, re-
jlect ion, di'libe ratio n.
COgito, are, etc., think.
COffnati-O, -onis, F. [con-}-(g)nascor,
to beoorn], F., relationship, kindred.
CO-gnoscO, -K'nosccre, -f,'nr)\i, -g^nlt-
um [co -cum-f ()^)nosco, know], v. u,., know,
become acquaitited tvith, learn, ascertain
(14;-., 2).
COgO, cojfere, cOCgi, c6actuni [con ( =
cum) ra(fo], to driretoyether, collect, com-
pel, oliliye.
COhor-S, -tis, F., (T cohort, the tenth
part oj a Jlotnun leyion. See le^^-io.
c6hort-or, -arl, -atus sum, v.dep.,
exhort, encourage, animate, vrye.
COllaud-O (con , intensive -flaudo),
-fire, -avi, -atum, praise.
COl-ligO, -liyOre, -lCj,^i, -lectum [con
(= cum) -i lego], v.a., collect.
coll-is, -is, M., a hill.
COl-loco, -locfire, -h"icavi, - locatum
[col (=cuin) -+ loco, place], station.
COlo, C(51ere, colflT, cultum, v.a., eulti-
rate, till ; honor, worship.
COloni-a, ae (cOlo), colony.
col -or, -oris, M., color.
c6m-a, ae, F., hair.
COm-es, -Itis, M. [com( = cum)-t-eo, jroj,
a companion on a journey.
comltor, arl, atus sum [rome-s], at-
tend, be (! Companion to.
322
VOcAIUfLARY.
Commo»\t ilH, -MS fonin ( nun) ;
iiico, iji)\, M., jinmiHiinix, mnndicit.
comm#im6r o, -rm', uvi, -ntnm, \ .u.
[foiii( cum)-)- nii'iiioro, rail to iiihnl\,i'iiU
titmnul, virntion, lehtte,
COmmilTto, -riniH [mm ( -- cum) -(-
mill's], M.,Jrtl(iii'-no/(lirr, tn'iiirailc
COm-mittO, -mittrri', -mlsi, -missimi
((iom ( <'iiiii) I iiiitio), v.ii., /'i//(/ ; rntnini ;
rause (hat ; proelium cominittere,
to bc'jhi a battle.
commodum, i [comnuVlus], N.,cou.
vi'iiit'iiri', ailmiutaji', projit, conrcnioint'.
COmmodtlS, -ii, -um[com( cimO >
ni(i<lus, iiirasiirc liaviii') Jiill iiniiimiri\,
a<lj., coiiiH'nifnt, /aviinihk, Jit, raxij.
COmmor-or, -.Iri, atus Hum [com (~
cuui)+m<5ror, dflai/], v. a., stay, limjir,
ronain.
COni-ni6v6o, -uiflvPro, -mOvi, -mut-
inu [cDin ( iMnn)+mftVL'o], v. a., a^itati',
illxfiirh, alarm.
COmmuniC-O, -rirc, .Ivi, -ilUun [com-
niMuis], v.a.. nharc with, r.ominunioitf,
itnjiart.
commun-io, -ire. -Jvi, -Itum fcom(-^
ovnn) • imuiio|, v n.., fortify on all aides;
communire castella, t» and forts.
commun-is, -e [com ( + cum) +
muuuHJ, mlj., commoti, in geiuiral \
communi consilio, l)u common,
consent.
commutatio, -Onis [com {^ cum) +
muto], F., chiinge.
COmmutO, -are, -avi, -fltum [com
(-cum) 4- muto], v.a., change, alter;
exchange, abandon.
COmp&r-O, -^re, .Ivi, atum 1. [com
( -cum) 4- paro, prepare^, get readg,
collect ; copias comparare, collect
forces, 2. ((ron -f par), compare.
COm-pellO, -pcllCre, -pftli, -pulsum
[con, together, + pello, drive], v.a., drive
together, force.
com-per-io, -Irc, -i, -inm, find nut.
COm-pleO, plCrc, -plevi, -plctum |^(;oii
-]- pleo, fill], v.a., fill up, fill; complete,
occnjyg.
COm-plures, -plura and plurla [con
+ plus], atlj. pi., several, very many.
COm-pono, -poiu're,- p6sili, -pftsltum
[com -f- pono], v.a., jm^ together, or ///
order, settle.
COmport-O, -are, -5vi, &tum [con +
porto], oring together, collect.
com prehendo, -prehendCre, prC-
hendi, -prchonsum [con -f prehendo,
seize], v.a., catch hold .of, catch, seize.
conat-um, -i, N. [conor], attempt.
Conat IIH, UK, M. [cnnnr], nllempf.
con-cedo, -I'ccUri', -ccHxi, •(•t'.>*Hum-
froii -f- ccdo, yu'ld], v.a., yield, lyant, al-
to ir,
con-cldo, -cUlCic. -eld!, [(!ori -f ca«lo,
fidl, perish], fall completely or heavily,
fall together.
conoili o, arc, avi, -.atum, trin over,
gain [riin, to ii point ( cio, (/(«?>'.]
COncilTum, -i, mertimi, asseinblg,
cinincil ; per C, in- the national as-
senddy,
conclam-o, -.Tn>, -.ivi. -atum f<'>n +
dflmo, shout], V. ititr., shoot , {\r cry abaul ,
coll out.
conclamatum e«t (i>. ku), a shout
was raised
COn-CUrro, •currCrc, -cuiri, or vX\-
cuni, -cursum [con (- curr<>, run], v.
intr. , run together, rush, haoc recourse
to; concursum est eo, a rush is
inade to that point.
concurs-us, -uh [con + curro, run],
M., assemldy, attack, charge.
COndemn-O, -fire, -avi, atum, [con -f
daniiio], v.a., condemn, sentence,
condicl-o, -onis Tcon -f do, put], F.,
condition, terms.
condit-or, oris [condo, found], M.,
founder.
con-do, -dCre, dTdi, -ditum [con + do,
place], v.a., found.
con-dono, -donare, -donavi, donatum
[con + duno], v.a., give up, forgive,
pardon.
con-duco, -dficure, -duxi, -ductum
Scon -H ducoj, v.a., Ining together, collect,
lire.
confectus, p.p. See conficio.
con-fero, -ferre, -tali, collatuni [con +
furo], v.a , bri7ig together, gather, collect,
convey, ascribe to; se conferre, betake
one's self.
confestlm (confero), adv., immedi-
ately.
con-ficio -flcCre, -feci, -fectum [con
-f filclo], v.a., do thoroughly, complete,
finish ; bello confecto, tvhen the war
irns over.
con-fido, -fldcre, -fisus sum [con +
fido, trust], V. intr., trust firmly, rely
upon.
conflma-o, -are, -avi, -atum [con -f
firnma, strong], v.a., strengthen, establish,
cheer up.
confiteor, -fltcri, -fessus sum [con
-ffateor, confess], v.dep. , confess, acknow-
ledge, avow.
con-fligfo, -flIgCre, -flixi, -flictum
.(luctuin
r, collect,
immedi-
n [coil +
establish,
sum [con
acknow-
-flictum
VOCAIJULAHY.
323
|inn-(-fllj;fo, striki], \..i , nthkr tnijtlhir,
iliish tloirii, iDitfrnil, tiitijiujc with.
con fodio, -f<HlrTf, -fixli, fossum ((^on
-j-f'xli", di'j], v.ii., (/i7, iiii-rec Ihioiii/h,
con-grSdior, tfi""". (frfSHus huih
[foil -f-;,'rii(li<ir, v'lilk], v.fh'p., tmrt, run-
uniii, ihiinti- ; inter 8c congredl,
ihanjc ciirh nthi'v,
' COnlcTo, -li( 10, iOcT, -icctiini [coil +
iacio, tlti'iiirY \.a., tlnui' Uuifihi'r, throw,
hurl; in fuffam conicere, u> put tn
jlUiht ; in mgam se conicere, he-
take onr'n nflf tn jUi;ht ; culpam in
aliquem conicere, <•«*' the blame on
Kotiie Diic.
coniunctim [c(/ti +iungo, join], iwiv.,
joint Uj, in coiiimun.
COn-iungO, -iuntrtrc, -iunxi, -iuiif-
tuiu |c(>ii-|-iuiiK'o, join], v.a., unite, join;
civitatem coriiungere, ti> jorm a
xtttte,
COn-iuratio, -ifiratlonis [ooii -j- ifiro,
swear], F., rt convjn'raeif, Irat/ue.
COn-iuro, -irinlro, -iurrivi, •iuratuin
[c'oi) f iuro, stvear], v.a., xwear tnjether,
connjdre.
c6n-or, -art, rd tiH sum, v. dop., tri/,
ntteinjit ; conor ut faciam, / tri/ 'to
(/oj7 p. 181, a).
COnquir-O, -C-re, conquisivi, coii(|ui-
situiii, [coii, iiiteiis.+(iuaer<), seek], xeek
(Hit.
Con-scendo, -scendCre, -soendi,
-scensuin [con + scando, elinih], .v.a.,
mount, ascend, climb ; navem or in
navem conscendere, to embark.
COn-SCientia, -scientlae [con +
uclentia, knowledije], V., consciousnexK,
knouled<j(,J'ceUnij.
COn-SCiSCO, -sciscCre, -.sctvi, -scTtuiii
[con+scisco, apiirore], v.a., decree, ap-
point; sibi mortem consciscere,
to commit suicide.
COnscius, -a, -nm [con-f scio, know],
adj., ci'iixciuux, acce.'<Korii to.
COn-SCribO, -soribcre, -scripsi, -scrip-
tnm [coiiTSuribo, write], v.a., enroll, levy
troops.
COnsecr-O, -arc, -avi, atuiii [con+
saccr, sacred], consecrate.
consedissent, from consido.
Consens-US, -u.s[con+seiitio, think],
M., consent, aijreement,
COn-sentiO, -sentlre, -sensi,- sensum
[con+sentio, think], v.a., wjree, conspire.
con-sequor, sCqui, sCcutus or 8c-
quutnssum[con+8equor,/oi^M'], v. dep.,
overtake, gain, get.
COn-Sero, -serere, -sCrrii, -sertuia
(r-oii I flcro, >"i/il, jnin, unite, liruvj tn.
•jciher; proelluni (or pugiiam)
conaerere, to enija<je in ftattle.
conserv o, -ilrc, avi, -aiuin [con-f
Hcrsd, ke< p], \.a. , save, niiiinti'in.
con-sido, -sTdi re, -si rli, scssMin |con +
8ido, settle], \. iiitr., sit ; .-rttle, half.
consilium, -i, N'., plan, design;
wisdom, prnilencv.
conslmilis, •<• [con l similis), iutj.,
rem like.
con-slsto, HiHli re, Ktiti, -stitinn |ci)n
I sisto, «( '^ /'(i ((v), v. iiitr., st( .' halt;
make a stand ; eonsi.it of ; conaistit in
carne, it consists oj' jUsh.
con361-or, Arl, -.Itussuin [i'on-}-sr)Ior,
cohijort], \, dt'])., console, cianjort, cheer.
conapectua, -us, [con f Hpccio, see],
M., si'jht, jneseuce.
con-spicio, -splccre, -H|>exi, -siiectuni
[con fsiH-'cio, sce\, v,a., observe, see, per-
ceire.
consplcor, rui.atus 8uni[con+HiH?cio,
sec], V. (It'p., sec, espji.
constanter, [con Mto, stand], adv.
sicadihf, resiiiutely, unifortnlij.
COnstantT-a, -ae, [con f sto, stand],
v., firmness, constancy, resolution.
COn-stltuO, -HtltftCre, stitni, Htltntuni
m + statuo], v.a., set up ; apjioint, ar-
I '>'ie, determine, make ; xia^VGincOTi-
8t ''Uere, sta'mn a ship.
Cui-StO, -Stare, stlti, statuin. fcon-f
stoj, \. intr., stand together, consist of,
Impcrsoiml constat, it is admitted
(p. 1«'2).
con-auesco, sucscCre, sucvt, siictum
[con + siiesi'o], v. intr., become accustomed.
In jicrf., to be accustomed.
consuetud-o, -Inis [con'^uosco], F.,
custom, habit, usage ; collectively, cus-
to)ns.
COnsuev6rant. See consueseo.
consul, -is, M., consul. The consuls
were the chief magi-strates at Koine.
There were two chosen annually.
COnsulat-U3 -us [consul J, M., consul-
.'ihip, office of consul.
COn-siilo, -sillCre, -sfilwi, -snltum, v.a.,
deliberate, plan ; alicui consulere,
to consult for one's interest ; aliquem
consulere, ask one's advice ; in ali-
quem consulere, to take measures
against one.
consulto [consulo], ad\-.. oh purjwse,
designedly ; often de consulto.
consult-um, -i, [consulo], N., decree,
resolution, decision.
II
324
VOCABULARY.
.
t
Oon-Slimo, smuk rr, -.smnpsl, -sump-
l.iiii: Iron t- fill ino, tnke, \, \.ii.,i<t>end, waste ;
tempus consiimere, to waste time..
C0n-3\irg'0, siiiv,--! re, -surroxT, -surrcc-
ttiiii ('•on • siiriro, v/vcl, \-. intr., r^m in a
liiidi), an'.st'.
con-tagio, -tri^nOnis [c-on ->- tang-o,
toi'cJt], l'\, contact,
COn-temno, -temncrp, -tcmiisi,
-tt'iiipluin (roll -1- tcniiK), r/t'*7'/>c], v.a.,
dcxiiisi\ linlil ill Collti'li.pt.
COn-temptuS, ttinptris [contumnol,
M., I'liiitriii/'f, xroni.; esse coutemp-
tui, to be an, object of CDutcinjit, acorn.
con-tendo, -tcTulcre, -temli, -Leiitum
[ooii + temlo, .\tiine to reach], v.a. and ii.,
strirefor, hm^lento, put>h t'orwanl ; jiifht,
ntn'rc.
Con-tenti-O, -onis [con + temlo], F.,
Ktruij/Hnjj ; stnujijle, context.
Content-ilS, -a, -um, adj. (with aM.,
]). 04, 4), cnntciit with.
con-testor, -testrirl, -testdlus HUin
[con f-tewtis, a iviinent)], v. duj)., call to
wit lu tig, pray to.
con-texo, -texCre, -texfti, -tcxtnin
[con + tcxo, 2veai'e], v.a., wvaoc, biml
tdijcther.
con-ticesco, -tlcescCre, -tloai [mn |-
tacoo, be silent], v.n., be silent.
contlnen-s, -tis [eon + tCneo, hohl].
I'ri>i>orly j»re.s. part, of contint^), usutl us
an adj. with terra understooil ; lit., thi'
vninternnited earth, i.e., tlic continent,
iiiainla)iil.
continenter [con + teneo], adv.,
coHst<(ntly, incessant If/.
con-tinent-ia, -iae [con + teneo],
F., self- reft ra int.
COll-tineo. -tInCrc, -tinni, -tcntinn
[con |- teneo], x.a,., hold tojether, Imi/iiil,
■testrain ; hnn in, ; with se, keep together.
COn-tingO, -tin<,'e:-e, -tljrl, -tactnni
[eon i tanp), toalt\, v.a., tmich, e.rtei>d
Id, reach. Impersonal : contingit, it
happens (p. 182); coutingit ut, it luxp-
'pens that.
COn-tinuO [con + tei jo], a<lv., im-
vied ia tell).
con-tim"tus, tmfia, -tlnttuni [con +
teneo], iulj., saccessice.
Pon-tlO, -tlonis [ -= conventio, from
con + venio, conie], ¥., an asacnibli/.
contra, prep, with ace. only, fl./dnw*,
opposite to.
COn-trt\ho, -trrdiC're, -traxi, tract um
[con + tralio, dran'l, v.a., hrin;/ toijethcr,
collect, assemble.
contrari-US, -a, -mn [contra], adj.,
iqipiisite, contrary.
controversi-a, ae, F., dispute.
COntumell-a, -ae, F., insult.
COn-vS,lesco, -vftleseerc, -valQl [con
+ v.ileo, be t^trony], v.n., yrow strony,
recorcr.
convall-is, -is [con + vallis, mlley],
v., valley.
con-veho, -vChere, -vc ,.1, -vectum
[eon + veho, carry], v.a., bring tojether,
coiicey.
con-venio, -venire, -vonl, -venlnm
[(N)ii ( venio, come], v.a. and n , come to-
ycther, as.ienible ; withaec, intercicir.
convenit, impersonal, it becomes.
(jonventus, -vent us [con -\- venio,
conu], .M., a--<c)iddy, uicetiny, court.
con-verto, -verlCre, -verti, -versum
[eon -f verto, tarn], v.a., tarn, turn
aiioiit ; coiivertere in fagam, put
tojtiyld.
COn-vinco, -vincere, -vici, -vietum
[con +vineo, cunnacr], v.a., cunijaer com-
pleteti/, proca yuilty, convict ; establish.
COn-v6co, -vOefire, -v6c,ivT, -vocatum
co!i i-vOeo, Kill], v.a., ■•summon, assi lublc.
co-6rior, -Orirl, -ortus snm [con +
orior, rise], v. dep., atisc, sirring uj), break
out,
c6pi-a, -ae [con + op\9, identy], F.,
a!>und(ntce, plenty, quantity; copiae
(pi.), forces, troops.
CopioS-US, -a -vnn [copia], adj., well
supplied, rill, irealthy.
coquo, ci")(iuCre, eoxT, cootum, v.a.,
cook.
cor, cordis, X., heart; esse cordi,
be <i;iree<dde, dear tv.
coram [con i-os, face], iirej). with
alil., ''(*r<! to face, in presence of ; coram
popillo, in prexencc of the jieople.
COlti-u, -v'ls, \., a horn, wing.
corona, -ae, F., crown.
Corinth-US, -I, F., Corinth,
corpus, -Oris, N., body.
cor-rinio, -riiiCre, -rlpfii, -reptum
[eon 1 rai)io, seize], v.a., seize violently,
carry off.
COr-rumpo, -nunpCre. -rupT, ruptuni
[<'on f runipo, l>reak], v.a., break to
pieces; d<-droy, ruin ; corrupt.
eras, adv., to-morrow.
crass-U8. -n, -um, adj., thick, coargc.
Crass us, -i, M., Craiisus, a Roman
name.
crat-es, -is, F., vdcker-work, hurdle.
ilj., well
11, v.a.,
cordi,
with
coram
dr.
rejttuni
violenUy,
, rnptuni
break to
■k, coarse.
a, lloman
, hurdle.
VOCABULARY.
325
creb-er, -ra, -nmi, a<lj., thifk, num-
erouH, frequent.
credo, -flOre, -dTdT, -«lltimi, .v.a. and
n., tnii^t, belicrr, think, /niiijxiselyt. 164).
Crem-O, -are, -avl, atum, v.a., btirv.
cre-o. -are, -avi, -fitutn, v.a., make,
elect, (7iO(i»v, ai'imint (j». W), 2).
cresco, crosc re, crovl, crOtum, v.ii.,
grow, gmwu^i, inereane.
crim-en, Inis, N., charge.
crinis, -nis, F., hair.
cruCiat-US, -us [crux, eroxn], turlnrc.
criidol is, -v [orudus, bloodi/], a<lj.,
cruel, hurd-ln-arted.
crudelTtas, -at is [cnulelis], F.,
criirlfg, barharity.
crudeli-tor [crudelis], arlv. cntelh/.
crus, cruris, N., leg.
cub lie, -ills [ci'ibo, li'' down], X., tx'd.
cuius, p. 120.
cuiusque, from quisque.
Cuiusvis, from (|iiivis.
CUlna-en, -iuis, N., hftght, snumiit,
toj).
culpa, -ao, F., hlninr,f<ti(lt.
CUlp-O, rirc, avi, -iiHim, v.a., blcme,
find ttnilt ivith.
CUlt-US, -us [col(j], M., I'lilti'mtion
mode of life, ciiu'lination ; pro C, eon-
nidcrinj their eirilisation.
cum, l>i'op., with abl. only, with, almg
ivith. Eiicliiie wilii me, tc, se, iioliis,
v()l)is, qiiihus : as. niecuiii, tecum, secuiii,
noliiscuin, vobiseuin, quibuscum (i>.l(tr>,s).
cum, (for qnum), when, njter, ainee,
although (!>. I'o.S).
cum or cum primum, a.i xnon ai^ ;
cum. turn. l>ot/i..i(Ji(l, not only.. but
aluu.
cunctati-o, Ouis, F., del<i!/.
cunctor, ful, -Stus sum, v. do.,
delay, hesituti-, doubt.
CUnct-US, -a, -um, [fou + iungo, jou<J,
m\}., all together, all.
Cupid-3 [(•u))i(Uis], adv., eagerly.
CLipidjt-as, -atis [cupidus], F., an
ardent de.^ire, ■j>a.'<sion.
Cupid-US, -a. -um [<'upio], desirovs of
(p. (U, '.i).
Cup-iO, -ere, Tvi or IT, Tlum, v.a., long
for, »'/.-(//, ilesire.
cur, adv., why" for what jmrpose'}
Ciir-a, -tie, F., care.
Cures, lum, P., pi., Cure.'), a Sabine
town.
curia, -ao, F., genate-house.
euro, -are, -avi, -atum. v.a., cure for.
Cui*i-us, -i, M., Curias, a I* omaii
name.
curro, furrere, eflcurri, cursum, v.n.,
run ; curritur, then run (p. lt>4, '1).
Curr-U3, -us, [curro], M., a chariot.
curv-us, -a, -um, adj., crooked,
bendin i, ninding.
curs-US, fH [curro], M., .'ipeed, cnnrne,
CUStodi-a, -ae [custos], F., guard,
vat eh.
CUStodio, -ire, Ivi, -itiim [custo-s],
gourd, irat'h.
custos, -Odis, M., guard, watch.
D.
Dacus, -i, M., a Dueian. The
D.iciaiiis oef!Ui>ic<l the S.E. of the modern
Iciiij^dom of Austria.
damn O, -are, -avi, -atum [damnum,
//';/(', diioKige], v.a., condemn, />fi.s.i .sen-
tence uimn; capitis damnare, con-
di nut to death.
damn um, -i, N., loss.
datus, from do.
de, iirep. will) abl., <</', /r'un, onceni-
iw!, n/irr : de tertia vigilia, nfier the
third watch.
de-a, ac; F. , j;«»(Z<Z(w (i». (;, -Ik
debeo, dObrre, dolmj, dOl)itum [de-f
liat)eo], v.a., owe. When joini'd wilii the
inf. of another verb, ought (p. 162, 4,
note.)
de-cedo, -cCdere, -cessi, -ccssum [de,
from, -r I'Odo, go], v.n., retire, leave, de-
part from, ; die.
decem, num. adj., ten.
de-cerno, -(^ernCre, -crovl, -cretuni
[de, intensive -\- cerno, decide], decide,
determine.
de-carto, -ccrtarc, -certavT, -certatuin
[de, inten.sive, + certo, contend], v.n.,
light enniislly, contend.
decet, decOre, dt^cfiit, no supine, v.
im|)er8., // i.v becoming.
decim US, -a, -um, num. adj., tenth.
decipiO, -clpire, -cCpi, -ceptum [de,
intentili;- t capio, takc],v.a., ratch, deceive,
cheat.
de-Claro, -clrinlre, -claravi, -cllrillum
[<ie, ////('//.s/iv 4-('lrirus, cleor], v.a., oitih'
clear, deehire, announce.
de-clivis, -clive [de-Fcli\us, .^lojte],
■ilojring.
dec6r-0, -iiro, -iivT, -ritiun[dOcet], v.a.,
adorn.
!t ■■■■
^! 1 ■
lix-
« ^'
Wi'
fd'
If;
M:
,,^\
326
VOCAHULARY.
!
decre-tum, -tl, N., decree, dpcision;
decreto stare, abide by the decision.
dec-US, -<'>ris [(lOcL'tl. N.,U'hat is be-
coming, 1)1 name nt, liunur.
de-CUrro, -currtie, -cflcurrl or curri,
-cursuin (de, dmrn -\ curro, run], run
down, lia^ten, move ojl.
de-decus, -<li ci'>ris[(le+decu8, honor],
N., dixjraee, di.shoitor.
de-dltio, -dUToiiis [dodo], F., imrren-
der; accipere or recipere in dedi-
tior.3ra, (illow to surrender ; venire
in deditionem, surrender.
de-do, -dOre, -didi, -tlltum [de-fdo],
v.a,.,(jiiu' vji, nurrender.
de-duco, -ductre, -duxl, -diictmn [do
froin+duvi), lead], v. a., lead away, with-
draw, induce, Itriii;/ ; navem dedu-
Cere, t<> lavneh a ressel ; uxovem de-
ducere (or ducere), to briny home a
bride, marry.
de-fendo, -fendure, -fendl, -fensuni
[de, //v(?u+fendo, strike], ward ojj, repel,
y^iard.
de-fero, -fcrre, -trtll, -latum [de +
fero], v.a., carry down, away; report,
announce ; confer.
de-fervesco, -fervescere, fen'ui, no
suiniie [de, J'roni -f ferveo, boil\, v.n., to
cool down.
de-fesSUS, -fcssa, -fessum [^if. part,
of defetiscor, yrou> iveary], adj., tvearied,
worn out, exhauxted.
de-flCio, -fJoCrc, -fOci, no supine [de
-ffacio, —untie], v.n., fail, revolt.
de-flagro, -flfigrfire, -fluH-rfivi, -fla
{jfrfituui [de, dou'n or completely + flayro,
to burn], v.n., be burned down.
de-fugio. -fri),a;re, ffigl, -fagltunx [de
-ffi'i{j;loJ, v.n., avoid.
de-iClO, -loere, -iCci, -iectum [de -f
iiUiio, thiiiw], v.a., throwdown, eufit dmrn ;
de spe deiectUS, disappointed in theii
expectations.
deinceps [dtinde -l capio], a<lv., one
after the other, in i<uric,s.yiini, in turn.
deinde [de -l hide], tuU., 'thereafter,
afterwards, then, next.
delatus. See defcro,
delect-O, -are, -avl, -atuni, v.a., de-
I'ujht, jdeaxe.
delect-U8, -us [de -+- le<,'o], M., selec-
tion ; levy of soldicra.
deleo, delore, dolCvI, doletuni, v.a.,
destroy, unniliilate, iripe oxtt.
de-lTg-O, -lljfare, -llKilvI, -ll^'atuni [de |
llgo, bind], \.ii., fa-iten, bind at anchor.
de-ligo, -ligCre, -le^T, -lectuni [de 4-
lej?o, choose], v.a., choose, select, levy.
dementia, -ae [<le, out of, -f mens,
■>»(//((/], v., madness.
de-meto, metere, -messfll, -messum [de
-i- nieto, cut dow)i], v.a,, cut down, reap.
de-m!gro, -mlprare, -nilgravT, -mlj^r-
atuni [de + mif^'ro, depart , v.n., move
from, depart, miyrate.
de niinuo, -mtnuere, -nilnfil, -mlnu-
tum [tie I- niinuo, lessen], v.a., lessen, take
away from, impair.
de-mittO, -mittere, -mini, -missum [de
+ initto, send], v.a., send down; 86
animo demittere, ^/ lose heart
demo, dciiurc, dempsi, denii>tinn [de
+ Lino, take], v.a., take down or o/T, re-
move.
de-monstro, -monstr'irc, -monatrftvl,
-nionstraiuni [de -) nionstro, show], v.a.,
point out, sheie, state, mention; explain.
de-moror, -nu')rari, -mOriltus sum [de
+ niunir, delay], \. dep., delay, linyer,
hiniier.
demum, adv., ot length, at last,
Ji.iidly, only.
denari-us, -l, M., a Koman silver
coin, equivalent to about twenty cents.
den-i, -ae, -a, num. distrib. adj. ( -
dec-ni), ten caeh, ten at a time, by tens,
ten.
denique, a<lv., at last, finally ; in a
word, in short.
dens-US, -a, -um, ;idj., thick, closely
packed, dense, erou'ded.
dens, dent is, M., a tooth.
de-nuntio, uintirire, -nuntlui, nun-
tl'itum [de 1- iiuniio], v.a., announce,
d. dare, threaten, order.
de-pallo, pclltie, -pfill, -i>ulsuni [de
+ pello], v.a., drive a%vay, dislodjc, turn
aside.
de-pono, -ponere, -pf>sftl, -jJiisUum
[de, down, + pono, place], v.a., lay aside,
yire up.
ae-populor, -puitniari, -pftpoiatus
sum [de + jMipuktrJ, v. dep., lay waste,
plunder.
de-porto, -]>ortaro, -portavT, -portii-.
turn [ue + ])orto], v.a., curry off, remove.
derogr-o, -rue, avI, -atum [de + rogo], V.
n., withdraw, take away, ivea ken.
de-sceiido, -seendore, -scendi, -scen-
sii'i [de+seiiiKlo, climb], v.a.,, come <lown,
di . t't'ud.
de-s6ro, -sO-ere, -serul, -sertuni [de,
negative f scro, jo//t], \.a., leave, desert.
desertor, -oris [descro], M., deserter.
desid§r-0, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a.,
wish for, want, lony for.
VOCAliULARY.
327
, + mens,
essum [de
wn, reap.
vl, -mlj^r-
.u., move
li, -inlmi-
■i^geii, take
lissuin [<lc
uivn; se
art
iil)tum [fie
or off, re-
iionstravl,
how], v.a.,
; explain.
IS sum [de
ay, litvjer,
, at last,
nan silver
y cents.
J. adj. (--
», by tetus,
ally ; in a
ck, closely
tilvi, luin-
aunounce,
)iilsinn [de
'odjc, turn
-jtOsUiun
lay ankle,
pftpQlatus
lay waste,
vT, -porta-.
tff, reviovc.
j+rogo],v.
I'n.
ndi, -scen-
come iloiim,
ertnni [de,
V, diX'.'rt.
;., deserter.
tnm, v.a.,
desidi-a, -ae (de+sedeo], F., doth,
indolence, idleness.
de-8il!o, -sllire, -sllni, -siiltani [de-f
salio, leap], v.a., lea^) down, dismount.
de-sistO, -sistcre, -stltl, slltum [de +
sisto, fi^n/i(/], v.a., .ftand from, i.itve off',
cea^e from ; proelio desistere, ^^
cease Jiyhfiny ; sententia desistere,
give up the notion.
de-spero, si)Crare, sjiOravt, sptratuni
[de-f HperoJ, v.n. and a., yii^e tip hope,
despair.
de-spicTo, -spIcCre, -spexl, -speetuni,
[de, dou'n, and specie, see], v.a., look
down vpvii, despi.-e.
de-spondeo, spondCre, -sjwndi, -sjmn-
suni [de + spondee, prom iae], \ .a. , prom ise,
but roth.
de-stringO, -strini^rre, -strinxi.-slric-
tuni (df-+strinK<>,«in]pJ, v.a., draw, draw
the sword, vnsheath.
de-sum, -esse, -fui [de+sum]. v.n., be
wantimjj/ail, larking,
de-super, [ de, from, and srtper,
above], iui\ ., y'/oi/t above.
deterlor, -is, comji. adj , inferior,
Wfyrsf ; superl., deterrimus; no posi-
tive.
de-terreo, -tcrrCre, -terrfli, -terrlttun
[de+terreo, frighten], frighten off, pre-
vent, deter ; deterrere ne or quin,
prevent /ro»«(185, 2).
de-tineo, -tinere, -tinfil, -tentuni [do
+ tencp, hold], v.a., keep back, stop, de-
lay, hinder.
de-trimentum, -trlmenti [de+tero,
wear away], N., injury, loss, damage.
deturbo, are, etc., dislodge.
de-US, -1, M. (p. 13, 2), a god.
de-vinco, vincCre, -vlci, -victuni [de I-
vinco, conquer], v.a,., conquer armpletely,
overcome.
devolve, -Cre, -volvi, -volutnni, roll
down.
d9-v6ro, v5rare, vftravl, vOratmn [de
+vOro, devour], v.a , devour.
devoveo, -vftvere, -vOvl, -votuni [de
+V(iveo], v.a., devote.
dexter, -tra, -Inim, adj., right, an the
right hand or side.
dextera or dextra, often with
nianus understood, the right hami.
Diana or Diana, a e., V., Diana, the
tfOt'.U'ss of hunting; and archery.
dic-O, -are, -avi, -fltuui, v.a., dedicate,
devote, offer.
CliCO, dlcere, dlxT, dirtttm, v.a., .v«i/.
speak, converse, tell, ajrpoint ; causam
dicere, plead a cause.
dictat-or, -oris, M. [dh-o, app(»'nf],
dictator, a supreme magistrate apjK)intefi
by the Ilomans only in seasons of onior-
genoy ; his jmwer wasahsohite, butlaated,
at longest, only six niontlis.
dictum, -i, N., [dice], a word, saying.
dies, -ci, M. and F., day.
dif-fero, <liffcrre, distfili, dilatum [dis,
apart, -f fero), v.a. and n., rarry different
ways, spreail, scatter ; put off delay ;
inter se differre, differ from each
other.
diflficil-e, adv., with dijjiculty.
diflficil-is, -e [dis, negative -f faci-
lis, eauy], a<lj., diflicult, •norose. Comp.
dirticilior, suii. ditficillinnis.
ditRcult-as, -atis [ditficilis], F., diffi-
culty, trouble.
dif-fido, -fidere, -fisussuni |(li~, nc^'a-
tive +fido, truKt], v.n., distni.^t, lack
confulenc in, despa ir of,
dif-fundo, -fu?idere, -ffidl, -ffisuni
[dis, apart, t fuiido, .scatter], v.n., spread
out in all directions, extend.
digit-US, -i, M., afnujer.
dignit-as, -ritis[dignus], ivarth, great-
ness, merit, rank.
dign-US, -a, -inn, arlj., worth;/ of,
worth, deserving (p. (54, 4).
di-iudico, -ifidlcare, -iiidlcavl, -ifidl-
catum [dis -f iudico], v.a. and n., decide,
determine.
diligen-s, -tis [dis -f lego, pick], adj.,
careful, attentive, diligent.
diMgenter [diligensj, adv., carefully,
diligently.
diligenti-a, -ae [dis -f lego], F., dili-
gence, care.
di-ligo, -ligOre, -lexi, -lectuni [dis +
It'ffo], v.a., choose from a number, value
highly, esteem, love,
di-mico, ml(!are, mtcavl and micfti,
nilciiium [disi-niico, flash], v.n., fight,
contend.
di-m!dius, -inldia, -mldnun [dis +
medius, half], half'; as a noun, dimi-
dium, half.
di-mitto, -mitt^re, -mlsi, -missum [dis
4- milto|, v.a., send in different direc-
tions, dismiss, send off.
DionysI-US. l, M., Dionysius, a ty-
rant of Syracuse.
direct-US, -a, um, i).p. of dirlgofdis,
apart and rt'tfo, set straight], used as an
adj., straight, perpendicular.
f '
#1
328
VOCABULARY.
:i
dis, [or, abbreviated, dil, inseparable
prefix, apart, asumlcr, in 'pirccK.
dis, adj., rich, conip. ditior, sup. <li-
tissliiius (11. 57, 4).
Dis, Ditis, M., Pluto, god of the lower
world.
dis-cedo, -cCdCre, -oessi, -ces.sum
[dis-f frdo]. v.n., drpart, tritlidrnv, leave,
forsake: ab annis discedere, to.'/
(Iowa one' K arms.
discess-us, -fis [disrwlo], M., <Je-
partarc, inarch imj itif.
disciplin-a, -ao [disco]. F., learning,
in.structiiiii, tmininn, sustcni.
diSCipul-US, -i, [disco], ,M.. pupil.
disco, diacCre, dldici, no supine, v. a.
ancl 1)., learn.
dis-crimen, -crlminis [discerno], N.,
risk, (J anger, crisis.
dis-icio, -icC're, -ioci, iOcJtiun [dis +
iacio], v.a., drive asunder, disperse, scat-
ter, rent.
dis-par, -i»riris Idis, negative + par,
equal], adj., unequal, unlike, dijff'erent.
dis-pliceo, -iilicOro, -plicriT, -plloituni
[dis, ■negntire -t- placeo, 2>lease], v.n. (with
dat., p. lO.'), 9), disjileasc.
dis-piitatio, -ptltationis [dispfito], F.,
discussion, debate.
dis-puto, -piltare, -pfitfivl, -iHilfiluin
[dis+pnto, to 2J>'»»t'], V n., treat of, in-
vestigate, discuss, argue.
dissen.si-o, -onis [dis+sentio, think],
P., difference of opinion, disagreement.
dis-sentio, -sentire, -sensl, -sensum
[dis+scntio], v.n., differ in opinion, dis-
agree.
dis-similis, -simile [dis, vegatire +
siniilis, like], adj., nnlike; oomp. t''ssinu-
lior, superl. dissiniillinms, witli dat. (p.
CO, 2).
dis-simulo, -sTnu'darc, -siinillfnl,
-sTninlatum [dis, negative + sinifilo, pre-
tend], v.a. and n., disgtiise, conceal.
dis-Solvo, -solvOrc, -solvl, -solfitum
[dis, apart + solvo, loosen], v.a., break
down; pontem dissolvere, break
down a bridge.
di-Sto, -stare, nopcrf., no siip'ne fdis
-f sto], v.n., stand apart, be .separated.
diu, adv., long, for a longtime ; comii.
dhltius, siiperl. dTulissinic ; quam diu-
tissime, o.s" long as possible.
diurnus, a, \u\\ |<iin], adj., by day.
div-es, -Itis, adj., r/(7* ; conip.. divitior;
superl., <livitis.siuius ; contracted intodis.
DiviC-O, -onis, i\r.. Dim'co, a chief of
the Helvetii who le<l the army a^^ainst
Ca,s8ius in 107 B.C., and headed an embassj-
to Caesar, u.c. 58.
di-vido, -videre, -visl, visum, v.a.,
divide, .separate.
divin-vis, -a, -um. [divus, divine],
adj., divine, sacred; res divlnae, re-
lijious rites.
do, -dare, -dcdl, -dafcuni, v.a., give,
give 11 p, furnish, allon' ; in fugam
dare, pat to /right ; operam dare,
lake pains ; manus dare, yield.
doceo, flocere, dociil, doctum, v.a.,
tench, inform, 2'oint out.
doctrin-a, -ae [doceo], F., learning.
doct-US, -a, -nm [p.i>. of doceo], adj.,
learned, versed, e.vperienced.
doleo, -dulCre, -drtlfil, -dolltum, v.a.
and n., feel yain, lament, be sorry for.
dol-or, -r)vis [doleo], M., pain, grief,
distress, vcvation.
dol-US, -i, M., fraud, deceit, trickenj.
domestic-US, a, um [domus, home],
vi(]i.,honie, at iiome, i/tcrnaf ; bellum
domesticum, civil war.
domicili-um, -i, [ficmtts], X., dtccl-
ling, abode.
dominat-US, -ils [domimis], M.,
tyra n ny.
dominus, -i, M., master, lord.
domo, dnmare, d6mriT, dOmitiun, v.a.,
tame, subdue.
dom-US. -us, F., hotise, home (p. 02).
donee, conj., till, until, while (p.
201,8).
don-O, -are, -avi, atum [do], give, pre-
sent.
donaim, -1, [do], N., gift, present.
dorm-io, -ire, -ivi, -ituni, v.n., sleep,
rest.
dos, dotis [do], F. , dowry, marriage-
portion.
Druid es, -mn, M., the Druids, priests
of the ancient Kelts.
du bitati-o, -Gnis [dubito], F. , hesita-
ti(m. doubt.
dubit-O, are, -avi, -atum, v.a., doubt,
hesitate.
dubi-US, -a, -um, adj., doulitful, un-
certain ; non dubium est quin,
there is no doubt that (p. 188, 6).
ducent-i, -ae, -a[duo+centinTi], num.
adj., two hundred.
duco, dricfrc, duxi, duotum, v.a.,
lend, guide ; th ink, consider ; in niatri-
monium ducere or uxorem du-
cere, '" marry [said of a man ; nubere,
of a woman.]
VOCABULAKY,
329
dulC-is, -e, adj., m'eet.
dum, fionj., while, until (p. 201);
provided that (p. 202).
dummodo, conj., provided that, if
o/i/.//(p. 1!)4, J).
du-O, -ae, -o, tinii). adj., tH'o(p.C)8).
duodecim [duo+dfcf m], num. adj.,
twelve.
du6-d6cTniU3, -dCciiiKi, -dC'cImum
[duodecimj, num. adj., twrl/th.
duo-de-viginti, num. adj., ci<jhf<-cn.
du6-deni, -dr-naf, -dOua [duo+dOni,
bjf tens], cuAj., dislrilt. mmi., twelve at a
time, b;i trrelves.
du-plex, -pilots, adj., double, two-fold.
duriti-a, -ae [durus, liard\, F., hanli-
iiesii, hardship.
dur-US, -a, -um, adj., hard, severe,
difficult.
dux, dfleis, [duco, lead], M., leader,
general, gxiide.
E.
e [O before consonants, ex jjfenerally
before vowelsi, j)rep. wiihabl. only , from,
out of. in accordance with, inconsequence
of, on ; ex una parte, on one side ; ex
equo, on hor.seh iclc ; ex U8U, of ad-
rnntnge ; ex itinei'e, on. the march.
ea. See is.
ea, adv. [properly al)l. sing. fern, of is,
suppl_v parte or vifij", there, on that tiide.
e-dico, -dlcere, -dixi, -dictum [e 4-
dicoj, \'.a., make known, command..
e-disco, -diseerc, -didici, no sup. [e +
disco], v-a., learn bi/ heart, commit to
memory.
edlt-US, -a, inn, p.p. of edo, used as
an adj., elerated, hi<jli.
edo, edcre, cdid;, Oditum [e, from -\-
do place], v. a., give forth, publish,
exhibit.
6do, Cdere, Cdl, Csum, v.a., cat.
e-doceo, -dftcCre, -dc'iorii, -doctum fe
+ doceoj, v.a., teach, instruct, inform,
tell.
e-duco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum fe +
duco], v.a., lead out, lead forth, draw
out.
eduC-O, -are, -avi, -alum, v.a., educa ,
bring up, rear.
ef-fero, elTcrre, cxtfdl, Olatinn [ex +
fero], v.a., carrg forth, bri)ig out ; publish,
spread abroad.
ef-flClO, -ficcre, -fCcT, -fectum [ex 4-
faeio|, v.a.,/((r/u, Imng about, accomplish,
ejfect, 2>>'<>duce.
ef-fundo, -fundcre, -ffidl, -fusum [ex
+ fmido], v.a., pour out, squamier ; se
eftundere, to spread out.
ef-fug'io, -fiiijCre, -fugl, -ffijfltum [ex
+ fugi"], \.a., escape.
egen-S, tis, arlj. [pres. part, of egeo],
neeiig.
eg'en-US, -a. -um fefreo], adj., needy,
in want, destitute.
egeo, egCre, egnl, no. sup., v.n., be in
need.
§g"est-as, -fitis [egeo], F., needrj con-
dition, purcrtji.
ego, mOi, pron., / ; pi., nos ; p. 104,
e-gTedior, -grcdl, -gressus sum [e -f
pradior, go]. \-. dep., go out, come forth ;
e navibus egredi, Vo land, disemfjark.
egregTe [cuie^'ius], adv., admirably,
splendidly, well.
e-gregi-us, -a, -um [e + prex, herd],
adj., eminent, marked, remarkable.
egress-US, -us [egredior , M., land-
ing, disembarkation.
e-icio, -Icere, -iCci, -iCctum [e (- iaoio],
v.a., east out, thrust out, e.rpel ; se
eicere, ru.^h out.
eivis, from is.
eiusdem, from idem.
eiusmodi [ -- eius + modi], of stich
a kiiul, of such ti ,sY»•^
elatus, -a, -um [p,p, of efferoj, adj.,
exalted, high, lofty.
elegan-s, -tis, adj., elegant.
elephant-us, -i, M., <tn elejyhant.
eloquenti-a, -ae [e ■\- locpior], F.,
cloq}ience.
e-ligo, -ligCre, -leg!, -lectum [e + lego,
choose], v.a., choose out, select, choose.
erao, emCre, OmI, emptum, v.a., buy.
e-mitto, -mittCre, -mis!, -missum [e+
mitto, .send], v.a., send out.
enim [a stronger fonu of nam, for ;
placed uitcr tbe first emi)hatic word in
it.s clause], (oiij.,/o/-, in fact.
e-nunti-O, -are, -avi, -atum fe -f
nuMtioj, \.a., tell, reveal, report.
eo, adv. .^hither, to that j)lace, to such
a deqree ; before c;()nii)aralives, a cor-
relatise of ((uo (p. 1U.5, 4) : quo eo,
the ...the { = by how much. ..by that
much).
eo, 5re, IvI (or li), Itum, v.n., go, pass,
march.
eodem [from idem), adv., to the
same 2>l(tce.
fiphesi-us, -a, -um, atlj., of or be-
longing to Kphesiis.
{■A
I
330
VOC ABU LAKY.
fipheS-U8, -I, v., Kjjkesvs, a city of
Asia Minor.
6pist6la, -at', F., letter, epiatle.
epul-um, -1, N., banquet, feast ; pi,,
epulae, fein., weal.
6qu-es, -Itis [cquus], M., a horfieninu,
cavnti If soldier ; pi., eciuites, the caraliii ;
also, the knif/htH ; equitum magister,
rtMHter of the horse, an ortice next to that
of dictator.
equester, -tris, -tre [equus], a<Ij.,
bcldiijjinij to hori«:iiien, cavalri/.
6quidem, aciv., tntly, indeed.
equitat-us, -us [e(iuu8], M., cavalry.
equ-us, -T, M., horse.
erat, p. 24.
Eratosthen-es, -is, M., Kratos-
thenes, a Greek born at CyrOne in Africa,
B.C. 270 ; librarian of the Alexandrian
Library ; died l!)'i is.c. He was a noted
geo!;rai>her and niatheinatician.
erectUS, -a, -lun [p.p. of erigo], adj.,
high .
erpra, i)rep. withacf;., toirnrds.
ergo, adv., tlierefo.i , accordinjlii.
e-ripio, -rTpii e, -ripfii, -reptuni [e -f
rapio), v.a., ."match away, rescue; se
eripere, escape.
erig-o, -ere, -erexi, erectiini (e +
rego), raise.
e-rudio, -rudire, -rudivi, (or -rfidli)
-ruditum [e -i rudis, unskilful]; v.a., to
free from rude iwss, instruct, echicate.
err-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.n., wan-
der ; err, mistake, be ivronj.
e-rumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum
[e -i runipo, break], v.n., break, out, sally,
make a sort ic.
e rvipti-O, -Onis [erumpo], F., sally,
attack, sortie.
essedari-US, -i [ essCdum ], M., a
cha rioteer.
essed-um, -l, N., a war chariot.
esset, p. 24.
et, conj., niid, also ; et-. . .Gt, both
.... and.
etiam [et + iam], aiiv., also, even.
etsi [et + s\], conj., althofitgh, even if
(p. IM).
Eur-us, -1, M. , east wind.
e-vado, -vadCre, -vasi, vasum [e 4-
v;ulo, f/o], (JO forth, escape from.
e-venio, -venire, veni, ventuni [e \-
venio, vome\, come out of, happen.
e-venit, v. iinjiers. (p. 1S2, 4), it hap'
pens,'it tarns out.
e-ventUS, -vontfis [evenio], M., out-
come, issue, result.
e-verto, -\ertCre, -vertT, -versuin [e +
vertoj, v.a., overturn, drive out, destroy.
e-v6co, -vftciire, -v6cavl, -vdcatuni
[e+voco], v.a., call out, summon.
ex. See e.
examino, -are, -avi, -atum (exanien,
tongue oi a balance), iveiyh.
ex-animo, anlmure, -anFniilvi, -ani-
niatuni [ox - aiiinia, life], v.a., kill.
ex-cedo, cedCre, -cessi, cessum [e-f
cedo, (/(«], \.n., leave, withdraw, remove,
depart.
ex-cello, cellere, -cellfiT, -celsum, v.
n., surpass, excel.
excels-us, -a, -um, adj., elevated, lof-
ty, hl(jh.
excipio, -cipere, -oepi, -ceptuin [ex-f
capio], v.a., take out, receive, encounter,
catch.
ex-citatU8, -a, -uni[p.p. of excite],
encouraged.
ex-cito, cTtrtre, cUavi, -citatuni [ex-f-
cito], v.a., incite, arouse, stir up.
excursio, -onis [ex+curro], F., a,
running out, sally, sortie.
ex-CUSO, -cusare, -eusavl, -cfisatum
[ex + causa], v.a., excuse.
exempl-um, -i, N., an example,
.mm pie, pat em.
ex-eo, -Irt, -Ivl (or -li), -Ituni [ex+eo],
\.ii., go out of, withdraw, leave.
ex-erceo, -ercoro, -ercfii, -ercftum
\v\ + pt-ceo, keep busy], v.a., exercise,
practise, train.
exercitati-O, -onis [exerceo], F.,
training, practice, exercise.
exercitat-us, -a, -um [exendto], adj.
trained, skilled.
exercir us. -us [exerceo], M., a train-
ed army, an army.
ex-igo, -Igire, -egi, -actum [ex-f ago],
v.a., drive out, pass the time; hieme
exacta, at the end of winter.
exili-um, l, N., exile.
exiguit-as, -atis [exigo], F., short-
ness.
exigu-ua, -a, -um [exigo], adj., small,
scanty.
existimati-o, -onis [exlstimo], F.,
judgment, opinion, value.
existim-o, -are, -fivl, -r.tum [ex-f
acstimo, value], v.a., value, consider.
exiti-um, -i [ex + eo], N., lestriiction.
exit US, -US [ex+eo], M., conclusion^
result, ixsue, event.
VOCABULARY.
331
W., out-
luin [e+
lest roll.
vOcatuni
exaiueii,
Lvl, -&tu-
sum (e +
, remove,
.'Isum, V.
:ated, lof-
xxm [ex4-
ncounter,
t excito],
um [ex+
-(■fisatum
examjjle,
[ex+eo],
-ercitum
exerciac,
ceo], F.,
ito], adj.
, a train-
ex + ago],
hieme
"., short'
Ij., srtmll,
imo], F.,
um [ex+
udcr.
struction.
onclusion^
exopt-o, -ire, -avl, -fttum [ex+opto,
wish], v.a., wi^h, desire.
ex-p6dio, -pC'dIre, -pcdTvI, poditum
[ex + pes, ,/oot = <o free the feet], v.a., ex-
tricate, diseufjaije ; set free.
expedit, impers., it is profitable, use-
ful.
exp6dit!-o. -on is [expedioj, F., an ex-
pedition, foray.
expedit-us, -a, -um [yi.p. of expedio],
adj., U ihtlji e<init'ped,frce, itainciiinlicr-
ed, u'ithuiti bayijaye.
ex-pello, -pellCre, -pdli, pulsum [v\ +
pello], v.a., drice out, expel.
experienti-a, -ae, [experior], F.,
experience, -practice.
ex-perior, -pfnrl, -pertus Slim [ex +
perior (ol)solete), trij], v. dep., try, attempt.
ex-pers, -pertis, adj. (with abl.),/rce
from, without (ex+pars).
ex-plorat-or, -oris [explOro], M.,
scout, spy.
ex-pl6r-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a.,
search out, invest iy ate, find out.
ex-pono, -poTiCre, -pOsrtI, -pCsItum
Sex + 110110, jiliice], v.a., 2>^ace out, explain ;
and an unny, ex navi miliies expouere.
ex-porto, -iwrtare, -jiortavl, -portii-
tum [ex + porto, carry\, v.a., carry out,
export.
ex-primo, -primure, -pressi, -pressum
[ex + iirCmo, press], v.a., press out,
describe, utter.
ex^pugnati-o, -onis [expugno], F.,
storntuiy, attack.
ex-pugn-o, -are, -avI, -atum [ex -f
putfiioj, v.a., take by storm, capture.
ex-quiro, -qulrCre, -quislvi, -quisltum
[ex +- (piaero, seek], seek for, enquire,
search out, ask for.
ex-sequor, -sCqui, -secutus (-aequu-
tus) sum [ex -f suquor], v. dep., follow
out, maintain, enforce.
ex-sisto, -sistere, -stltl, -stltum [ex +
sisto], v.a., appear, spring up, arise, b.'.
ex-specto, -spectare, -spectavl, -spec-
tiltum [ex + specto], v.a., look for, wait
to see, wait for, await.
ex-sto, -stare, no pf., no sup. [ex +
sto], v.a., stand out, project.
ex-struo, -strCiere, -struxl, -structum
[ex + struoj, v.a., pile up, rear, build.
ex-structus, -a, -um [p.p. of ex-
struoj, pilcil up.
ex-terus, -tera, -terum iix], rare
adj., outside, foreiyn, straHge : coiiip., ex-
terior ; .sujierl., extrfimua and extiuuis.
ex-terreo, -terrere, -terrni, -terrltum
[ex h terreci], v.a., frighten, strike with
terror.
ex-timesco, -tlmescCre, tlinui, no
supine [ex + timesco, incep. of tiineo],
v. li., fear greatly, dread.
ex-tollo, extollcre, no perf., no sup.,
v.a., extol, lift up, raise, exalt.
extra, prep, with ai-c [for exterS
parte], without, beyond, outside of.
extremus, -a, -um, suj). of externa ;
extrema aeatate, at the end of
summer.
ex-ul, -fllis, M., an exile.
exuo, -uCre, -ni, -utum, to strip ofi,
despoil, deprive.
ex-uro, -firCre, -ussi -ustum [ex-j-uro,
Imrn], v.a., burn up.
P.
fa-ber, -bri, [facio], M„ workman,
artisan.
fa-bula, bnlae [for, speak], F., story,
tale.
fS.cet-US, -a, -um, adj., affable, courte-
ous, witty.
facile, [facilis], adv., easily, readily;
comp., facilius; sup., facillime.
facil-is, -e [facio], adj., easy ; comp.,
facilior ; sup., facilliiiuis.
f&C inus, -Inuris [facio], N. ,deed, crime.
facio, fricCre, feci, factum, v.a., do,
make; magnl facere, value highly;
pluria facere, value more highly;
castra facere, pitch a camp; iter
facere, march ; vim facere, to use
violence; imperata facere, to obey
commands; pass., fit, I'^/ta^^^jc^w; fltut,
it happens that (p. 182, 4).
fact-io, -loiiis [facio], ¥., party, faction.
fact-um, -i, [facio], N., deed, act.
ffi,C-ultas, -ultruis [facilis], N., ability,
opportunity, means, supply; pi. , resources,
yoods.
fag-US, -I, F., beech-tree.
fallo, fallere, fefelll, falsum, v.a., de-
ceive.
fals-US, -a, -um [fallo], adj., false.
fam-a, -ae [for, speak], F., report,
rumor, jd me.
famili-a[f;'imiilus, .servant], V.,fuinily-
servantx, retainers, household ; pater-
familias or familiae, master of a
family.
ffi,miliar-is, -e [familia], adj, of or
belonging to a family ; noun, an intimate
Jriend.
11
332
VOCAHULARY.
I
I
-
fas, [for, s])mk], indejl. mn, what ia
law/iif, ihjht.
fateor, fatori, fa>;3us8uiii [for, sjieak],
V. (lep., coii/ctm.
fat-um, -I [for, .•<peak], N., destiny,
fate.
ffi.veo, frivcre, filvl, fautuni, v.a.,
favor, hi', inclhu'il to (with dat.).
felici-tas, -titiH [felix], K., happiness,
SUCCCKX, fjiniil Juriiinr, jironjtrritif.
feliciter, [f eli xj, adv. , luckily, hapjnly,
proupcroiiull/.
felik, felifis, adj., haj)p;/, fortunate,
proapi'iinift, lucki/.
femin-a, -ao, F., wmnan, femulc.
femur, Oris, N., a thigh.
fer-a, -ae, F., vild hrast.
fSra-x, -<is, [fero, hear], fertile.
f(§re, adv., almost, nearly, about.
ferio, ire, strike.
fero, ferre, tnli, latum, v.a., hring,
bear, cftrr]/, endure; ferunt, they .srt?) ;
fertur, 'it is said ; auxilixim ferre,
bring aid ; iniurias ferre, injiict
wrongs; ferre legem, jimpos,' a Ian:
fer6c-iter[ferox], axlv., f)ohily,/ierccly.
fer-ox, -uci.s, adj., huhl, fierec.
ferre-us, -ea, -cum [forrum, adj., of
iron, iron.
ferr-um, -I, N., iron ; sword.
fert-ilis. ffcro, hear], adj., fertile,
fruitfitl.
fertili-tas, -tutis [fero], F., fertility,
richness.
fer-us, -a, -uin, adj., icild, rude,
savage, jierce.
fess-us, -a, -um, adj., weary.
festin-O, -arc, -avi, -atuni, \.n., hasten,
hurry, accelerate.
fidel-is, -e [fides], adj., faithjul,
trust leorthy, true.
fides, -el [fido, trust], F,, faith,
loyalty. >
fiduci-a, -ae [lido], F., trust, confi-
dence, re tiff nee.
figur-a, -ae LftiiJ,'o. sha2je], iP., form,
shape.
fili-a, -ae. P., a daughter (dat. and
abl. pi., flliabns; p. 0, 2). '
fili-UB, -i, M., a son.
flngo, finfTL-re, finxl, flofcum, v.a.,
make, shape, invent.
fin-io, -Ire, -ivT, Ttum, v,a., finish,
mark.
fin-is, -is, M., limit, eiid,; pi., borders,
ferritorieg, land.
finitim-us, -a, -nm [finis], adj., hor-
dering nn, neighftoring. As a noiui, pi.,
flnilimi, -orwm, M., neiyhl/ors.
fio. -fKri, -factussuni, v. [pass, of facto;
p. 155 1, become, take jihtce, happen ; cer-
tior fieri, /" he informed,
firme [firmus], ^dw, firmly.
flrmiter [firmus], adv.,fmnly.
flrm-O, -rire, -<TvI, -atnm, v.a.,
strengthen, make strong
flS,git-o, iire, -avi, -atum, v.a., de-
innnd, ask earnestly.
flamma, -ae,F., ^rtrn«.
flecto, Hecture, flexQi, flexum, v.a.,
bend, (urn.
flens, flentis [pass. part, of fleo, used
as adj.], ireejnng, in tears.
fleo, flure, flevi, flelum, v.a., weej),
lament,
flet-US, -us [fieo], M., tears, weeping.
floren-S, -tis [ i)res. part, of floreo,
usufl as an adj.], adv., blooming, Jlourish-
in.g, j)rosjieroii,s.
flor-eo, -Ore, -ul, no sup., v. n., Woom,
Jlourish,
flo-s, -ris, M., flower.
fluct-us, us [fluo], M., flood, rvavc,
hiUoiv.
flu-men, -minis [fluo], N., river, cur-
rent, streatn.
flii-o, -ere, -xi, -xum, v.n.,/ow,
fluv ius, -li [fluo], M., river, stream.
fodio, fuderc, fudi, fossuin, v.a., dig.
foed-us, -eris, N., treaty, compact,
lecguc.
for, fan, fatus sum, v. dep., speak, say,
fore -= futurum esse.
forem -= essem.
foris, -is, F. , dow, gate.
form-a, -ae, F., form., shape, ap-
pearance,
form-O, -are, -avi, -atum, shape.
for-S, "(is [fero, bring], V., chance, luck.
forsitan, adv., perhaps.
fortasse, iu\v., perhaps, by chance.
fort-is, -e, adj., strong, brave.
fortitu-do, -dinis [fortis], F., courage,
bravery.
fortun-a, -ae [fors], F., luck, lot, fate,
chance, good fortune.
forturat-us, -a, -um [fortuna], adj.,
prosperous, in good circunista)ices.
forum, -i, N., forum, market-place;
an ojwn ptiblie place in ancient cities,
VOCAHULAKY.
333
used for tiiiirlu-ls and nalhcriiiy:^ of the
people.
foas-a, -ae [fodio, (////], K., ditefi,
trencli.
fovea, ae, pit-fall.
frango, franj^Cre, frCjjI, fract.um, v.a.,
hreiik, irrrck.
frat-er, -ris, n., htothnr.
fratern-iis, inn, (frater], adj., />•«/«'»•-
nal, l>ri<thcrhi.
ft*au-s, -dis, F., deceit, deception.
ft*emit-\is, -Tw [frenio, nmke n noitte],
M., uproar, mn'se, din.
fr6quen-S, -tis, adj., crowded, in lanje
nunther.s.
fret-vis, -a, -uni, adj., rehjlnjt »n (with
abl., p. (\i, 4).
trigkl-US, -a, -uni [frifjfeo, be rohl],
'M\y, i-.i'il, freezinn. ,
frig"- US, -oris, N., cold, coldiveMher.
fron-s, -tis, ¥., forehead, front; a
fronte, in front.
fruct-us, -fis, [fruor, enjoi/], M., fruit,
jrrofit, advanta;/e, income, intereM.
frug-es, -inn, F., pi., cropK, fruitx of
the earth.
fruraentari-US, -a, -mn ffrwuientum,
com], adj., of corn; res friunentaria,
corn, provisions.
frument-or, -an, -atus sum, v., dep.,
[frumentum], fyraije.
frument-um, -i, N. [fruor, enJoi/],
corn, grain.
friior, fnlT, fructua or frrtUus sum,
v., dep., cnjoii (with abl., p. 116).
frustra, adv., irithunt effect, in vain.
fug"-a, -ae [fu<i;io], ¥., flinht; dare in
fugani, verlere in fujj:ani, put tofliijht.
fugio, fQ{?ere, ffigi, f ftgltuni, v.n. and
a.,/(t', run away.
fligitiV-US, -a, -um [fugio], adj., /«><;-
in(j ; as a noun, fugitivus, a runaway
slave,
fug'-O, -are, -avi, -atunx [fugio], v.a.,
j)ut to flight, rout.
fulgur, fulgfiris [fulgeo, be bright],
N., Uijhtnitig, brightness.
fund-a, -ae, p., ding.
fundito-r, -ris [funda], M., dinger.
fundo, fundere, fudl. fusuni, v.a.,
pour, scatter, rout, variq^tish.
fiingor, fungi, functus sum, v., dep ,
discharife, perform, do (followed by the
abl., p.' 116).
fiin-is, -is, M. , rope, cable.
fimus. Miis, \\.Ji)irinl,fintrriil: p|.,
fii iirrtil riles.
filiror, -oris |fnro, rage], M., rage,
niiiilii' ss, fii rg.
fiart-um, -i [fur, thief], N., theft.
G.
galea, -ae, F., a helmet.
Galli, onnn. M. jil., the (ianh, people
oj Gaul {now France).
Galli-a, -ae, K, Gaul (now France);
1)1. (ialliae, diviitions of (iaut.
Gall-icus, • Joa, -i<'um [(Jallial, adj.,
Gallic.
gall-ina, -Inao, v., a hen.
Gall-US, a, -um, adj., Gallic; siibst.,
OalluH, a, Gaul.
Garumn-a, -ae, M., the Garumna
(now Garonne), a river of Ctaul.
gaildeo, -gaudCre, -gavlsus smu, v.a.,
semi-dep., rejoice, bc]>le((sid.
gaudi-um, -I [gaudeo], N., >.7, glad-
ness, deliiiht.
gemm-a, -ae, F., gem.
gen-er, -Cn, M., a son-in-law.
genit-us, -a, -um [p.i>. of gigno],
born, descended from, sprung from.
gen-s, -tis [gigno], F., nation, race,
trUte, clan.
gen-ns, -Cri3[geno = gigno], N., birth,
descent, family, class, race, kind.
gero, gCrere, gcssi, gostum, v.a., hear ;
belluiu gei'cre, carry on war.
German-US, -a, -um, adj., German;
pi., German-i, -orum, the Germans.
gigno, gignere, genill, gtnltum, v.n.,
beget.
gladi-us, -I, M., sw'orrf.
gloria, -ae, F., glory, fame, re nmoii.
gracil-is, -e, adj., slender.
Graeci-a, -ae, F., Greece.
Graec-us, -a, -um, adj., Greek,
Grecian.
grand-ls, -e, adj., large, great.
grati-a, ae [grains], F., favor, cour-
tesy ; Imiufy ; in pi., gr.itiae, thanks;
gratias agere, to give thanks ; gra-
tiam facere, to /,ardon ; gratiam
habere, jeel thank>'ul; gratia, abl.
with gen.,/t//' the sake of, on account of.
gratul-or, -an, -atus sum [gratus], v.
dep., (I'w/t joy, congratulate, give thanks.
grat-US, -a, -uni, adj., pleasing, grate-
fid.
grr&V-is, -e, ndj., heavy.
immmmmm^mt
334
VOCABULARY.
viter fero, j'ri'l iminvil.
grex, (,'i''Kii^. y-,jl<i<'k,fi''rtl, triiitp.
fifubernator, -nnis |;rul)eriio, strcr\,
a utt't'ruiiift)!, pilot .
gftist-o, -rirc, -av\, -ritiiiu, v.a., land:
H.
have,
hAb6-0, -Crc, -ni, -IMim, V
hold, jxissrus; rt'ffanl, coiixiili'r.
h3,b-ltO, -Hare, -ItavT, -liritiiiii (lial)o<)],
v.a., hare poSKCsnion oj, in/ialiit, ilivrll.
haereo. haerCre, hucsi, haesuni, v.n.,
hf)ldj((:<l, ntirk.
Hannibal, -alls, M., Unmiihal, a Car-
thaginian general in t lie second l'nni(Mvar.
Hasdriib-al, -iilis, M., Ilasilruhal, a
CarLha},anian general.
haud, adv., Hot (It all, not (negativing
Hingle words) ; haud scio an, / don't
know V'licthrr (i>. 177, r>).
Hellespont-U8, -i, M., Jli'lloapont, a
strait iKtwctii iMirope and Asia.
Helveti-i, -ornm, M., ))1 , Ilelvetil, a
people wlio oceiipied Helvetia (now
Switzerland).
Hercym-US, -a, -nm, sulj., Hcrci/nian;
the Hen ynian wood extended o\er tlie
central and southern i>arts of Germanj'.
heredi-tas, -latis [heres, heir], F.,
hei>nh ip, inheritance.
h6ri, tulv., yesterday.
hlbern-a, -orum [i)roperly the neuter
pi. of the adj. hil)ernus(froin hiems), with
caatraunderstofxlj, pi. n., leinter quarters.
hie, haeo, hoe, dem. pro., this, he, .she,
it (p. 117).
hie, adv., here, at this point.
hi6ni-0, -are, avi, -atum [hiems], v.n.,
tvinter, 2'ass the winter.
hiems, hlomis, F., winter, storm.
hinc [liii], adv., hence, from thisplace.
hodie [hof+dle], adv., today.
Homer-lis, -i, M., Ilotner, an ancient
Greek ejiii^ poet, author of the Iliad and
Odyssey.
homo, -Inis, coin, gend., human
beiny, nam ; pi., homines, inhabitants.
honest-US, -a, -um [honor], adj.,
honorable, ii2>rifiht, noble.
hon-or [honos], -oris, M., honor,
respect, dignity, public ojl'ice.
hor-a, -ae, F., hoar. The Romans
divided the i)eriod from sunrise to sunset
into twelve jnirts, each of which was
called an hour ; so also the night was
divided from sunset to sunrise into twelve
p.nrts. The length ol an hour would ihuH
var.N ssilh the seawon of the year.
H6rati-ua, i, M., Horatius, a Roman
l)oet who lived C;')— ti, H.c.
horreo, -ore, -ni, no. sup., v.n. an<l
a., dread, shudtler at.
horrib-ilis, -ile {horreo], adj., dread-
Jill, friyliljiit.
horrid-US, -a, -um [horreo], dreadful,
friifhffal.
hortor, -tan, -tr.'tiH sum, v. dep.,
iinje, cheer, encoura<jc, incite.
hort-US, -i, M., ijardrn.
hOS-pe.S, -i)itis, }il., yiiest, friend.
hospiti-um, -i [hosjus], N., hospital-
it ii.
host is, -is, .M., enrniy, foe; pi., the
enemy.
hue [hic], m\v., hither, here to this
place.
huiusmodi [or huius mo<li], of this
kind or sort.
humani-tas, -tatis [humanus], F.,
rejinenwnt, cult a re.
human-us, -a, -luu, [homo], sulj.,
human, natural to nam, eivilised.
humerus, -i, M., .shoulder.
hiimi [locat. of humus], on the ground
(p. 8G, 3).
humil-is, -e [humus], atlj., low, poor,
humble.
hiim-us, -i., F., ground.
iac-6o, -Cre, -ill, no sup. ; v.n., lie on
the ground, lie dead.
i§,CiO, iacere, iecl, iactum, v.a., throto,
cast, hurl
iacttir-a, -ae [iaclo], F., loss, sacrifice.
iacul-um, -i [iacio], "S., javelin, dart.
iam, adv., already, now; ubi iam,
as soon as ; iam antea, some time before.
iamdudum, iampridem, long.
iber-US, -i, M., the Jberas {now Ebro),
river of Hispania (now Spain).
ibi, adv., in that place, there.
ibidem, adv., in the same place.
ico, IcCro, u'i, iotum, v.a., strike, hit,
smite, stal); foedusicere, viakeatrcaty.
ict-US, -us [ico], M., blow, thrust.
idem, eadem, Idem, pron., the same,
rcni.
idone-US, -a, -um, adj., suitable,
proper.
id-US, -Qum, F., pi., the Ides ; a name
I given to the 13th of all months, except
VOCADMLARY.
335
M.nri'h, .May, .liilv nnrl UcIoImt, whtii llif
I. Mil woH HO calliMl.
igrltlir, coiij. , therefor*\thcn,thcrevp(>n.
Igfnavl-a, -ai' [in, noM gruavus, active],
v., sloth, cowardiiw.
IgTiav-us, 11, mil [ill ( K'HiiviiH, aiihw],
.uij., nlothjvl, rowardlij.
igrn-is, -i«, M., fire.
igrnor-O, -aro, fivl, .Ittiiii [ill, /loM (k)
iioHco, know], v.a., be iyiiuniiit of, not to
know, ignore.
igf-nosco. nosci-ro, iiOvI, nottuii fiti,
nnt+ (j^)nosco, knoir\ jjoveriis a dm.;
ynrdon, fonjire.
i^not-U8, -a, -mil [j).p, of ipnosco, a.s
an aflj.], vnknoirn, vnjainiliar.
ille, ilia, illiid, (li'in. proii., that ; he,
>ihr, it (p. 110) ; ille, liic ; thai, Ihix.'
illiC [ille], adv., mi that jilaee, then.
illlCO [iii + locoj, a<lv., on the upot,
inxtantly, then.
Ulustr-is, -e [in intonsivo t- lustro,
make to shine], a<lj., di.'^tingvisheii, ilhis-
triors; ilustriore loco natus, l>orn
of a rather illustriouH J'aniilii {\). US, f)).
ima-go, -fflnis, ¥., an image, likeness,
statue, picture.
imb-er, -ris, M., a shower of rain.
im-matur-us, -a, -um [in, not + mn-
turus, ripe], ml]., wirijie, inunatnre..
imit-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep.,
cop}i, imitate.
imtnan is, -e, adj., huge, enormous,
imviense, 7nn7istroiis.
im-ininuo, -mmfiere, - ininfll, -minfi-
tum [in + miiino], v.n., diminish.
immc adv., on the contrary, no in-
deed, yes indeed.
immol-O, -are, -fivi, -atuni [in + niola,
meal], v.a., sprinkle meal on a nctim for
sacrifice, otf'er in sacrifice.
immortal-is, -e, [in-f mortalis], adj.,
n ndying, immortal.
im-muni-tas, -tatis [in Jiot-f mmuis,
dttty], F., exemption ; omnium reruni
immunitas, exemption from all bur-
dens.
impediment-um, -i [impedio], N.,
hindrance; pi., impedimeiit-a, -oruni,
baggage.
imped-io, -ire, -tvl, Itum [i n+ pes, /oo«]
v.a., entangle, hamper, hinder.
impeditus, -a, -um [impedio], p.p.
used ivs an adj., hampered, burdened.
im-pello, -pellere, -pftli, -pulsum [in-f
pello], v.a., drive to.
im-pend6o, -pendere, v. intr., over-
hang.
imp^'Tivtor, oris [imiK-ro), M,, mm-
nitUKli'r, ijenrnil, lender,
im-p6ritU8, -a, -inn (in, uo^-f iierltUB,
skilled, in], iwlj., unskilled in, ignorant of.
imp^li um, -i [imiMro), N., com-
ma 0(1, authority, yorernmrnt.
imp6ro, -are, -iivl, -atiiiii [tn-f-paro],
v.a. and ii., cotninand, order, with dat. ;
milites civitati iniperare, levy
troops from a state ; imperare ut or
ne faciat, to order a person, to Jo or
out to do{]\ LSI, 'A).
impetr-O, -are. -avl, atum, v.a.,
obtain by reipiest, obtain one's uish.
Impetus, pelfis [ in t peto ), M.,
attack, assault ; fury.
impi6t as, -atis [impius], F., impiety.
impius, -a, -um [in, not + \m\H, good],
.adj., u'ickeil, impious.
im-pliCO, -Jillcare, -plloilvl or j)llcni,
-pllcltum [in, within -f plico, fold], en-
twine, entangle.
implor-O, -are, -avi, .atxini [in, } ploro.
iree2j], bewail, implore, invoke, appeul to.
im-p6no, -i^'mCre, -prtsfil, -jM^sItum
[ill, itn t i)ono, place], v.a., place on;
flnem imponet'e, to make an end ;
milites in navem imponere, to em-
bark men.
ira-port-O, are, avf, atum [in, into +
jiorto, carry], v.a.., bring or carry into;
import.
imprimis [in + primis, al)l. pi. of
primus], adv., among the first, in the first
place, chiefiy, especially.
improbus, -a, -um [in, /io< + probu8,
good], adj., bad, shameless.
im-pro-vis-us, -a, nm [in, not + pro
-f video], adj., unforeseen, unexpected;
de improviso, unexpectedly, suddenly.
impruden-s, -tis [-imprOvIdens, for
in+pro + video], adj., not foreseen, un-
foreseen, V na wa res.
im-prudenti-a [for improvidentia,
from in 4- pro -f video], K., want of fore-
sight, indiscretion, ignorance.
impug-no, -are, -avl, -.atum [in,
against t pugno], v.a. and n., attack,
assail, fight.
in, prep, with ace. and abl. ; with
ace, after words sijjnifyiii;,' motion, to,
into, against, upon ; wiih alil. after words
of rest, in, at, during, among, in case of.
inan-is, -e, adj., empty, vain, useless.
in-cedo, -cCdere, -oessl, -eessum [in
+cedo], v.n., advance, proceed ; come to,
seize.
in-cendi-ura, -i [incendo], N., fire,
conflagration.
*k
:\^(\
VOCAlJirhAllY.
incendu, -tcnilin', -ti'inli, (x-nsiiin
I ill I <;uM(l6o, nhiiir\, v. a , mt on Jhr,
turn.
ln-certU8, ■<-erta, -cerUnu fin, not ■\-
(TTlus, certain], iwij., nnecrtain, hrm-
tatiiiij.
in-cido, -cldOrc, -ckll, -casum (in,
into ■[■ (wlo, J'ti/l], V.U., falf in irith,
attack; incidlt, iiiiinrs., it hnjrpcnn, it
uprini/K up.
in-clpio, -fllpCrc, -r6pl, -ccpttnn [in +
(•!'ipio|, v.ii. and n., beyin, conuneiice,
unilcrtakc.
in-clto, -clUrc, -oltilvf, -oltfitiini [in +
cito, //(ore ([(ticklji], v. a., "/v/e, aronnc,
cnrmnagr.
in-clino, -climirf, -{•Imrivl, -(;llnatiim
[ill -|- ('lino, li'an\, v.n., Iran aijainnt,
incognit-us, -a, -uin [in, /toA+cotj-
nituH, known], lulj., vnknoivn.
in-COlo, -crtlOro, -(H")lfM, -cultnni [111 +
coloj, v.a. and 11., lift', ilicrtt, irsidf in.
In-c6lilm-is, -v, iwlj, uninjured, safe.
in-coramodvim, -i [in, not + com-
mfiduH, Kuitnl)le], N., nd^fortuiie, harm,
disaster, defeat.
In-credT-bilis, -bile fin, not + credo],
adj., incredible, e.ttraorainarji.
in-cursi-o, -onis [in, against + curro,
run], F., charge, inrasion.
in-CUSO, -ilre, -fivl, -atuni [in, against
4-causa, cause], v.a., accuse, blame.
inde, mlv., from that place, thence;
after that, then.
in-dico, -dlcC-rc, -dixi, -dictum [in+
dico], v.a., proclaim, declare, appoint.
indico, -are, -.IvI, -atuiu [in+dlco],
7nakc known, point out.
in-dign-us, -a, -um [in, not +(\igmis],
adj., unu'orthji (with ab!., \\ (i4, 4).
in-duo, -dfiCre, -dQi, -datum, v,a.,
p^(t on, don.
industrl-a, -ae, F., industry.
in-eo, -Ire, -!vl (or 11), -Itum [in+eoj,
v.a., enter, enter upon ; inire consil-
ium, form a plan; inire consula-
tum, enter on a. consulship
in-erm-is, -e [in, not -f arma, arms],
adj., without arnus, unarmed.
in-ers, -ortis [in, not+urs], adj., indo-
lent, idle, inactive.
Infam-ia, -iae [in-ffama], F., dis-
grace, dishonor.
in-fan-S, -tis[in, not+tor, speak], M.
or F. (properly, the one not speaking),
child, iixfmnt.
in-felix, -fCllcis fin, not+Mix, happy],
adj., unhappy, unjortunate.
inferu. infcrrc, inioli, iililinin (in, Inln
t fcro, cnrri/], v.a., carry in, bring In ;
belhim liostibus inforre, make
war against thee ne my (y. \H\, 1); Blgrna
Inferre, ndrancr.
inf&r-iiH, -a, -um [infnll, iwlj., Iirlow,
lower ; ijomp. , infi'Hoi ; Hiip. , inflniuH, iinu8.
In-flclo, -flfCrc, -ficl, fuctuin \'m +
fai'io], v.a., stain.
inf!iiius. See infi-nis.
in-finitus, -a, -um [in, /)((^ + flnio,
limit], iwlj., boundless, immense.
in-firn)-US. -a, -nm [in, //«rfflrmu8,
strong], adj., weak, feeble.
in-flCiO, flOcre, fluxi, Huxuin|in, tn^)4-
rtu()|, \ .a., jlow into.
infra, (1) iwlv., below; (2) prep., with
ace., Itelow.
in-greni-um, -1 [in-f-gij^no, produce],
N., tuknt.
ingens, -K'cntis, iwlj., huge, great, vast
in-gT6dior, },'rO(ll, tfre.ssus sum [in +
jfnuliorj, v. dej)., enter upon.
in-hlbSo, -hlbere, -lilhfil, -hibltum
[in + babeo], v.a., check, restrain.
in-icio, -Icere, iOei, iectuni (in, infn+
iacio, throw], v.a., throw or ca.'it into;
infuse info; metnm alicui inicere,
inspire anyone with fear.
inimicitia, -Icltlac [inimicus], F.,
hatred, enmity.
inimicus [in, ?io<-f amlcusJ.M., enewi/.
in-iquus, -a, -um [in, ?to«-f aequus,
even], adj., uneven, unfavorable, unjust.
initi-um, -I [ineo], N., beginning.
in-iuri-a, -ae [in, /((>(4-iu9, right], F.,
wrong, outrage, injustice.
iniustus, iusta, iustum [in, not^-
iu-stus), adj., unjust.
in-nitor, -nitl, -nisua (or nixus) sum,
[in, o/i+nitor, lean], v. dep., lean, rest
on, support one's self by.
in-nocens, -nocentis [in, not+noaco,
harm], adj., harmless, innocent.
innocenti-a, -ae [innocens], '"■ , ii
nocence.
in-6pi-a, -ae [inops, needy]
scarcity, ])overty.
inquam [iiKiuis, inquit — ini, iint in
the pres., and ituiuies, inciuiet in tut., ar'
the chief parts in use], say, (p. 289).
in-scien-8, -tis fin, Hot-fscio, knoiv],
adj., /lot knowing; Oaesare insciente,
without the knowledge of Caesar.
in-sci-us, -a, -um [in, not -fscio, know],
adj., /lot knowing, ignorant.
in-sequor, -sequi, -socfitus (or sCquu-
VOCAUULAHY.
337
I ill, iiiffi
/•inn ill :
, ilillkr
; signa
., hclow,
IIH, iiiiiis.
m lln+
o«+fliiio,
+ Annus,
111, r»^)4-
ep., witli
j)ri>(lncc],
jreat,r(tiif
HUin [in +
-Ijlbltum
I.
in, infn +
rnut iiitii;
inicere,
icus], Km
,l.,cneiiiy.
f tieqims,
[', uiijiixt.
niiig.
riijhtl \P.,
[in, not-\-
cus) sum,
\lcan, rest
9t+nooco,
8], P.. 1'
lint in
In tut., art
1189).
lo, ktiow],
fsciente,
Ir.
tio, know],
ror sequu-
IUh) HUm [lll-fSCflUOr], v. dtp., fnlliiw
ii'tcr, piirmw,
In-sTdi-ae, -ilrum [in f 8t'<l«i()|, K. pi.,
iiinltiis/i, trvacherii.
iu-eigrne, -hi;,^!!^ (insi^'niMJ, S.,s!!iii,
iiKii'k, huih/f, diu'Didliini.
in-sitfnis, sij^nr [in+HiK'nuin], udj.,
iiiiti'il, ri'iiKirkiihli'.
in-sTnii-o, -Hrv, -dvl, -ritum (in, (■///«>
t-sinno, rurce], v.u., yrl into, worm nnr'it
ii'iijl into.
in sisto, -HistfTi", -sflti, no snp. [in -\-
sistoj, \A\,, xtdiiil, Htiiml iipoii, pri'ss an,
in861enter[insuleiis], mlv., hawjhtUii,
iiinoliiithi.
in-stttuo, -stltnrro, -stltfiT, -stUfituni
[in I siiituoj, cstdhllsh, devixe, appoint,
hiiild.
in-3titutum. -stltfiH [in+statuo], N.,
jildii. t'liKtoiii, Jirxt principlo.
in-sto, -start', -stiti, st'itum [in-|-sto],
stdtid on, hi' near at hand, presH on, ap-
priiai'h.
in-atruo, -strftere, -struxl, -Htructuin
[ill I strfio, hitiltl], v. a., hnild, rnnstiiiet,
.svf //) onliT ; aciem instrviei'e, diaw
vp an aruiji.
insuefactilS (In+suofacio, « (;ph,s<o/h),
avcutitiinicd.
insiil-a, -ao, F., Maud.
in siiper [in + super], adv., uboir.,
overhcail, on the toj>.
intellego, -tellCgerc, -tcllcxi, -toll-
fctuni [inte- uii + \i'<<;o, pick], \ .a., under-
Ktand, we clearhi, pcrcrlv)', know.
Inter, prej). with ace. only, between,
(imomj, during,
inter-cedo, -ccdr-re, -cessi, -cessum
[intt-r+ccdo], v.n., go bi-twecn, lie between.
inter-diCO, -dlcr-re, -dixl, -dictmu
[inter+dico], v.a., forbid, exclude from,
interdiet.
nterdum (inter -fdumj, adv., some-
Ill's, nvanwliili'.
interea [interf-e'^]. adv., in the in-can-
ine, meanwhile.
inter-eo, -ire, ivi (or n), -Itum
[inter+oo], v.n., go to decaij, perish, die.
inter-fiCiO, -fleCrc, -foci, fertum [in-
ter, rt»'fi(/-ffacio], v.a., slag, kill.
interim [inter-l-old ace. of is], adv.,
nuianwhil
intSrir -is, comp., no positive,
sup., in»' [inter], inner, interior; pi.,
interio '>se in the interior.
inter to, -mittere, -niTsI, -missuni
[inter-fii ;o, let drop], v.a., intermit.
22
Inter n6c!-o, -r>niN[intfr-f nceo, hill],
V destrnrtiiin, ulniighter, inassaere.
interpr6t-or, -ari, -utuHsuin, v,,(U'p.,
I'Xjilaiii, exi'iiiind.
inter-rog'o, -lou'irc, -ro>,'ilvi, -rci^ix-
luhi (initT t roK"J, a»k, ipfstinn.
iiiter-rampo, -rumpire, -nipT, -mp-
tuin [inter trunipo, break], v.u., break
tbiirn, l/renk up.
inter-SUni, -esse, -fni [inter l sninj,
v.n., he between, be present, fake part in ;
inipers., interewt, it raiieernx, it is im-
piiriant'. mag-ni mea intereat, it is
of great inijinrla ore lo me ; pluris
Ciceronis intereat. // is of more im-
porta nee to Cieero.
inter-v6nio, -venire, -vCnl, -vcntuni
[inter fvenio], v.n., eovie between, come
upon.
intra [contracted for intcra, supply
l>arii), prep with ace. only, iimde of,
■within.
introit-us, us, (intra -Heo), entrance
inusitatua (in, jioi+iisitatu.-., usual)
un 11)^ 11 a I.
in-ut!lis. -utile [in, »io«H-utili.s], iwlj.,
useless, u nserrieeable.
in-Vt^niO, vinlre, -vOni, -vontum [in,
on f venii), eome], v.a., come ujmn, jmd
out, diseorer.
inventor, -ventGris [invCnio], M,,
diseoreri r, in ventor.
in-vicem [in-f vicis, c/ia?if/e], adv., bij
turns, iiltematelg.
in-vidi-a, -ac [invidco, envy], F., envy.
invito, are, -ftvl, -atum, v.a., invite,
entice, summon.
invit-us, -a, -uni, adj., unwilling ; 86
invito, against his will.
in\ 6c-0, -are, -avi, -fituni [in + v6co,
call], v.a., call on or upon ; invoke, im-
plore.
ipse, ipsa, ipsuni, dem. pron., self,
himself herself, itself, themselves ; he
theij (emphatic, very ; p. 122).
ir-a, -ae, F., anger.
iracund-ia, -lae [Ira], F., anger, rage,
jjasxion.
iracund-ua [ira + -eundus, full of],
adj., irritable, jMSsionate, angry.
irat-ua, -a, -um [ira], adj., angry,
angered.
ia, ea, id, dem. pron., thi.s or that ; he
she, it. Hefore ut, is=talis, su^h ; with
comparatives eo (abl. ) = the ; eo magris,
all the noire (j). Vda, 4).
iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., that, that
of yours (p. 118).
n
u
338
VOCABULARY.
;.
ita lis), adv., hi /his iraij, sn, thus ; in
the fidlonnnij uutnwr, therefore.
Itali-a, -ae, F., lialu.
itaque fita + (|ue], conj., and. w, there-
fore, aecDrdiiKihi.
item, adv., just, .so, ofoo, in like
manner.
iter, Itlnoris [eo, Ire, f/o], journey,
march ; iter mag-num, a, forced
:narch; ex itinere, tn the march.
iterum, adv., again, a second time.
iubeo, irdiOre, iussl, iussiun, v. a.,
order, command (p. 181, 3, note),
iudici-vim, -i [index], N., judgment,
decAnion, trial, decree, oi>inioii.
iudic-O, -are, -avl, atuin [ius+dico],
V. a,., judge, dciaie. think of, ■leclare.
iug-um, -i [iui>y:o], N., yoke.
iument-um, -i [=iu>,nnneiituni, from j
iiiii,t,'o], heaul oft)urden.
iungO, iuiifjfure, iuiixi, iunctum, v.a.,
join, unite, connect.
iunior. See iilveiiis.
lupiter, Ifivis, M., Jupiter, son of
Saturn, fhiof of the Konian m'ods.
iur-O, -are, -avl, -fituju, v.a., take an
oath, sivear.
iiis, iuris, N., right, justice, authoritg :
iura in hos, rights oier these.
iustiti-a, --.e [ins], v., justice.
iustUS. -a, -uni [ins], adj., just, fair ;
iusta funera, complete funeral ritex.
iuven-is, -e, twlj., young; conip.,
ifinlor ; sii]>., niiiiinuia natii (p. 58, note).
iuvent-US, -i'ltis [itlvenis], F., youth ;
younj,' men capable of bearing arms, from
17 to 4ti .\ear« of age.
iuvo, iftvare, iuvi, iutum, v.a., help,
assist.
iuxta, adv., near.
K.
Kalend-e.e, -arum, pi., F., the Ka-
lends, the Roman name for the first day
of tile montli.
Karthag-O, -Inis, F., Karlhage, a
i;elel)rated cily of Africa.
Karthaginiens-is, -e [Karthago],
:ulj., Karthatriiiian; pi., Karlhajrinenses,
Karthaginians.
Labien-us, -l, M., Labienu8,alegatus
(lieutenant) of Caesar's army, whoaftir-
wards went over to Pompey and fell at
Munda, H.C. 45.
lab-or, -orit!, M., toil, suffering, exer-
tion.
lab-or, lahi, lapsus sum, v. <\ep., slip,
go astray, j'aH, fje ileeeived.
labor-O, -<1re, -avl, -atuin [l.lhor], v.n.,
toil, liilxir, suffer.
la,br-um, -i, N., Up.
Liac6daem-on, "iiiis, M., Laeedae-
mon,or Siiarta, a city in the Peloponnesus.
lac, liuitis, N., milk.
lac-er, -era, -erum, adj., tom,mangled.
lacess-O, -ere, -ivi (or li), -Itum (lacio,
draw), provoke, assail, attack.
lacrim-a, -ae, F., tear.
lacrim-o, -are, -avl, -atura, v.n., weep.
lac-US, -us, M., a lake.
laedo, laedCre, laesi, laesum, v.a.,
harm, hurt, offend, injure.
laetiti-a, -ae [laetus, jo.v/ffi], F., joy,
delight, pleasure.
laet-us, -a, -um, adj., j'lyful, glad,
pleased.
l^p-is, -Idis, M., a stone.
large, adv. See largiter,
larg-tor, -iri, -itus sum, v. act.,
bestow, gicefreelii, brifje,
larg-iter (largus), ■M\\\,greAdly, much,
bounteously.
larg-US, -a, -mil, adj, bounteous.
La,! i/i-us, -I, M., Titus Lartius, first
Roman dictator.
late [latu^', adv., widely, broadly;
large lateque, ./«r and wide; comp.,
latins; sup., latissinie ; quam latib-
sime, as widely as possible.
lat-eo, -ere, -Cil, no sup., v.n., lie hid,
be unnoticed.
latitud-o, -Inis [latus], F., width,
breadth, extent.
latr-o, -onis, M., a robber, freebooter.
latrqcini-um, -i [latro], N., robbery,
freebootiiig, piracy.
latrocinor, ari, etc., be a brigar- .
lat-U8, -a, -um [p.p, of fero, used as
an ;ulj.], broad, wide.
lat-US, -oris, N., side, jlank of an
army ; latUS apertum, exposed ff^nk,
i.e., the right ; ab latere, on the Jit! nk.
laudabll-is, -e [laudo], iidj., praisc-
wortny.
laud-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v,a.,prrttse.
laur-U3, -I, F., a l)ay-t>ee.
laus, laud is, F., praise, fa tne.
legati-o, -onis [icpo], P., an embaitsy.
VOOAmiLARV.
33'»
iny, cxrr
dep., slip,
ihor], v.n.,
, Lneedac-
:)])niine8Ui<.
I, mangled.
turn (lacio,
,\-.n.,wccp.
sum, V. a. ,
tl], V.Joif,
>yful, glad,
m, V. act.,
eutly, nmch,
nteoiis.
jartiiis, first
_(/, broadly ;
■ ide ; c(imp. ,
lam latis-
v.n., li^ hid,
v., width,
r, freebooter.
N., robbery,
a brigav' .
fero, vised as
fhtnk of an
<'xlMsedJ^Miik,
iin thejliuik.
adj., prainc-
1, V. a., praise.
rce.
fame.
,, ancmhansy.
legat-U8, -I [If^un, appoixi], M., am-
hnngadtir, lieutenant.
le^i-O, -niiis [lOffo], K.,. a Iriiinn, a
division of tlip Roiiiaii army cnnsistinK',
uhfii (complete, of (i,(MK» infaiilry and :i(M)
i-avalry. Tlu- infantry \vtr»; i.ivided into
HI (cohorts, each cnjiorl into ."{ manijilcs
fnianipiili), and fiu'li inaniplc i?no i ci ii
luries ((n-nturiac). Tlic .umi cnvalry were
divided into 10 sipiiulrons (^Inrniae).
legionari-us. -a, -mn fle^'iol, adj., of
orlieloiKiiiii to a legion ; luiiea legion-
ariU.S, K ciiiMiiion xiddirr.
lego, Kf,'r;re, ICgl, lectum, v. a., ckoone,
.telect; read.
lego, -are, -avl, -atnni, v.a., appoint,
dctijxttcli, ,svH(/ on- an errand.
Lemann-us, -l, M., Lcman, no»v Lake
of (Jeneva.
lenit-as, -iltis [leni.s], F., smoothness.
leniter [lonis], adv., gently, smoothly,
sh)H<ly,
16-0, -onls, M., a lion.
'§p-US, -Ori.s, M., a hare.
lev-is, -e, adj., .slight. li;iht, tritiing,
gentle ; ievis armaturae milites,
light-a rnwd soldiers.
lev-is, -e, adv. , smooth.
lev-O, -arc, -avi, -at inn, v.a., relieve,
lighten.
lex, IC'ffis, v.. larv.
llben-S, -tis, ;ulj., willing, cherrf-nl.
libenter [llbens], adv., willingly,
eheerftiUy,
liber, -era, -erum, wlj., free.
lib-er, -ri, M., a liook.
libere [liber, free], freely.
liber-i, -orum, M. pi., eh'.ldren (pro-
jierly tlie free members of a hoMsehold ;
one child, -anMS ex liberis.
liber-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., free;
acquit.
libert-a, -ae [liber, free], a, freed-
irontan (p. *5, 2).
libert-as, -atis [liber, free], freedom,
lihcrtg.
libert-US, -I [liber, /r<?e], M., a freed-
man. •
lib-et, -Ore, -flit or -Itum est, v. impers.,
it pleases, it is jdeasinn.
lic-et, -ere, -ftit or -Ttuin est., v.
impers., it is allowed, it is permitted ; one
in<iy (]). pvi).
licet, con j. (p. 1!M], 7), although, thovgh ,
even if.
lict-or, -oris [llfi'o, bind], a lictor ; an
attendant of tbe superior ma},'istrate8 wlio
serv rd .ts a boflymiarri or mark of otRrial
di^'nity.
ligTl-ura, -I, N., woiid.
lilt iim, -1, N'., liifi.
lingu a, -ae, V., tongue, language.
linter, -ri.s, F., boat, skif.
Lisc-US, -1, M., /.'.v(('>.', an Ae<hian chief.
litter-a, -le (also lit era), F., letter (ol
tlie ali)liabet); pi. litterae, literaliire
or an epixtle, letter.
litus, -oris, N., sea-shore, shore, coast.
loco, -are, -avl, -atnm [locus], \.a,,
j)iace, station ; castra locare, jiitch a
camp.
l6c-US, -T, M., a \>liwe ; ]il. loci, M.
(not in Caesar), and loia, N. (p. 280).
locutus. See locjuor.
long'e [loni^ns], adv.,./W/' ; with comp.
and superl., ./cf/-, by far ; longe melior,
far better ; longe optimus, i>y far
the best ; comp., longius, too far.
longinauus, -a, -um [lon^jus], wlj.,
far reinored, renuite, di.stanf, prolioiged.
longitlid-O, -inis [longiis], v., length,
extent.
long-iis, -a, -urn, adj., long, tall, dis-
tant ; navis longa, a .ship of war.
loquor, loiini, locfitus (or lri<|ufitus),
sum., V. dejt., sjieak, suy.
Lucc-a, -ae, F., I.ucca, a town of
of (iallia Cisalpiiia.
luceo, lucCre, luxl, no sup., v.n. , shine.
lucet, V. i supers., it is light.
lucr-uir., -i, N., gam.
llido, ludere, IfisI, lusum, v.n., spwt,
play.
lud-US, -i, M., sport, play ; pi., ludi,
games.
lllgeo, Ifiu'cre, luxi, no sup., v.a. and
n., lament, nuiurn Jor.
lum-en, -Inis [luceo], N., light.
liin-a, -ae [^lucna, from luceo], F.,
moiin.
lup-US, -I, M., wolf.
lus-U8, -us [ludo], M., spin-t, play.
lux, lucis, F., light; prima Ixrs,
daybreak.
maer-6o, -ere, no perf., no sup. \.;\.
and n., grieve, lanwnt.
m^gis, comp. of magnopere, ad\.,
fnore, rather.
magist-er, -ri jmaf^nus], 'SI., master;
equitum magister, master of the
cnro/rti.
H
V(M AHULAUV
!£;
mag'istrat-us, hr |ni,ii;)stpi], M., n
iiKniistrfiri/, (ifliri-, inri'fiKtrafr.
niagrii-fi-cas, -<ii, -lum (jii.ijjmuh i
fiu'ii)|, .'ulj., iiiihl'\ fjraii'l.
mag-nitucl-o, -inis fui.in-iius], v.,
ijliill iirss, tii-i', hulk.
mag'nopere, jkU. Inficn written
iiiiitiiio fptrt'l, (jrvdtlii ; c^oiiip., mrijiis ;
sup., inaxiiiK'.
magn-VlS, -a, -um, adj., /mv//', ni-cat ;
conip., maior; sup., niaximus; mag"!!!,
nt a hi ill prlrc : pluris, at a lilnlnr
pn'cr ; maximi, at a rcn/ /liifli j<rlrr ;
maiores natu, (!<li rs ; maiores, »/(-
Ci'stoi's.
maiores. See iuaf,''iuis.
male [mains), tulv., hadbj ; coni;i.,
jM'ius ; siij)., i)e.ssiiiiO.
malo-diOO, -dTci re, -dTxi, -dictnin
[male, ill fdico, niicak], v.n., ri'rile, xlmi-
ili-r, Hpcnk ill (if.
m.ale-dictlS, -dU-a, -dicum [maledico],
:wlj., Maadcroiix (\^. f)?, :'.).
malefici-um, -i [male + faeio], N.,
evil (Icfil, criitii'.
maleflCUS, -ca, -omn fmale + fax^io],
adj., ('((7 (loitKj, cnminal (p. 57, 3),
malo, malic, malrii, no Mip. [ma;ris +
volo], v.irre;r.(p. 147), iriah nit/i('i;jin\t'cr.
mal-um, -I [mains), N., cril, niis-
/(iiiuiii-, c(tl(iiiiitii.
mal-us, -a, -um, iulj., ei)ll, tcickeil ;
comp., j)Oi()r ; su]>., pcssiuuis.
mandat-um. i [mando), N., onln-,
coiinimnd, chanji'.
mand-O, -are, -fivi, -atum [maiiusf
doj, v.a. , iinlf'r, ritni iiiaiul, (•ntnisf.
MandubracTiis, -i, M., a ehief of
the Trinobantes in Britain.
mane, lulv., in the vmrning, earhj.
manSo, mauOre, mansi, mansum, v.a.
and 11., rfiiKtiii, sfai/.
manifest-US, -a, -um, adj., clear,
plain, cridfiit.
mansVie-facio,-faeere, -feci, -factum,
(maims i-suefaeio), acriistatn, tome.
man-US, -us, F.Jki nd ;tiniHl(ofiro^t\\n).
Marc-US, -i, M., Marcua, a lloinan
name.
ma>e, -is, \., sea.
margarit-a, -ae, V., pearl.
maritim-US, ,a, -um [inaie^, adj.,
ht'linfiinij tit the Rea ; ora mantima,
aea xhore ; regiones maritimae, '//*-
ti'iets horileriiiij mi the xeii.
Mars, Mart is, M., Mars, the Roman
;;•(>( 1 of «ar.
Marti VIS, a, um, adj., Iirliminwf li,
Marx.
mas, maris, M., mnle.
mater, mfilris, 1"., nmther ; ma
terfamiliae or mater fami lias, mi.^-
trexK of a liiiiixe.
materia, -ae, V., tiinher, irond.
matrimoni um, -i [maiir), N.,
tiiarriaiie ; in matrimonium dare,
tiH/ive ill inaniiiir ; in matrimonium
ducere, to uiamj.
matron-a, -ae [mater], F., a married
H'liiuan, wi/e, iiiatrnii. •
matlire [mat funs), adv.. early ; comp.,
maturius; sup., maturrime and matur-
rissime.
matiir-o, are, -avi, -atum [maturus),
v.a., make ripe, ripen ; haxten.
matur-US, -a, -um, adj, ripe, early.
maxime. See ma<,'noi)ere.
maximus. See majrnus.
mecuni, with me (105, 8).
medeor, nu'dori, no perf., no sup.,
v.a. and n., lieal, remedy (with a dat.)
medicin-a, -ae, F., inedivine.
medicus, -1 [me<leor], il., a doctor.
mediterrane-us, -a, -um [medius+
terra], adj., inland, central.
medi-US, -a, -um, adj., middle, mid
(p. -i.')!', lA'sson 2(!, note 2) ; medius
mons, the middle of the mountain ;
media de nocte, after midnii/ht ; ad
mediam noctem, about midniyht.
Med-US, .a, -um, adj.. Median or
I'erxian ; pi., Medi, Meilex or J'cmians.
membr-um, -i, N., limb.
memin-i, -isse, v. dep. (p. 145), r<?-
m rill tier.
mem-or, -Oris, adj., mindful.
memori-a, -ae [memor], F., memory,
recollection ; msmoria tenere, recol-
lect : nostra memoria, //* our day :
memoria proditumest, it is handed
down by tradition.
memor-o, -are, -avI, -atum [menior],
v.a., relate.
mendaci-um, -i [men lax], N., lie,
falxehood.
mendax, mendacls [mentior], adj.,
lying, falxe.
mens, mentis, F., mind.
mens-a, -ae, F., table.
THens-is, -is, M., month.
mensur-a, -ae [metior], F., meamre;
mensura ex aqua, water meaxure.
ment ior. -irl, -uus eum, v., dep.,
/ / (' , xpeak falsely.
h
VOCABULARY.
r.
i)ilini{J l<
■r ; ma
ias, ""■'-■
Xllt,
vvl N.,
m dare,
nonium
a marri£(l
I}/; com}).,
id Tuatur-
[maturus],
)e, early.
, no sup.,
ith a dat.)
ine.
, a doctor.
1 [mfdius+
litJdh', mid
; medius
tiKiu ntal II ;
hi''<jlit : ad
liihiiijlit.
Mi'dian or
)!• J'crsiang.
p. 145), re-
■Iful.
, tneniorii,
lere, rfco/-
) ((«>• rfrt,'/ ."
it in handed
nn [incinor],
ix], N., Z/c,
iitior], adj..
, meaiinre;
ter itwasure.
n, v., dep.,
mercat-or, -("5ris[merx, tnerchnndige],
M., nwrrhanf, trader.
mercatur-a, -ae [merx], F., com-
merce, trade.
merc-es, -Cdis [merx], F., hire, wages.
Mercuri-US, -i, M., Mercury, a Ro-
man g-od who piesided over gain.
mer-eo, -Ore, -fli, -Ituin, v.a., and
nier-eor, -eri, -Itas sum, v. dep., flrai/t,
earn, dexerm.
mergo, mcrgere, mersi, inersum, v.a.,
immerxe, sink, overwhelm, destroy.
mSridian-US, -a, -um[nieridies], aflj.,
at in id -day, or noon ; meridiano fere
tempore, ahoat mmn.
meridl-es, -ei [medius -l dies], M. mid-
day; ad meridiem spectat, it faces
the smith (i.e., the sun at ikkiii).
m6rit-um, -i [mereo 1, N., desert,
merit, service.
meritus. See mereor.
ruetior, mOtirl, mensus sum, v. dep.,
measure, measure out.
meto, mC'ture, me.ssQi, messuni, v.a.,
rcaji.
met-uo, -fiero, -ill, no sup. [mCtus],
\.n.,J'ear, be afraid.
met-tis, -us, M., fear, dread.
me-US, -a. -ir.ii fvoc. sing, niasc,
mens or ml], adj., my, mine.
migr-o, -i\re, -avi, atuni, v.n. depart,
cmlyrate, go away.
mil-es, itis, M., soldier, foot-soldier.
militar-is, -e [miles], a<lj., o/"or he-
liiiiyiny to a soldier or soldiers, military ;
res militaris, military science.
militi-a, -ae [miles], F., military
.•<err:ce ; militiae, abroad.
mille, adj., indecl., a thousand (p. 08,
r>); mi.lia passuum, thousands of
jHtces, inilfs.
millia (milia), -lum, X., pi. (see
mille), llii'iisands.
miill-ies (-lens), adv. [mille], a thou-
sand times.
Milo, ruiis, M., Milo, a friend of Cicero.
minor, -fui, -atus sum, v. dep.,
threaten.
minor, -is, adj., <'omp. of parvus;
less; as a miiiii, minores, -urn, siipply
uatu, descendants.
minu-O, -ere, -i, -fituin [minor], lessen,
diminish.
minus. ud\. of tninor; less; positive,
l^arum ; sup., minime ; si minus, if not.
mirabil-iS, -e[miror],adj., wonderful.
mir-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., ad-
mire, wonder at.
mirus, -a, -mn [miror], adj., wonder-
ful, stramje marrellous.
miser, -era, -trum, adj., wretched,
unfortunate.
misericordi-a. -ae [miser-Hcor], F.,
pity, compassion.
miser-Sor, -Orl, Itus sum, v. dep.,
feel jntyfor (with gen.; p. 14()).
miser-esco, -escure, no perf., iii>
sup., ;^iY.iy,/t'<'/^>!7>/,/o/' (with geii.; p. 14«j.
miser-et, -ere, -Ttum est, imjiera, it
distres.^es. excites pity; me miseret, it
excites pity in me, i.e., / pity (p. l(i.>).
miser-or, -arl, -atus s>un, v. dep.,
express jiity for (with aw. ; j). 140).
mit-is, -e,, adj., mild.
mobilit-as, -iltis [-=niovi1(ilitas, fr.,
movibilis, frommoveo, more\, V., actimty,
speed.
mitt-o, mittere, misi, missum, v.a.,
send, despatch.
modSr or, -an, -atus sum [uio<lus), v.
dep., check, manage, regulate.
modesti-a, -ae, [modus], F., self-
control, modesty.
modi-US, -1 [modus], M., a measure,
bushel.
modo [mfMlus], adv., onh/, nwrely ;
at all ; modo. . .modo, now ndw,
at one moment ... .at another; non
modo sed etiam, not only but
also; with stihj., modo dummodo, if
only, prodded that (p. 104, .S).
modus, -T, M., a measurf, amount ;
manner, method ; fluminis modo. hi
the manner of a river ; nullo modo,
Ini no means.
moen ia, -lum [munio, fortify] N.,
pi., walls of a city, fortijicatioius.
moleste [molestus, tnrublesoine], adv.,
with trouble, annoyance ; moleste
ferre, '"' a n noyed, vexed.
molestus, -a, -um, adj., troublesome,
annoying.
moll-is. -e, adj., stnooth.
mol O, -<?re, -iii, Hum, v.a., grind.
Mona, -ae, F., Monn, i.slaiid of Angle-
sey, off the N. \V. coast of Wales.
m6n-6o. -ere, -Qi, -■' - -isc,
warn, remind.
mon-S, -tis, masc., lonnfain ;
summus mona, the topuj the moan
tain: imus mens, tfi>' Ijottom of th>
mountain ; medius mona. the middle
of the mountain (p. uD, L, note).
]
t:
:m2
VOCABULARY.
monstr-O, -rir«», -:ivi, -utum, v.a.,
jiohtt out, gftow,
mora, -an, V., ilrfmi.
morbus, -i, M., (listtasc
mordeo, mordOre, infuiiordi, inor-
811111, \.ii., hitf ; Itiirt.
morior, mom, mortfius hiiiu, v. dep.,
(lit:
mor-or, -ari, -fitus sum [moml, v. <lL'p.,
(Icloi/, utiip, tarry, hinder.
mors, iiKPitis [luoiior], F., death.
mo3, lllori^s, M., eiiatiiiii, iinat/e ; pi.,
ciitttintis, ckaraeteni, mannerx.
mot-US, -us [nioveo], M., moving,
motion.
moveo, muvf'ro, luuvi, luotuiu, v.a.,
more, set in motion, injUicnrr ; arma
movere, take np limi.^ ; bellum
movere, vmlertake a icar; castra
movere, break uj) eamp.
mox, adv., 2>/''''''^'i'^.'/, «"""» <l i recti;/ :
then, a/terieanh.
miil-a, -ae F., a ahe-mule (p. (j, 2).
miili-er, iriM, F.. n-onian.
multitud-O, -iiiis [iiiultus], ¥., crowd,
liinttitidh'.
multo <ii" iiniltuiii [iiiultus], iwlv.,
initrh, liji far, greatly ; coiup., plus; sup.,
plurimum.
mult-US, -a, -uni, adj., much, many;
romp., plus; sup., pluiimus (p. 77, G).
mund-US, -i, M., imirersr, irorld.
munif icus, -a, -um [muuus, gift +
facio], larii^li.
muniment-um, -i [nmnio], N., de-
fence, fortification.
mun-io, -ire, -IvI, -Uum, y.a,.,fortif!/,
defend.
muniti-0,-«'pnis[muiiio], V.,a defence.
mun-vis, -ens, N., dntu, service ;
munua militiae, militanf sernce.
murmur, -uris, N., murmur.
mur-us, -i, M., wad.
mus, mfu'is, M. or F., mounc.
musc-a, -ao, F.,./0/.
mutil-us, -a, -um, lulj., Idunt, lirokcn.
miit-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., a
chainje, exchange.
N.
nactus, - a, -uiii [sfi- iianciscor], p.p.,
harinii olitained.
nam, ('onj.,/«c.
na'iiaque [nam -f que], conj., for in-
diisd,f»r truly.
nanciscor, tiaiici.sci, nactus sum and
iiancfus sum, \. flup., ofdain., yet, find,
obtain.
narr-o, "Uf, -avI, -ritum, v.a., trlf.
nascor, iiasci, iiiltus wum, V. d('i>., /«•
born, be produceit, be desri'n tied from.
natal-is, -v [uatus), iwij., natal, birth ;
dies natalis, birth-flay.
nati-O, -uiiis [iiat,iis|, F., tribe, jH'oph',
nation.
n&tO, -tart", -ta\i, -taMiin, v.a., xni'm.
na-tura, -tuiae (uiiscor], F, nature,
dixpoKition, poxition, form ; natura,
naturally.
na-tus, -ta, -turn [uascor], p.p. uscmI
JUS an a^ij., descended from, born fron) ;
puer decem annos natus, a boy
ten //<«/.s' ()('(/ (p. ()!), }>).
na-tus, -tfis [na-scor], M., used only in
al)l, 8illf,^, by birth ; maiores natu,
ancc^tor.^, old men ; minores natu,
dexcendantx.
naut-a, -ae [ = iiavita, from iiavis,
ship], M., a .sailor.
naval-is, -e [navis], adj., of or bclony-
iny to a .ship, naval ; pugna navalis.
a xea fujht.
navig« -are, -avI, -utum [navis-f-ayoj,
v.n., xail.
navigi-um, -I [naviyo], v.a., sailiny-
vexxel, xliip, boat.
nav-is, -is [ace, navem or navim ;
al)l., iiavi or r.ave], F., tihij) ; navis
longa, a warship; navis oneraria,
a tranxport.
ne 0) con}., that not, lest (p. 181, 3);
that (iihvr verbs of fearing, p. 185, 3);
not to (after \vor<ls of beseeching:, order-
iiij,-, oonuiiandiii;,'-); nequis, that no one
(p. 183, 4).
(2) adv., not : (a) in ne — quldem,
not ...even; the wonl enn)hasi8ed is
always jmb between ne and ((uidem ; (b)
in nej^ativo imperative sentences : as, n©
discas, do not learn.
-n§, interropfativeand enclitic particle,
whether, in single direct questions -lU'
is not to be translated except by layinji'-
stress on the word to which it is joined
(p. 28); in double questions: ne an,
ichether. . . .«;/-utnmi an.
nec. See neque.
necessario [necessarius], ad\ ., neces-
sarily, una roidably.
n6cessari-us, -a, -um [noccsse], adj.,
inyent, nerexxary.
necesse, indecl. adj., necenmry, an-
avoidable, inevitable, needful.
S(!l
no
th,
qi
ni
ni
VOCAUULAUV.
343
■<um and
et, find,
tell.
d('i>., I"'
11 rill.
il, blith ;
', iwnplr,
\i., Kwiiii.
, iiafnir,
natura,
p.p. llSt'<l
in froin :
S, (I li'>!l
■d only in
38 natu.
}S natu,
Din navis,
Or lirloiKj-
navalis,
avis+a{,'o],
a., sailiivj-
or iiavnn ;
p ; navis
jneraria,
1>. 181, 3);
p. 185, 3);
liing, order-
that no one
. quidem,
phartbed is
iiideni ; (f>)
ces : as, ne
itic particle,
iiestions -nc
pt by laying
it is joined
: ne — an,
, ivd\., iieces-
lecosscl, adj.,
ecessary, un-
I.
nScessit-as, -atiH [nofesse], F., iiccea-
aiti/, need.
necne, interrojjative alternative in
indirect question, or not ; annon is used
in direct.
n6c o, -arc, -avi, -atuni, v. a., yut to
deatk, kill, destroy.
nefarl-US, -a, -\nn [nefiis], iulj.,
imcked, atroeiinif!.
n6fas [ne f fas|, N. indec^l., a crime
(against divine law) ; iinjn'ous deed ;
nefas est dictu, U in in-omj to nay
(p. \1j).
neg-ligo, -lltrere, -lexi, -lectuni (nee
+ lef;o], v.a., Kliijlit, neylcH, he. indijj'erent
to, dr.'^jii.ie.
neg O, -are, -avI, -atuni [ne f aio],
v.n., deny, say no or not, refuse ; often —
dicit non.
negroti-or, -an, -atus sum [nejfotium],
V. dep., (/« or carry on business.
negOtium, -J [nec-l-otiuni, leisure],
N., oit.sines.'i, enterprise ; nihil ne-
gotii or non quidquam negotii, no
trouble.
Nemet-es, -um, i)l., y., Semetes, a
(iernian tribe living- in Caesar's time west
of the Rhine.
nera-O, -Inis [ne-fhomoj, no one, no
body (p. V.n, 2).
n6p6-S, -tis, M. and F., (jramlsmi,
iieiihew ; pi., de.seendants.
neqviaquam [ne ^ (piaquam, any-
n'oy\, adv., not at all, by no means.
n^que or nee [ne+que] ; in Caesar
nee IS not foinid before vowels ; conj.,
nor, and not; neque. . . .neque, nec
• . . nec, neither. . . .nor.
nequldquam [ne+quid(iuani], atlj.,
ill vain, to no purpose.
ne-scio, -scire, -sclvi, -scitmn [ne -+-
seioj, v.a., not to know.
neu. See neve.
neu-ter, -tra, -turn, gen. neutrlus
[ne-fnter], pron., neither (\t. 26).
neve or neu [nO + ve, oc], conj., nor,
and not ; neve neve, neither
. . . . /lor (186, 6)
nex, nfois, F. [neeo., kill], v.a., kill.
nlg-er, -ra, -rum, adj., blaek, dark,
nihil [ne ) hilum, a trifle], indecl., N.,
nothin(j, not at all; nihil est quod,
there is no reason that ; non habeo
quod, / hare no reason that; non
nihil, soinethiny.
nihllO, (abl. of degree of differencf
from nihiliun), by nothing, none the;
nihiloniinus, none the less, necertheleas.
noc-ens, -entis [pres. part, of ;
used as an adj.], yniltir, xised a8 a i
nimis, adv., too much, excessirely.
Uimi-US, a, -um [niniisj, adj., excea-
sire, loo much, too iiri-r,;.
nisi [ne-fsij, conj., if not, unless, ex-
cept.
nitor, nlti, nisua and ni.xus sum, v.,
dep., lean vpoii, endeavor, strive.
nix, ni\ is, I'"., snow.
nobil is, -e [noseoj, a<lj., noble, noteil,
famous.
nobili-tas. -tatis [nobilis], 1'., no.
bility, the nobles.
nOceo
a criminal.
noc-eo, -Ore, -ui, -Itum, \.a., hurt,
harm, injure, mole.st.
noctu [m()\J, adv., /(// night, at night.
nocturn-us(no.x), -a, -um, arlj., night.
nod-US, -i, M., knot.
nolo, nolle, nolfii [ne !-volo], v. irreg-.,
be unwilling, not wi.sh (p. 147).
no-men, -minis [nosco], N., name,
title, reputation, aeeou nt ; SUO nomine,
on his (or their) areount.
nominatim [nomino], afiv., by uime,
expressly.
nomino, -are, -avi, -atum [nonieii],
name.
non, adv., not, no.
Non-ae, -arum. F., pi., Nones, the
fifth day in every numth f)f the year,
except March. May, July, October, in
which it was the seventh. It was so called
because it was the S)th dav from the Ides
{/dus).
nonaginta, mim. adj., ninety.
nondum [non fdumj, adv., not yet.
nonne, interrog. particle. See \i. 2!).
nonnihil [non -l- nihil], adv., to some
extent, soinewiiat.
nonnullus, -a,
some, several.
nonnunquam
adv., somelimes.
non us,, -a, -um
vem], adj., ninth.
nos, i»l. of ego.
nosco [gnosco].
-um fnon-f mdlus],
[non 4- nuncpiamj,
[-novnus, from no-
noscOre, novl, nu-
lum, v.a., obtain knowledge of, become
aei/uainted with, learn ; the perfect has
a i)resent meaning, know (j). 145).
nos-ter, -tra, -trum, possess, adj.
pron., '/(()■, o«/' own, ours ; in pi., nosti'i,
iiiii troopn, our men.
nostrum or nostri, gi n. pi. of ego
(p. 1U4, 2, note).
iiilf
344
VOCABULARY
i
notiti-a, -ae [nosco], knowledge.
not-o, -firo, -fivl, -fituiii fiiota, a inark\,
v.a., mark, iiidicalr, iloiljiiaie.
no-tus, -ta, -tiiiu [i)erf. i>arl. of nosco,
used JUS uii t-ulj.J, known, lOcU-known.
novem, mini, adj., nine.
novi. See nosco.
nov-US, -ri, -um, adj., frcxh, neit',
rciU'iit, .strange; suiwrl., novissinms ;
no lonii). ; agmexi noviHsiraum, the,
rear ; res novae, a rcridalion.
noXj tioctis, !•'., night; darkncsn ;
prima nocte, at nightfall ; multa
nocte, late at night.
noxi-a, -ac [iioceo], F., offence, crime.
nub-es, -is, v., a dnud.
nubo, iifihOre, nii)>si, iiiiptiini Inubes],
v.n., witlulal., rcil une'ti ai'lf for (\\y,in\ of a
woman marryinjf a man), with dat.,
inarry,
nud-O, -are, -avi, -atuiii, v.a., Ktrip,
ex2>oHe.
nud-US, -a, -um, adj., hare, destitute
of, withalil. (p. 64, 4).
null-US, -a, -um, gen. nullius[ ne+
ullus!, adj., none, no one.
num, iiiterrog-. particle ; p. 2!».
Num-a, -ac, M., Nvnia i.e., Numa
Pompilius, the second kinj,' of Iloiuo.
nu-men, -minis [mio, )Khl\, N.,
jmwer, niajentg (of the }^o<ls), dlriiiitg.
numSi'-US, -I, M., nand)er ; regard;
in aliquo numero esse, to he held in
any regard.
numm-us, -I, M., money; pro
nunimo Utor, / axe as money.
nunouani [ne + iimiuaml, adv., never.
nunc, adv., noiv.
nuntl-O, -are, -avi, -atum [nuntius],
v.a., ainidiince, tell, narrate, report;
nuutiatur, vord i.s heing hronght ;
nuntiatum est, word wan'hrough't.
nuntius, -I, M., messenger, inessnge,
tidings.
nuper [ = novum-per, from novus],
adv., lately, recently.
nusquam [ne+usquam], adv., no-
where, in no place.
nut-us, -113 [nuo, nod], M., nod, hint,
comnuind.
O, in tor j., .' Oh!
ob, prep, \vitii aoc, on aeeounf of, for ;
ob earn rem, /"/• this reason ; quaai
ob rem, wherefore, accordingly,
obedTo, -Odire, -cdlvl, -Oditum fob +
audio, heed\, with dat., v.n., gire car
to, ohcy.
6b-6o, -Ire, -Ivi (or li), -Ttnm [ob-f
p", go], go toirards, attend, perfn'ni ;
moftem obire, meet death.
6b icio, icOre, -iOci, -iectiim fob-f-iacio],
v.a., thrust ov jntt in the way ot, pUiee in
front.
ob-iectus, -iecta, -iectuni |ob-|-iacio],
J).])., /.'/''*(.'/ hetwee*!, situated between, op-
2)osite.
ob-litus. See obliviscor.
ob-liviscor, -livisi^i, -litus .sum, v.
dep., /(uvy^* (with yen.; ji. 14.")).
ob-secro, -sOcrare, -sccravl, -.secratum
[o>) -|- sacer], v.a., beseech, suppiicate.
ob-3ervo, -servare, -servavi, -serva-
tum [ob + serv(j], v.a., observe, regard,
wateh, obey.
ob-ses, -sidls, M. and F., a hostage.
ob-sessio, -sessIGiiis [obsideo], F.,
siege, blockade.
ob-Sideo, -sJdCre, -sedt, -scssum [ob -f
sefleo], v.u., besiege, orcupy, bloekadc.
ob-.-^Tdio, -sliUonis [obsideo], F., a
siege, blockade.
Ob-sisto, -sistCrc, -stiti, -stTtum [ob +
sisto], v.n., .'if and against, oppose, resist,
a'ith.<tand.
Ob-sto, -stare, -stiti, no sup., v.n.,
stand against, oppo.'^c, withstand.
Ob-testor, -testan, -testatus sum [ob
+ testis, witness\, v. dep., implore, ad-
jure,
ob-tineo, -tinere, -tinru, -tontum [ob
+teneoJ, v.:i., hold, possess, occupy.
Obviam [ob f- via], adv. , on Ui.e way,
towards; obviam venire, to conie to
meet.
occasi-o, -onis [ob + cado], F., ojjpor-
tunity, chance.
OCCas-US, -us [ob i-cudo], .M., a going
dtrwn, setting ; occasus solis, sunset,
the west.
OC-cido, -cTdere, -oidi, -casum [ob +
cadoj, v.u., fall, set ; he killed.
occido, -eidere, -cidT, -cisum [ob +
caedo], \ .a., kill, strike down.
OC-culto, -culture, -cultavl, -cultatum
v.a., cover, hide, conceal.
OC-Cult-US. -culta, -cultum, adj.,
hiilden, concealed.
OC-Cupo, -(Tipfire, -r."i)iavi, -cripatAim
[ob i ca)<ioJ, \. I. , seize, take.
OC-Curo, -eurrere -curri (rarely cA-
VOCABULARY.
345
ctirri), -cursuin, v.n., run Uncard8,ruii
to meet ; meet, ojijMixf.
6ceS,nU3, -I, M., the ncran.
octav-vis, -a, -uin [oc^to, ci[/kt], num.
aflj., ci'jiith,
OCtin-gent-i, -lu-, -a [octoleenUun],
Ci'iiht Itiindri'il.
OCto, imlfcl. adj., i-iijlit.
octodecim, iiidwl. mun. £ulj,'
eighteen.
6cul-US, -T, M., eye.
odi, -isse, V. (lep., fiate (p. 145).
odium, -i [odi], N., hatred; eaae
Odio, to be hated ([>. VMi, 7, note).
of-feildo, -fond' 10, -fendf, fonsnin foV)
+ f tMido, t^t like], strike (I <jai nut, h II f til, l/urt.
offero, ofTt-rrc, oht ■,",li, obhltuni (oh +
fero], v.a., bring be/ore, present, ojf'er.
OffiCl-um, -T [ol) 1- fjioio], N., diifg,
niie;iiaiiet' ; offlcium praestare, to do
one's duty ; in officio esse, be in
allegiance.
Cfl-eo, -ere, Cii, no sup., v.n., ttmaek,
smell of.
6lymp-us, -i, M., olifnipiis, a moun-
tain of CJreecu, the fabled lioine of the
gods.
61-im [olle, old form for ille], adv.,
at one time .'.formerly, hereafter.
O-mltto, -mittOre, -in;si, -niissnm [ob
+mitt<j], v.a., letgu, throw away, iwgh'et.
omnino [omni-s], adv., in all, alto-
gether^ ill general ; after negative, at all ;
nihil orhnino, lutUiini at all; with
numerals, in all ; decern omnino, ten
in all.
omn-is, -e, adj., all, every ; pi., om-
nes, all j>erson^ ; omnes ad unvim,
all to a man.
6nerari-\is, -a, -mu [onus], adj., of
a burden ; navis oneraria, a trannjiort.
6ner-0, -are, -avi, -atum [onus], v.a.,
load, overload.
6n-U8, -eris, N., load, burden, weight.
6per-a, -ae, F., ivork, toil ; operam
dare, to pay attention to ; mea opera,
by my aid.
opfni-O, -onis [opinor, think], F., be-
lief, notion, reputation ; opinio timo-
ris, impre.'i.^iiin of fear ; iustitiae
opinio, repiitittion for fair dealing;
praeter opinionerh, eontrarg to ox-
j)ectatioii ; celerius omni opinions,
sooner than anyone had cepected.
6port-et, -Cre, -Xni, iinpers., it is ne-
cessary, ought (j>. 102, 4).
oppidan-US, -a, -um [oppidum], of a
town ; oppidani ^noun, pi.), totpns-
people, iiihahitants oj a town.
oppidum, -1, N., town.
opportunT-tas, -tatis [opportumis],
F., fitness, fa rorable condition or situa-
tion, advantage.
opportun-us, -a, -um [oh i-portus,
at or near the port], wV]., fit, suitable.
opprimo, -prinn re, -]>iessi, -pres-
snm (ol)4-).rein"], v.a., ireigh down, bur-
den, cru.'ih, desliiii/.
oppug'nati-o, -Onis [ob-f-pugno], F.,
assault, (iltitrk.
oppug-n-O, -are, -avi, -atum [ob-f
]>uvno|, \-.:i., storm, attack (a eity or
camp).
(oi)S), tiom. wantin.,'' ; gen., opis, F.,
might, [loirer, helji ; )•!., opes, ivealth,
resources, means (see ai'pendi.x, p. 278).
optime. See bene.
optimus. See botuis.
6p-us, -f'ris, N., u'ork, labor, fortifica-
tion ; magno opere (or inagno]HTe),
greatly, e.rceediugly ; quantO opera,
how greatly ; tanto opere, or tant-
opere, .so much, so greatly.
opus est. See IfiG, 2.
6ra, -ae, I".. coa.st, shore ; ora niari-
tima, aca coast.
orati-o, -Onis [oro], v., a speech.
orat-or, -oris [oro], M., speaker.
orb-is, -is, M., a circle ; orbis terra-
rum, the whole world.
orb-US, -a, -um, a<lj., bereft of, 4e-
jmred of.
ord-O, -Tnis, M., an arrangin/i, rank,
line ; ordines servcire, to keep the
ranks ; extra ordinem, out of line,
irregularly.
Org-etorix, -igis, M., Orgetorix, a
Ilehetian noble.
6rest-es, -ae, M., Ore«<t's, son ot xi^-a-
menmon.
orlen-S, -tis [prcs. part, of orior, used
;us an adj.], rising. As a noun, .M., the
east.
orior, ^>rTf, ortus sum, v. dep., rise,
•irise, begin , sol oriens, the rising sun ;
luce orta, at dan-break.
orna.ment-um, -i [omo], N., an.
ornaineiii.
ornat-us, -a, -um, -us [omo], adj.,
ad or II ft. ornamented.
omat-U8, -iiti forno], M., ornament.
orn-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., adm-n.
oro, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., pray for,
beseech.
346
VOCABULAUV
1 !
OS, oris, N, vui\ith,j'ace.
os-tendo, -tciidore, -tendi, -teiisiim
(or-tt'rit,\nn), [ob + tuiulol, v. a., shoiv, din-
play, dedain.
otl6s-US, -a, -um [otium], atlj., at
leihtim,
6ti-um, -i, N., leisure, qvieU
OV-is, -is, F., a sheep.
ovum, -i, N., egg.
P.
pabulati-o [pabnlnm]. F., foraging,
getting fodder.
pabiilat-or, -Oris [pabulum], M.,
forager.
pabul-or. -an, -fitus. sum [pal)ulum|,
V. ({ii\i., forage, seek forage.
pabulum, -i, N., fodder, forage.
paca-tus, -ta, -turn [\\\>. of jiaco,
used as an adj.], peaceful, i/niet.
pac-O, -are, -avi, -fitum [pax], v. a.,
subdue, 2>acify.
pac-tum, -tl, N., agreement, bargain.
paene, adv., almost, nearly.
pag-US, -I, M., distriet, canton; the
word still exists in French pays: as, Pays
de Calais.
p&lam, adv., openly, publicly.
pallid-US, -um, adj., jjale.
palm-a, -ac, F., palm of the hand ;
hand.
pal-US, -i, M., a stake.
pal-US, -udis, F., marsh.
pando, paiidere, pandt, pansum and
passum, v.a., stretch, stretch out.
pan -is, -is, yi., bread, loaf.
par, paris, aflj., equal, equal to.
para-tUS, -ta, -turn [)».p. of paro, used
asaniwlj.], prepared, ready.
parce [parous], adv., sparingly.
parc-us, -a, -um [parco], a<lj., sparing,
frugal, thrifty.
parco, i)areCro, pepercl (or jtarsl), no
sup., v.a. (with dut.; p. 105, 9), spare.
parens, -tis [pres. part, of pilrio
used as a noun], M. or F., parent, father
or mother.
par-So, -ere, fil, -Itum, v.n. (with dat.;
p. lOf), !)), oltey.
pario, parere, iK'jierl. partuni and p.lrl-
tum, v.ii., bring forth, produce, obtain.
pari-es, -etis, M., a wall.
pariter !par], aih., equally, eoenhj.
pfi,ro, are, avf, ntum, \.a., prepare,
get ready, equip.
pars, partis, F., jiart, portion, share,
nuinl)er ; region, district; una ex
parte, on one side ; in omnes partes,
m all directions.
partim [pars], a<lv., partly.
partior, -in, -Itus sum [pars], V. dep.,
divide.
parum, adv., little,, too little (p. 77).
parvul-US, -a, -um [parvus], siA^.,rery
small, young ; ab parvulo, from youth.
parv US, -a, -um, adj., small, trijl-
ing; comp., minor; sup., minimus.
passer, -Cris, M., a sparrow.
passim [passus, from pando^, adv., in
all directions.
pass-US, -us, M., a step, pace ; as a
meiusure of lenj^th, reckoned from heel to
same heel (like our two military steps)-
five Koman feet 4ft. 101 in. of Enj,dish
measurement ; mille passuum= 5,000
Roman feet ■-= 4if'A English feet -- 1618
yards, or 142 yards short of the English
mile.
pastor, -oris [pasco, feed], M., shep-
herd.
P&tefacio, -fiicere, -feci, -factum
|pateo4 facioj, \.i.,to open ; pass., pateflo,
fieri, -factus sun;.
pat-ens, -entis [pres. part, of pateo,
used as an adj.], open.
l»at-eo, -ere, -M, nostip., v.a., he open,
stand open, extend.
pat-er, -tris [yiisco, feed], M., father ;
pi., patres, fathers, senate; pater
lamilias or familiae, father of a
family.
patienter [iiatiens, pres. part, of
patior, sujj'er, endure], adv., patiently.
patienti-a, -ae, [patior], F., erulur-
ance, forbearance.
potior, pati, passus sum, v. dep.,
endure, suffer, bear.
patri-a, -ae [pater], F., fatherland,
otie's native land.
patrici-us, -a, -um [pater], adj.,
patrivian, noble.
pauc-vis. -a, -lun, adj., some fete ;
generally plural; pauci, a few persons;
pauca, a few words.
pavilatim [paulus], adv., a little,
gradually.
paulisper [paulus], adv., for a short
tim^.
paulo [jtroperly abl. of degree of
difference from paulus], iulv., (bv) a
little, just II little.
paululum [paulus], adv., a little,
gradually.
; I
VOCABULARY.
ai7
paulum fproperly iie\it«r acr. of
paulus], culv., a little.
pavil-US, -a, -urn, adj., little.
pauper, -Cris, wlj., pnor; eoiup.,
paupenor ; sup. piiupeninius.
paupertas, -tatis [pauper], F.,
porerti/.
pfi,-VOr, voris, M., fear.
pax, pacis, F., pi'fic'- : pace tua, with
!/oui'2iefminbi<»i ; jjace liti, to keep ijiiief.
pecc-O, -are, -avi, -atuni, v.ii., <lo
wroiui.
pectus, -OriH, N. , lirennt.
pecuni-a, -ae, [pei^us, cattle], F.,
money, wealth, rie/iex.
pec-US, -Oris, N., eaftlc.
pec-US, -fidis, 1"., heail of cattle.
ped-es, -Itis [pes], M., a foot noldicr;
infantry.
pedes-ter, -trLs, -tre (pes), on foot,
on land.
peditat-us, -us [pedcH], M., infantry.
peior, -is [seo nialusj, a^lj. conip., worse.
pell-is, -is, v., .skin, hide.
pello, pelKre, pfipilll, pulsuni, v.a.,
expel, drive out.
pendeo, iiendOre, pCpeiuli, peusuui,
v.n., hamj, l)c suspended.
pendo, penderc, pOiMjndi, pensuiii, v.
a., han;/, weiyh ; pay.
penes, i)rep. with ace. only, in the
power of ; in possession of.
penitUS, adv., within, entirely, com-
pletely.
per, prep., \vith aoc. only, through,
by means of, by ; in coniposition, throvyh,
thoroughly, venj.
per-cipio, -clpCre, -cepi, -ceptuni [per
-f capio], v.a., take in, learn, receive.
percunctati-O, -onis [percontor, in-
quire], F., inquiry, questioniny.
per-CUlTO, -currere, -cftcurri [or
-currij, -cursum [j)er+c'urro], v.n., run
thronyh, run along.
per-disco, discCre, -dldk'I, no sup.
[per+discoj, v.a., learn by heart.
p6r-eo, -ire, -.vl (or -ii), -itum [per+
eo], v.n., perish, die.
per-equito, -Ccpiltare, -Cqultavr, -equl-
tatuni [per+equilo, ride\, \. n., ride
through.
per-exigu-us, -a, -um [jMr-f exifjuus],
acij., very snuiU.
per-f&Cil-is, ■<• [per l-facilis), adj.,
very ea»i,'.
per-f6ro, -firre, tfdi, -latum [per-f
feroj, y.ii., curry, bring, repeat; endure.
per-flcTo, fic^re, -feci, -fecUnn fiMjr-t-
fiu'ioj, v.a., jinish, complete, perform,
furnish.
perfldla, -ae [jM-rHdus, /ai<A/f«xJ, F.,
faithlessness, treachery.
perfiag-a, -ae [perf njfio], M., a deserter,
run -away.
per-fugio, -fn^iTe, -ffi^'i, -fa^'itmn
[per + fuK'ioj.y/ff, escape, desert.
perfugi-um, -i [porf ugio], N., refuge.
perg"0, piTjjt're, i>erro\i, perretituin
[por + reyo], \.a., goon, uilrance.
periculosus, -a, -um [jwriculunij,
adj., full of danger, dangerous.
pSriCul-um, i, N., danger, trial,
attempt.
perit-US, -a, -um, adj., skilled, prac-
tised (with jrenitive); rel nillitaris
peritus, skilled in military affairs.
per-legro, -It'^'Cre, -logl, -lectum [per-f
lenfo], v.a., read through.
per-luo, -lilere, -lul, -lutuni [per-f luo,
wash), v.a,., wash thoroughly, bathe.
permagn-us, -a, -um [per+ma^'ims],
adj., very large, very great.
per-mfi,neo, mmrie, -mansl, -man-
sum [per+maneo], s'ug, remain, contintie.
per-mitto, -mittCre, -misi, -missum
("per + mitto], v.n., entrust.
per-moveo, -mOvOre, -mOvi, -motum
j^per t-m6veoJ, v.a., rouse, disturb, alarm,
induce.
per-nici es, -CI [per4-nex], V., ruin,
destruction.
per-pauc-i, -ae, -a[per-i-paucus], adj.,
very few.
per-petior, -pCtl, -pessus sum [per-f-
patiorj, v., dej)., bear, endure.
per-petCio [perpetuus], atlv., continu-
ally, constantly.
per-rumpo, -rumpere, -rupl, -rup-
tum [per 4 rumpo, break], v.a., break
through, deniulL^h.
per-saepe [per + saepe], adv., very
often
persci'ibo, -scribOre, -scripsi, -sijrip-
tum [i)er-f .serilio], v.a., urriteafull report
of, report in full.
per-seQUOr, -sequl, -sCcQtus (or sC-
qiu'itus) sum, v., dep., follow up, pursue,
avenge.
perse ver-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a.,
persist, persevere.
per-solvo, -solvf're, -solvl, -solutum
[y)or rsolvo], v.a., pay in full.
per-apicio, spicCre, -spexl, -spec'tum
[per+speoio, iooA^J, v.a., see, inspect, sur-
vey, ascertain, recognise.
il
t
348
VOrAnULAHY.
H"
per-aufi,d6o, Huadr'n-.-nuasi, -suasum
[per I Muwl.-o, (idrim-], v. a. and n., per-
miadi\ riinriiirr, iiiiliict' ; mihi p©r-
suadetxir, / ma jn'imiailcd {Ua, 1.)
per terreo, -drivn', -icrrni, -tcrii-
tuin (per 1 ti rrt'O, /ri ilitiii], \.ix.,<jreatly
alarm, frujhh-ii, tenlj)/.
per-tinacia, -iae [pci+tt'iit'o], F.,
llhutilKIC//.
per-tlneo, -tlnOrc, -tlnfif, no sup.
[per i tfueo], v.a., n-ucli. oaf, oxini'l,
coiii'crn.
p3r-tVU"bat-)0, -lonis[i)frl turbo, din-
tuilt], h\, ('n)i.fvni(in.
per-turbo, -arf, -avi, -alitm [per +
tiirl)!)), v.a., distiirh (jrfatly, ayitatr.
per-venio, -vOnlrc, -vi'ni, -vciiiiini
[per + vi'iiin], v.n., rititu', arn'ri', rctirh.
pes, p<"^<lis, M.Jnot; peclem referre,
ri'tirat.
petO, pr'Ieri% pOMW (or pOtii), pLtitiiiii,
wii., ahn at, attack; frii to rcacli ; axk,
seek.
ph&lan-X, -gis, v., a hand of suldiern
in Kolid 7»rt,v.s'.
philos6phi-a, -ae, V.,philoiiQphy.
philodoph-us, -i, M , pliilusopher.
piet-as, -atis [piiiH, dutiful], F., dutjf
to one'x country or pareiifH ; loyalty,
patriotixm.
pig-et, -ere, -ilit or -itum e.st, impers.,
it Vixrn, irks, troubles; piget me
huius stultitiae, / am vexed at th is
folly.
pil-um, -I, iV., a kind of javelin, pike.
ph^^ru-is, -e, iu^j.,./'(l^
pinn-a, -ae, V., feather.
pisc-is, -is, F., fmh.
pix, picis, F., pitch.
plac-eo, -ore, -fiT, -Itiun, v.a., pleane,
be a irc' aide to ; often used in)]iersonally ;
mihi placet, / atu pleased; I am re-
solved.
placide [placidus'l, adv., (juistly,
calmly.
plac-O, -are, -avI, -atuni,v.a., appease.
plag-a, -ae, F., region, district; pi.,
a wt.
plan© [planus], adv., clearly, entirely.
planiti-OS, CI [planus], V. jjlain, level
ground.
plan-US, -a, -uni, adj., plain, flat, level.
pleb.S, plebis, or i)lt'l)Os, ])lebOi, F., the
co)n)niin people, populace.
plene [i)10nus], mU., fully, completely.
pl^-US, -a, -uui, iidi., full ; (!1, 3.
plerumque [tuv. of nlor-squcj, adv.,
mi stly, yenerally, vttualiy.
pler-usqno, -a(|ui', -uni<pu! [pleruH,
»•(•;■»/ ma nil], ml}., rery many, most ; often
used in tlie jthnal : jjlerique, the nwst,
the majority.
plumbum, -i, \., lead; album
pfunibiim, tin.
pluros. See nniltiis (p. .'iT, 4).
pluriraus. See nuiltu.s (j). T)?, 4).
plus. Se(! nuiltu.s (p. fi?, 4).
pocial um, -i, N., a. drinkiny-cup.
poen-a, -ae, F., pum'shment, comj.en'
sntlon, penalty ; poena.-? daro, to piiy
the penalty, he punished ; poonarf pen-
dere or persolvere, jiay the jwnalty.
poenit-et, -ore, -nit, no sup., v. imp.,
it repents ; mo facti poenltet, (■(
repents me of the deed (p. l(if>, 1).
poet-a, -ae, M., a poet.
polliC-Sor, -Orl, -!tuM sum, v. dep.,
promise; with fut. inf. (p.lio); p. me
hoc facturum esse, / promise to do
this.
PompeiUS, -1, M., I'nmpey; Gneim
Pompeius Maynus, a great Homan gene-
ral, defeated by Caesar at Pharsalia, B.c.
48.
pom-um, -I, N., an apple.
pond-US, -eris [jiendo, weiyh], N,,
weiyht.
pono, ponCre, pOsrti, pfisltum, v.a.,
place, put, lay down ; castra ponere,
jjifch a camp.
pons, pontis, M., bridge.
ponti-fex, -ficis Ipoiis + facere,
sacrijice], hi., high priest, pontiff.
populati-o, -unis [populor, devastate],
devastation, ravayiny.
popul-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., de-
vastate, lay vastc.
popul-us, -I, M., jKople.
port-a, -ae, F., gate, door.
port-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., carry.
portoriaim, -l fportus], N., harbor-
dues, toll, tax, custom.
port-US, -i"iH, M., harbor, port, haven.
POSCO, postxro, p6posci, no sup., v.a-,
hcg, demand, ask.
possessi-O, -Onis [pos.sId(5o], F., /w/J-
session.
pos-sideo, -sldere, -sCdl, -sessuni
v.a., hold, iiccupy, 2>ossess.
possum, i)oss(', potfll, no sup. [potis,
alife + snm, he], irreg. v., be able, can
(p. 14-2); multura posse, ft* /m ye, '/rettt
poiver : plurimum posse, to have
very great power.
VOCABULAUY.
;viy
iJOat, adv., (i.flfr, later; oftni v^iHl
.iiil. ; anno post, o iii'Uf <i.ft<'>' : paucin
unnls post, <'./<•«' ?/'■«'>' it/tri(\i. H-i, :!).
post, vrcj)., \\i(li ace. oiil.v, lirliiinl,
iiftrr : post tergum, in the nar ; post
paucos annos, nfter a jew yearn (ji.
.S2, ;{).
postea, fi)osf-ft'tt], adv., (i/ti'nt>arilK.
posteaquani [postea+(|uumJ, conj.,
(i/li'r tlidf, afti-r.
poster-US, -a, -iiiii [iiost], adj., thr
foUoH'inn, iir.rt ; coiiij)., ]>f)slorior ; su)).,
I)(>s1r0inus; pi. AL, posti'r-i, -(niiiu, jms-
tcrihj.
posthoc [poHt+hooJ, luiv., itj'tcr tlii>i;
hereafter, henceforth.
poat-pono, -])oiKrL', -|>ftsflT, -pSsTtnin
[]K)Sl-t-p<)iii)|, \ .!i.,^'i/' after, I'Kfeein lexn,
laif uxide.
postqnam [post+iniaiu], julj., after
that, after, when (p. 'M), '1).
postremo falil. lunt. of postrenms,
fruiii iKistenis], a<lv., at l(ist,fiiia//!i.
postridiB llocathc form of posterus-}-
diesj, adv., t/ie iieut tlaif.
postiilat-um, -i [postulo], N., deJ
luaiiil, re<ii(('nt.
posttil-O, -are, -avi, -atuin, v.n., ask,
ileataial, reqaent.
p6ten-3, -tis fi)rcs. part, of pos.sum,
used as an a<lj.], poirerful.
potenti-a, -ao fpotens], F., power,
miijlif, influence.
potest-as, -tat is [potens], F., mi^jht,
pnicer ; opportanity.
potior, pOtlri, pCtitiis sum [potis,
ame], v. dep., <jet pox^iCHHion of, become
master of, acquire (with abl. geiicrally ;
p. 116).
J)6tius [coinp. of ]iotis, (ihli\, adv.,
rather, more, in'eferabln ; sup., iwiissi-
mum, especifdly.
prae, pre]>. with abl., in comparison
with, on account of.
prae-acutus, -ac-uta, -iloutum [prae f
acuo, sharpen, p.p., used as an adj.],
sharpened at the end, pointed.
praebeo, -bore, -brn, -bltum [prae +
liaoeo], v.a., ofer, show, furnish.
prae-cedo, -cOdf-re, -cessi, -cessuin
[prae+eedo], v.a., yo before, sur2)ass.
prae-ceps, -cipitis [prae +oaput], adj. ,
headlony, steep, precijiitous.
prae-ceptor, -ceptoris [prae-fcapio],
M., instructor.
prae-ceptum, -cepti diraecipio], N.,
teachiv'j, eoiiiisef : order, command.
prn« ctpio. -tipore, .<<<ipi, ci-ptuni
|l>rae + capio , v.a., order, direct , iiistrurt.
praecipue, Ipraecipuus], adv., iMijieci-
ally, jiiirticiilarfy.
prae olai'US, twlj., very noted, vent
distliiijuishcil.
praec-O, -onis, M., herald, crier.
prne-c\irro, -currCTe, -rftcurri, (or
iiuni, cursuin [pnio (cwrro], v ri., n«H
li(fiire, iiufstrij).
praed-a, -ae F., booty, njioil.
praed-O, -onis, .M., roliber, liandit.
prae-dico, -dicfiro, -du-fivi, -dicatum
[l)iae + dicfil, v.a. and n., make kno:-/'n,
ass'rt, declare, proelaiin (prat'-dico, ./V»/-c-
tell).
praedit-us, -a, -um, a<lj., endowed
it)(7/t (with abl.; p. 04,4).
praed-or, -ari, -atun hiuii ri)raedal,
V. dep., plunder, jtll'aye, obtain, booty.
praefeotus, -i, [pracflcio], .Af., ojiccr,
leader, coinmmider.
prae-fero. -ferro, -tfill, -latum [prae
-I- fern], V. iiTojf., i>ut before, prefer.
prae-ficio, -fUvre, -focit, -tectum
[prae -I- fai'io|, v.a., />ut over, pl'ice in
C'lmmnnd o/(\vith iice. and dat.)
prae-figro, -flj^'crt', -fix!, -flxum [prae
1 n;;o ./(^s•^•,)|, fx or place in front of;
Kudibus praefixis, by di-iving utakea
ill, f runt.
prae-mltto, -mitture, -mTsI, -mis-sum
(prae ■}- niittn], v.a., send forward, send
lief ore or in ad ranee.
praemi-um, -i [prae-f emo, take], N.,
reu'iird.
praepar-o, -are, -avi, -u.tnm, prepare.
prae-pono, -pGnere, -piisfii, -p(5sTtum
[prae i- ponoj, v.a., set omr, place in
cumnwnd of.
pr.-ie-ruptXis, ■ni))ta, -nii)tum fpcrf.
]i. of ))raernnipii, M^u'd as an adj. J, steep,
]iree!piti)us.
prae-scribo, -scirlbere, -scripsl,
-scrii)tiun [ prae + scrilx) ], v.a.. order,
direct, command.
praescrintuni, -seripti [pme8crii)o],
X., order, instruction.
praesens, praesentis [pres. part of
praesum used as an £idj.], at hand,
■present.
praesenti-a, -ae [praesens], F., ?»('*.-
ence ; in praesentia, for the time
being, for the present.
praesertim f)>rae + sero, join},
espreiallii, partieular/y.
praeaidi-um, t |j>raescs, yvard],
guard, defence, garrison, fortress, re-
iloulit.
II
.'550
VOCAnrLARV.
pfaO-HtO. -Starr, sfitj, stittmi [|.raf
I «lo), V.ll., stinil', iliHjilini, iK'tJanii.
prae-Hum, -cshc, -fa>, no sup. (iime i
hiiim), v.ll., /(I hr ni'i'r. jiri'siilr m-fr, lirii'i'
ri)niiii(in<l <>/.
praeter, pii'ii. willi ace. only, hi'iiniiil,
fxrrfit, riiiilrttri/ In.
praet6rea|pnut(r i cal iulv., iwxlili'.
praet6reo, -iri', -ni, iiiiin ipraricr I
i'0|, \.it. iitid II., j)i(xs III/, i/ii hji^ /KISS nrrr.
praet6r!t-U8, u, -um |prac(<n'<>l,
ji.ji. used JI.S an iulj., jiiist ; tempUS
praeteritum, /><ixt tiim:
praeter-mitto, mittere, -nilsl. -inis-
snin Ipracler ( niitl()|, v. a., let jxtxs, Irt
xli/i.
praeterqnam |pratt,ur i (niani], ivU.,
exc<']>t, hriftiiid, lii'.sidrs.
praeterv6hor, -vf'hi, -vfctus Hum
linaftt-r I vi'ho), v. dc])., /*(' ranit'd br-
yoiid, Kdil past, rtxist (iliimj.
praet-or -oris [for praeitor, from
pracoo, oue who (Jiwk hej'oir], M., ijenrral,
luiniinaudcr, jmwtor.
praetori-US, -a, -um (jtraetorl, adj.,
of or li>'l(ni(jin(j to tlir jiractar ; cohors
praetoria, iji'Dcntrtt iiddii-nvm-d ; por-
ta praetoria, yate mar the yeneraVx
tent in the camp.
prat um, -l, N., meadow.
pr6ci, iirCcc'in, ]>r(-ci' ; in pi., jirOccs,
pri'cuni, ]•"., prai/er, reijuest. (.VjiptMidix,
p. 27!».)
pr6-hendo, -hendCre, - lieixll, -hen-
sum, v.a., neize, granj), anatch, learn.
premo, prCinero, pressi, prcssuni, v.a.,
prens, haraxx, vjijnrxx.
prendo, prendere, prcndT, jirensuin
(see i)reliendo).
pr6ti-um, l, M., pi ire, value.
prex, obsolete noun. See preci. (Ap-
pendix, )). 'J7!>).
pridie [prior+die], adv., the day he-
fore.
primo [abl. of primus], adv., at first,
in the fi rut instance.
primtim [aec neut. of jirinnis], adv.,
first, in the fivKt place; Quam primum,
as soon as possible ; cum primum,
as soon as.
prim-US, -a, -um, adj. of supcrl. de-
gree, first; eonij). prior; no positive;
prima luce, at daybreak ; prima
nocte, at niyhtfall.
prin-ceps, -clpis [prinms-fcapio], M.,
chief man, chief, prince.
pr:ncipa-tus,-t us [princeps],M.,cAie/
auth ority, lea dersh ip.
prior, )>rnii^, adj., former, prnnoUs
(sie jiriniux).
prlHtlnus, a, um [prior), lulj., old,
former.
priu.s fprior], adv., Iiefore, sooner,
)'arlli'r.
priusquam. (i-rius i (|uani], conj..
Ill fore, sooner than (p. 'JOl, .''().
privatitn Iprivalusl, w\\., prirately,
indi ridiially, as indl ridiials.
privatus, -a, -um (privo, set apart
from the state), a<lj., jn'irate.
priv-O, -are, -avi, -atum, v.a., deprire.
pro, prep., with all!, onl.v, in front of,
before; for,on liehalf of ; in 'proportion
to; as.
probit-as, -aiisfprohuH], F., npriyht-
ness.
prob-O, -are, -avi, alum, v.a., make
yooil, justify, approve.
pi'ob-US, -a, um, adj., good, excellent,
upriijht.
pro-cedo, -eodere, -ces-sl, -ccHsum [pro
-f (edo), v.n., advance, succeed.
pro-cerus, -cCra, -cerum, adj, tall.
It iyh .
proclam-O, are, -fivT, -atum [pro+
(•lanio), \.i\.., proclaim, shout alo>id.
proconsul, -idis [i>ro-i consul], .M.,
proconsul, one who, lia\ ingltcen a consul,
has the government of a i)rovinee assigne«i
to him.
procul, a<lv., from afar, at a distance,
far off.
pro-cumbo, -eiunhCre, -cflbni, -cQ-
hituiii f))ro+cumho|, \. a,., fall, sink down,
lie down.
pro-curo, -curare, -cfiravi, curatuni
[pro-fcuro], v.a., have charge of, atteml to.
procurro, -currCre, -cdcurri (or
-curri), -eursum, v.n. |pro+curro;, rush
forwartt, hasten forward..
prod-eo, -ire, ivl (or il), -Itum [pro+
eo|, v.n., (JO forward, advance.
prodesse. See prOsum.
proditi-o, -Onis [prodo], F., treachery,
betraying.
prodit-or, -oris [prodo], M„ traitor,
betrayer.
pro-do, -dere, -didl, -ditum [pro -f
do], \.a., betray, surrender.
produco, -ducCre, -duxl, -ductum
[pro+duco], v.a., lead forth or forward ;
extend.
proeli-or, -arl, -atus sum [proelium].
V. (ie\>., fight.
VOCAniTLARY.
35 1
riietl
tiirr,
itiini
ilto.
(or
I- ash
ir<) +
ctum
mrd :
iuin].
pro.ili-um, -i (i>ro«linrl, N., l>attfi;
Jiijhl, I'liifniji'iiK'nt..
profecti-o, -oiiiH [proHcMMcor), !•'.,
driKirtiirr, sitting nut,
profecto [pro + factum, a /net], imIv.,
inilriul.
pro-fSro, -ft-rrc, -tnll, -liitum (uro l-
fur')l, V. irrey., carrn Jdiicanl, hrimj
forth.
pro-ficlo, -fict'rc, -ffK'T, -ffirliun [pro+
fjioioj, v.ii., nilmiirr, rjl'irt, <i<tiii.
pro-ficiscor, -fniwi, -fectUH huih, v,
<lt'p., Xl't Dllt, (IrjMirt
pro-f itfior, -flton, -fcssus sum [pro-f-
fateor], v. <lep., itroj'cxn, dpclare, conj'rss.
pro-fagrlo, -frtRt-re, -ffijrl, -fnifiluni
[proj-fujfinj, v.n.,jh'e, t'sciipr.
pro-fugrus, -frtK'I [pro+fuK'io], M.,
dcsritrr, rxile.
pro-gnatus, -a, -mu [pro i (K)iiiituH,
from (>i:)iuwcor|, adj., xprutuj Jrnni.
pro-gredior, -tcrCdi, -ffrosxus sum
[pro i j;nulior, Kfi'p],\. dep., mlvance, tjti
Joriranl.
pro-hibSo, -hibcre, hlhfti, hlbTtiim
[pro hhulx'oj, v.a., hold, restrain, irrcvfitt.
pro-icio, -IcC-re, -iOc;l, -iCctiim [i)ro f
iacio], v.a., throw, throw nwai/.
pro-lnde [pro+inde], adv., hence-
forth, therefore.
pro-miss-us. -a, -nm [pvrf. p. of
promitto, let (jo hefure], long, fiuji'imj;
capillua promissus, tony, jiowimj
hair.
pro-mltto, -mittcre, -misi, missuui
[pro+mitto], v.a., p>-oinise.
pro-moveo, -mOvCre, -mOvI, -mo-
tum Ipro-j-moveoJ, v.a., move fnrtoard.
prompt-US, -um [perf. part, of
promo, hrimj forward, u.sed as an adj. J,
ready.
Sro-mulg-o, -are, -avi, -atum [pro-f
jiis], v.a., etuict a law.
prone [pronus], adv., headlong, lean-
ing forward.
pro-nunti-O, -are, -avI, -atuin [pro+
nuntio], v.a., tell, announce, declare.
Krope, adv., near, nearly, almost,
jwed by ace. or dat. or afi. with ace ;
prope raontem, prope nionti, prope ad
montem, jiffltr the mountain ; comp., pro-
pius; sup., proxime.
pro-pello, -pellCre, -pi'ill, -pulsuni
[pro+pello], v.a., drice away, put to
fiight.
proper-O, -are, -avi, -atum [propenis,
quick], v.a. and n., hurry, hasten.
propingiu taa, -liitis [propiiMpnis),
I'., ncarnrnH, Dtcinity, relationship.
proplnqu-O, -ari', -avl, -atum [m-o-
])in<|UUH|, • .n., come near; approach.
proplnqil-UH, -a, -iim [propf], adj.,
near, ninh ; as a iiniui, proplnqUUH,
relation.
pr6pI-or, is [(■()mi»aratlvo from xmt-
)»oH('d prup-is, -f ), nearer; HUptTl.,
proxlmUH, -a, -um, nearmt, next, lant ■
proxillia nocte, on the laxt night.
propius. Si'C ])n)pe.
propono, -pniiirc, -p<"isnT, -p(VsU-.:m
[jtro + jjono], v.a., put forward ; net up;
explain ; raixe , vexllliim proponere,
raixe the Jlag {the xign of Imttle).
proprius, -a, -um, adj., one\ own,
jiarticnlar, pern liar.
propter, prei>. witb ace. only, on rtc-
count of, in conxei/uencc of.
propt6r6a [propter -}- ea], a<lv., for
this reaxon, therefore.
pro-pugrn-o, -an-, -avl, -atum [pro-^-
puj^no], \.\\.,Jight.
pro-puls-O, -are, -avl, -atum [pro-f-
pelloj, \ .a., drire off, ward off, rejiei.
pror-a, -ae, F.,j)row.
pro-sequor, -soipii, -Ht-cfituH or soqu-
utuss], num., v. <\v\i., follow after, jnirxue,
pro-spect-US, -U!* [i)ro8picio], M.,
view, xiyht.
prosper-us, -a, -um, adj., /art u>ia<c.
pro-splcio, -sploero, -spcxi, -aiwotum
[pro-}-8pecIo], v.a., look, lookout, provide
for.
pro-sum, prmlesse, prOfni, no 8up.,
V. irreg., to be of j>rofit to, beiu-jit
protinus [pro-f tenus, up to], adv., at
once, fortlnvith, immediately.
pro-v6ho, -vehere, -vexT, -voctum
[pro+velio], v.a., carrn forward; pass,
often in sense of xail along.
pro-video, -vidcre, -vidl, -visum fpro
-fvideo], \.a..,forexee, perceive, jnoride.
provid-ios, -a, -um [pro-f video], adj.,
foreseeing.
provinci-a, -ae, ¥., province, duty.
pr6-v6co, -are, -avl, -atum [pro-i-
voco], v.a., challenge, summon,.
proxime. See prope.
proximus. See propior.
pruden-a, -tis [pro f- video], adj., pru'
dent, foreseeing.
prudentT-a, -ae[ = providentia, from
pro4- video], h. foresight prtidence.
publico public us], adv., m the name
of the state, ax a xtate.
11
352
VOCABCLARV.
publicuH. -a. -uni f ].ujiii!irns.
from iinpnlus|, .ulj., nf or t„'/i,,,if!iiii t.t
Ihr jiciiti/r, i>iihlir, (•oiiiniiiii : I'GS piVb-
lica, '/ • roiiiiiiiitiirruflli ; jin/Hirs.
7»i;<^^-et, -Ore. -nit. or -ituin est, v. iiii-
;)ers , it etr.isrs shainr (p. Ki"), 1).
pud-or, -nrisfinidctl, M., xlunm:
pviell-a, ;ii' [<liiii. fiiii. (i( |)Mor|, V. a
J Id.
pu-or, -t'ri, >f., rhild, ho;/.
pueril-is, -i' (|>ii(t|, adj., of a rhllil
or hill, ; piiorili aetate, tlnn'iKf the
aiJi' iif rhiliHir,,,,!.
pug-n a, -Mv, v., iKjht, riiiiilict.
puefn-O. -:'iiv, -avi, -iitnni. v.ii., liqlit :
pugnatum est, thr inttti,- ims j;,'ii,/i,i
(l>. I<i4, -J, not I.' •!.).
pul-cher, -clw.i, -chnim, adj.. hroKfl-
M.
pnlv-is, -rris, M , ihmi.
piin-io. -ire, -ivl, -iluiu, v.a., jniniKh.
pup; .-is, -is, F., stem of a vosscl.
purgr-o, -are, -avi, atuin fpurus |-a:,'o].
\.n,., clear, iitaki' cli'ar, frrr /rmii hlttinf,
exrtisto.
put-O, -;h'o, -avT, -fituiii, v.a. and n.,
think, riiiisidcr, (li'dilr.
PyU"id-e3, -ae, M , Pt/ladfx, a Crock,
friend of On'stvs.
PyranatVus, -a, mn, ^otirralh in tin'
pi. iiioiiti's I'vrfiiaoi, tlu' I'vrL-mos, a
inouiilain ranire liftwecii Praiicc and
Spain.
Q.
qua [al)'.. fein. of (|iii, sni)ply via or
parte], adv., tv/irrc ; dsjiir its.
qua, noni. sin;;-, f. ui. and newt. j.i. oi'
indi'f. ))ron. ()iils or <ini ()>. VJ.'.)).
quadraginta, num. adj. iiuUcI..
f(»*y.
quadringent-i, -ao. -a i w 'tuor +
cejitinii], a(ij. , J'vur hundred.
quaero, finaerCre, quocsTvi, qiiaesl-
tuin, v.a., xovk, lnokfor, axk, inquiri'.
quaest io, -lOnis ftjuaero], examina-
tion.
quaestor, oris ((piaero), M., (/uaf-
tor or xt'.ite treasure'/; ijuarti'r-iiiastcr of
the army.
ntiaest-US -us [quaeroj, M., <i((in,
prniit.
quiil-is, -e, interro;,' adj., of what
xori .' ichat sort?
Quam, 'vdv., hiwvmrh r how r quam
VeZMS, hinr <ifd r vith su]H'r!:iti\f, wiiii
or without possum, <ik /)o.v.s//(/(' ; quc'lli
»>ptiuiU8, «••>• oooil U.S postiiblc ; ..ler
fonij)arativ<-s and comparalivf expres-
sions, ,i.f, thoii ; puer melior quam
tu, II lioji licit rr than i/mt ; post diem
quartum quam venit, thr jourih
day after he eatne.
quamdiu. adv.. as hmi/ as.
quamobrem, inierroj,'. and rei. a(!v.,
fur n-liirh reason, wherefore, whij.
quamquam, conj., though, althoaqh,
hoivrrer, inid i/et (\). IIMI, .''»).
quamvis |.,ua.ii • vis, from voln|,
adv., hoirerer. ; quamviS pauci, //"
audter hr,v few : althonil, (p. lixi, ;".).
quando. intcrro;r. or rel. adv., when,
whenerer, ut ain/ time.
QUanto [al)l. of ilitTcrence, fi'on: ipiaM-
!us|, ;.(lv., hi/ .loii' iiiiirh; quanto
tanto. "••-■. . . .so, the. . . .thi' (p. yu:>, 4).
quantum [aces, of quantus], a<h-.,
hour mneh, hvw far, as jar as.
quantus. -a, -um, ailj., intorroy. or
rel. (1)//M<r i/nat ? hoie miirh .' hme lanje?
(•\) (IS (J rent as.
quantUSVis, (piautavis, quautumvis
[quantus I vdIo], adj.. howerer i;reat.
quar3 [qua f re], ad>-., leherefore,
irh/i.
•"lua/rtus. a, um, num. ac.j,, fourth.
quasi [(piam, as I si, if], conj., as if,
quattCior, n',.n. indeel. nilj., four.
quatttiordecim fquattuur-fdeeem],
num. iiideel. mix., fi)ii,''''eii..
-que, eonj., and, ahv.ys appended to
another word \\iii(Ii in ■;onsfru(tion be-
lollLi'S Io it.
quemadniodum fquen.-fad + mo-
<luiu|, :i\\\, ill ,eliat irai;, hoir.
qvieror, (picrl, <jnestus sum, v. den.,
rmiijiliiiii, lament.
qui, (|Uae, >^iiod, rel. pron., r'ho, irhieh
(p. VX) ; since he (p. 19.S, i) : ^o that he
VP. ISS, 4).
qui, (piae or cjua, (piod, iiiterrog. or
indef. jm-ou., ]. wlio, i. any.
quicquaiTi. See ((Uis(iuam (p. 182, 3).
quicumque, (juaecmnqi e, quodeum-
i\\\-, indef. pron., whoerer, whatever (p.
Ilia. 2).
qiiidam, quaedam, (pioddam o<' (juid.
dam, indef. ;iron., a certain, a certain
one ; pi., .•4ome, certain.
quidem, ad ■.. indeed, at lea»t ; ne.. . .
quidom, ' ...even; t!ie word empha-
n M>(] is alwajM piactd between nc and
qiiidrn ,.
quie-8, -tis, F., /v;.', viijwse, quiet,
pvaccfvl.
VOCABULARY.
353
cxprfs-
quam
t diem
• luuiili
i-ei. adv.,
tltliiin<jh.
Ml volo],
Uici, ""
v., whm,
on: (inaii-
3,nto —
)<):., 4).
is], adv.,
ipiTO},'. or
intr lafffP?
lautiinivis
frcat.
irhnrfore,
j., fourth.
nj., r(s (■/",
., /'".'"•.
+(iec'em],
i-oikUvI to
lutioii hc-
\m\ + iix^-
I, V. <\(']\,
[ho, which
i<( *hat he
^■rrog. or
[ifcn'r (p.
II Oi- (luid.
I( (H'ltain
Y ;ne....
Id vnipha-
1, Me and
I, , tmiet.
quilibet, quaolihet, quo<UilK't r(|ui 1
liliitl, iiidi f. rel., ani/one (p. 132).
quTn [old al)l. of (|ui4 iK'l, conj., fAfff
not, tint that, ifithinit ; after worda ex-
pressing,' doulil or sMs|)i{'ion, that (p. ISS,
(>) ; after words of ))revent'ntr. etc., trans.
liV //■'»;» with verbal niiiiM endini; in -in>,'
(p. IH.^i, 2, note).
quinam, 'Hiaenam, (inodnam, inter-
roj,'. jirnn., irh" prrni ' irhn then f
qilindecim [iiuimiue -l- decern], nvim.
adj., ji/fi-di.
quingen^-i, -ae, -a [(iiiin«iue + cen-
tum], a(ij.,_//(if' hviKltni.
quini, -ae, -a, distrib. num. adj., firr
Pdrh, JiiJC a pi err.
qviinquaginta, indecl. innn adj.,
quinqiie, indoel. nmn. :ulj.,^w.
qaint-us, a, -uni [(piinque], num.
£.dj., Ji/lh.
quippe, adv. eonj., surebi, certainly ;
quippe qui (p. li)S, 4 note).
quia, quae or qua, (piid orcjuod, indef.
pron., atii/oin', rt«i/(p. 120,1).
quispiam. quaepiam, quo<lpiam and
i|uidpiani, indif. pron., mnn', some one
(p. l;52).
quisquam, quaequam, tpiiequam or
qui<lquan», indef. I'ron., anyone, (p. 132,
3).
quisque, <iuaeque, <iuidque or <|uo<l-
qoe, indef. pron., frt<7(, cmy, rri'ry one;
with su])erlatives in sinjiulur, (piisque --
all ; optimus quisque, "'/ the i>est.
quisquis, quaequae or qtiaqua, fpiid-
qui(i (qincMiuid) or (iuo<l(iuod, indef. rel.
proir., irhoci'i'r, ivhnti'rcr.
quivia, quaevis, rpiidvis (or (juoflvis)
[([uod + volo], indef. pron., anyone you
plcane, any.
quo [abl. of qui], lulv. (1) relative and.
interrojr, whither ; {-2), indef. after si or ne,
to any place, to any point, aniinhere.
QUO [al)l of (jui], final eonj., use<{
esjieeially with eoniiJarative.sand followe<l
l)V the subjunctive, in on'cr that (p. 18;?,
ro.
quoad f(iuod-rad=ivd+quo(l], as lomj
'ts, until, till.
quod [a<'''. of ([ui], <'onj., I'ccauxc, in-
inniuch ax, xujipoxinTi that, >■» jar us :
propterea quod, hrcanse ; quod sj,
'lut if, imivif{\\ 1!>2, 1, note).
quominus, eonj., that not ; often
b< st nndi rid b> froni. (after verbw of
hiiuh'rinij, prcrenting) with a verbal noun
in iny (p! lis'*, 2).
23
quontam [quom ( - quum) -f- iam],
eonj., Kince, xeeiny that, Iweauxe (p. li»8).
quoque. adv., following,' the eniphatio
word of a claise, alxii, too.
quot, iixleel. adj , how many.
quotannis fipiot t annis, al)l. i>l. of
aninis], ail v.. yearly, crery year.
quotidian-ua. -a, -uin fquot i-dies],
aflj., daily, crery day.
quotidie fquot+dies],a<lv., f iW7/(/ai/.
quoties [<luot], how iftcn, as oiten uk.
quotus, -a, -umfquotl, adv., what in
mnnlwrf quota hora, what time in
if .<'
See cum.
qvium.
R
radix, radiois, F., roof ; montis
radices,.^""? of the mountain.
rado, radOre, risi, r.'isuni, v.a., shave.
ram-US, -i, -M.. Iirnnch, lioiiyh..
rapid-US, -a, -lun [rapio], iwlj., swift,
qn ick.
rapin-a, ae [rapio], F., robbery, phni'
dcr, hoiify.
mp-io, ere, -ill, -tuin, v.a., snatch,
seize, hurry off.
rar US, -a, -um, adj., few, scattered,
in small jmrties.
rat-io, -lonis [reor], F., reckonimj, cal-
culation, account.
rat-is, -is, F., raft.
rat-\lS. See reor.
re, red, an inseivarable i-artiele used in
eonip., ayuiii, i>ack.
rebell io, -lonls [re l bellum]., F.,
renewal of the uutr, vprisiny.
rebell-c -are, -avi, -atum [re-fbel-
liMu], .a., renew a war.
.'6-:; -r ,">, ealrre, -eessi, -eessuni [rer
)), ,' ick, withdraw.
re 'jens, -ceutis, adj., recent, late,
fresh.
re-ceptus, -ccptus [recipio], M., draw-
imj hack, retreat.
r6-CipIO, -elpere, -evpl. eeptiun [re ;
eapio], \ .a., take hack, ricorer, win ; se
recipere, retreat ; in deditior.em
recipere, to ailmlt to a surmidn.
r6-cTto, -cltare, -citavi, citatum (re+
eito, quote], v.a., read aloud.
rS-clinO, -dlnure, -elnavi, -elinatvun
[re+clino], v.a., make to I'-an,
r6-cordor, -eordrirl. -corilutus Hum
[re-f cor], v. dep., cull tn mind.
3BBB&
mmmmmm
354
VOCABULARY.
recte [rectus], ailv., right ly.
rectus, -a, iini, adj., right, utrakfht.
recuH-o, -rue, -riN i. -atuiii [re +
causa], \.a.. rr/iisi', dirllnfi, shrink ; when
followed hy (|U()iniiius or (|uin with the
Hul;j., tlieseare to lie ( ranslated l)v ^i with
inf.'
red-a,
wheels).
■ae, 1""., irnggoii (with four
red do, -derc, -dhh, -dilum [re+do],
v.a.y gi I'c Itdck, restore, return ; rentier.
r6d-eo, -ire, -ivl (or U), -Hum [red +
eo], v.n., go liaek, return.
rfid-TgO, -iKi^^re, Cf,'!, -actuui fred + a','o],
V.a,., (Irire Iniek, red nee; renilei.
red-imo, -imOre, -Oiui, -em;ituiii [red
+ eiMi), l>ini\, v.a., hug back, jmr •liuse.
red-integr-o, -are, -avl, atuiii [rcd+
inteyer, whole], va., renew, reeive.
redit-us, -us [red-l-eo], return.
reduco, -dricOre.-duxi. uueiuni [re-j-
dileo], v.a., leail Ixiek.
refero, -ferre, -tfdl, -Ifituin [re-f fero],
brim/ or earrg Ituek; report, announce ;
pedem referre, retreat ; gratiani
re ferre, rei/vite; gratias referre,
return thnnka.
re-fert, -ferre, -tfdit v. iuipers., it
concerni^, it is of importance (p. KKi, ',i).
reficio, -fleerc, -fCel, -feetuui [re-f
fae.io], N'.a., repair, refit, refresh.
refugio. -fft},'ere, -ffip, fft(,'ituui [re-f
fu^'io), v.a. and u.,Jlee back or away, re-
treat, escape.
regin-a, -ae [rfjiro], F., queen.
regi-o, -oiiis [n'v'o], F., tUstrict,
country.
regi-US, -a, -tun [rex], adj., kingly,
royal ; domus regia (or rej.>ia alone),
jHilnce.
regn-O. -are, "-avl, -atuni [leLTo], v.a.
and n , l)e king, reign, rule.
regn-uiu, -i [refjfo], X., kingdom;
alisolute pmrer.
rego, ri'tji're, re.M, re<!tuin, v.a., reign,
nde.
re-gr6dior, -K-rOdi.-gresBussuui [re-f
ffnulior, step], v. dej)., retreat, withdraw.
regiil-a, -ae [rego], I'., rule, line of
comluct.
re-icio, k-crc. -iOci. -ieetiuu [re-f iacio],
v.a., hurl back, drire l>ack, rejwixe.
religio, ouIh [re-f lij^fO, biiui], F., re-
ligiims Kcru2>le^, relujimt,; j>l., riteg of
religion.
re-linquo, -liiKiuero -liqul, -lietuin
[re+lin(iuo, quit], v.a, leave, leave be-
hind.
r61iqu-US, -a, -tun [re+liiKHio], adj.,
remaining ; nihil reliqui esse, nothing
is left ; in reliquvim tempus, for
all time to come.
re-man6o, -luaiure, -mansl, niansuiu
[re I inaneo], v.n., remain, .^itay.
rem-ex, -Igls [it., rCiuus-f aju^o], M., (/
rower.
rem-igo, -I;,'are, -lyavl, -Igatuni [re-
inus-f ago], v.a. and n., row.
re-miniscor, -luinT.sci, no perf. [re-f
root men in mens], v. dep., remember,
recollect (with genit'ive, p. 1 Ki, 7).
re-missus, -niis.sa, -misstun [re-f
mitto], adj., relaxed,
re-mitto, -mittere, -mlsl, missum [re
-f uiitto], v.a., send back.
remot-US, -a, tun [perf. J), of renioveo,
used as an adj.], remote, far off.
re-moveo, -inOvere, -movl, -motuni
[re + moveo', v.a., rem*)ve, dianiiks, get
rid of.
rem-us, -i, M., oar.
Remus, -i, -M., Jiemus, brother of
Romulus.
ren-o, -onis, M., a reindeer skin.
re-nunti-o, -are, -avi, -atum [re-f
nuntio], v.a., bring back word, report.
reor, rert, ratus smn, v. dep., think.
re-pello, -jiellere, -i>i1li, -pulsum [re-f
pello], v.a., drirc back, lepnlse.
repente [repens, suddin], ;ulv., sud-
denly.
repentino [repentintis], iulv., sua-
deidy, u ne.rj>cctedly.
repentin-U8, -a, um [repens],, adj.,
nasty, suilden, n nexpec.ted.
re-perio, -pcrire, -peri (also reppcri),
-l»erttim [re-f pario], v.n., dircorer, fnd,
ascertain.
r6-peto, -petCre, pctivi (or petii),
petitum [le-f peto], .seek again, demaml.
r6-port-0, -are, -avl, -atum [re+jwrto],
v.a., carry back.
re-prehendo, -prehendCre, -prOhen-
di, -i)rchensani [re rprehendo], v.ix., hold
back; blame, rebuke.
re-pudi-o, -are, -avJ, -atum [re-f
pudet], >:., reject.
re-pu.cm-0, -are, -avi, -atum [re-f
l>ugno], V.U., oppose, retdst.
res, rel, F., matU'r. a fair; res mili-
taris, tnilitary science ; res novae,
revolution; res publica, utate ; politics.
VOCABULARY.
35o
re-Scindo, soindrro, -Hcldi, -scissiiiu
[re+scindoj, v. a., <nU iloiim, deHtroij.
re-serv-O, -rue, -fivl, -ritnin{re + servo],
v.a., keep hark, prrxeriio, A'< ■ /'.
re-sisto, -^tistC'iv, -stltl, no sup. [re +
sisto, xet\, \.ii., n'sl.st, npjiosr, iritlistii nil.
re-spicio, -aplfere, -spcxi, -s|)e(tuiii
[re-l-.si)L'(i(i, loiik], v.a., Imik hark, n'lfiinl.
re-spondeo, -siiondrTo, -simruli,
-spoiistiiii [n- J spoiHh'ii], v.a,, irpli/,
anKiver.
respons-um, -i [ ri'spoiuleo ], N.,
niinwcr, repbi.
respublica,, rcipnioicac fios + puli-
liciis], F., till- state, piihlir interest.
restat, in pers., v7 reiaaitiK, it remain.'^
that (i». IS-J, 4).
re-stituo, -stItfiCro, -stum, -stltutum
[re 1 Stat no], v.a., replace, reiiture,rehuild.
ret-e, -is, N., net.
re tineo, -tinerc, -tliifli tcntiiin [le +
teneo], \ .a. , /v. ■'■ain, detain, keep Imck.
retro, alv., bark, iiackivnidn.
re-US, T [res, a case at law], M., a
pnrtij tit an action, defendant, prLsnner ;
v., mi.
reverter, -vi-rti, -versus sum, v. dep.,
tr ' 'ck, return.
ie-v6cO, are, -avT, -at inn [re-J-voeoJ,
call bark, recall.
rex, n'^'is liCgo], M., kini/.
rhed-a, -ae. See reda.
Rhen-us, -i. M., lihine.
r'deo, riilOre, ridi, risuni, v.a. and n.,
laiKjh at, laaijh.
ripa, -'H', 1'., hank. ,
riv us, -i, M., a liriink.
rob-ur, -oris, N., oak; .stretujth.
R6-ma, -ae, V., Home.
Togo, -are, -avl, -atnni, v.a., (i>ik.
Ror iin-U3. a, -nm (Roma), a<lj.,
Jhniian.
R6niul-US, -i, M., Itonuilas, founder
of Home.
ros-a, -ae, F., ri.ne.
rostrum, -i lvo<io, ipia.p], N.,beak;
beakof a shii>'s prow, coverefl with iron iind
UHe<iasarani ; |>1., rostra, oruju, /uLitinns.
(Appendix, p. 279)-
rota, ae, 1'., wheel.
nlblcund-US, -a, -um [rnl»eo, be red\,
adj., raddij,
rumor, oris, M., nnimr, rep<,rt.
ruo, -ere, i, -raium, v.n., rush.
rfip-es, -is F., rock, cliff.
rursvis [ =reversus, turned Inick],
back, aijain.
rus, ruris, N., country. In pi., only
rura is found ; ruri, in the conntrii ;
rure, .frttm the count ri/ ; ruS, to the
country (p. S.'i, ;{).
8.
sacer, silera, s.icnnn, a<lj. , hohi, mcred ;
as a noun, sacra, sacronam, mcred
ritex, sacrijice.
sacerdo-s, -tis [sacer], M., prient.
sacrament-um, -i [siu-er], \., the
inilitiiri/ iKttli.
sacrificium, -i [sacer -\ faeio], N.,
sacrijice.
saepe, iwlv., often ; minlme saepe,
very seldom ; conip., saepius ; sup. , saepis-
sinie.
Saepenumero [ saepe -f nvunero ],
•M\\.,Jre<iaently, repe^^tedly.
aaev-io, -ire, -IvI, -Uum [saevus],
raae, he furious, or cruel.
saev-US, -a, -um, •M\j.,Jieree, cruel.
sdg-itt-a, -ae, F., arroir.
sagittari-US, -i [siijritla], M., archer.
salt-US, -us, .M., irood, forest, jtaHture,
■Wooded dejile.
sal-US, -ntis F., health, safety.
sfi-lut O, -.Ire, -avl, -atum [salus], v.a.,
yreet, saiate.
salv-US, -a, -nm, adj., safe, smnid.
Samus, -i, F., Samos, an island
on the western coast of Asia Minor.
sanc-io, sanclre, sanxl, sar.etuni, v.a.,
reiuier sacred, ratify, cnnjinn.
sanct us, -a, -um fv>erf. jvirt. of
sancio, used as an ailj.|, hallowed, sacred.
sane [sanus], adv., truly.
sang'U-is, -ims, M., hlood.
sani tas, tatis [sanus], v., soundness
of inir.d, ijood sense.
sano, -are, -UM, -atum [sanus], v.a.,
mak'' sound, cure, remedy.
sanus, -a, -um, adj., w/m/, healthy.
sapiens, -cutis [sajHo], adj., wise,
judiciiius.
SJlpienter [sapiens], adv., wisely.
sApienti-a, -ae [sapiens], F., ivisduni.
sAp io, -ire, -ivi (or n), no sup., v.a.,
taute, he sens'bte, v uderstand.
»
356
VOCABULARY.
sarcin-a, ;»«, F., hai/iiiiiK' <>/<' xoUlirr.
Sfi-tell-es, -itlH, M. or 1'., iittriKhiiit,
guard.
S&tis, adv., t'lttnii/h, mfwienlht.
satis-fftciO, -lM-(iVv, -ficT, -fiM'tnin
[satis f fjM'io], v.ii., xafix/ij. In piu^s.
satis-fio.
saucl-US, a, -inn, lulj., ii'imiided,
sax-um, -i., N., rock, sfoM.
SCal-a -ae [ scaiulla, from scando,
clinilj], l'\, ladder.
SCando, -Grc, -i, acansiun, climb.
scelerat-us, -a, -mn [sceius], wlj.,
wirkt'd.
SCel-US, -C-ris, N., wickediieHS, »in.
SCh6l-a, ae, F., hcIiudL
scienti-a, at' [sciol. Kklll, kiunvlcdtjc
BCilicet [scire4-li(!etj, af\\.,coidentl!r,
certainly, fursooth.
SCindp, scindCrc, scIdT, scissiini, v. a.,
cut, trar,' destroji.
scio, sciire, sclvl, suitiun, v. a., kiMW,
uiKlr.-titaad.
Scipio, ouIh, AI., Sripiit, a name of
two ni)tt'(l Ki^maiis, oiio llie coiuinuror of
Haiiiiihal at Zaiiia, 2(12 U.C.and theothor,
destroyer of Karlhaj,'*', 140 H.(!.
scrib-a, -ae [scriho], M., writer, ch'rk.
scribo, scrlbOro, scviiisi, scrii>tmi),
v.a., irriti', ('diiipiisi' ; legem scribere,
drair up a law.
SCript-or, -oris [stu-ibo], M., write,
scutum, -i, N., Kfiield.
se. See stii (p, lOf), 6).
se-cemo, -seniero, -crevl, -cretuni[so,
opart + forno, dixtiiKjiiixh], v.a., xcj'a-
rati'.
seco, -beciire, -seuftl, sectuiii, v.a., cat.
secroto [socretus], a<lv,, apart, seita -
rat el I/.
secret-US, -a, -um [perf. part, of
Be(!frn(), used as an adj.], separate, secret,
pr irate,
secundum [setiundus], prep, with
occ. only, along, next t^ accordiiiii to.
S^CUnd-US, a, -uni fs'.'i|uorl, adj.,
/ollnwiiiii ; .second; favoralilc.
Secur-is, -is [seco], F.. a a axe,
sed, conj., hut, yet_
sede-cim|scx-f , let-em j,nuiu.,«/a-^v/i.
sedeo, -sOdere, sodT, -yessiiin, v.n.,
sit ; lie excaaiped, settle.
sed-es, is [sOdCo], F., neat, alioae,
aettlvawnt.
sediti-o, -onis [swl, fpar^-feo, /;o], F.,
(/ i use 1 1 K ion, d ixcjtrd.
seg'-es, -etis, F., croj), hareest.
Seg"ontiac-i, -orum, iVI., i>l., Segon-
tiael, a Mritish tribe lielonjfinj; to llamp-
shire.
sella,' -ae [-fiedla, from sedeo], F.,
xeat, eiiair.
semel, num. a.lv,, onw, oticefor all ;
non semel, nut unee, i.e., sereriil tlnirs;
semel atqueiterum, once and again,
repeatriilg,
semen, semlnis, N., seed.
sement-is, -is[seme-i], F,, anowing.
semita, -ae, F., j.-ath.
semper, adv., always, for ever.
s6nat-or, -oris [senex], M., a senaO)r.
senat-US, -us [senex], M., senate.
senec-tus, -tutis [senex], F., old age,
senex, sCnis, an old man (p. 46).
sen-i, -ae, -a [sex], distrib. num. adj.
six each, six,
senior, -Is, adj. See j). 58, note.
SOntenti a, -ao [sentio], F., a think-
ing, opinion.
sentio, sent ire, sensi, sensum, v.a,
think, kiioiv, observe.
S9P-9S, -is, F., hedge,
septem, inun. a<lj., seven,
septentrion-es, -um [septem 4-trio
strio, star], the s*ars ut the (treat
Hear ; the north.
septim-uS, a, -um [septem], adj.
lumi,, seventh,
septuaginta, num. sulj., seventy,
sequor, -si'(|ui, secutus^f r si'nuuius)
simi, v. (\tii>,,/oil<Mv, j)i(rsue,
serni-o, -onis, M., talk, language,
spi'i'ch, discourse,
sero [sCrus, late], adv., late, tno late.
Sero, aerere, sOvi, satum, v.a., sow,
jiiant,
serpens, -entis [seriio, creep\, M.,
snake, serpent.
servil-is, -e [servus], adj., slavish,
.serriU'.
serv-io, -ire, Ul (or li), itum [servus],
v.n., lie a slave,
serv-ituS: -it ut is [servus], F., slavery,
serritiidc.
servo, are, -avi, -alum, v.a., save,
keep, ])reserve.
serv-US, -i, M., slntie, servant.
sese. See mil.
VOCABULARY.
357
7<'l, 1'..
lliimp-
Bol, F.,
fnr all ;
I fiinr's;
I (Kjuin,
towiiuj.
r.
sv tut tor.
ate.
(lid (t(je.
t(i).
mil. adj.
otc.
a think-
mil, v.a,
ni+tno
(ifi'Ht
n], adj.
vent II.
sTtinriliis)
an(/ua(jc,
Uui late.
,a., wc,
.shirisln
fsiTVUS],
,, ulari'ni,
'.a,, sa(.v,
tt.
sestertt-US [semi + tort ins, the third
a half, i.e., two and a half asses], M., a
Hentcrtiu^, a coin worth about five (leiits.
Seu. See sive.
sex, niun. adj., .<*<>.
sexaglnta, num. aflj., glxty.
sexcent i, -ae,-a[sex+cetituin], num.
adj., fii.t hundred.
si. ''onj,, i/, v'hethcr.
sice -VIS, a, uni, adj., dri/.
Sicili-a, -ae, F., Sicilif.
SiCUt (also written sie ut), adv., no ax,
just a. , flx, «if.s" (/".
sid-US, -Cris, N., star, conatellatlnn.
sign-um, -\, N., a mark, xign ; mili-
Inrii xtxiiddrd.
silentium, -i [sileo, l)e silent], N.,
ailenee,
Silv-a, -ae. P., wnnd, forest.
Silvestr-is, -o [sih a], adj., wooded.
Simil-is, -i', M\i., like, similar ; comp.,
aimilior: s^up., simillimns (j). f)?, 2).
sTmul, adv., at the same time ; simul
ac (at<iue), as soon as,
simulacrum, -i [similis], N., imaije.
Siniul-O, -are, -avl, -fttum [similis], v.
a., pretend (a thiii]if is Ahat, it is not ;
dissimulo, to 2>retend a thiiiy is nol
wliat it is).
Bin, coMJ. [si-fiie], Ijiit if, if on the
other hand.
sine, pro]), with ahl., without.
singillatim [siuj^uli], a<lv., (»;((; Ui/
one, snxjl;/.
singular-is, -c [siii;,'-uli], adj., mateh-
less, extraordinar/i,
Singoll-i, -ae, -a, num. !V.ij., <me If// one,
one iijiieee.
sinister, -tra, -rum, lulj., l/t.
sinistrorsus [sinister +verto, turn],
ailj., to the left.
sino, sTnOre, sivT, sltuni, v.a., alloir,
permit, let.
Siquidem [sl + <)ui<leml, oonj., ifonlij.
sibto, sistOre, stiti, statum, v.a., set,
place, stand,
sive or seu [si t-ve], or if; sive
(seu) .... sive (wu), irhether ...,or (\ .
11)1, r.).
socer, -i, M., a father in-laii\
sociot-as, -atis [sooius], V., alliance,
league.
oocius, -I, M., a companion, associate,
aihi.
sol, soli.s. M., sun.
s6l66, sftlore, s(MUus sum, v.n., be ac-
customed to, be wont.
s61itud-0, -inis [solus], F., solitude,
loneliness ; desert,
sol-US, -a, -uni [gen. solius] (p. 26),
adj., alone, <oily, single.
SOlvo, solvere, solvi, H6li"itum, v.a.,
loose, unhind ; solvere naveni, set sail.
s6nit-Vi3, -us [sono], M., sound.
SOr-or, -oris, F., sister.
sors, sortis, F., lot, fate.
sp&ti-um, -T, N., space, time,
species, -ei [Kfi. and dat. pi. not
found; from specie, see], F., show, ap-
pearance, form ; view.
spect-O, -are, -avl, -atum, v.a., look at,
obserre.
specuJat-or, -oris [specio], .M,, scout,
speculatori-us, -a, um Jspecio,
Inol^, adj., seontin;i, sjiii i mj ; nSiVigia,
speculatoria, sjn/ boats,
specul-or, -ari, -atus sum [specio], \'.
dep., watch.
sper o, -are, -fui, -atum, v.a., hoj}e,
exiiect (with fut. inf., j). IIU, 1).
spes, spef, F., hope, expectation; in
spem venire, to have hopes, entertain
liopes,
spirit-iis, -us [>i.iro, breathe], M.,
breath, air; pride, airs.
splendeo, no jierf., no sup., v.n,,
shine,
spoliO, -are, -avl, iltum [spolium,
booty], v.a., strip, despoil, pin nder.
Sp6li-um, -T, N., sixtil, lioofii.
sponte [abl, of an obsolete, sjMms, F.,
used as an adv.], (f one's own aceurd,
wHlin<ilij ; sua sponte, "/ one's own
accord.
stAbili-tas, -tfitis [stabilis, steady],
l'\, firmness, steintiness,
stagn-i\m, i [sto], N., 2>ool, pmid.
stS-tim |sto], wh ., instantly, at <mce,
straiylttiriiy.
St&ti-O, -on is [sto], v., outpost, picket,
yuard ; in statione esse, /" be < n
yuard.
Stat-iio, -ilCre, -rtl, -utuni [sto], v.n..
place, ilitet mine ; resolre.
Statvir-a, ae [sto], F., heiyht, size.
Stella, -ae, '•'., .star.
stipendi-vim, -i [stip&, a c(n'n, in-ndo,
jHiy], N., military tax, tribute.
358
VOCABULARY.
sto, stfiro, sttti, stritnm, v.ii,, stand ;
cost (with a»»l. of price, p. IfiO).
Strepit-U8, -us, M., noise, din.
stud-eo, ore, -fii, no Bup., hecaycr
about ; aim at (p. inf., )»).
Studi-um, -T, [studeo], N., ^m^ (/c-
votioii.
stultitia, ■■M- [stultns, JiHiUidt], F.,
f nidi nil iifsx, xt lipid it if.
Stult-ua, -ii, -mn, mV}., Jiiolixh, ntupid.
suadeo, sufKlorc, .sufiHi, siirisutn, v.ri.,
advise, exhort (with dat., i). lOf), »).
BVlb, prep, with ace. and ahl, (p. 222, 2),
under, hciiratli, iimr, jutit he/ore, at foot
"/•
sub-duco, -(IfH'C'rc, (luxl, -ductiun
[svil)+<hicoJ, v.a., ilntir vii on shore ; iia-
vcin HulHliu-ere, bench a xliip.
sub-eo, -ire, -Ivl (or II), -Ituni [sub-t-
eo], V.II., come up, approarh, enter;
suffer.
sub-icio, -Toore, -iOci, -iCctmn fsul) +
iac'io], v.a., throw front luuier, expose,
snbdiie.
SVlbiectUS, -a, -um [perf. part, of
ii1)icio,
adjacent.
siihicio, used an an adj
[nerf. jia
• J. '.'/'"»'/
near,
SubigO. -TKtre, -e^i -actum [sub-f
at(o], v.a., subdue, conquer, reduce to
submission.
SubitO [abi. of subUus], adv., sud-
denly, on, a sudden.
SUbitus, -a, -um [subeo], a(l\ ., .s»(W<'/i,
unexpected.
SUb-leV-O, arc, -avl, -ritmn, v.a.,
relieve.
sub-ministro, -are, ilvi, -iituni [hub
-f niinistro, serce], \.a,.,suppl!/, promd.e.
SUb-mittO (or sununitto), -nuttere,
-nilsi, -niissuni [sub-i-nutto], v.a., send
secretbi.
SVlbmoveo, -niuverc, -niovl, -niotuin
[yub-i-niovco], v.a., dislod-je, draw off.
3ub-6les, -filiH [s<ib + olesco, bet/in to
sprout], aspront; posterHij, race.
SUb-ruO, -rfiC're, -rCii, -rfitiuu lsub-|-
ruo], v.n., undermine.
Sllb-sequor, -sCcpii, -sOcutus(or si;(iu-
utus) sum |sii)»H-se(iuorJ, v. dep., follow
closehj, folloii
Subsidi-um, -i [Hub + sedeo], N., aux-
iliaiil triiojis, reserre, aid.
SVlbsi'-'.to. sistore, stUi, no supine,
[.snb i sisin|, \.ii., halt, make a stand.
aubter [wnl)!, prep, with ace. and abl.,
beluw, beneath, underneath, close bi/.
SUb-vSnio, -venire, -veni, -veiituni
[sub-f-venio], v.a., come umler ; come to
one's aid ; assist, succor.
SVlC-Cedo, -cCclere, -eesal, -ce.s.suni [sub
-fcredoj, v.n., approach, advance, jn-osper,
succeed.
SUC-cendo, -ceudere, -eendl, -ceiisuni
[sub + eandeo, shine], v.a., kindle.
SUC-censeo, -tiensere, -censni, -cen-
suni (siil)4-ce?iseo], v.n., be an/jry icith.
SllCCido, -cldere, -eldl, -cisuni [sub+
caedo), \.a., cut iloirn.
sue curro, -ciirrere, -currl, -cursuni
[s!d) f-eurro], v.n., run umler ; help aid
(witJidat., p. 105, !)).
sud-es, is, v., stake.
sud-or, oris, M., sweat.
suffragi-um, -1, N., vote.
sui, reflex, pron,, himself, herself, etc.
(p. lO.S C).
Sull-a, -ae, M., L. f^ornelins Sulla, the
KTeat di(!tator, a siipporter of the aristo-
cracy, as his oi)ponent Marius was of the
. democracy. He lived ii.c. 138-78
sum, esse, ful, be (p. 24).
summ-a, -ae Jsununus ], F., total,
whole amount, mum thintj ; general mun-
(it/emettt, control.
SUmm-US, a, -um [superl. of superus],
adj., hiiihext, (/reatest, renj i/reat, chief;
mons SUmmus, the top of the moun-
tain.
sumo, sfimere, sumpsi, sumptum,
v.a., take, assume, .spend.
sumpt US, -fis [sumo], ^r., expend.
sCiper, Jirep., ahore(]\ 222, 2).
sdperbe [superbus], adv., proudly,
hauyhtil.'i.
superb-US, -a, -um, adv., proud,
hauyfity.
superior, -is [coiui>. of sftiu-rus), adj.,
hii/lier, upper, previous ; nocte SUpe-
riore, <in the jnrvious niyht.
super-o, -are, -avi, -atuni [super,
ai/ow], \ .a., conquer, defeat, surj)ass.
superstitl-O: -Onis [super-fsto], F.,
siijierstition.
super-sum, -esse, -ffii [super, above+
s\im], \'.ii., remain, survive.
sCiper-US, -a, -um [super], adj., hiyh,
abiu'c; comp., superior; sup., suprenma
or sununus.
sup plex, -iilicis [sub, under + plico,
fifil], .M., or F., it su2>jdiant.
sup-plicati-O, -Onis [supplex], F., a
thanhxi/irinii.
VOCABULARY.
359
ventum
coiiu; to
mm [sub
jrruxper,
•censuin
,ni, -cen-
1/ with.
ini [sub +
, -cnrsnm
helj) aid
emclf, etc.
( Stdla, the
the aristo-
was of the
-78
F., ^'^«^
moral inan-
of suverus],
rent, chief;
the iiionn-
suinptuin,
expetuse,
J, 2).
-., proudlii,
(Iv., immd,
Ipirus], adj.,
3cte supe-
ilutu [super,
pcr+8to], F.,
iiper, abooe-'r
i], ;wlj., /"".'//'.
1))., yuprcimia
nidcr^ plico,
ipplex], F., a
sup-pliciter [suiiplex], a<lv,, hximhly,
tuijudHHitli/.
sup-plicium, -i [supplex], N. jmninh-
iin'iit, execution.
supra, mlv. and prep, with ace. only,
ahore, arcr.
eus, sfJis, M. or P., 2>>f>, nwive.
suscipio, -flpOre, -fC'})!, -ceptum [sub
+ <^api<)l, v.a,., iiiidertnke.
SUSpici-O, -OiiiH[susi)ic'or], V.,dintrviit,
SUspieiini.
8Uspic-or, -•1r!,-atU8 8uni [snb+spCcio],
V. (U'l>., suspect, mistrust, .surmise.
SUS-tineo, -tlncre, -tlnfil, -tentum
[sub+tt'iieol, v.a., bear, hold up, check.
SU-US, -a, -urn, adj., pron., his, her, its,
their.
T.
tabernacul-um, -i, N., a tent.
tabul-a, -ae, F., a board, plank,
tablet.
tS,C-eo, -Cre, -OI, -Ituin, v.a.. and n., be
silent, pass over in silence.
tacit-US -a, -um [taoeo], adj., silent.
taed-et, -ere, -uit (or taesum est),
iinpcrs., it distrusts, teea -ics ; me libri
taedet, 1 atn disifusted with the book
(p. 105).
tale-a, -ae, F., bar, rod.
tftlent-um, -i, N., a talent, a Greek
measure of weight equal to about fifty
pounds ; a sum of money ecpial to about
.£•-'4;!, 1;').
talis, -e, adj., such.
tain, adv. , so, so very.
tamen, adv., yet, stdl, for all that,
however, necertheli;\'<.
Tamfis-is, -is [ace,, Tamesini], M., the
Thames.
tanaetsi [tamen + etsi], adv., althouyh.
tandem, adv., at ten yth, finally ; in
questionti, pray, now.
tango, tangC-re, tOtlgl, ta<,'tum, v.n.,
touch, border on,
tantopere [=tanto '-f opere], adv.,
vehemently.
tantul US, -a, -um [diminutive of
tantus), a<lj., so eery small, siiyht, trifi-
ing.
tant-um [tantus], adv., only, so much,
so far, merely.
tant-US, -a, -um, aflj., so yrcat, so
lurye, such.
tarde [tardus], a<lv., sloa-ly.
tardo, -lire, avl, fittmi, v.a., check,
delay, impede, himler.
tard US, -a, -um, iv\l., slow.
Tarquini US. -i, M., Tarquin, the
name of the last king of Itome.
taur-U8, i, M., a bull.
Tectosftg-es, -um, M., the Tcetn-
suyes, a (livision of the Volcae who lived
in the western part of the Roman I'ro-
vince of (Jaul; their capital was Tolosa
(now Toulouse).
tect-i a, 1 [tego], N., o eoveriny, hut,
house.
tegiment-um, -i [tego], N., aawer-
ivi).
tSgO, trgOre, text, tectum, v.a., cover,
conceal ; protect, yuard.
telvun, -I, N., a dart. Javelin.
tem6rari-U8, -a, -um [temere], aflj.,
rash, indisc^reet.
temere, adv., rashly, at random;
non temere, not without a purpose.
tem§rit-as, -atis [temere], F., rash-
ness, temerity,
tem-O, -on!s, }il., pide.
temperanti-a, -ae [tempero], F.,
self-control, modera tion.
temper-O, -are, -avI, -.Itrnn, v.a., co/i-
trol, restrain (with (|uin with subjunctive).
temperat-VlS, -a, -um [tempero],
axlj., temperate, miht.
terapest-as, -atis [tenipus], F., wea-
ther ; bad weather, storm.
templ-vim, -i, N., temple.
tempt-O, are, -ilvi, -atum, v.a., try,
attempt, attack.
temp-US, -Oris, N., time, season, oc-
casion ; pro tempore, according to
theemergeney ; in reliquum tempus,
for the future; omni tempore, al-
ii'aijs.
ten-ax, -acis [teneo, hold], adj., hold-
ing fast , tenacious.
tendo, tendOre, tCtendi, tensum and
tentum, v.a., stretch, extend.
ten-§0, -ore, -fit, -tum, v.a., hold,
possess.
ten-er, -era, -Crum, adj., tender.
tento. <Sec tempto.
tenuis, -e, a<lj., thin, weak.
tenus, prep, with al)l. or gen., up to,
as far as.
ter, a<lv., thrice.
ter-es, -etls, a<lj., smooth.
terg um. i, N., back ; a tergo.
360
VOCAnULAUV.
post tergrxun,
vertere, flfe.
in the rear ; terf^a
tem-i, -ac, -a, adj., three at a time,
three.
tSro, tCrcre, trlvl, trltum, v.a., wear.
terr-a, -ae, F. , the ea rth , land, country,
terr 60, -Ore, -fil, -Itum, v.n., frinhfen,
terrify, alarm.
terror, -Oris [tcrrco), },\., fear, dread.
terti-ua, -a, -mn [ties], adj., third.
testament-um, -i [testis, a witnesn],
N., ivill, testament.
test-is, -18, M., a tcitncHs.
tefetud-O, -inis, v., tortdinr ; a rovcr-
iiif;' foiiML'il by the Hhiel<Is of the soldiers
whicli were lield aho\e their heafls, over-
iapidntjr so as to ward ofY the weapons
hurled by tiie enemy ; the term is also
applied to the different kinds of sheds
under whieh the soldiers worked when
attacking a town.
Teuton-es, -um, and Teutrm-I, -orum,
M., the 'J'eatiHis, a jjeople of German]!.
Themistocl-es, -is, M., Themisto-
cles, a celel)rated Athenian statesman.
Tiber-is, -is, M. [ace. Tiberim, abl. Ti-
beri], the Tiher.
tign-um, -I, N., beam, hxj.
tim-eo, -ore, -til, no. sup., v.a. and n.,
fear, be afraid.
timide [timidus], adv., fearfulbj,
timidlij.
timid-us, -a, -uin [timeo], adj., fear-
fvl, iifraiil, timid.
timer, -oris [timeo], M.,/ear, dread.
Tit-vis, -I, M., Titan, a, Roman name,
tog-a, -ae [tego], F., a (jmun, toga.
toler-O, -are, -avi, -fitum, v.a., bear,
xnpport.
tollo, toUere, sustilli, sublatum., v.a.,
lift, rai,■^e.
tormeilt-iun, -I [toniueo, twint], N.,
militiiry entjine for throwiii}^ missilcb ;
pi., artillery.
torreo, torrCre, torrrti, tostnm, v.a.,
burn, xeoreh.
tot, indoc'i. adj., ho many.
totidera [tot], indecl. adj.,^i/.'<( ax
many.
tot us, -a, -um [t,'on., tottus; dat., toti ;
p. 2(;], .ulv., whole, all, entire; often with
the adverliial force of loholly, entirely,
tr&bs, trrd)is, F., beam, timber.
tra-do, -dfire, -dldl, -dituni [trans }-
do], v.a., haml over, give uj). deliver.
gvrrender ; hand doirn to posterity ' tra-
ditur; it in mid ; traditum est, the
tradition is.
tra-duco, -ducCre, -diixl, ductum
[traus-fduco], v.a., lead across, trans-
port,
tr&ho, trahere, traxi, tractum, v.a.,
draw, dray.
tra-icio, -IcOre, -icci -iectum [traiis-f
iacio, thnnr], v.a., throw or east across;
carry aerosn ; pierce.
tra-iectUS [transicio], M., passage,
crossiny orer.
tranqiiillit-as, -atis f tran<iuillu8,
calm], !•'., idlm, vent Iter ; summa
tranquiilitaa, a profound calm.
trans, i>rei». with aco. alone, across,
over, lieymiu, itn the other side.
transduco. See trafluco.
transeo, -ire, -ivi(()r 11), -itum [trans
-f eo|, v.a., ero.s.s over, f/'o,s,s-.
trans-fero, -ferre, -tnli, -latmn [trans
+fero], v.a., bear, briwj, carry across;
transpoH.
trans-gredior, -K-redi, -g-ressu? sum
[trans + gradior, step], v. dep., go or pass
over, crosf.
trans-itus, -Itus [trans+eo], M., a
going or crossing over, passage, crossing,
trans-raarin-us, -a, -um [ trans +
marej, iwlj., across or beyond the sea.
trans-miss-US, -us [transmitto], M.,
passing orer, pas.-<age.
trans-mitto, -mittC-re, -mlsi, -inissum
[trans+mitto], v.a., send across or over,
trana-port-O, -are -avI, -atum [trans
-fporto], v.a., carry over ; transpurt.
trecent-i, -ae, -a [tres-f centum], num.
adj., three hundred.
tredecim [ tres-t-decem], num. adj.,
thirteen.
tres, trla, num. adj. (p. 68), three.
Tr6vir-i, -nrum, M. pi., the Treviri, a
people of (.Jallia Uelf,'-ica, who dwelt be-
tween the Meuse and the Rhine.
tribun-US, -i [tribus, a tribe], M., a
trif>une.
trib-uo, -flere, -fil, -fitum, v.a., give,
assign, ascrit>e, pni/.
tribut-um [trihuo], N., tribute, taxes,
tribus, -US, F., a tribe,
tridu-um, [tres+dies], N., a space of
three days:
trienni um, -l [ tres-fannus ], N., the
space of three gears.
VOCABULARY.
3G1
inissum
lift')'.
irce.
"rci'iri, a
Iwclt be-
trl^nta, nTim. adj. indecl., thirf)/.
Trin6bant-68, -uni, M. pi., tl,v
Tmwbantt'H, a p<'oj>lo of Knuland (k-ciiju-
ing EsHex and j)art of Suffolk.
triplex, -plIciH [tres + plko], tidj.,
thire/oUl, triple.
triquetr-US, -a, -uin, jwlj., thrce-cor-
twrrtl, Iriawjubir.
trlst-ia, -e, adj., md, sorrowful, tie-
jecti'd.
tristitl-a, -ae ftristis], F., nadncHx.
Troi' ae, F., Tro>i.
Troiua-US, -a, -um, adj., Trojan.
trunc-us, -I, M., trunk of a tree.
tu, tflT, pi. vos, pers. pron. , tliou, you.
tub-a, -ae, F., trumpet.
tCi6 or, tncrl, tfiltus or tutus sum,
V. dep., look at, behold, see ; protect.
turn, adv.,</j..'n.
tumult-US, -us [tuiueo, nwelli, M.,
distil rhnnce, confusion, disorder.
tumulUB, -I [luinco, sivell], a mound.
tunc, atlv., then, at that time.
turma, -ae, F., a troop or squadron of
horse.
tlirpis, -e, adj., base, disijraceful.
tlirpitud-O, -In is [tiivpis], F., base
ness, disijrace, dishnnor.
tUTT-ia, -is, F., tower.
tute [tutia«], !idv., in safetif, safeli/.
tut-US, -a, -uni [p.]). of tueor used as
an luij.], safe, out of danger, secure.
tu-US, -a, -um [tu],, adj. pron., thij,
your.
U.
ub-er, -tris, N,, a teat, udder, breast.
lib-er, -Cris, ;ulj., rich, fruitful, fertile.
ubi, adv., where, when; ubl pri-
mum, as soon as.
ubique [ul)i -f que], lulv., everywhere.
ulciscor, ulcisel, ultus sum, v. dej).,
avenije, jtunish.
ull-US, -a, -umffren., ulllus;dat., ulli],
adj., a/i//(p. 132, 8).
ulterior, -is [ulira], comp., farther,
beyond, more remote.
ultim-US, a, -um [ superlative of
ultra], the farthest, most distant, last.
ultra, adv. and prep, witli ace., be-
yond ; OH the other Hide ; ultra fldem,
beyond belief.
ultro, adv., beyond; of one's oton ac-
cord.
ultus, a, um [p.p. of ulcisoor, nsed as
an iwlj.J, havinij arenyed or punished,
umbr-a, -ar, F., ghade.
um6r-U8, (or humer-us), i, M., shoul-
iter. . ♦
umquam [unus + (luum], adv., at
anytime, erer.
una [unus], adv., rt/ ««<;<•, ((^ the same
time; in company, toyether ; unaCUm,
along with, together with.
unde, ud\.,.^>o//j wliieh plaee, whence.
und6cim[unus-f decern], indeel. num.
adj., elertn.
uncecim-us, -a, -um [unus + dcoi-
mus|, num. adj., eleventh.
undique jundt' f-cpic], iv\v., from all
hides or jxirts, on all sides, everywhere.
uni versus, -a, -um funue-fverto],
adj., all toyether, all, the whole of, entire.
unquam, ever.
un-US, -a, -um[yen., unlus;dat., uni],
one alone, on/y one, sole, only; uno
tempore, at one and the same time;
omnes ad unum, all to a man.
unus-quisque, una-<iuaque, lumm*
quodiiue, indcf. adj. pron., each, every,
urbs, urbis, h\,eity; often ^ the city,
i.e., Rome,
urg'-eo, -ere, ursi, no sup,, v.a., press,
2nish home.
urs-us, -i, a bear
Ur-US, T, M., hi son, Willi ox.
USquam, adv., anywhere.
USqtie, adv., all the waii, all the ichile,
until; usque ab, all the way from;
usque ad, ereu to, up to.
US-US, •US[utor], .M., 1. vse,experie)ice,
pruetiee.
'L ad rant aye.
USUS, iiijleel. !ioun ; with est, there is
need (with dat. of i)ersoii ami ubl. of
thin;,') ; usus est mihi cibo, / have
need of food (p. 16(5, 2).
Ut (or nti), eonj., as, (with ind.); how ;
that, in order that (with subj. ; so that ;
althoiiyh ; ut. . . ita, as. . . .so.
liter, -ra, -rum, :ulj., )>ron. (v'en.,
utrlus ; dat., utrl], interro^r. pron,, which
oj two I p. 27).
uterque, utracjue, utrumque, aflj.,
\n\m.,eaeh{(itu\u), both; ex utraque
parte, on both sides.
uti. See ut.
util-is, -t [utor], adj., useful, service-
able, Jit, prof table.
Utilltas, -atis [iitilis]. K., usefulness,
advautaije, service.
\]
:i
362
VOAABULARY.
Utor, fitl, flsus Hum, V. dop. (with ahl.,
ji. 110), V. <U'p., «w, riiijiloij, enjoy.
utrimque (iKcniue], adv., from or on
both xldi'n,
Utrum (ulcPl, foiij.; not tran ^atcd in
direct (|iH'Hti(>ns ; utrum . . . .an, iviivlln-r
or; utrum — (annon) necne,
whether or not (p. 130, G ; 177, f)).
uxor, -oris, F., wife.
V.
V&cati-o, -onis [vftco], F., freedom,
exempt ton , in\ niu nitif.
V&C-O, -iire, -fivl, -iltiun, v. n., he
eviptij. III' It irnijiicd, lir ii'tti<tr,
V&CU-US, -a, -uin [vaco], adj., cmjiti/,
clear, fri-e, raraiit.
V&d-um. -i, N., xhixd, xhaHoiv,ford.
Vftgr-or, arT, -atus sum, v. dep. [vayus,
ivantlrrinij], wander.
V&1-60, -do, -fif, no SUJ1., v.a., he
powerful, strong ; have power or injlti-
ence.
vd.letud-0, -Inis [valeo], F., state of
health (},'ood or bad), health.
vall-is, -Is, F., ralle\i.
vall-vmi fvallns, a xtrike], N., a ram-
part (set with Htaltes or palisades), wall,
entrenchment.
vall-us, -i, M., stake, palisade.
vari6t-a8, -atis [varius], F., variety;
dappled or mottled appearance.
vfi-rius, -a, -inn, a<lj. [varus, crooked],
varying, different, chanyimj.
Vast-O, -are, -avi, -atinn, v.a., lay
waste, derastotc.
vastus, -a, -uni, adj., vast.
vectig-al, -rdis [veho], N., tax, toll,
revenue.
vectigal-is, -e [veoti^al], adj., trihn-
tari/; asaiidun j)!., vectigales, thuxe
who pay trilnite, tributaries.
vectori-us, -a, -\m\ fveho], adj.,
adapted to carry, navi^uru vector-
ium, a transport shi2>.
vehem ens, -entis, adj., eager, vio-
lent, reheinent.
vehementer [vehcn»ens],iulj,, vigor-
ously, violently, very.
v6ho, vbhere, vexl, vectuni, v.a., bear,
carry, convey.
vel, eonj., or ; vel vel, either. . . .
or; even, indeed, with superlatives : vel
optimus, the very best.
v616cit-as, -atis [\ I'lox], h\, swiftness,
spceit.
V61-OX, -wis, adj. , sivift, rapid, active.
v61-um, -i, N., sail.
v61ut [vel-t-ut], adv., just as; velut
Bi,jiixt as if.
venal-is, -e, [vcneo, Ijc sold], iwlj., for
sale.
venati-o, -onis [venor, hunt], F.,
hunting.
venator, -oris [vcnor, hunt], M,, a
hunter.
ven-do, -di^re, -didl, -dltuni (^vCnnm,
to sale t do, put], v,a., sell, offer ,tor sale.
veni-a, as, V., favor, forgiveness.
venio, vonire, vens ventuni, v.ii.,
conw ; in suspicionem venire, to be
suspecfeil.
vent-us, -i, M., wind.
ver, veris, X., spring ; primo ver3,
at the begiuninii of spring; extremo
vere, at the end ofsjmny.
verb-um, -i, N., word ; verba
facere, sj>eak.
verecund-us, -a- -um [veroor], atlj.,
inoilest.
v6r6or, vPrerl, vCrltus sum, v. d«p.,
fear, dread, be afraid.
vergo, ver^Ore, no perf,, no sup., v.
n., inmne, slojie, lie.
vero[abl. of vei-us], adv., in truth, in
fact, truly, certainly ; but, indeed.
vers-O, -are, -avT, -atuni [freiiuentative
of verto], v. 11., turn often, change.
I vers-or, -ilrl, -atus sum [verso], \.
dep., turn one's self about ; dwell in ; be
occupied or engaged in,
versus, -us [verto], M., line, verse.
verto, vertere, verti, veisum, v.a.,
turn, turn about, change ; terga ver-
tere,. rftr.
vortor, vertl, versus sum, v.a. and
dep., turn, change.
Verus, -a, -um, adj., true.
vescor, vesci, no perf, no sup., v. dep-
(with abl., p. 110), /mi, live upon.
vesper, -peris or -pCrl, M., the even-
ing.
Vest a, -ae, ¥., Vesta, a Roman god
dess, dauj,dUer of Saturn, proteetress of
rtoel<s and herds and of the family hearth.
ves-ter, -tra, -trum [vos], pers. pron.,
you r, you rs.
vestigi-um, -I, !;{., footstep, footprint.
vest-lO. ire, -TvT, -Ttum [vestis], v.a.,
clothe, cover.
vest-is, -is [vestio], F., clothing, dress.
voc'Anur.AUY,
3G3
d, activi:
I ; velut
adj.,/'""
II lit], I''..
It], M., 11
1 [vCiniin,
f'itr sail'.
rni'tm.
iiiu, v,ii.,
ire, to he
no ver3,
axtremo
; verba
rcor], a<lj.,
1(1, V, clep.,
no sup., V.
/( truth, in
Iri'il.
(luentativc
"J''-
verso], V.
'II ill ; bi'
, perse.
Sinn, v.a.,
arga ver-
v.a. and
!up.,v. dcp-
iitin.
.J he even-
Lonmn i^od
Dlectress of
nily hearth.
[K'rs. pron.,
I, footprint.
estis], v.a.,
Iiiiiij, dre>!S.
VStfirftn tl8, -a, -nin rvtt>isl, adj.,
olil ; iw a noun: veteran!, n'tfrmt
troopx.
v6tO, vftare, vt'lfil, vf UUnn, v.a, for-
bid, piTirnt.
V6tus, vctfriH, adj., old, ancient.
vexlU-VUn, -l, N., xtni)dard,jhiij.
vex O, iivv, -fivT, -alum [inti-nsivo of
velioj, v.a., h(ini/<.i, iiliindrr, iVKstr.
Vi-a, -lU', v., villi, mud. jour lu'ij.
viator, -oris [viaj, irairllrr.
Vicen-i, -ae, a [vi),'iiiti], diHtrih. innn.
atlj., (iiTiitji each.
vicesim-VlS, -a, -um [vi^'inti], innn.
a<lj., tivviilirth.
Vicies [viginti], num. a<lj., twentij
timea.
VlCinlt-as, -ruis [vicanns, near], V.,
neiijhhorliiiod, uciijhhors.
Victima, -ae [juThaps from vincio,
lnnd\, v., micrijicc, fictlni.
victor, -orisfvinco], M., a victor, con-
queror ; iw an adj., I'iitorioux.
victoria, -ae [vinco], F., victori/.
vict US, -lis [vivo], M. livituj, mode of
liviiiij ; food.
videlicet [videre f licet], adv., inanl-
J'entli/, of course, forsooth.
Vic-U8, -I, M., villn<ie, hamlet,
video, vidOre, vifli, visum, v.a., sec,
perci'ive', \m^^., videor, seeui, appear.
vidii-a, -ae, F., u-idow.
vig&O, vV^Crc, no perf., no sup., v.a.,
thrii'e,jUiurish, tie ri<jorous.
vig"ilia, -ae, F., icateh, ijnard.
viginti, num. adj., fwentij.
vi-men, -minis [vieo, hind], N., twi^,
osier.
vincio, vincTrc, vinxl, vinetum, v.a.,
bind.
vinco, vincOro, vicl, victuni, v.a., con-
quer, defeat, subdue,
Vincul-Xim, -i [vinc-io, hind], N.,
chain, bond.
Vindic-O, -are, -avl, -atum [vis [ dico
-assert miijht], claim, set free, punish.
Vine-a, -ae, F., vinea', a movable
shed with a slopinj^ roof of planks
and sides of wiclierworlv covered over
with lii(ies. It was ns\ia!l.v S ft. hij.di and
1<» ft. lonu. Inder it tlie soltiiers a<l-
vanced to the walls and worked tiie
battering ram.
vin-um, N.,?t'UM;.
Vl6l-0, -ilro, flvT, atum, v.a., (vis),
I'iotate, injure, harm.
Vlr, virl, M., n man, husttand.
Virlditas, -atis [vlreo, he, ureen], V.,
riijor.
vir-fifO, -^'hiis [vireo, to bloom], F., a
maid, cirijin.
viril-is, -e [vir], otlj., manhj.
vir tvis, -tfitis, F., manliness, virtue,
valor ; north.
vis, F. (for declension, aeo p. 4.''>);
strrnifth, iioirer; vlm facere, to ofler
ri„/,-'„rr ; vl or per Vim expufirnare,
to hike hi/ storm ; pi. vires, virium,
streinjth.
vita, -oe [vivo], F., life.
Vit-O, -are, -.avl, -iltinn, v.a., shun,
avind.
vitr-um, -I, N., uvad, a plant used for
dyin>^ blue.
vivo, vfvtre, vixT, victuuj, v.n., live.
viv-US, -a, -um [vivo], adj., alive,
liviiiij.
Vix, adv., uith dijIU'iiltii, hardly,
sea reel II.
VOC-O, -lire, -avl, -atum, v.a., call for,
suutuion.
VOlo, velle, vOlttI, no sup., v. irreg., be
Willi ny, wish, desire (p. 147).
vol-o, -.'irc,-rivi,-iltnm, \.ii., jtii, hasten.
voli to, -file, fivi, -alum [freiiuentative
of yolo,jhj\,jlit about.
voluntari US, -a, -um [v^lol, adj.,
irilliuij, voliinturji ; as a noun, roCunteer.
voluntas, -atis [volo], F., irillimj-
ness, leish, ijnoii will ; voluntate sua,
of one's oiV)i accord,
volupt-as, -atis, F., pleasure ; in pi.,
spin-t, pleasure.
voveo, vf)vcre, vuvT, votum, v. a.
voiv, promise solemiilii, consecrate.
VOS. See tu (p. 1(»4).
vox, vTicis [\ I'lco], F., a Void', sound.
VUlffO [alil. of vuljfus, used lus an adv.],
ije-nerallij, com monli/.
VUlg-US, -T, N. (rarely Miusc), com-
niim pCiiplr, uillltitude.
VUlnero, -are, -uvl, atum |\ulnus],
v.a., iriHind, liiirt.
vuln-us, -Oris, N., wound.
vulpes, -is, F., a fox.
VUltvir, -firis, M., a riilture.
vult-US, -us, M., expression, counten-
ance, looks.
^
/}.
m>
/a
VI
^> >
'^^\^
CM ^
'^>
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
1.2^
:^ 1^ ill 2-0
1.8
IIM ill 1.6
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, NY. M580
(716) 872-4503
V.
//
,<i>l%
y.
7.
'^
f%
,\
iV
^s
*'
rv
i
I
L^-
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY.
Ml
A.
a, ponorally unlnuislati'd ; whoM a is
equiviili'iit to a certain, tninslatcd l)y
quidam, <jiinftlatit,iiiiinltlniit ; In aliijitis,
aliqva, alii/iiiif (\) i:{l'), if some; or, if
meaiiiiij^ one, l>v "/)v.s(p. '27).
abandon, nu'itu, -tire, -uvl, -(ituindK
lr>(), 1, note.)
abide by, I, «/o(\vitli abl.); i abide
by the decision iiniicii) sfo,
ability, hnjcuhun, -I, N.
able, adj., potfiix; I am able, i><»i-
sriiii, jiossc, put ill.
abode, <h)ui'u'llimn, -i, N.
about, ailv., fiic'i, firrlfrr ; /rri',
paeiif ; about (in the iieig-hhorhorKl of)
O*^.?. eiiril JtoiiKiiii ; about twO
^:" Ml '■■."' <t'.,':Ucr (lucent I \ abOUt
v=ai.." "I ; fere 'vilh adj. and adv., paene
with veil).
about (concerning), prep., de (p. 222).
abroad, milUiae (p. SC); /on/< or
fonix.
absence, ah>ientia,-ne, V.\ in my
absence, me ahxente (p. KM), .".).
absent, arlj., aWn,*, ahKe"'ix ; I am,
a., alisiiin, ahi'xse, ahfui ; I am absent
from, fthsnia ah.
abundance, c02)i-a, -ae, F,
abuse, v., nh-ntor, -nti, -imin untn ; —
to speak ill of, indl>>-dlco, -dlctUe, -dixi,
■dirtioti.
abuse, n., midedictum., -I, N.
accept, ac-clplo, -clpi'rc, -cepl, -cep-
tttin.
acceptable to, i/m«-i/», -a, -jtMi(\vitli
dat.)
accident, cosuk, ??«, M. ; by acci-
dent, CdKfl.
accomplish. I, cnn-ftcio, -flei're,
•/'>'', -.t'ectuia; ef-/lcio, -flei're, -feci, -fec-
tum.
account (on account of), prep , oh,
propter {w'nh ace.)
account, on no, nvlln wodn.
account (—reckoning), rAti-o, -ilim,
F.
accuse, accil^-o, ore, -dvl, ■dtutn.
accustomed, I am, «5^o, giWre,
sdlltus num.
acquit, nh-Kolro, -aolvt^re, -txtlrJ, -allft-
f II III (ItlT).
across, prep., traim (with ace); go
acroS3 tratiite<i,-lre, ■'iiH{n), -Itinti (lu-c)
act, v., '?/'", I'ifli^re, eijl, actum; fdclo,
fi)ci'n\ feci, fart inn.
active, adj., lyidcer i}lilerix, dUlere;
nt re II mix.
address, n., firiltt<>,oniH, F; v, verba
facii) ; I address you, apud vos verlm
fucio.
admire, admlr-nr, -arl, -ilfvx gum.
admit, all, inter omnen constat (102,
^) ; itiiicrditur.
admonish, ad-miim^o, -nulnt^re,
■mi'iiifii, ■inOnitinn.
adorn, v., om-o, -ore, -nvl, •nttim,',
dec'ir-ii, -lire, -dri, -dtuni,
Adrum^tum, Adnumt-um, -i, N.
advance, profirMior. -ffTi'di, -fireftxus
sxim ; pro-cedo, -ced^rc, -cessi, -cesmtm,
advantage, cotnmfldurn, -i, N.
advantage, it is of, interent, refet •
(p. lOG, 8); proilext (greSkt-= niultum).
adveree, advem-us, -a, -um.
adversity, res advernae.
advise, mUrUfo, -ere, -M, -Hum,
Aedui, Aedft-'i, -('niini, M., pi.
Aagfina, Aei/ln-a, -ae, V.
affair, ren.
afraid, be, tlm-i'o,-?re, -fir, nonnp. ;
metuo, -I're, ui, no Hup.: wi'ri'-or, -erl, -Itup
mini ; with tit or ««• and siibjunctive (p.
18;-), 3).
after, prep., jwxt (with ace ; p. 222, 4) ;
.adv., pout, poxti'i'i (p. Hi, u).
after (with verbal nouns). p«.vf + pf.
part. ; after the founding of the
city, jioxt urheiii eoiulitam ; or uhu abl.
abs., or after that.
after that, pDntquam (p. 201, 6).
afterwards, adv., postea.
ag'ain, adv., rvrxvg; itenimia second
tinie); again and again, gaepe, naep-
iggiiiic.
against, contra (ace), i/i(a<ic.).
Agamemnon, Ai/i'imemnon, -in, M.
age (time of life), a*t-ag, -dtis, F.
306
3G6
VOCABULARY.
agfe (old), xi'^iiMt-vK, 'Otis.
apre, thode of his own, nnjiiniot.
ag'ita.to, jii'it iiih-ii, -ore, -(iri, ■utinii.
ago, iihliiiir: ten years ago, <ii>-
h'nic ticcrin ((iiimn or (innis (iilil.)
agree, I, (•(msmtio ; agreed by all,
it is, voiixtat inter oiiuwh (ji. V\i, .'{); con-
Vi'llit.
aid, II., auxili-vni, 4; come to a.,
J). 1.'{-1, 1 ; v., ad-iu:)t>, -iiirun', -inri,
■Ififinn. (wifh act'.); siih-v'tiio, -i)»'>u><',
•Dfn'i, ■rcntinii (with dat.)
air, <'<'■, firn's, M.
alarm, ix'ir-or, -nt-is, M.
all, (iijiins, -(• ; riDftiix, -n, -uni ; iini-
versus, -a, -inn ; totic^, -a, -viii^.
allow, I, Kini), ^}iirri', slri, stfviii ;
cotii'i'ilii, -e^dire, -cess'i, -cessnni; lam
allowed, iiiihi licet {yt. ic:{, 5).
ally, s<)ri-iis, -I, M.
almost, pre, 2>nciie.
alone, sCil-ns, -a -inn.
along with, ««" cum.
Alps, Aljj-rs, -iuiii, V.
already, inin, adv.
also, t^liini, (adv.), fjiiuijiie (adv.);
idem {V2.i, ^>).
although, qunuiijvnin, iiiiamris, li-
cet, lit (!>. I'.io, .^) — 7).
always, sem, r, atlv,
ambassador, Hjgut-ns, -i, M.
ambition, o »(''*>'■ '>, -onis, v.
among, inter {]n'c]>. with ace); (ijnid
(infj). witli ;w'('.); //*(j>ri'|» with alii.)
amount, what; use t/niiiitiiin \ yon.
ambush, ambuscade, lusuii-ae.
ancestors, viaior-es, -inn.
ancient, nnfiqtt-us, -a, -vm; viHus,
-lU'is : prise us^.
AnCUS, Ancuti, -I. M.
and, et, -que, atque, ae.
anger, ini, -ae, F.
angry {hc),irascor, 'irnacl, irntus sum ;
mic-censen, -ceimere, ■ccnaiu, •cen8tiin(with
= dat.)
animal, anliti-al, -(His, N.
Will n is, all without oxrcjitioii, opjmsi'd
to iieiiii) or iiiiiis; riiiietiis, a sti'oiij;t'r
torin than oiiinis, "iill to!,'»'tlvi>v" ; iiiii-
tmrsns, all in a body, opposed to tfiiiiiu/i ;
totus, the whole, a-s oppoaed to a part.
' A ntiqviis, old ai\d no lonjrer existinjr :
tH'tiis, old an j still e.xistinf,' ; prisciis, old-
fashioned ; printinus, beloiiginjc to an
earlier atie.
annihilrite, del-eo, -ere, -eoi, -etum.
anrouuce, nlmfi-o, -t'lrc, -mi}, -ritnin.
another, •)/;-»(*, a, -ml (p. 2(5); one
another, inter se (i». 2-l:i).
answer, n.,»v'>.7>'»;M */(,(, -?, N.; v.,res-
jiDiidiUi, -ere, respiiiidi, risponsuni,
Antonius, Antniiius, -i.
anxious, be, ei'i/iin, n'ipi'rp, eiiplvi
(1i), eiipitinn.
any (after iu>j.fat;\ OS), qvisqiKun, quid-
qiiaiii ; ull-vs, -K, -inn (l.'{2, ',i) ; (aftirnia-
tive) ijuivis, quaeris, qiiidrin ; qiiilihef,
qiiaeJUiet, qundlitiet ; qiiis, after si, iiini,
iituii, ne, qua, qui; iiti) (\t. iss, (i, note).
anyone, i.".2, :{.
anywhere, vsquam, adv.
apiece, <listriliutive .unural [p. (if), 8,
(")|-
appeal to, I, oiitrsi-itr, -<iri, -otii»
Kimi ; I appeal to you not to do
this, te otitestnr ne li<>e facias.
appear, I (seem), vldfur^ vider'i,
vlsus Sinn.
appear, I (come in 8i},'-ht), ap-pdri'o,
-pa re re, -pa ml, pdrltuin (used as )>:uss.
of rideii).
applaud. I, ptnudo, jdandi'^rc, jdau-
kI, plaiisaiii (dat.).
apple, pinn-inn, -1, N.
appoint, d'ico, dice re, dlxl, dictum ;
api»()int over, jiraefiein, -l"ie<''re, -feel,
■feriinn ; I appoint an officer over
the camp, Uyntuin ca^triit (dat.)
praefieiii.
apprehension, mH-us, -us.
^ approach, p., adrent-vs, vs, M ;
tidU-iis, lis, M.; v., ap/)ri'>pin(/u-i), -are,
-arJ, -dfuni,(\v'\{]\ <lat.,or ad. with ac<'.) ;
(i!f:'.iri'dli>r, -ifn'd'i, -[/resuvs siiin ; i)d->'u,
•ire, -ivl (or -II), -Ituin.
approved, i>2>eetdf-its, -a, •nm;pro-
bdt'iis, -a, -am.
ardor, for, stMium, -i, N. (with
gen.).
aright, reefe (adv.).
A'riOVist-US, ■», M., Ariovistus.
aristocratic party, optinul-tes,
iltnn, M. pi.
arise, orlor, i)rirl, ortns sum.
arm, n.,brachl-uni, -t, N.; \.,arm-o,
-are, etc.
armed, armdt-vs, -a, -inn ; ]).p. of
anno ; light a. ; see next won!.
armor, troops of light, nutiies
leris ariiiatiirae.
armor-bearer, armX<j-er, -t'ri.
VOCABULARY.
3G7
p.p.
arms, anna, -nnim (pi.)
armj-, cxcrcU-UK, .ns (ill tniiiiiiii,');
affuu'ii, aijuilii's {ou the inarch); rtcfM,
t't(in line).
around, drril, chcuin (prep. 1- ace .),
arouse, mrU-o, -dn\ -(/»'(, -lifiim.
arrival, aiin-nf-vs, -os, m.
arrive, ail-rrim, -n'mrp, vt'ni, -rm-
tutu.
arrive, at, prrriUi^o, -vi^nur, rPiii,
•Vcntitiii (ad witli ace.)
arroAV, Miptt a, tie, F.
art, (ii'x, art is, F.
as (p. 1 '17, 2) ; ( in \\\tu:c of), pro ; as
SO, iit with ltd ill tliL' main clause ; as . . .
as, tuiii .. . .i/iKtni ; fuch ..as, tttiis
(juiilix; as if, rrhit si, (!!».'), .'i).
as, as though, tamjitmn, (jiinKi (]t.
1!);., :{).
as ( = while), dinn (p. 201, 3).
as many as, i<>t <iii"t.
as many as possible, quatn pin-
rinii.
as much as, tantum qnantum.
as often as, quoties, cum (204, 4).
as soon as, ximnl ae Cor ntijup).
ascertain, cojncsco, cmjnosci^re, cwj-
iiuvi, coij/iitina.
ashamed, be, jn'ith-t, .»•., rdt (or
■ituiii est); I am ashamed of my
folly), ini' ntultitiue tneae pud,t (i>.
Hi:., 1).
Asia, Asia, -ae, F.
ask, I (you a (lut'slioii), tr ntffn or in-
terrixji) ; I'x ova te quacro (quaen're, quae-
sivi, qiiaeslfiiiii).
ask, I (rcMpiost, be^', you), te ror/o, oro,
{-are, -ari, atuiu); aba te piHo (jt^tt're,
pt^tivi, 2>'''t'ituin).
ask for, I, 2>o>)CO, posci^rc, pdposcl.
assault, oppu(jn-o, -lire, -dvl, -dtum.
assemble, v. a., convflc-o, -are, -di'i,
■dtiiiii ; \.n., convi^nlo, -viiure, -veal,
-vent (I lit (iiitr.)
assembly, cnnti-o, -Onis ; canvent-
us, -iii, M.; cvnclll-uvi, -l, N.
assert (as a fact), ajjirnm, -are, -dvi,
-dtum.
assist, subti'v-6, -dre, -dvl, -dtnui{iicc.),
snljvinlo, -vi'nire, -veni, -wittto/i (dat.);
ad-iitvo, -iiivdrc, -idol, -idtuw (ace.)
at, ad (prep, with ace.) ; apud (prep,
withace.); or/ooa^irc Seep. 8% .'J. After
verb of motion, s.iy to (p. Hii, 1): COme
to me at Rome, me Hot nam viUii; of
tiiuc, use abl.
Athenians, AthenXeturs, -iiim, M.
Athens, Athiti-ae, drum, F.
attack, \., a;i-ijri^dii>r, -<jiidi, -ijreDHiis
yiiiii ; (siKklenly), dili)r!i>r, -t'iiiri, ortus
sum ; (acity), nfipiiijii n, -are, -lin, -iitiitn ;
II., impetus, -r/«(oii- iu-f iU'<'.)
attain to, penrnlo, -tuulre, -ri-ti't,
•reiitiim {ad).
attempt, \., ed i-or, -<lil, ulns xuin ;
templ-iiuY teitt-o, -dre, -diu, •dtum ; ii'itur,
iiiti, iiisiix or iii.rus sum ; ti., inrept-iim,
■1, N; c(indt-us, -».-.■, M ; ei'indt-um, i, N.
attribute, attrih-i'ii),-i^iPre, -111, -ututti ;
tr'ihiiit. tr'iliiii re, trVtit'i, triln'itnin.
authority, pfdestas, -dtis, F.; aue-
tiirit-Ks, -dtis, F.
autumn, uuetumn-us, -7, M.
auxilaries, auxi-tl a, -drum (pi.)
avarice, drdrlti-a, -ae, V.
avenge, aleiscor, vleisei, iiltiis xiitn.
avert from, I, pruhilt-Ho, -ere, -III,
-itHlll.
avoid, I, di'/iii/io, -Jayere, -fi'ig'i,
fiKjltum (aec.)
avoid, I, (a danger), vit-i>, -are, -div,
-dtum.
away from, «' or dft, with abl.
backs, to turn their batiks in flii,'ht,
teiiia in j'lKjam dare [do, dare, iletli,
di\iuin].
bad, vtdl-us, ■a,-utn (eoiiip., peiur;
HU\t., pessitn us); itnprvli-us, -a, -utn.
baggage, impidl ment-a, -orMwi.N.pl.
bane, pern\ci-es, ii, F.
banish, I, eiritate pelfo or expello ;
\n exilium pello (^)el!i' re , jiCpi'i li ,pulsum).
banishment, exUl-um, -7, N.
bank, rlp-a, -ae, F.
banquet, epid-uin, -i.
barbarian, tiarbdr-us, -a, -um (;ulj.
and n.)
barbarous, crudei-in, e.
bark, v.. imr-o, -dre, -dvl, <ltum', n.,
cortex, corticis, M. ; liber, llbrl, M.
base, tnrp-is, e.
baseness, turjntfid-o, -Inis.
battle, prihdiuin, -!, N. ; pugti-a,
-ae, V. ; to Degin a battle, proeliutn
eominittere; in battle, in b. array,
in aeie.
be, sum, esse, fillip. 24X
beam, .'mft-, trdhis, F.
368
VOCAB'TLARV.
bear, n., nrM-va, -i, M.; v., fii-o, frrrr,
(nil, hitinn; poit-n, -Ore, •uoi, -dtutn.
beautifi;!, /'»'/(•/(-/'/•, -ra, ■rnm [comii.,
piilc/nlor; H\\]K,piil(herriiiius]; atno'-niix,
■a, -ina (of Hcfiicry)
because, <]ii<iil, unin, ijuDniam (|>.
V)H)\ often i-xprcssiMl fiy p.irl. (i». 220, O-
become,/'", fh'r-u/artiis nmn.
becomes, it, dn-rt, ih'rrr,; dfcidt
(arc.); ixl Willi t'cri. (i>. 124, 1).
beech, ./"yi's ■*', 1"'.
before, ^/(/^(prep. with ivcc); poiij.,
nntciiiKiin, piiux'iiiuiit (p. 201, .">) ; adv.,
anti', (tiil'ii, aiitclii'n; ()). .s2, ;{).
beg, I, ro'j-o, -are, -ftvl, -rilKin. Sot;
ask.
begin, I, in-erplo, ■ciprro, -cPpl, -crp-
til III ; ciii'ii-i, -ixy, ; begin a battle,
■jiniclluiii. cnimititti'iT.
beginning, the, hiii'i-nm, -7, N. ; at
the beginning of winter, 2>'''""''
hteiue; ini'tn liu'iiir.
behalf of, on, pro (]>rv\). with altl.;
behold, UKplc'u), aspla'ic, iiKpexl
aspcctv III.
behind, 2>'»<fy V^'^V- ^^'"^ ''^*'"'
Belgae, Brli-ac, -iinnn.
belief, <iplnl-o, -dnis, v.
believe, I, cnd-o, A»r, -hV, -itum,
with (hit. (1) lOf), 9).
belong, pcr-ti)ii'(), -tliurc -tlniil, no
sup.; 12t, 1; belonghlg : say vhich
heliiii;p'il.
beloved, mruK, -a, -iiiii. (\\ ith <lat.; =
«U'ar to).
beneficial, scllutdr-is, -e ; ritil-in, -e.
benefit you, l, tibi prdmia {pn<-
ilcKxe, jii'if 1(1.)
besiege, I, (hy hlockado), oh-xlihU),
-ntdt'rc, -xcdi, -Hcsxiiiii ; (l»y attack), (ri-
iniijn-o, -ilrc, -dvl, -dtuiii.
best, p. r>7, 4.
bestow, hn-ij-htf, -Irl, -Itnn SUM.
betake myself to, I, nu' nnifero ad.
betray, 1, pro-do, -di^rc, -did!, -ditum.
better, nicfior (com]*, of bonus; ; it
would have been better, satms
or iiicliit.s/iiit.
between, inter (aoc).
beyond, prep., ultra, trniDi, I'xtrn
(withat'c.)
bid, iuhfo, ikbire, iiixsl, iiiHxum.
bill, rojdtl-o, -on ix, K.
bird, 'HvAs', -ix, M. or F.
bitter, accrh-us.
black, nU/rr, nhjrn, nlgmvi', dter,
iit.rn, li/iuiii.
blame, n., culji-a, -ne ; v.,eulp n, -iin\
->ivl, -utuiii.; vitupi'r-o, -nrc, -dni, -dttim.
blessing, I'onuin, -/, N.
blind, <-<(i'c-nx, -<(, -inn.
blood, 8an<jU'>'n, -Inix, M. ; crn-or,
•I'trix,
bloody, cruent-uit, -a, -urn.
blot out, del-eu, -ere, -rttl, -ftuni.
boat, llntrr, lintrix, F.
body, rorp-im, -'nix, M.
body-guard, sdtell-('>i, -UiK, M. (in
pin.)
bold, itiiddx, nuddclx, adj.
boldly, auddcitcr or audacter, adv.
bond, rini'ni tiin, -i, N.
book, nit'-^r, lihrl, M.
booty, jirafid-a, -ae.
born, be, noxror, nnxrj, natux kkvi;
Ita.>vs. of i/i'jno, iji'jiu'rc, (jcnut, ginltuin.
both, ntrnpio, vtrfi'jui', vtnnnijiii' (p.
V.i'2);andjo, amhar, innho (like duo, (»8, 4).
both and, ft — ct, qm — nw.
bound (ill a^'L-o^n-aphical sense), con-
tineo, -tlnC'rc,, -tiiiit^, tcnlinn.
boundaries, /(/('*•, -("m(i)l.), M.
boy, piier, M.; fi'om a boy, apuero.
bow, arcii^, -ds, M.
branch, rdm-nit, -l, M.
brandish, iact-o, -arc, -dvl, -dtum.
brave, fort-iti, -c ; bravely, former.
bi'avery, J'ortuad-o, -inix, F.
break, franijo, franfp^rc, J'rf'<ji, frae-
tinn ; b. through,^''''-./'''",''". -Jiintim-,
■f'riyi, -frdi-tuni; b. one's word,
juh'iH fnllo {/aU(-ri',Jr/illi, J'alsum).
bridge, poni^, pontix, M.
briefiy, hrmtcr; as b. as possi-
ble, qiiitiii lin'rixniint'.
brigand, latro, -Onis, M.
bright, cldr-us, -a, -urn, adj.
bring, I, ddco, dnn'rc, diixJ, ductuin
(ai)ersoii;; (tjlrro, ajf'rrri',nftiili, alldtinn,
(athiiif,'); bring lip, erddio, -ire, -liu,
■ifaiit; bring back w^ord, riUiunn-o,
-ore, -dri, -ottun ; bring a person be-
fore you, ad te alii/io'in. aihtiicer" ;
bring tfoi'ward a bill, ro<jatiuneni
fero (j'erre, tiili, idtuni).
Britain, Britannia. •
Britons, BHlann-l, -Onint.
broad, latiu!, -a, -vm, adj.
brother, J'rdter, frdtris, M.
VOCABULARY.
360
Brundusiiim, Br ndum-um, -i.
J-Jrutlis, l!ritl-ii.-<, -i, one of the con-
Bpiniloi-s a;,'aiiiMt Caesar.
build, ucdt/lc-o, -are, -dvi, -i'ltmn.
building, anUfXcl-nm, -f, N.
burden, <>nns, dvr'ns, \.
burdensome, vu'ilent-iix, -a, -inn ;
rfn'iv is, -('.
burn, cr('in-o, -i'nc, -ilri , -ntnin ; in-
cciuhi, utceudi'te, ina'iiili, iiice.il»um.
bushel, mi'xU-tix, -(, M.
business (the), r»'«, ri'T, F.; la'aotivin,
-I, x\.
but, xt'd; ivrKni (omiihatic); (oiilv),
tantutti, nii'iilo; (wuh'Sti), nixi ; (except),
piui'tir (pvf\>. with ace.)
butcher, triwld-o, -tire, -dvl, -dttun.
buy, I'mo, I'ltu're, evil, ernptum.
by (of a person after a passive verb), a
orab, (l>. 71, -2); <lat. of aireiit nr.t, 4);
al)l. of iiieaiis (ji. 71, ■'!) I ]"'>' (pieji. with
ace.), of iiuUr. a^'ent; bj day, interdiii;
by night, nocta.
C.
Caesar, Cnes-ar, -dris, M.
calamity, calduift-as, -dtts, F.
call, ri)r-n, -are, -dr,, -atioit ; call to-
gether, co)iv6c-o, -are, -dvl, •at'ini.
calling (after /o/-M(/), use inf.
call out, fvdeo, -arc, -dv'i, -tlfiim ;
call by name, appdl-o, -are, -dvi,
•attun.
calm, aflj., trauquill-u>^, -a, -urn.
oalmness, tiamiin'Uit-ag, -dtis, F
camp, castrn, -oriDii (pi., N.)
can, ?')«.v?<Hj, ptiHsc, pofiii (p. 142);
( = niay), liret, iiiipers. with a dot. (p.
10-2, a; IGJ, 5); l;{!>, (a) (in deliheralive
<iuestiun.s).
candid, llh-pr, -ira, -rntiii, adj.
candidate for. I am a, pvt-o, -are,
-xvl, -ittnii.
candidly, llMre, xpcrte, ariv.
Cannae, Cann-ae, -(Trwm(pl.), F.
cannot, »'»i j>ossiun ; neqii-eo, 'ire,
•Ivl (or 'i), it a in.
capital, cdput, cdpitin, N.
caprice, lihhi-o, .hu's, F.
capture. Use take.
care, cur-ri, -ae, F.
careful for, I am, rdn'o (edvrre,
cdvi, ''aiitKiii); I am careful fcr you,
tibi cuveo,
carefully, dUhjcnter, adv.
carry (^Itear), fern, ferre, tiili, Id-
fHiii ; jmrt-o, -dre, -tiri, •dtiini; carry
on war, hi'llmu ni.ro (ifen^re, jirtixi,
ijfs(inii); carry out, -ex^FifUor, -grqin,
■iiirHliiH Kii III \ I'lin/irh), -JJcOre, -Ji'i''i ,
■j'ei'tuiit; carry across, tranitpnrfo,
-lire, -I'lvi, -ntinn; carry out of the
country, e^ p<>rt-o, -are, -dvi, -dtum.
Cassius, Cnsm'-un, -7.
cast, con-lclo, -In're, -iPri, -iectum ',
cast away, ab-lc\o, -Ir.i're, -iecl,
•iecttnn.
Castlcus, Caxti-cus, -i.
catCii, ri'ip'io, cilpt^re, ctpl, captum.
cattle (in ffeneral), pec-ii.<, -o/v's, N. ;
(of a single hea<l;, pi>cus, jM'cudis, F.
cause, n., caiiK-a, -ae, F.; v., ef-/\no,
■flciii', -fi'd, -tectum ; with K^-t-subj.
for Fiij,'. W((p. 181, a).
cavalry, ^qi^iU-e-s, •«/», M. pi; adj.,
equext-cr, -rw, -re.
cave, an(r-um, -l, N. ; cdv-um, -i, N.
cease, I, di'-xlnn, -shi^r'-, -xlrl (f<n),
■sit ma; disistn, -xiatere, -stltl, no tsup.
(withabl. ;p. U>S, 2).
Cecrops, Cecrops, Cecrdpig, M.
celebrated, c/dr-us, -n, -vm : in-
aiim-ix, -<•; the celebrated Cicero,
Cicero, vir I 'nrixiiiiniis or ille C. (adjs. not
!ulde<l to {tropor names.)
central, mMi-tis, -a, -um ; a cen-
tral place, locus inedius,
centurion, centarl-o, -onig, M.
century, centilri-n, -ae, F.
certain (sure), certus, -a, -um, adj.
certain (one), a, quidam, quaedam,
quoddam.
chain, caten-a, -ae, P.; vinriil-um.
chance, c'x ».«, -»«, M ; fortun-a,
•ae, F. ; by chance, forte, edm'i.
change, I, mnt-o, -dre, -dvi, -dtHm',
n., coiinnntdtl-0, -onix, F.
character, turned by a dependent
clause (p. Isl, 1).
character (natural), ingi^nl-nm, -t,
N.; iiidol-ex, -is, K.
character (j^^ood), virt-ux, -atix, F.
character (mode of life), mdr-rn,
•vm, M., pi. ; the highest charac-
ter, mores ojitiinl.
character, of the same c as,
talis. . . .q (talis.
characteristic of, it is ; (see p. 124,1).
charge (accusation), crimen, -tnis, N.
charge (of troops), iiiip<'t-us, Af. ;
make a charge, in-vihin, -vdd^'re,
• vdsi, -pastiiii; iiupituitifacere (on -in).
'1
n
.370
VOCABULAKY.
charged, I am (with), in rrUtn-n
Vi^iihi (niiiiif, rriii, ri'iilinn); with ;,''<'ii.
ChaHot, fxsi'diiiii,; ciin-nx, -nn, M.
charioteer, eimMdrt-ns, -i, M.
check, iiinilr !•■(»•, -lin, -ntuH mnti
(with il.il'wc); ti-iii/ii-r-d, -iiit', -tnii, -fitutii
(witJi dative); eiHtre-i-o, -itiw, -fii, -It am.
cheer, n., eh'tm-nr, dn'n, M.
cheer, \.i, Imrt <»; -(irl, ■I'ltvusuw.
cheerful, hlliir-is, -e ; dhit'-rr, ■rii<,-ri:
cheerJ'ully, f<'ir}fr, a<iv.
cherish, tfu'dr, tinrl, ffitfuK siiiti.
chief, primu'ps, i>nHrU>ix, M. (n. and
adj.)
child, jifii'i-, jiui'rl, M.
children, intrrl, M.; llMr-l, -nnivi.
choose, I (like), iiiihi lihrt (inipcrs.)
choose I, rltfio, f'lJi/i^rr, i~li'<ji, eloctviii ;
CTt'u, life, uiu, (if mil.
Cicero, C'wr-o, -Cmh, M.
Cimon, Clm-on, -oiu'h,
circnmstances, /•."«, nh', !•'.; I yield
to eircum.-itances, tnnpnii cnhi.
citadel, nrr, arris, h\
citizen, eirls, -ts.
city, M/Vw, urhin, V.
civil. ciriHs.
civilisation, hmmlnlt an, •dtis,
civilisad, hrtmnn-ns, -a, -tun.
clamor torjhiqit-o, -are, -dvi, -dtwin
Ov•(^)
class, gi'n-UK, erU, N.
clear, ccrt-tis, a, mn ; mnntfrsf-vs,
-a, -II III.
clear, itis, aj>pilr-ct,-i'rr,-nlt ; niinil-
fpstuiiicst I]'), ivu, 1); I clear mydelf
of the charge ; */*'' de crimine (or
simply ciiiiiiiic) piinjo.
clemency, cleirwnti-a, -ae, F.
clerk, sfiih-a, -ae, M,
client, my, hie (p, lis, 2).
cloak, i'''(i-a, -ar, ¥.; the military
cloak, pri I ml a incut -u lit, •/, N.
close, I, clatido, claiidi'rc, clausl,
claiisiiiii ; close up, Inti'i'-cludo, -clfid-
it'i', -cIi'ikI, -cliismii.
close to, ]iri'2)o ad (ace).
close at hand, prnpe, iuxta.
clothe, rfnti-o, •lrt',-ii-i(rt), Itioii.
clothing, ve«tlt-us, -us, M.; vest-is,
is, V.
cloud, lUib-es, -Is, F.
coast, n.. "I- n, iw : pea coast, ora
null if hull ; liliix, uris, n.
coast along. \ ., prarti r-n^hor, -w^hi,
-vert IIS Sinn (with su-c.)
cohort, rnlnii-.s, -tis, V
cold, /ri;iid-iis, -a, -Hin, jwlj.; n.,
fn'j-iis, (iris, N.
colleague, rolh-ff-a, -ae, M.
collect, coiiijiur-o, -iiir, -<iiu, •I'lliiin,
colony, cdl-'iHi-ii, -ar, K.
column, colli in n-ii, -ae, F,
COmr> I'liiU), vnlrc, vciU, venliivi;
C. awa disccdo, cedcre, -cessi, -ce^suin.
command, n., impi^rl-nm, -i, N.;
iinjiirnlii III,
command, I, impi'v-u, -arc, -dvi,
■iitiiin (Willi dal.); (l>t' at head of),
pracsani («ith dat.).
commander, iin/icrnt-or, -r.;w, M.;
jiruc/rcliis, -/, ,M.; diw, iliicis, M.
commence, in-c'ipUi, -c\pi'rp, -rrni.
-ci'ptnm ; cn-p-i^ -issc.
commencement, inlti-ntn, -», M.
commit, I (a crinn). /acinus admit'
t(i {-iiiitlt re, -iiiisi, -iiii^siim).
common, connniin-is, -e.
commonwealth, rcspvbUca, rel-
pah icdc, V.
communicate, I (^impart to),
coinnm ii'icii, -lire, avl, -utiiin {cam).
companion, s<icl-us, -l, M.; sddul-is
-iVf; c6in-is, -itis.
company with, in, cam (jirep.
Willi ahl.).
compare, con-fi'ro, -ferre, -tUli,
coliilinii.
compassion, miser icordi-a, -ae, F.
compel, ciiijo, coffi're, cdfiji, cdactum.
complain, quiu-or, quiu-i, questus
sain.
complaint, p. 219, (u).
comrade, coininillt-o, -onis, M.
conceal, ccl-u, -are, -I'lvl, •dtum (92, 3).
concerning, de (prep, with abl.)
concerns, it, pertinet ad (with ace.);
p l(i(!. ;{.
condemn, condemn-o, -are, -flvl,
-n til III (for^g'en.).
condition (lot), fortuna, -ae, V.\
(terms), cmidlct-i), -Cinis, V.
conference, I have a, colldqiwr-
-Idqal, •li)cutiis sum.
confess, JatMr, fdferl, fassus svin ;
cou/Ut'ur, -ffteri, -fessus sum.
VOC ABU LAKY.
371
3t, ora
ij.; n.,
(itum.
wniutn ;
■V, N.;
iiiiil of),
orw, M.;
I.
w admit'
ica, rel-
tart to),
inti),
|/»i (prep.
', -ti'di,
\, -ae, F.
1 edactrnn.
questus
9
IM.
Li (92, 3).
|abl.)
^■ith aco.);
-fie, P' ".
coll6(itt(ir-
confidence, .A<?rtW/i, •«/!, F.i/itlpn, courage, n'rt-its, 'iitiXV.; /'"iUud-o,
.»'(, !•'. -hn^, I''.
confidence In, I have, rnnfuln, \ course, I take this, huecfacio.
■fhhir, ./,sHs .sum ; Ji,l.m iillrin h»h,;,. | court, avln, -ae \ indWluw, -T, V.
congrrai ulate. I c. you on this, i cover, f'0'>, ''V/r',r, trxi, f,-r(um.
tior. (iu>.), n') liKnc mil, (li> liiir ri' tiln ' t ^ .,
lfr(ttfilitr\iiii, -iiliis sitiii).
conquer, vinco, vinci^>'e, viel, vlctuiii ;
Slipiiii, -iiir, -lin, •litiiiil.
conq\iered, rictitu, -a, -vm (p.]>. of
vmv.o),
conqueror, rirt-or, -oiin, M.
consciou8ness, xcnu-vs, -on, M. •
COtlnri(iiti-((, Of.
consequence, it is of c to me,
vii'ii iiit('rr,\t or iiirit (p. PKl, ;{).
consider, l.nrlilti-nr, •iiri,-iit>,ssiiiii;
(hold, lliiiik), Imlicii, iliifii.
consist of, ciomst-ii, -rrv, -sill I (in \-
abl.)
consolation to me, it is a great,
ma'llio x'lldtic iiu'/ti rut (\). l.!4, I).
conspiracy, fdiiinnut-o, -««/«, F.
conspire, coniilr-o, -fire, -dm, •dtiiia
consul, ('<iiis-iil, -nlix, M.
consulship, ronxvlnt-ns, -I'ls; in the
C. of Caesar, Cinxiln' ranxiilt'.
consult, rniisii/n, consfili'n-, coiisi'ilfii,
conxii/hiiii (with iicc.)
content(ed), '•»>/t^e«f-»s, -a, -(f*/i(\vit,ii
abl.)
continent, coutinrn-x, -tix ( supjily
terra),
contrary to, mntra, prep, with ace.
conversation, xenno, -nnix, m.; i
have a conversation with you,
tvcmii I'lilhiijiiiii'.
convoke, ri>ni\)co, -Ore, etc;.
Corinth, Cnrint/i-itx, 7, F.
corn, /nnneiit-tDii, -t, N.
costs, it, xtat (p. 150, 1).
cottage, crw-rt, -ae, F.
council, ('(nirlll-ltlil, -7, F.
could. See can ; (p. ira, 5, note).
count, I ( I nninlx.T), ninnrn), -ore,
•iivi, -dfiiiii ; ( I hi)l(l), /lulici), •(■ir, -iii,
Atiiiii, ; diifii, tli'iccre, diixi, ductutn.
country, one's, pntri-a, -ae, F.
country, the ( t lie .state), rrxpuh-
lica, ri'ipablimc, F.; civit-ax, -ntix, V.
country (as disiinct fiom the t(iwii\
riix, nirix, N.; froin the country,
r(ov'(al>l.) ; to the country, nixuu-r.);
in the country, rm i (:<iva(icr ; p. !s<;).
countryman, civ4s, -is, M.
coward, cowardly. i;in<n-iix, -a,
inn ; tniml-iix, -it, -uih.
cowardice, i<jinh-ia, -ne, F.
crave for, I. d)'-siihr-i), -oir, -iiri,
•ill II III.
credible, it is scarcely, vix cin'i
pnli'xt.
credit, ./I' »/i-'f, -«<•.
crime, jih-in-ux, -<Vw, N,; sci^l-us^
■t'lix, S.
criminal, xciHorOt-un, -a, -inn.
crisis, (lixrriiii-i'n, -Uiix, N. ; temp-tiK,
-orix.
cross. I, tratmu, 'in', -ivl (or u),
■'ttuia (ae(!.)
crowd, II., mniniiid-i), -hiix, V. ;
tiiih- ', -«*', I''. ; v., i-iiruiii t'uiuUi, -J'tniil-
fir, -J'udi, •Jiixiiiii {hv).
crown, <■'■"■'""»-«, -rtc, F.;( akinjjrdom),
ri'ijmiin, -i, N. (j). '2;U, (i).
cruel, cri'i'li'l-i'', -(' ; xner-nx, -a, -inn.
cruelly, cnidrliti'r ; .vaerc.
cruelty, crudi'litnx, -iltis, V. ; xrtc«n-
tln, -III', F.
cry, II., I'liitn-or, -i'Hs; v., ddm-o,
■are, -din, -utiim.
cultivate, rfilD, cnUre, col 111, riilhnir
culture, I ii/t-iix, -nx, >'.; hiiiiuniit-(tx,
•iitix, F.
Cures, Cui'-i'x, -ill III, F.
Cuiius, Ciln-ux, -/. M.
custom, iiiox, tiu'rix, M.; coHStutiid-o,
-'mix, F.
cut, si^co, secure, seciii, secttim.
D.
dagger, pi'igl-o, -onis, M.; slc-a, ae,
F.
daily, iinotidie ; with comparative.sor
words (Teiiotiiii,' increa.se or diiiiiimtioii, in
diix,
danger, ;)''/•7t•l(^»;/i, -7, M.
dangerous, pi'rlcdliiH'tix, -n, -urn.
dare, (iinho, audrrr, ai'xux ttmn.
daring, undax, audiicix.
dark (metaphorleall} ajiplied to
crime , iitiiix, dlrijcis.
dark (literally), ater, atra afnihi ;
ubscur-iti), -a, -unt.
372
VOCABULARY.
dart, ti'l-vtti, •/ ; iooil-nm, -i.
daughter, ./'/Iff, -(ic, V.\ (p. r., 'i).
day (n|(|insr(l (■» |ii;flit), (//#'.•(, iUri, M.
f)l K. ; (i)ji|ii>s<'(l 1(1 (iiirkiK'SK), ,'».»•, Inris,
K.; dayDreak, inhmt tn.r ; day alter
day, (liciii I'.v (til : the day oet'ore,
pnihr ; for the day, in. (liiin.
deadly, iin.tti-i'rr, -/''ra, -j'tYuiii.
dear, <vn-»«i, a, mn.
death, innis, inurtis, F.
debt, ((fxi)lii'iiniii ; jfi'ii., aan'n alien i.
deceive, I, lU'-cipio, -cipi^re, -cf-pi,
•crplitiii.
decide on. I, (resolve), ciniKfUiio,
■Htttiii^-r, •xtttfii, -ntltiitiiiii (inf.); xfatiio,
xti'itiiirr, Kti'iti'ii, ntdliiliiiii ; (pass judif-
iiiciit. on), indJC'O, -ttri', -on, nhiiii ;
ilrirnm, -I'l'i-ni'ie, -crt'vi, ■cnhiin {,di'\
decision, indid-um, 4.
declare, </'<■", direrc, ilixi, (h'rtinn.
declare (war), I, indicd, -dtcfre,
•ili.r'i, -dicliim.
decree. I, v., d<'-ccruo, -ccrni^re, -c/ro?,
-eriiiini ; n., drert'tioti, i, N.
deed, /<lctn-vi>, -f>ri», N.; J'act-um, h
deep, altiiK, -a, -um.
defeat, n., rliid-r/i, -IK, V.
defeat, v., vlnco, vina^re, vlci, vie-
tinii ; M'yx'/'-o, -(Ire, -I'lri. -iitinii.
defend, dffcndo, (h'/fn<li>re, defeudi,
dr/rnsinii.
defile, n., aii(jiisti-(ii\ (iruiii, F. (pi.);
xnlf-iis, //,s>, M. ,
delay, v., iiuh'-or, -(irl, -litiot mint
(tr. and intr.); citiictvr, -dn', -((tug sum ;
n., vidra, -ao.
deliberate, dellbi'r-ii, -ure, -dvl,
•dtinn.
deliberation, there is need of,
opus cut confiiiltd (\k 100, '1).
delight, I, ddi'ct-o, -are, -dvl, -utnin
(tranw.); (jaudt'o, ijaudeir, gamsus xuni
(intr.)
delightful, aviocniiK, -a, -nm (of
scenery); pulch-vr, -ra, -rum.
deliver (hand down), tn1do, trddt'rt',
irddhli, tniiUtuni; n-ddo, -di^rc, -dtdi,
•dituni ; (free), ['tl»U-(>, -mr, -dri, -utuni ;
deliver a speech, motionein haliri' ;
after the speech was d., abl. ahs.
(220).
Delphi, Ih'lph-i, -vrvm.
demBind,p(>Ktul-(>,-dri', -dvl, -utum;
fU~;ij\to, -ihr, -dvl, -dtutn ; podco, posci're,
jii'ijionci, no suj>. (p. 1)2, ;{).
Demosthenes, Dcmosthinev, -is, M.
dense, dmti-iis, a, -nin.
deny, I, ni;t-i>, -(//•«•, -nri, -I'lfuiil.
dtjpart, I {~no away), uh-eo, -Ire,
-in (11), -Uiiin; dix-chlo, ■eedi're, -cessi,
I'fssnin.
descend, di'Hcendo, ■scendi'rt', -srendi,
•smisiitit.
desert, ilrsi'm, -si^n'rf, -m^rni, -Kertvm.
deserter, tranHfUij-n, -ae, M.; per-
fiiija, -«(', M.
deserve, I, ntt'rfor, in*'ri'rl, merlhis
HUin ; (/(' (■('((, iiii'rfre, nu'riii, nn'rltuni.
deserving of, di<jnvH, -a, -um (with
al.l.).
design, n.. ronnUJ-uw, -I, N.
designedly, ronmildt, adv.
desire, I, ci'ipUt, cnpin', crqiivi (ii),
ciipit II in.
desirous, be d. of, mp-in, -lU-e,
-in (li), -ituui (■{ inf.)
despair of, I, dcujiOr-o, -are, -dvl,
-iifuni (aec.)
despatch, n., litter-ac, -drutn (pi.
F.) ; v., mitt It.
despise, eontemnn^ -temm^re ; -tempsl,
■ti'm/itiim ; de-,'<piciii, -sjilcire, -Hjtexl,
■spi'rt iJiil.
despoil, K]idll-o, -drc, &c.
despot, dinnln-Uis, I, M.
despotism, di'iiinmit-u.-^, -us, M.
destined, .Idtni-is, v.
deatSxiy,Jdtum, -i, N.
destitution, ii/est-rx, -dtin, F.
destroy, dcl-co, -ere, -evl, -ctum ;
V(tst-o, -dre, -dvl, -dtum.
destruction, exUl-wn, -7, N.; per-
nh'l-fx, -li, V.
detain, n^ tinco, -tlmre, -tiniil, -ten-
tuin.
deter, deterr-en, -ere, -fii, -ittnn.
determine, co)istltiio,-n(itue.re,-8ttt!'i'i ,
-.slltritum (i-inf.).
devastate, vaM-o, -arc, -am, -dtum.
devote myself to, i, operam do
(with dat.)
devour, derdro, -drc, -dvl, -dtum.
dictator, dictator, -o/iV, M.
did ; Hee di>.
did the boy wound ? use perf of
U'liiinil.
die, iitvrlor, murl, morttluH sv7n.
differ, dillTro, diffciic, di.'ititli, no
snp, ; to differ from each other,
inter fc dij/'erre.
VOCAnULAIlY.
373
■ceHHi,
tcendi,
ertxim.
.; 2'<*'"-
ncrUtis
un.
n (with
nvl (lOi
.., -^re,
IT, ■«•>*,
•u»i (pi.
; •tfivipfi'i,
-spex'i,
M.
-ctnm ;
|N.; jJf''-
ntl, -ten-
-{itttiii.
■ram <'i'
-('(*« i/i.
pert of
\m.
[thli, 110
other,
difference to um, ih nmltcs no, nihil
noxtni inti'ti'st (|>. l«Ui, W).
differently fi-ora, nUti'i' ac.
difficult. (tifirUix, -p.
difflcvilty, (lifu'ult an, -lUii*, F.
diligence. ili/hfi-nCin, -m', V.
diligent. tlillijrnK, -tiK
diligently, diliijenter.
din. .itr,^j)tt-iis, -un, M
dinner, <•'•'(«, -av^ V.
direct, iiihi'o, ifih^re, innsi, iuniiitm
(a<'(!.); iiiij)i^r(>, -nrf, -itri, -<if inn (lint.).
directiona, in both, utrinxiio' ; in
different d., diiviKe; in all d.,
uiitniiKi'.
disagrree, I, dls-smUo, -itentin;
•SciiMi, -Ki'ttyutn.
disagreement, disnemi-o, -nnin, K.
disaster, cdmia, -an, M.; cdUlmH-an,
•dfii^, F.
discharge the dvities of, I,
fiimjor, fun(ji, fittict tm mitn (\\ 116).
discipline, dlxa'idinn, -ac, F.
discourse, f>enn-o, nni^, M.
discover, say ascrrtain. •
disease, morhus, -i, M.
disembark, I (art.). i;x-pnno,.prtt),^rp,
•jx)iifd, -I'i'isifuni ; iieut., ('(fiydlor, egrM'i,
egroKxiiH xiitn.
disgrace. i<jnom\nl-a, -ae, F.; tiirpU
tud-<>,V., -fnis.
disgraceful, turp-fn, -e.
dismay, pn ror, -orii^.
dismiss, dl-uiitto, -mitti^rc, -m7>t,
•inisi< 11)11.
displease, dis-jdlei^o, -pllcere, •pllcMl,
•pllcltum.
disposition, iti:;>^t)r-um, 7, N. ; in-
dt'il-fs, -/.'.', F.
dissatisfied, I am d. with my-
self, m<'i III)' piicniti't (p. l(i,'), 1).
dissemble, disximfll-o, -drc, -dvi,
•fit II III.
dissension, di^seim-o, -finis, F.
distance. xjMi-um, -i, N.
distance from, I am at a, nhsuin,
-cixe, -Jul (id>).
distant, lonffinqu-ns, -a, -nm ; be d.,
ahsinn.
distinguished, rldr-ux, -a, -inn.
district, ri;fi-», -f>nis, F. ; locnn, -i,
M.; 1)1., Itica, -firiiin, N.
distrust, dif-f'ido, -f'aUrp, -fismmm
(with a dat.)
disturb, turh-o, -fm-, -fii'i, -ntHni,
ditch, /nsM-a, -ae, F.
Divico, /);»•»(••<), .finix, M.
divide, di-rhto, •i'tr/('r«', -vtHi, -luituni,
divine, divin-im, -a, -nm.
DlVltiaCUS, Divlttftr-UK, .1. M.
do, /I'll ii>,jaci'ri',/t'ri,fnrtnm ; p. iUi,!.
dog, I'ftnix, -is, M. or F
doom,.A7Nn/»i, -i, N.
door, innil-a, -ac, F.
doubt, v.. di'ihltii, -iin\ •4HU, -fitnm ;
there is no doubt that, m»/i put du-
I'iinn ijiiiii (|i. ls,s, (I).
doubtful, diibl-Hs, -a, -uui.
drag. I. tffiliii, trfih'Uw, tr<t.t'i, trnctum.
draw, I,tt<)hii. See ahovL".
draw \ip a law, I. liijpin gcriho,
(scrihi^fi', nm'iisl, script II in).
draw up an army. I, nn'rm in-
ntniii (in-'ifriii'rr, in.^trii.ri, instrurtum);
after the army was drawn up,
ai'ip instriii'tii.
dread, I, n^/ormld-o, -fire, -dvi,
-iitinn.
di'eadful. 'itmx, dtn'ct^t.
dress, rrxt-in, -?x, F. ; 7vgtlt-Jt.<t, -i7w, M.
drink, l>ih-<,, .,'r>\ t>lhi.
drinking, good for, vtUis bibendo
(p. (id, 2).
drive, prlln, ppll^re, pfjndi, pidxKvi ;
ftgi), fn/iUr, riji, art inn
due, iisopa.**.^. of di'h-io, frp, -fn, -tttim.
during ( = ill), ahl. (82, 1); (all throu^rll),
ace, s2, 4 ; d. the reign, itMt, r,.
dust, pnlr-is, -( (('.v, M.
duty, offlcl-um, -i, N. ; see p. 124.
dwell, fiitblt-i), -fire, •»?»"(. -utnm.
dwelling, aidl/lcl-um ; tectum.
B.
each (one), i/uiitfjup (never first in
seiiteiipo), 'jiniPfjVp, fiiiodifiir (adj.) and
quidqnp (sul)st.) ; unitsijui.sijiip ; (of two),
uterqufi, utrrique, utruinqiw (p. 132);
intpr HP (]t. 223).
each other, allux aliuH; alter. . . .
nltrri]). 2()); inter sp(\t. 223).
eager for, <?rr</(/.s-, n, -(/»H(with acn.)
eagle, ilqnll-a, -ae. F.
eagle bearer, fiqnin/er, -fri, M.
early, innliir-un, -a, -um; in ©.
spring, vere nnvo.
earth, the. terr-a, -ae.
374
VOCAnULAUY.
easily, pcU-e.
east wind, Kur-un, i, M.
eA&y,,fiii-)i-iH, -e (p. r>7, 2).
eat ; y. KM).
educate, i<iric-o, •ihr, -ilni, -(itnin.
effort, i-i)iiiit-iix, -IIS, M.; ri)niit-nm,i.
Egypt, Aetffiptnii, 4, K
eight, (icto.
eighteen, dno-deoiginti.
either., or, nut ...nut -^ iv7... »'«•;.'
elect, <Ti'f(, -ff/f, -(fc/, -iifitm; be
elected, /'«, ./'W/**, factuH sum.
elephant, I'lrphnut-vx, -/.
eloquence, ili»fii'nn-n, -av, v.
eloquent, i'ir)ifiii'iM(-tjiii'ntiur, •>itien-
tixxini iim).
else, or, nut.
embark (l nns), hi navem impoiiere ;
(iiitr.) iiiiin/i (DnmTiidcrr.
emergency, tcmp-ux, -drin, N.
empire, imiMU-Uum, ■/, N.
employ, ntar, nti, Oyun xnm.
empty, hninis, ■!• • ri'iriius.
encamp, cuntra pon<> {pinuU-e, jHlttfii,
2)<'i>iUiini) ; canfra /'>co (nre, dri, I'ltvtn).
enact (a law), j)riimuI(f-(), -(ire, -dvi,
-utinii.
encourage, (ulhtirt-or, -drl, -dttcs
Slim.
end, II., fui-ix, -is, .M.; at the e. of
summer, rxtn-ntu (vxtdtf ; v., (■((//-
-fU'Ut, -/u'l^ri', ■/tci, -Jhtiini (t r.) ; /««{«,
-//>', -/?'7, -Hum (tr. ami iiilr.)
endeavor, I, cOn-or, ■an', -ntus Sinn ;
nitor, iiiti, nisiis or tii.nisHVin ; p, 216, .5.
endowed with, praedU-iis, -a, -um
(witliahl.).
endure, d^li^r-o, -(irc, -avi, -fitum.
enemy (private), Inlmlc-vs, -l; (puli-
lic), lii>st-is, -is, M.
engage in battle, proel'mm com-
inittd, -inittiU'e, -iiihi, -uiissinn.
engine (of war), tonmntiini.
enjoy, ./">'i''or, //•('* 7, /nirlim man (with
al)l.; p. li(>; (to have), hahrn.
enmity, InXituclti-a, -ae, F.
'One alternative exchuliiij; the other :
iu--, nut schhit nut liijit, he is either
writing or reading.
*()i\iii^ a clioice : as, inn- fiiit vcl m'>ri-
hiis vri joitiiiiii, lie was equal either
in character or in fortune.
enough, hiIHh, .-wIv.
enquire. (S<«' inquire,
enquiry, u'eniinl of enquire.
enroll (soldier^'), rniiHfnh-n, -Hi-rifn're,
•si'riiisi, ■Hcrijitnin.
enter, Ui-i'i,, iir, -ivi, -Unm {m'v.)
enterprise, ns, /v?, v.
entirely, tntns, n, -vin (p. 2«5, I).
entrust, jn'ruiiltn, ■mHii'iv, ■m'lsi,
■ mismnii.
enumerate, t-niiun'ru, -ine, -nol,
•iitiini.
envoy, lr;/i'itin<, -i.
envy, n., inriillu, -cir, K. ; hinldi''o,
■riilirc, -rlili, ■visum (dat.)
EphesUS, Kjihi'sus, -i, F.
equal, ficinri, -n, -ntn; pur, pirn's
(-:^ei|ii!il to); I make e., itnjii^n, ,ir>',
■I'li'i, ■iitiim.
err, I, «'/t-o, -dre, -dpi, -dttun.
error, etr^ur, -oris, M.
escape, ef-Siig\u, ■Sivji're, -fdijl, -fiigl-
I II III.
establish, amfmn-o, -dre, -nvij-dtum;
stdt iio, stdtiii'rc, sfi'ifi'ii, stilt ntum,
estimate, nisthn-'i, -dn; -drl, -dtiim.
estimation, iitsthndtin, Otn's, F.
eternal, scmjtUcm-iis, -a, -um.
even, I'tiuin ; <iiio'iue (uHed after an
eini)hali(' word) ; liefoi'eaii adj., irl : not
.even, iif .<iiii'lvm (wllli the tiiipha-
sized voril jmt lietweeu); iii' iiiiU'J <jiii(l< m,
not even one.
evening, resp^cr, •«>'m, M. ; in the
evening, rrspn-i (or -e).
ever, uiiijiinni.
every (all), omn^is, -c ; ijiiistiue,
i/iiuripie, ifiihlijiic or ijiKnli/iK' (p. 132).
every day. See daily.
evident, manifest -u.s, -a, -uni; it
is e., iipjxir-et, ere, -in't.
exact (imnislinient), srnno, mmi^fre,
siiiiipsi, sumpfiiiii.
excellent, optUn^its, ■a, ■vm; excel-
lens, -tis.
except, praetcr (ace
except (to), nisi (vi).
excessive, nUni-ns, -a, -um.
exchange for, I, mnt-o, -dre, -avi,
■dtiiiii (p. Ifid, 1. note).
excite, excltu, -dn:, -dvl, -dtum.
execute. cunfU'lo, -/rci^re, -feel,
■feel II III.
exercise, v., exct-c-io, -ire, -iVi, -itum.
VOCABULAKY.
375
Icr an
. not
iil>hii-
32).
til
; it
h-um')re,
; excel-
re, -uei,
|fi.
.pel,
■ Ihun.
exhort, hnrt-or, -tir}, -litum^utn.
exile, ex-Ill, -uliti, M. ; exfll-um,
i. S. (of ii cuiiilitioii).
exist, I, Huin, esse, /ill.
expect, ex-niiert-u, -fire, •/»»?, -i'ltum;
spevit, lire, -iiil, -ntum.
expedient, utii-i.i, -.■ ; be e., i(W, »i.
expediency, ritilit-iin, -hHm, f.
expel, pello, -ere, pepiili, piilnum.
experience, fis-u», -»iur ; expeni'nti-a,
■ae, h\
explaili, expi'ino, iHiin're, -jtoMui,
•pdHltiiiii.
extent (p. (!!>, !»)•
ex*",ortion, repetinni-ne, •uruiii [lit.
of Ihiii^fs tlijit should lie yot ha<:k (repi'tn) ;
Kupply rmiiii].
extreme, extmn-ux, -a, -inn.
exult, exiilti), -life, -ni'i, rifinii.
eye. ih-ul-uK, -i, M. ; I saw it with
my own eyes, ipse iil vidi.
F.
face, »s, Oris, N ; filel-es, -•', F.; wit-
UK, -lix, M.
fact, res, rt'l. F.; p. 181, 2.
faction, facti-u, -nniif, /.
fail, de-f\e\ii, -fln're, -feci, -feetuin
(uHi'd with or without ace); de-siiin,
■esse, -J'ui (witli dat.).
fair, pxdeh-er, -ra, -rum ; il))ii>en-vs,
■a, -H»i(of Hcericry).
faith, f Id-en, -el, F.; I put faith in
you, tibijidein hahi'o.
faithful, /hlr'-ix, -e.
faithfulness, /f(/-<'», -ei, V.
fall, ctldo, cMi're, ci^cldl, cilsum ; fall
in battle, pi'^r-i'o, -ire, -Ivl (or li), -It it in ;
fall into, '"-''ff'", -rldi're, -eldi (within
aiidaco.); fall headlong". ?'/Y"'<•i/'i^".
-dre, -fivl, -('ituni ; tall into ruin, enr-
rui>, eorrCiiWe, enrrni.
false (of persous), mend-ax, -(Icis ;
(of things), fals-ux, -a, -uin ; jict-us, -a,
-it in.
falsehood, vienddei-um, -I, N.; to
tell a falsehood, mcntlor, vientiri,
ineiititits Kinii.
falsely, speak, mentior, -irl, -ittis
sum.
fame, /(«>««, -ae, F. ; glorl-a, F.
family, n.,famlll-a, -ae, F.
family, adj., dCunextl-c^is, -ea, -cnm.
t'a.mine,/<'(ines, -ix, F.
famous, l>meelur-ii^ -a, -nin.
far ( -tllHtant), lomjiiii/u-tui, .«i, -uni.
far, by, nmlto.
far ott', iid\., prneiil, lunje,
far and wide, /«/»•.
farmer, (vniedf-n, -ne, M.
farm house, n'Uu, -ae, F.
fartlier, "Ih'rior, -is (from vltm).
teite, fort II nil, -lie, F. ; snr-s, -fix, F.
fatal, pernh-ioH-iiM, -a, inn.
father, j"1ti-r, patrU, M.
father in law, s<)eer, sfiei'n, M.
fault, n.. rii!i>-it, -III : riHiini.
fault. I find f. with, nilpo, -arc,
•(«»'(, -iitiiin.
fault. I COmnalt a, peee-o, -are, -dri,
-litiiiii.
favor ( i\iiidii(H.s), hiUii'/U'l-nni, -i.
favor. I, Jitr-Ut, Jiircre, jVii'l, Jiiiilinn
(with dat.).
fear, u.. intH-us, •I'ls ; tUn-or, -aria.
fear, I, v., nn^fi'iD, im^tiVre, m'^tfil, no
sMitinc ; flim't), thm-re, thnfii, no aup ;
ni'ri'iir, vi^reri, n'rUi's sirni,
feast, cen-a, -ae ; i^pi'il-uin, i, N. ;
pi., ''pfUae, -liriiin.
feather, pinn-n, -ne, v.
features, mit-nx, -iix.
feel, senflo, nentlre, sensi, sctutum.
feeling, <hifin-ji.<^, -j.
fellow-citizen, civ-is, -is, M.
fexrtile, /erf il-is, -e.
fertility, eOpia, -ae, F.
fetterd, ait^n-ac, -drum, F. (pl.X
few, pune-l, -ae, -a ; very few, pvr-
paiie-l, -ae, -a.
field, '>,'/('/•, dijrl, M.
field of battle, oeh-s,- <feiei, F.
field, in the, (opjK)se<l to "at home"),
milftlae{\). m).
fierce (si>irited), fiUox, -neis ; idrnx,
ntroeis ; xaei}-u.-<, -a, -inn.
fiercely, ferOeitir ; atrOciter ; xacre.
fifteen, (piindecim.
fifth, ipiin-tnx, -a, -urn.
fifty, nfiiiKpidijinta,
fight, n,, pugn-a, -ae, V. ; proeli-mn,
•i ; V. ,piiijn-o, -dre.,-dvl, ■<i(ani; diutico,
-are, -avi, -dttiin.
fill, eirm-pli^n, -plere, -pled, -pletum ;
repli'o, -jilrre, -ph'-ifi, -pletum,
find (after a soanh), rr'pi'rhi, rUperlr^,
\
I
^76
VOCABULARY.
rt^p^rl, rejm-fum ; (cotnp on Hiifl<lciily), ^
iavdnio, -vtUiire, -v&nl, •oetdiim.
find fault with, euipo, -are, etc.,
vltU])i'r-(>, -iiir., -diH, •diuiti.
find out, rrperio (hoc find).
flno, pulrh-er, -ra, -rum.
flni.sh , con-fUXo, -ficflrc, -fid, -fcctum;
fiiv-Ui, -ire, -iiH, -itum.
*lr, ahii'K, tibiMu, V.
fire, i'jn-iM, -in, M.
Are and sword, with, ferro et
vjiii.
Arm, ftrmuK, a, -tim ; (of chariuiler),
fart -in, -«.
first, ■prlm-us, -a, -uia ; I was tlie
first to do it, hitc in-imug feci (p. 246,
LcHsoii 18, note-, 7).
fit for, apt-XM, -a, -um (with dat. ;
1). Wi, 2).
five, quimjuj.
flag, Hiijn-um, -l.
fiank, l(U-un, -tfrin, N.
flash, y('<(/-»r, -ari-H, N.
flee, vfil-o, -(Irp., -dvl, -iltum; fiujUi,
fwjCTf, fi'Kjl, fUjll inn.
flee to, advdl-i), -rmj.-awi, -d(uw(ac(!.).
fleet, clann-ig, -in, F.
flesli, C'iro, carnix, F.
flight, /»"(.'/-«. -«<?•
fling at, pro-lew^ •lir.c.rc, -lilei, •wctum;
f. away, nh-uUi^ -tci're, -iecl, -iectnvi.
flock, !/rex, 11 >■('':) Is, M.
flourishing in w^ealth, (ipidpitt-nn.
flow, Jlno, JlntUe., jiuxl, Jhixinn ; •
flow down, de-jlHo, -jlMre, Jlnxi,
'Jluxum.
flower, JloK, Jlon'n, M.
fly, ufilo -dri', -in}!,
fuyt're, Jugi, fiujitvm.
■uttii:i ; fih/lo,
■in, M. or F. ;
foe (pnbli(!), hunt-is,
(private), itUi)uc-H>', -i.
follow, tn^'ivor, ki^qul, aScutus sum ;
It follows that, xf(iirU-ur ut.
follower, use i>rcs. part, ot scqtior.
following day, dies posMms ; on
the following day, die pontero ;
povtrldlv.
folly, 8tultUl-a, -ae, F.
fond, I'lrUluH.
food, victuH, -US ; cih-us, 4, M.
foolish, xtiUtHs, -a, -um.
foot, j>eit, pMis, M.; on f., udeabl. pi.;
foot of hill, tree, ttc, use 1miu« (p.
f)i>, I, uole).
foot-soldier, ji'Ulfx, pMUis, M.
for, prcji., ]>ro (wilhal)i.; j>. 224); (on
lu-c.oxmt ot), pnifi (ahl.); of time, 69, 9.
for gold, ahl. (p. ir,(i, 1),
for, «onj., nam ; enim (after first eui-
phatio word) ; 2^il, 2.
for some time past, iamdudum
fp. 21(1, 2, (//)!.
forage, pabfU-or, -dri, -dtim xiiin,
forbid, veto, v'tiire, vi'tfii, vi'tftinn.
force, II., »•»«, F. (p. 4,r>); (army),
— forces ; v., rOfjo, cniji^re, c6e<ji, ci)aiitum.
forces, ri'iijUii; -linnii, F.
forefathers, nidior-eit, -um.
foreign, extem-uH, -a, -um,
foreigner, perf<jnn-vs, -i.
foremost, pfdn-un, -a, -vm.
foresee, pro-nplclo. -sjtii^re, spexl,
-gpectuia.
forest, nilv-a, -ae.
foretell, ^*mc-(itco, -dlcCre, -dlxi,
-dictum.
forget, ohllViMCor, obliviHci, obliluM
Hvin (p. 146, 7).
form a plan, coimlium in-eo [-Ire,
■ufi (or Vt), -Uinii}.
form a league, foedm fcrire.
form a line of battle, acicm in-
ntni(){-sfiih'ri', ntnixl, Htructuni).
former, irri-or, pii-ux ; of former
days, jfAm(!i/i-Jw, -a, -um.
formerly, (dim.
fort, castell-um, -I, N.
fortify, mun-lo, -ire, -Ivl, -Hum.
fortress, arx, arcin, F.; castell-um, i.
fortunate, fHix, felicis; fortvn-
OtUK.
fortune, J'ortunn, -ae, ¥.
foul, fued-ux, -fi, -11 m,
foully, lu'/nrw.
found, con-do, -ddre, -dldl, -dltum.
fourteen qnnttnordcaii/i.
fourth, qiiart-us, -a, ■«»/(.
tree, a<lj., Hber, -f.ra, -fi.rum; exj)ers,
experds (with abl.; p. 64, 4); v., libero,
-tire, -dvi, -dtum.
fi*eedom, llbert-as, -dtir, V.
f^eedwoman, lihrrf-a, -ar, F
fl'fcsh, rih'niii, ri'ccntix.
fi-iend, umic-'nn, i, M.
VOCA nU LA RY.
377
friendly, iIihIcvh, -a, ■iim.
ftiendship, am'icUi-a, -nr, v.
frequent, orf-her, rrehra, rrehrti.m.
frogr, runa, rfiDar, F.
from, a or <ib (with ahl.) ; (/<(a1)l.): I>.
ir)8, 2.
front, friins, J'rontiji, V. ; on the
(In) front, a fronte.
fruit, frvct-u8, -us, M. ; frin)-e», -urn,
h\, pi.
fugitive, fiigltiv-us, i, M.
lUll, jdm-UH, -II, -vm (with tren. or ahl.)
funeral, ./(>n-tf«, -lUix, N.
further, wlj., ultfn-or, -('mti,
fury, tr-a, ae, F.
future, the, fat ura, ■onunin. pi.)
future, in. or for the, injufurvm ;
G.
groin, SinOlUment-tiin, -i, N.; luer-uvi,
•i, N.
gain, pos8€)sslon of, pfitior, pdtin ,
pdtlhitt Huin (wiih abl.).
games, lud-i, -drum, M.
garden, hnrt-im, -J, M.
Garonne, Garumnu, -a, -m:.
garrison, praeKldi-nm, -i, N.
gate, jxirtn, -up, V.
gather together, {iTi{,u».),cfmpiir-o,
-are, -i'iih, -ntum ; (iiitr.), am-viulo,
•vtiilrc, -vi:ni, ■vfiifina.
Gfiul, a, (ialh-a, -ae, F.
CJaul, Gall-m, -i.
guze t»/t or on, itpect-o, -are, -dvl,
•dtum.
general, dux, dficU, M.; impilrat-or,
-Oris, M.
Geneva, G''nev-n, -ae, F,
g'entle, mit-ig, -c ; len-is, -e.
gently, I'nlter.
Q«rman, (fcrmnn-v«, -a, -uin.
gfet, ac-<iuiro, -qnlr^re, -qulslvl -quutJ-
tinn;a8-)i>'qnor, -»('(pii, •H^cfiius trnin.
gfift, ditnum, •?, N.
Ifirl, 2>iiell-a, -ae, F.
gfive, d6n,-o, -drc, -ilvl, -lituni ; df>,
ddri', lU'di, ililtvtn ; g. notice, say in-
form ; give up ( sinrciKlcr), d<ilti,
■dt^e, -dldi, -dUiiiit ; (-^h.iiid down), fm-
do, nl^'re, -tlldi, -diiuin.
glad, liipt-un. ■(!, •((>;» ; Ubrn-s, lUien-
tix ; I am g. to do it, hoc Uhmtfr J'ac.ui.
gladly, Initr, Uhi-iitcr.
globe, orhix (frrdriitn.
glorious, jtraeclar-uH, -a,-um.
glory, 'jlorr-a, -r.,-, V.
go, »'''), irfi, Ivi (-11), Uuin;{\Hi iHmut
to), |). 174, 1.
go away, »I'*Ao, -ire, -Ivl (-ti), -ttttm,
go out, rxcidit, -ciWre, -cesitl, ■citgHitni;
e.x-i:i>, -Ire, -mi (or 11), -Uum.
God, T)>U,H,de.l(\^. Vi, 2).
goddess, »/<'«, -«»', I", (p. (J, 2).
gold, anr-um, -I ; for g., ir.(», I.
golden (koM), auri-nx, -a, -urn.
good, honiii, -n, -»/M(p. 20); coinp.,
iiit'/ior ; (Slip., ojitimus.
goods, J/KTX, Mcrch, F.
govern, riUjo, r^i/t^rp, rext, rectum;
ywH'rn-o, -nrc, -fivl, -dtum.
governor, pmefect-VD, -l, M.
gradually, pnulilHm.
grandfather, tlms, ilvi, M.
Granicus, (hdnic-us, i, M.
grateful, (jrdt-m, -a, -um.
gra,[n,'/rument-um, -I, N.
gl'atitudo, f/nltra, -ae, V.; I sho'wr
gTatltude, f/nitinm rejr.ro {rc/cnc,
ri'tfili, retatnta); I feel g., yratiam
hilhm{-^re, -ui, -ttnm).
great, vmnn-uii, -a, -wn ; of great
size, inrjcnx, ini/entiti ; SOg., tinttuH.
greatly, inniinopcrc (adv. ) ; cump.,
iiuhjis ; Hup., iiuixinif.
Greece, Hmccia, -ae.
greedy, dvhl-xis, -a, -um; dwir-iis,
-n, Hill.
Greek, Gmec-tu, -a, -um,
greenness, nlrldUan, -atUi, V,
grief, iiiilor, urix, }.].
groan, ijctn-o, -''re, -01, -Uum.
ground, hCnn-iis, -i, F.; on the
grovmd, fnnni.
grow, crpsro, ■i^rc, cnHn, cretum ', vlr^o,
tiirire, no i)Prf., no Hnp.
guard, niKli'id-io, -ire, -ivl, -Itmn; n.,
8t'« next wnrd.
gruardian, cmj»n««, -<«/i>, M.
guide, II., dux, diiciH , v., ifuhamo,
.11 rr^ 11 n, -dlinti.
gruilt, HCi'l-^iK, -t^rlM, N.
guilty, HW>-'''<, -o, vm: bo g. of,
In xe ailmitto (acr )
^ i
a;
ll
378
VOCABULARY.
H.
habit of, I am In the, ii^l^!>, edlfire,
sdiltiM 8UVI (+int.) .
hair, cilin-a, -ae, F. ; cdpill-us, l„ M.
hall, anl-a, -ae, F.
halt, cbme to a halt, con-sistn,
■siHtHre, -stitl^ •ntltnui.
Hamilcar, Tfaviilc-nr, -drin, M.
hand, man-un, -m, V.
hand, I am at, ad-xum, -ensr, -fni.
hand over to, jior-mitta, -mittfir,
-miHi, •misHUin ; maiid-o, -are, -dm,
•dtum.
hand-maid(en), aut-Ul-n, -ae.
Hannibal, Hannib-al, -ullx, M.
happens, it, accldit, accUlere, accldit,
no suj). ; ctintinifit, coiitingpre, contlgil,
noHiip. ; eiM'nit, cvnilre, eoriiif, no sup.
happiness, heate vivcre. (;>, 108, 4).
happy, bMt-ud, -a, -nm ; lucky,
felix, Jflieis,
harbor, imrtus, -ux, M.
hard, a<lj., ilurux, -(I, utn,
hard, press, 2)HniQ, pnUm^re, pressi,
piTitsii in.
hard to say, or tell, it is^ difidle
eat dictu.
hardly, vlx (adv.)
hardship, lab-or, •oris.
harsh, asper, aspi'ra, aspiirunu
harvest, inessis, -ix, V.
haste. ciHi^fit-as, -atix, V. ; there is
need of h, dpux est properato (\\ I'jG 2).
hasten, prdpt^r-o, -are, -Om, •fituin;
int'itfif-o, are, -('ivi, -(ituiti ; J'extlnoi -are,
•doi, -at ion.
hate, Odt-iiin, -I; N.
hate, I, I'ldi, odixxe; I am hated,
odio xuin. (i>. V.Hi, 7, uote).
haughty, xnperb-'us, -a, -um.
he : p. ifis, 3.
he himself ii>xe (p. 123, 6).
\iead, caput, capitis, N.; in the h.,
p. !)8, 3.
head of, I am at the, prae-mim,
•esxe, -fill (with dat).
headlongr, prae-ccps, -clpUix.
heal, iiK^dcor, im^dPri, iu)perf.,iio»up.
health, I am in good, viiUo, vol-
ere, rnlui, ntllttim.
hear, avdio, -irv, -ivl, -itnm.
heart, cur, curdin, N. ; (foelirtyfs),
unUiius.
heat, aexftis, -Os, M.
heaven, cael-utn, -i, N.; pi. M., cael-i,
•onnn.
heavy, grdv-w, -e,
heir, hcre-x, -dis, M.
help, iui'o, i^vdre, iuvi, iittum ; ad-
inm, -invdre, iuvl, -mtuin; n., auxUl-
■um, -i, N.
Helvetians (Helvetii), Helmti-i,
-itrutti, M.
hem in, con-Hngo, -tlnere, -tlnfii,
-tentum.
hence, henceforth, proinde, hine.
herald, praec-o, vnis, M.
here, hic.
here, I am, adxnm, -esse, -fM.
hesitate, dCiblto, -are, -dvl, -dtum.
hidden, occult-tui, -a, -um.
hide, cel-0, -dre, -dvl, •dt^iin.
high, alt-u8, -a, -um.
highest, xnmm-tt^, -a, -wm; with in-
trrext, use inayni (p. 1(56, 3) ; o( price,
p. 150, 2.
highly, I va'ue, vuigni aextimo
(p. m), 2).
hill, coll-ix, -»■«, M.; inoiis, montis, M.
nim ; p. 1(58, 3.
himself, ^■« ; ipse, ipsa, ipsvm (168, 3).
hinder, impid-lo, -ire, -Ivi, -itutn;
ob-sto, -stare, -stltl, ■stdttnn (dat.)
his, Sitis, sitiM (p. 168> 3) ; often oniit-
teil ; 169, 6, uote 2.
historian, renim scriptar {-oris, M.)
hither, cWr-ior, -iorlx.
hold, luWHo, hoMre, hilbiil, hdbUntn;
thil'o, ti^iiere, tcnnl, ten-tiitn; cdpto,
cdiM<.re, cepl, captuin (—contain).
home, dnvi-us, diiinm, F. ; at home,
do hi; (to) home, domum; from
home, ddiiio.
Homer, Ilffmer-us, -l, M.
honest, ]in)b-u,^, -a, -um,
honor, Jidcx, fuin (ko»x1 faith), F. ;
hon-or, -Oris, M. (distinction).
hope, xpcx, spi^'i, F.
hope, hope for, I, sper-o, -are, -dvi,
•dtum.
horse, t^qvus, i-qni, M.
horseman, Oques, (quuis, M.
host (opi>08ed to guest), hospex, has-
jrltix, M.
host (a multitude), multttnd-o, -Inis,
F.
VOCABULARV.
S79
l« ;
pi.
hostage, oft«c», ohsldis, M.
hour, hor-a, -ae, V.
house, d<»m-««, -»x, F. (62, 6).
how, 7i*rt//i.(i>. I7fi, :i).
however ; ISXi, 7, not<i ; autem, vero.
how many, 7l">^
how mU' '. quantum. ; Vk-'xih com-
paratives, (y«« ,j.
how often, quoties.
human, /ntmiln-ui, -a, -um.
humble, hn mil-is, -c
hvuidred, a, centum.
hunger, fditu-n./dmix, F.
hurl, con-lclo, -Icciy., -ieci, -iecturn
(at=t«4-ac(5.)
hurry to, contemlo, -tcndcre, -tendl,
'tentinn, (ad with iicc.)
husband, vir, vlrl, M.
I, I'ffo (p. 104).
if, m (p. 1!K)) ; if. . . .not, nl*i, 8l....
non(p. ISK), 3); unless, yM.N((p. llK), 3).
ignorant of, I am, vjuor-o, -ore,
•dvl, -fltuin ; nc-nclo, -scire, scJvl, -scltum.
ill, I am, aegrdt-o, -are, -dvt, -dtuin.
illustrious, praeddr-us, -a, -um.
Ul-Will, mCddMentl-a, -ae, F.
imitate, ImXt-or, -nrl, -dtu8 mm.
immediately (adv.), stdtim, con-
festim.
immediately after the battle,
con/estiiii a j/ruelio.
immortal, imttortdl-i^, -e.
impart I, communlc-o, -are, -dvl,
•dtum.
impiety, imphH-as, -dtis, F.
implore, implor-o, -are, -dvi, -dtum.
importance, it is of; p. ififi, 3.
important to me, it is, ined
interest (p. UM, 3).
.important, i/rdv-is, -e; magnug.
Impunity, with, impfnie.
impute, this to you as a fault, I,
hoc tdti vitio vcrto.
in, prep., I » (with .abl. or ace; p. 222, 2);
in company with, cum; in the
power of, penes (with ace.) : in turn,
iiirjrem ; in order that, at; in order
that not, n<t (p. 183, 2).
inasmuch as, quvm (+suhj.;203, 1);
gui (IJKJ, 5\
Inclination, vfilunt-an, -iitis, F.
inconsistent with, dlienus, a, -tim
(ah {ii\>\.)
increase (trans.), augi'o, augdre,
dux'i, aurMim : (intrans), cresco, creseire,
creel, cretnm.
incredible, hicredlblUs (p. its).
indecisive, anceps, anelpitis.
inexperienced, imperJus, -a, -um.
infant, hijans, iut'antis, M. or F.
infantry, pMlt-es, -um, M. i»l.
influence, aueton't-as, -dtis, F.
inform, eertioremfacere (of-t.V).
inform, him about these mat-
ters, I, ego euiii certiorem de his rebtut
Jdciu. '
inhabitant, ineola, -(le, M. ; i. of a
town, oppidnnus.
injure, noc^o, mlcere, 'ndcAl, 'Itum
(wilhd.U.)
injury, iniuria, -ae, F. ; damn-um,
■i, N.
innocence, innf>centi-a, -is, v.
innocent, inn^eens, iiindceJitis.
inquire, quaero, qtiaerere, quaeslm,
quaesltum ; n'igo, -arc, -dvi, -dtum.
insist on, jI>iglt-o, -dre, -dvl, dtuin.
instantly, contlnuo.
institution, instltftt-um, -i, N.
instruct, eriidlo, -irc, -ivl, itum.
insult, eontiimella, -ae, F.
intellect, memt, mentis, F.
intend ; p. 174, 1.
intentionally, eotmdto. •
interest, it is of, i»ter-esf, -esse, -fdi
(166, 3) ; (hij,'h ^ magni or multnm).
interpreter, interpres, inter [rn'tis, M.
into, in (with ac-c.)
intrust, I, per-mitto, -mittere, -mlsif
missum ; mnnd-o, -dre, nvi, -dtum.
invade, I, helium ii\f'ero (infcrrc,
intuli, nidi inn).
inventor, imvnt-or, -Oris, M.
invite, I, inelt-o, -dre, -dvl, -dtum.
irruption, an, incursl-o, -tmw, F.
island, insill-a, -ae, h:
issue, event-u8, -««, M.
it. See he.
Italy, Itdll-a, -ae, F.
its, eius; referring to uubject, SUXiS^
sua, simm (I'Ki, Ti).
itself. <i'i^^, ipsa, ipsum.
380
VOCAIIULAKY.
J.
January (adj. ; meniiis being' under-
stowl), I(inndrl-iin, •«, •urn,
javelin, tH-vm, i, N.; pll-um, -l, N.
jealous of you, I am, tihUn-vidco
{■vldire, -v'uil, -vi^inn).
join, iungo, iunggrc, iunxl, iunctuin.
joint, art-US, -lis.
journey, Uer, Uhurris, N.
joy, <jaudl-um, -r, N.; lactUl-a, -ae.
joyful, lact-u8, -a, -urn.
judge, n., index, ifidins, M.; v.,
ifidic-u, -are, -dvl, •dtuiii ; arhUr-or, -drl,
Hit UK sum.
judgfment, iudtcl-um, -l, N.; arbi-
trl-uiii, -i, N.
June (month of), Ifmi-v^, -a, •«m.
Jupiter, laplter, Idvis, M.
jury, iudic-cs, -uiti, M. pi.
just, aequ-ug • ivnt-us, -a, -um.
just then, wm turn.
just as thoug-h ; nmy as If.
justice, iuHtUla, -ae, V.
justly, ill re [abl. of ius (iurin), used
a«rvt'rl)ially].
Jura, Iiir-a -ae, F.
K.
Karthage, KartMg-o, %ms.
Karthaglnlans, Karthaginienses.
keen, dc-er, ueris, acre.
keep, serv-o -arc, -drl, -dtum ; k.
promises, 2>rvmisiiis sto (xtdre, stMl,
ntutum).
keep my word, /idem srrv-o (-dre,
•dvl, -dtum); jidemprdesto (stiire, -stlti).
keep back, arc.-<Ht, -en>, -til, Uum.
keep back from, prohib-iro, -ere,
'til, -Itum; arceo, arcere,arcfu {+{ihl.)
keep off, def en-do, -drre, -di, -sniri.
kill, 7nfer-flch), -/tei^rc, -feci, -fretvm ;
oc-eldo, -cldiH'c, -cldl, -cmiiti.
kind, iu,gM-it>t, -tn'?, N.
kind, a(^j.,^'H»*l,v5^?w, -a, -urn; comp.,
benevolentior ; sup., bC-nCvOleiitisshnus.
kind deed, a, bcnc/lci-um, -i, N.;
offtcuiiii, -I, N.
kind, of every, omnis, -e ; omnia
gfUi'Tix.
kind of man, the, iisc nnnlis (p.
181, 1).
kind, of this, huiusnwdl ; of that
kind, <'i««m()(i(; tali^.
kindness, bi^ne/tci-um,, -i, N.
king, rex, rfgis; king's, regl-us, -a,
■urn.
knee, gen-u', •■as, N.
know, sclo, scire, sclvi, scltum (a fa<jt);
noxc-o, -<'"•<', novi, ndt^lm (a, i^ersoit).
knowledge, scfentl-a, -ae, F.; (learn-
ing), doctrln-a, -ae, V.
Lablenus, Ldbten-us, •?, M.
Lacedaemon, LacMaem-on, -dnis,
V.
Lacedaemonian, Ldcedaemdni-us,
lack, I, mihi. deext.
lacking, expcrs, expert-is (yxith ahl.;
p. C4, 4).
lake, Idc-us, -us, M.
lame, clnud-us, -a, -um.
lament, lument-or, -dri, -dtvjs sum;
ddh'n, ddlere, diilfd, no suji.
land (the soil), di/or, dgri, M.; (a
country), tt-rr-a, -ae, F.; native land,
pdtrf-a, -ae, F.; by sea and land,
tcrrd vidrlijttfl.
land troops, militea in terram ex-
pOno {-pdncre, -pdKfil, -pCisttuiU.)
language (tonjfiie). Un;tu-a, -ae, F.;
(cojiversation), senn-o, -onis, M.
large, «: gn-us, -a, -um; ingen-s, -lis;
so 1., tantn^.
last (of a number), idttm-ns, -a, -um ;
(nearest : a-", last nis^ht), proxfm-us, -a,
-um ; most remote, extre.m-us, -a,
-um ; at last, drmum (-then and not
till then); tandem.
late (recent), adj., r^cens, recentis.
late, too 1., adv., xero,
lately, niiper ; sup. nuperrime,
law, lex, legis, F.
lay waste, vast-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum.
lead, duio, ddci^re, dvxt, ductum;
lead across or through, tra-ns-
dilco, •dueerc, tliixl^ -ductum; lead
back, rc-dneo, -ddc<'re, -duxl, -ductum ;
lead out, eddcu,-dnc(?re, -duxi, -ductum.
lead, plumb-um, -i, N.
leader, dxix, diicis, M.
learn, dism, dixcere, dldici, no sup.;
(ascertain), e<>gnoxc-o, <*re, cognovi, cog-
nltiim.
learned, i/'»c'"« (p.p. of r/occw, teach).
learning, docfrln-n, -ae, V.
least, at saitem; T at least, ego
certe.
Vocabulary.
m
id
\ui.
')•
leav<^, r'-luntuo, •ltiiiiu>ri\ -lii/ui,
•lu'tiim ; (a ]>lac«') ex-o'dn, r,(l,'re, -a-ssl,
•cenmvi (witli jil)l. or with ox.) ; iliscnli),
•ci'di^e, -ccxKi, -rrssiim (v\) ; ]trt\t'lciir(tr,
pro/icisci, pro/ecttm gum.
left, slnixi-cr, m, -ruin.
legion, Ug'i-o, -Ctim, F.
lelstire, f>ti-um, -i, N.; at leisure.
dtionvfi, (i, -uin.
less (nf\v.),nihiit»', less than two
hundred fell, vtiims ihin'nli periir-
rnit. Mitnix, with iiiiinorals(lil«wfm/)U(w,
more) luw no effect upon tlieeonst ruction.
less, a<lj., viinor, miniut (p. f)7, 4)
lest, nil (p. 18r>, 3).
et, slno, siiulre, «tri, sittim ; or use
I c t (103, 5).
letter, fyistdl-a, -ae, v.; limr-ae,
•drum, F. (\A.).
levy, n., iJclcct-vii, .lis, M.; I hold a
levy, (ielectuin habeo.
liar, mendax, tiunducis.
liberality, Ubcralit-a^, dtis, F.
liberate, llMr-o, -are, uvi, -iltum.
Liberty, llbert-as, -utis, F.
lie, ior-t^o, -ere, -vl, -Itiiui ; (speak
falsely) inrntior, itieiitlrl, mentitus gum.
lieutenant, Ugdtv^, -i, M.
life, vlt-a, -«(', F,
light, lux, liicis, F.; liim^n, lumlnin,
N.
lightning, fulgw, fulgiiris, N.
like, HunU-is, -e; conip., so/uWor; suj).,
simiUimua (dat.)
likely; use 174, 1.
line of battle, deles, dciei,V.', line
of march, iter, ttUieHs, N.
lion, ?co, lefinii, M.
listen to, aud-to, ire, -Ivi, -ltum{acc).
live, r'i'o, vtDiVe, r>m, -victum; I
live on milk, lacte vescor (vesci, no
perf.,no sup).
living, be ; say live.
load, n., <5/i((,s', ilm'rin, N.
load v., dni'r-0, -are, -dvl, -'Itum.
locality, lOca, -orum ; pi. of locus.
lofty, alt-US, -a, -uiii ; i'xri'lx-un.
long, lomj/'Us, -(t, -u.;% ; for a long
time, diu, idinprldcm (216, '2, l>).
look at, si)cct-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum.
look down on, de-apicio, -spic^e,
-spexl, -gpectuui.
look for, exsjurt-n, -are, -uvi, -dtum.
lord, domin-us, -i.
lose, ii-mltfi), ■milti're, -mutl, miHsum:
lose an opportunity, vminonem
amitti).
loss, damn-urn, -j": cdiumit-as, -I'ltig, F.
lot, gors, nortis, v.; fort una, ae, K.
lot, it falls to my, uUhi aerhlit ;
in ill I CDuthujit.
loud, magnux.
love, dm-n -are, -Irl, -dtum', dllJio,
dllvjih-e, dilexl, dUeetvm.
lovely, pulvher, j)uh'hra, pulchrum.
lover, a)nans, anumtis
lOW(ly), liuniUiit, -e.
lowest, 'I mug, -u, -urn (69, 1),
loy&l, ftdel-is, -e.
loyalty, / fdes, fldel, F.
Lucca, Lucc-a, -ae.
luxury, luxuri-a, -ae.
M.
mad, I am, /uro, fini're, no ))erf.>,
no sup.
made. I am being, fm, fun, /ac-
tus gum.
magnitude, use (luantus (see p.
181, 1).
maiden, iniell-a, -ae ; virg-o, -Un'g.
maintain, sug-tlnfo, -tinier, -tlnCn,
-tentum; vindlc-o, -are, dvl, -dtum.
make, fuelo, fdeiVe, feel, faetum \ (a
niaf,Mstrate), cr^-o, -Ore, -dm, -ntum ; (war
upon), bellum in-fern, inferre, intu/l,
illdtu)u (dat.); (an atta<'k), impetum
J'ih'lo^ (fdci^re, feci, factum), or simply
aggrcdlor, -gnhll, -gresgug gum (ace.)
Malta, MeUt-a, -ae, Y.
man, vir, vlrl, Jf . (an adult male ; op-
pose<l to mtilier, woman) ; hiimo, lu'tuilmg,
M. or F. (a human being).
maniple, uumlpid-ug, -i, M.
manners, mores, morum {\A.), M.
many, mult-l, -ae, a (nl.) ; naany
good men, multl et boni hmnlneg.
marble, n. , mann-or, <)rig, N.
marble, adj., mannoreus, -a, -urn.
march, iter, itlnrrig, N. ; to make a
march, iterfdcto (fdeere feci, factum).
Marcvis, Marc-us, -l, M., a Roman
name.
'i
38:2
VOCABULARY.
MArius, HI fir! -nil, -i.
market-place, ./'■'/•-(//», -», N.
Marseillea, MasxilUi, .,//-, F.
marsh, ixilns, -udiit, v.
Massilia, Masaill-n, -ae.
master (of l><>ys), ind'nst-rr, -ri, M.*
(of slaves), <l<')iiiin-vs, •/, Al.
mattei', n'.i, r<% V.
mxttera little, it, pnrvi intenst or
ri\i'nt, (p. imi, :{).
may. Href, IUi'iu\ Ucrill (<>r Ih-rtimi est)
()i. Id:!, 5) ; i.Dssuiii, jHixsi', jiutui ()>. 14"J)".
ill final cliiuscs, n^fhubj. (j>. \Ki); of a
wish, (p. l.W, 4, c).
May (iiioiitli of), Mdl-Hs, -a, -mil, adj.
()iiriiiiis beiii^ uinkT.sloo(l).
meal, <'''/i-a, -ff^ ; ejml-nc, -drvni.
mean, v., nibi volo (wIIp, mtlul)
means of, by, alil. (p. 71, m).
meanwhile, hiti'n'm.
measure, onrttar, tni'tlrl, inntsun
sum.
Medes, Med-l, urmn (pi.), M.
meet an enemy, ohvlam hontihus
(dat.) he.
meet death, vutrfem ol)-<U} [ire, Ivl
(or ti), iliiiii].
meeting, concUi-um, -i, N.; con-
veiifvs, -iix, M.
memory, mruKlrr-a, -ae, P.
merchant, uurcnt-or, -vrix, M.
merchantman, navis omraria.
Mercury, Mnrto-t-ns, -i, M.
mercy, utisincordi-a, -a,(', F.
mere, ipxr, j^w'". ipsmn (ji, 12:?).
message, nvntt-vx, i, N.
messenger, nunti-us, -i, M.
midday, iiuUldl-es, -el, M. ; tempus
inei'idiCinutn.
middle of, iii''dif-vf<, -a, -vm ; in the
middle of the plain, in medio plan-
Hie ; in the middle of the night,
itiedid noete.
midst of, in the, inter (with arc).
might ; use lieet (l(i;J, U).
mile, mille paxHtinm ; two miles,
dtio niilliK jiossinuii (i>. (!!), 10).
milk, fae, -tis, N.
mind, ilntin-ux, -I, M.; m^iis, mentis,
V.
miserable, miKer, ni^xiHa, tntgi^nim.
modesty, modesti-n, -ae.
money, j^t'cunr-a, -ae, V.
month, nwnti-iH, -in, M.
moon, luna, Ifmae, F.
morals, im'trex, indnint, M.
more. ?'/"v (p- ->!, 4), of amount ;
niaifis, ftf <l«'j;ro«; (p. 77, 0); more than,
taa'jix <inain.
moreover, praeti^ri'd, adv.
morning, in the, maw, a<lv.
mortal (<1\ in^r), mnrtalix, -e; (deadly),
^(■rti/er, -/< ra, ■/I'rina.
most, jih'riipie, pi raeqne, 2>f<'i'di]Ue.
most part, for the, maxinn:
mound, ajuer, -{/<'//«, M.
mount, v., a-neendo, -seendi^re, -scendl,
•scensinn.
mo;Tntain, monx, mnntin, M.
mourn over, irn/eo, I age re, hixi,
I net ma,
mouth, "», firis, N.
move, ninriit^ larirrre, 7/1017, mvtum ;
move forward, 2>r'>-niOve<i.
VIXWCh., malt-ux, -a, -tox ; with noni-
l»arative, multu ; m. time, multum tem-
pi! r In,
multitude, mtdtitad-o, -Inui, F.
murder, eard-ex, -ix, v.; after the
murder of Caesar, Vaexdre iater/eeto.
must ; p. 172, 2 ; 173, 5.
my, T/i^-tts, -a, -ma.
myself (emphatic), ipse.
N.
name, ra'im-en, -Xnix, N.
name («oo<l), fam-a,-ae, F.
Naples, JS\'dp6l-is, -is, F.
nation, jK'pid-^i.' ; Civtt-nn, -atis. P.;
TUitl-o, -on is, F. (of foreiffn nations).
native land or country, patn-a,
-ae, V.
nature, ndtur-a, -ae, P.
near, pri'ipe, ad, or dptid (with ace);
be n., adxaiii(da,t.)
nearest, proxlmnx, -a, -urn.
nearly, 2^aene,fere (adv.).
necessary, ■nt''cesxdrt-us, -a, -iini
necessity, lu^cessit-as, -atis, F.
need, <>pus est (p. 1(56, 2); I have
need of food, op^ix est mihi elbo (abl.) ;
'l'7'^"» •';/'''■''. ''i/"' ( + al)l. or gen.)
needy, <^genusib7, 3, note).
neglect, negUgo, -Ugt're, lexl, lectum.
neighbor, vtcln-xis, -l, M.; flnltimxis.
VOCABULARY.
383
nelgh\yoring, finithn-ua, -a, -uni.
neither .... nor ; m'tjiu; .... ii'i/iie ;
nri' .... ntc,
neither (of two), nctder^ twutra,
nciitniin (p. 20).
nest, uhl-iin, -i,
never, nunqnam.
new, w'niVH, -a, -tim.
news of, there is, nuntultvr (p.
104, 2, note '2).
next, the, prnxhiiu», -a,-uin\ next
day, iiii-n poxti'nix ; on the noxt
day, die poHtero, jutHtrldlt^ civs dii'i.
nig'ht, nn.r, tmcth, V.
no (ji. 2!), 4, note).
noble, jtraechir-iiH, -n, -iitti ; nohll-ia.
noon, noonday, vu'ndi-i-K, -ri.
no one, nrnio(irt-vi.,niiiniis; J). 1.32,2);
nulhiK, -11, -inn.; and no one, n/v;
quisquani, (i;{2, .'{).
nor, lU'ijKc, 7irr; owiiiij 1o tlio Latin
love of (•f)nnecti\ es, used insfceafl of lum
to iiitro<lii<'e a Henleiice (p. 2;il, 2) ; nor
....any, p. 1.12, .{.
not, iidii; Willi iini>ei-.il., p. 138, 4 (li).
not yet, mtndum.
nothing, nihil.
nourish, nnfr-tn, -Ti-r, -im, ntumiitlo,
HlOic, (dill, lilltuiii (or alttiiii).
now (of time U]> to the present), inm, ;
(at the present moment), /t»»c; (^to-<Iay)
hod it'.
no- where, nn^tqunw.
number. iunruH--us, -i, M.; p. 181, 1.
O.
O, interjection, 0; omitte<l usually
with vocative; OI that, utlnam; see
p. 138, 4.
oak-tree, querc-us, -m, p.
obey, i>ilr-co, -ere, -fil, -thdn (flat.);
dfj^-'dio, -Hire, -edlvl (edll), -tuiltumUhxt.;
p. 1(14).
object, v., reeun-o, -are, -am, -ntum.
object, n., have an o. in view.
Ago, (}i/cre, eji, actum.
obscure, obsciints.
obtain, I, Mljmcor, -Mlpixci, Me-
ptus mm; jMtor, j)dtlri, piUltm mm ;
(a request), impetro, -are, -livl, -ntum.
occupy, I (hold), Mi-eo, -ere, -fa,
-tnm.
ocean, Oa'dn-its, -i, M.
Octavianus, Octritirm-iij>, .{
of, expre.ssed by pen. or abl.; di, prep.
with ill)].
offence, ]>eccnt-inn, -I, N.
offer, I, di'-jVro, -Jfrre, -tftli, •Idttun.
oflBce. m<'i<iixtriit-uH, -Hn, M. ; I hold
office, uiaiiixtrafinit finhiut or ohtiiwo.
officers, the military, trihuni
milltiim.
often, mipr ; so often, tdtret^.
old, antiqu-iiit, -a, -inn ; »(7i/«, t)«7»>m;
oldest, maximus lultii ; (see atwivnt).
old ag-e, S'Uiri'f-iis, -fit is, F.
old man, mUiex, fn^nis.
Olympus, Otump-iix, -i, M.
on (of rest), //I (alil.); (of nioti<in), in
([«•<•.) ; of time, al)l. ; on this aide,
citid (pren. with ace); on this ac-
count, oh cam can nam; on the Bide
of, ah (with al)l.)
once, si'inel ; niore than once,
senu'l ac saepinx.
once (formerly ), qvomiam ; oUm ; at
O., xtiitim.
one (numeral), rin-iiit, -a, -iini ; one
of the soldiers, inius e miUtibux.
one, some, oUqin'x, dllqua, illiquid
or ('ilhjiiiiil ; qnldmn, qitaedain,qiioddaiii
or iiiiiildam(i>. 132).
one, not, nemo, ^en. nitllmg(p.l32,'iy,
lie unuH qn'idem.
one . . the other, alius.. nlhu>, ; alter
.. alter (ot two).
one and all, mnet-l, -ae, -a ; omnes,
omnium.
one day, iiliquando.
only, til 111 am; mlum ; mMo (all
plar> d after the wo»fis (lualified); not
onl^ , iMii solum, lion viOdo (but also
= )ied etiam).
onset, impH-UH, -us, M.
open, (trans.), pilte-J'aelo, •fdci're,
•f^ci, -factum; (intr.), piltt'o, jx^tere,
piUfd, no sup. ; ojjen ranks, ordlnes
taxare.
openly, pnlam.
opinion, sententi-a, -ae.
opportunity, occds-io, -ion»V», F.
oppose, ocnirro, -curr^re, -etirrl,
curxum (with datixe) ; of>-sto, -stare,
■stlti, no sup. (with dat.)
oppress, rex-o, -lire, -I'lvi, -ntum;
op-prlmo, -prlmrre, -pressl, -pressum.
or, cut ; vet.
or not, annon in the .second part of a
principal alternative (piestion (130, 0,
note) ; necin', in a dependent alternative
(luestion (p. 177, 5).
584
VOCABULAKY.
oration, lymtt-n, 'finis, F.
orator, onif-nr, -on's, iM.
order, v., ifihio, iuhare, m««/, iuHmmi
(with ace.) ; imjur-o, •dre, -doi, 'tltuni
(witliiul,.)
order, n., vmnddi-um, -i, N. ; prae-
crptum, -l, N.
order that, in, nt (p. 183, 2 ; p. isr., o).
origin, .'/'iw-iw, -' //n, N. ; of humble
orig'in, ImtnUi loco nattiH.
other, the (of two), niter ; others,
tlin ; other men ( -- the reHt), cpt<!i-i.
ought, (h'hro, -(ire, -ui, -l<«7»i(of moral
olilit,'iUii)ii); iiupers., oport-et, -ere, -fut(p.
Iti'i, 4); p. 173,6.
our, ours, nost-er, ra, -rum.
ourselves, nnn ; p. 104, 5.
out of, '', ex (with ahl.) ; ex before
vowi'ls and coriHonaiits, li before conso-
nants only.
outward, exMr-us, -a, -um.
over, sfiper (prcj). with iwc. and abl.,
p. 2-2.-1, '2) ; trans (ace).
overcome, mpi^r-o, -are, -dvl, •dtum ;
viiH'ii, riuii've, vlcl, vietum.
overthrow, evert-v, -rre, 4, -siim.
Ovid, OvUllus, -i, M.
owe, diibt^o, -ere, -iVt, -Unm.
own. Ken. of ipxe ; my own book,
mevi^ ■ipsliis liber (123, 6) ; v., p. 120, 3.
OX, bos, bdvis.
pacify, I, 2>Wro, -dre, -dvl, -dtum.
pain, diUor, -oria, M.
panic, pdcor, ]>ucaris, M.
pardon, n., renm, -nc, F.
pardon, v., iyiwsco, iyrioscere, iffauvl,
ign<>tinti,{iliit.)
parent, parens, M. or F.
part, pars, partis, F. ; it is the p.
of, p. 124.
pass (a law), promxthj-o, 'dre, Hlvl,
•dtum : fiU'o.
pass by, practir-eo, -ire, -lot, -Itxnn.
pass over, transeo, -Ire, -let, -Uitiii.
pass the winter, hicm-o, -dr; -an,
-dtum,.
passion (anger), tra, -ae, F.
passionate, irdcuml-us, -a, -«»i.
passionateness, irdcnndl-a, -ae, F.
past, j7raet<h'ltns, -a, -«»t; tha
past, teiiipus praeterltum.
patiently, pdtU'nter.
pay, pernio, petuMre, popctuli, pensum.
pay, n., merc.es, inercMls, F.
pearl, nmrtjaritu, -ae.
peace, jui.r, pads, F.
Peligni, l\li(jn4, •timm.
penalty, poena, -ae, F.; suppllcl-
■nni, -\, N.
people, (a), pi^^nd-iis, -l, l\ : (men),
h<^i,\lin-s{\A.)\ 164, 2.
perceive, intdli'fjo, ■li''(ji're, -lexl,
-lectvni; sentlo, sentlre, sensi, senmiin.
perform, /ado ; con-flcio, -fWre,
•feci, -feet (fin.
Pericles, Pi'rielvs, -is, M.
perish, pir-^o, -ire, ■irl{nrli), -Uuin.
permit. See allow; yovi p. me,
miki per te licet (p. l(i;{, .'>).
permitted, I am, mihi licet (p. 163,
s).
Persian, Midus, -i.
persuade, per-s%uldi'o, -swidere,
•sOasl, -sxtHsvm (clat.)
Philippi, l'hiUpp4, -drum.
philosopher, pldMs&ph-us, -i, M.
philosophy, phildsdphl-a, -ae, F.
pick, pick out, U^go, ISgAre, legi,
lei'.t u III.
pine, inn-vs, -Us, F.
pirate, praed-n, -onis.
pitch a camp, castra Idcdre or
2>oni}re.
pity, n., mWrlcordl-a, -ae, F.
pity, v., inistfn^or, intst^rerl, inlsi^^rUns
sum, with gen.; I pity you, me tui
iinseret (165, 1).
place, n., Idc-ns, -l, M.; pi., loci, M.,
and loca, N.
place, v., Wc-o, -dre, -dvl, -dttim
(ace); jidmt, pdm^re, jxlsiii, posltum;
place over; prae-flclo, -J'lcere, -feci,
•fec.tum.
plain, cnnipiis, 4, M.; pldnitl-es, -el,
plain (evident), mdnt/est-ns, -a, -vm.
plan, coimli-tiin, -i, N. (form-//t«0-
4, M.; ?ws-w.8, -its, M.;
pla^, Idd-us,
v., lua-o, -ere, -si.
•um.
pleasant, iucuml-ua -a, -um; grat-
-us, -a, -urn.
please, deleet-o, -are, -dvl, •dtum
(ace); pldci^o, 2>ldcere, pldcdi, pldeltum,
{with dat).
please, I {i.e., choose), mihi Kbetf
llbiiif, libitum est.
pleasing-. See pleasant,
pleasure, voiupt-as, lUis, F.
tutT^' '^'^' '^"-l^e, carpH. carp.
VOCABULARY.
POiBon, v,^nen-um, .f, jf.
pool, n(aymm, .7, N. '
PopiiIace,p;^6*,pfe6^ P
X°?i-'!' as Snv'^"P-«--*
poverty, pa„^,,,:
,pOWer, ir^pfirt.um - vT
practice, mus, .as, u
praise, n, in us, la'udu, F
present, a, donhm, -i n
presently, mox, brevi.
him from cfo n^ t "" *i.5^®vent
Tuommus /aciat%T 185.' 2)^^^^" ^"^^
previous. prtor.prriM.
pride, superbia, -ae
l^^^>Pnnceps,prinetpie^^
Pnson, career, mr«j,frwr, m.
Prtjate person, prf«^^,«,; '"•
prize, i>rtw»M".t«w, -f, N.
385
(with fut! Inf. • no;i) **• ■'"^'« ««»»
promise, ^ow^^^.y,-^
proof, uullcl-um, -i, n
proud, »uperh.,u,. .a, .um
provide for t -
■vidl, -vwZ. ' ^' P^^'^d^o, .,>t^sre,
providence, providenti-a, -ae P
^P-vlded that. ,«..o;r„^^, "
province, j«-omW.a,.a«, p.
prudence, i>nw«,ef.„^
pupil, diseljyulus -f
^^^Purpose. for ifae p. of, oat^
purposely, cmsulto.
Pyrenees, PyrSmei Monteg.
Q.
quaestor, ^twiest^n-, ..aria iL
quantity, c.pr-„, .«,,^'^
queen, r^9Jn-«, a^. P. ' ^' **
tion, hoc'teraL^^ ^°^ *^^ ques-'
won, Aoc <6 rd^o^
quickly, celerUer.
R
hSan?iSL\a-rA«>' ^•' ti^e
men, gmmh^Sm^'''^'''''^ ' »•• of
rant' 5"' ''"^'' ^*'^*' ^W«<«m.
rank, ^rrf-o. int», M. (militaiy termr
rather, i«)«M*. ^ *'™''-
Ravenna, Jiavenn-a, -ae
386
VOCABULARY.
read, logo, U^gtire, Ififfl, Uctum.
read aloud, rMt-o, 'dre, -dvi, •dtuin.
read J' pilnlt-us, ^, -um (with Inf.,
(lat., or (/(/, iiiid ax^c).
really, vi'm ; nl wnl (In t ruthX
rear, tnifum, -i, S. ; from or in the
rear, « ti'rgo.
reason, enun-a, -ae, F. ; p. 181, 1 (use
cur).
receive, accipio.
recent, i-iVwhh, recentis.
recover (intr.), «e recljno.
refrain, de-iihtn, -nifitAre, -«Mti,
•stllinn (abl., or al)l. with a).
refuse, nolo, nolle, nrdui', reeilS'O,
•dri', -dvi, -dtum.
regard, haheo.
reign, v., m/n-o, -are, -ilvl, ilhivi ;
n., iin/>(U-r-v)ii, -i, N, ; during ther.,
SCO p. 1()0, 5.
reject, ri^i)%idl-o,-dve, -dvi, -dtum.
rejoice, gaud-eo, -Pre, ydvmis sum.
relate, narr-o, -are, -<lvl, -(ttvui ; it
is related, narrntvr; it is related
by tradition, tradihnn cut.
relying on, fnU-m, -o, -i.m (with
abl.).
remain, mAn-^o, -are, -kI, •Hum; re-
nuln-po, -ere, -Kt, -mm.
remarkable, hisujU'W, -e -, extmi-us,
remember ; p. 145 ; 146, 7.
remind, adm/in-eo, -ere^ -iii, -Itvn, ;
connnonel'acio, -fncire, -Jeci, •faetuvi
(p. 107).
repent of my folly, I, nie meae
Stultitiae jmtnitet (p. IGf), 1).
reply, v., rf-npondi'o, -xpoudSre,
•sjwiidl, -Kpoiusniu ; n., icxpoii^-uin, -l.
report, imntl-o, -nre, -dttl, -dtum;
narr-o, -ore, -dii'i, -dhim.
republic, rexirubllca, rt^publlcac, F.
resist, re-sUsto, -sistere, -stUi, •stltvtn,
(dat.)
resolve, con-stltHo, 'StttMre, 'Stltfti,
stUdtum.
rest, qui-es, -etis; the r., rUiqvl,
oet^ri.
ratake, reelpio.
retreat, sc reclpire.
return (fro back), ri'd-ilo, -ire, -Ivl (or
•fi), -»«H) ; (give back) red-do, -den',
•dldi, -ditum.
revile, mdl£dlco, -dusere, -dixi, -dic-
tuvi (dut.)
reward, pracmi-um, -*', N.
Rhine, Jih<'n-xi8, -i, M.
Rhone, Uhoddn-us, -i, M.
rich, din, dith, ; dlveH, divttia ; opu-
lentun, -a, -wti ; cnjtlog-vn, -a, -wn.
right, iuat-uH, -a, -um; aequ-v», -a,
•UJrt.
right ( = on the riKht hM\<\), lUx-ffr,
■tra, -tnim ; light hand, vmuus (lex-
tra.
right, n., iun ; fas.
ripe, mdtur-uH, -a, -um.
rising, /irten-ii, -tii>.
risk, p^ric&l-um, -l, N.; ditcrim-en,
•IniH, N.
river, flOm-en, -hiu, "S.; Jfitvl-us, -l,
M.; rir-i(H, -l, M.; amn-i-tt, -ig, M.
road, vl-a, -ae, F.: iter, itlmlri^, N.
rock, snxiiin, -l, N.; rup-ea, -in, F.;
iia)iiiil-iin, -l, M.
Roman, lioimln-xm, -a, -iim,
Rome, Ilim-a, -ae, F.
Romulus, ROmid-iis, -i, M.
root, radix, -Tm, F.
rose, rila-a, -ae, F.
rough, asp-er, -era, -Crum.
route, vl-a, -ae, F.; iter, itlnSria, N.
ruin, exitl-um, -i, N.; pemicl-es, -ei,
F.
rule, v., regn-o, -dre, -drl, -ntum',
gubem-o, -dre, -dvi, -dtum ; n., regn-um,
•i; impfri-vm. -i, N.
run, cvrro, curr(!re, cucttm, eurmvi ;
(a wall), <ideo.
run away, aifnglo, -fiig^re, •fug'i,
•fiiijltum.
a.
sacred, sdc-er, -ra, 'rum; sandt-im.
sad, maeM-un, -a, -um; irist-ia, -e.
safe, tut-u^, -a, -um; salv-us, -a,
-vm', incClAm-is, -e, {securu8=tree ftrom
care).
safety, sdl-us, -utis, F.
said, it is ; p. 164, 8.
sail, n. vHum, •%, N.
sail, v., mlvlg-o, -are, -dvi, -dtunt.
sailor, naut-a, -ae, M.
sake of, for the, causa <+gen.);
for my sake, men caxmi; for the
sake of pltinaering, praedandi cow*<t
(p. 171, 6).
sally, erxipti-o, -Gnia ; make a 8.,
e-mvipo, -rumpere, -rupi, 'Tuptum.
salt, aal„ edliii, M.
- - •(
VOCABULARY.
887
•e.
salute, v., mllilt-o, •Are, -uri, lUum.
same, «/«>/>(, eiklem, idftn ; Hame as,
127, ti.
BatiafV, HiUis-filelo, -/dcerf, -fici, -fac'
fte/u (with flat.; )>. W\ 0).
savage (wil<I). J>'r-uK, -a, -inn,
savage (cruel), saev-un, -a, -um;
save, Ki'rv-o, -are, ilvl, -dlutn.
say, ilirii, ilicetr, dixi,<lu'tvin ; s. not,
1U';/-o, -11 If, -(»»';, -<i.tut».
scholar, <ii>ictpdl-ti>i, -l.
school, KcMl-a, 'Oe, F.
science, doctrln-a, -ae, F. ; sdentl-a,
a>\ V.
ScipiO, Sclpi-o, 'Onig.
scout, explOrdt-or, -om, M.; sp^ei'dd-
t-of, •(ii'in, M.
sea, utArc, vulris, N.
sea, of the, mdrUim-us, -a, -nm;
the sea coast, om tiuirithna, IUuh.
season, tftujtrHt-as, -litiH, F.; anni
tein;>ii)i (Jentporix).
seat, nf'd-eA, sedis. P.; ftella, aellae, F.
second, m'cnnd-UK, -a, -vm ; alter.
secret, occult-ng, -a, -vni.
see, rUHo, vhlire, v'uli, visum ; cenm,
cerm're, cren, cretum ; isitect-o, -are, nivl,
•dtuin.
seed, sSnien, sfmlnis, N.
seek, iptaero, quaer^re, qiiaeslvl, quae-
(Htxim.
seem, vUh^or, vUUrl, vlsua sum; it
seems that he was good, ille vkle-
tur boHut; J'uisse (p, 104, 3).
seize, oc<n%p-o, -are, -Avl, -dtum (a
place) ; arrJpii), urripi'rc, artlpiii, ar-
reptum (a person).
select, (leli'j-0, -Itijdre, -Ufjl, -lectum.
sell, urn-do, -drii', •dldi, -dllutn; to be
sold, ei'iu'o, venire, venlvi(-U), oenltuin.
senate, s^mit-un, -ux, M
send, wit to, HI it tt re, iiihtl, missum.
send forward, prae-mitto, -mittHre,
mlsl, -tnixxinn.
SequAni, Si'ipulnl, -orvm, M. (]il.)
serpent, serpens, -tin, M.
servant, sero-nx, •>, M.
sei^ce, utUU-as, -at Ik, V.: be of 8.,
prodenxc ; H:i, 2 ('^raixi— mull ((in).
sesterce or sestertius, «c*««/•^l-».s•,
set (of sun), xiilis occdsxis (-uh, M).
set out p"<i-/lciitcor, /tclscl, -fectdx
severe, ynipt**, -«.
severely, grdvUer.
shade, uml/r-a, -ae, P.
shall, Bi>ni of fuU ; (in deliburative
queHtioii), i:«>, (a),
sharp, deer, ueria. Here ; CLc(it-VM, -a,
■iiin.
ship, rulv-ix, -in, v.; Tuli%f-Hm, -I, M.;
8. of war, tiapwf loiiya.
shore, Sr-a, -ae, F.; lit-ut, -dris, N.
short, brPv-h, •«.
shortly, brevl.
should (outrht), p. 173, 5.
shout, n., clain^ijr, -Srii, M.
shout, raise a b., v., eldm-o, -Are,
•dvl, •<Uum ; p. 164, 2, note.
shudder at, horr-eo, -ire, Wtf (aoo.)
Sicily, SicUl-a, -ae, F.
sick, aeg-er, -ra, -rum,
sick, I am, aegr6t-o, -dre, -dvl, -dtum.
side, i>ar>t,2>artui, P.; Idtux, h'tt^rin, \.;
on all sides, umH^/t(« ; on both sides,
utrimque ; on this 8. of, cltrd (ooc.).
sight, compect-u8, -us, M.
signal, sign-urn, 4.
silence, sllentium.
silent, I am, tae^o, tdcire, tdeHi,
tdcltum.
silent, tdeH-us, -a, -um.
silver, argent-um, -l, N.
silver, of, argent-ius, -ia, -^um.
since, adv., ahhinr; ten years
since, abhine decern annos (or minis).
since, conj., qnum, cum (p. 203);
quoninm, quia (p. 198) ; p. liiO, 5.
sing, rnnto, -are, -dvl, 'dtutn ; ciln-o,
cdm're, ct^clnl, cantuni.
single, not a, ne unus quidem.
sister, «5r.or, -drix.
sit, si'deo, S(ide.re, sedi, sesswm,
six, sex.
six hundred, sexeeMl, -ae, -a.
size, inagnitud-o, •tnia, F. ; use quan-
tus(ls\, 1).
skilful, p<^rlt-us, -a, -um (with geni-
live.
skill, sctentl-a, -ae, P.
skilled, jHiritus (in -gen.X
skm, pell-iK, -is, F
sky, cael-um, -Z, N.
slave, serv-ns, -i, F.
slavery, servXt-us, -dtis.
388
VOCABULARY.
slay, inltr-flcln, -f^r.ifrc, \ffci, -fecfuin;
triii'id-o, -are, -nin, -'ilnni.
sleep, ■>■• Koinn-UM, -(, M. ; v,,dona-lo,
•Ire, -Ivi, -ituiti.
slip, Idbirr, tabl, lapxuH num.
sloth, ijfiutvi-a, -(W, F.
small, ]xirti-uK, -a, -nm (p. 57, 4);
exiyii-KH, -a, -uin.
smile at. ruleo, rUlfre, rlsi, rUtum
(w.-.)
snow, nix, nlvin, F.
so, imIv,, (UM (with ft(lj8.); ita, tiic
(ill this way) ; so as. ita vt ;
80 that, tit (p. 187); duin, duinvu'iilo
(p. li>4, :0; so much, tantum, tan-
tt)2>e>-f ; SO erreat, tanl-uH, -a, -um ; so
loniTi tanuliu ; so many, tot.
Socrates, Suenltes, -in, M.
soil, ttiM-vin, -l, a.', ihjer, <t{fri, M.
solace, Hiiidti-um, •», N.
sold, be, vPn-i'o, -ire, -ivi (lij, -Utim.
soldier, inU-en, UIk, M
some, aliijtiin, (Ilia, aliiiuod (p. 132);
quldain, quaedain, ijuiildaiii or (fuud-
dam(p. 132); some — others, aUi —
alii; sometimes, inteidutn.
some, there are ; p. 188, 5, (a),
son, fil-iut), -it, or -i, M.
son-in-law, gfn-er, -M, M.
soon, titdtini, coiifestim ; nu>x, br^vi.
sooner, tmtdrius (comp. of iiuitnre,
early).
Sophocles, Sophocl-es, -is.
sorrow, ddl-Or, -oris, M.
soul, (Iniiti-xus, -7, M. ; Anlm-a, -ae, V.
'tis,
nonit.
sound, n., gdnit-us,
tOndre, adniii, gdnltum.
sovereignty, regnum.
sow, »<Vo, sdrire, sevi, sdtuni.
space, spdtt-uia, -I, N. ; within the
space of two days, biduo.
spare, parco, pnrc«>'re, pgperct, i>arcl-
tuin, or paiHutn (with dative ; p. 105, 9).
sparrow, pAsser, pdssiris, M.
speak, Idquor, dico.
speaking;, direre (inf. used as a uouii ;
108, 4); ars dicemli.
spear, hasta, -ae.
speech, 6rdtl-o, -Snis, F.
8l>eed, cil^rlt-as, -dtis, F.
spend, coimimo.
spit, v^r-u, -us, N.
splendid, splendldus.
sport, 11., indvif, -I, M.; W«.tM,-fl«,M.;
v., Iiitto, tihh're, liini, liiHUHi,
spot, AJciM, 'i.
spread, upargo, nparrf^re, apafff,
mifi rmi in ; uterno, titenu're, tttrdiA, (Ml*
turn.
spring, ver, D^fin, N.
Bpy,np>'i'i'(ldt or, -orix, M, ; explOrdt-or,
■(inn, M.
stand, Kto, Htdre, Kti'ti, stdtum ; s.
for, i>i't-Of -^re, -Ivl (II), -ittim; B.
near, ad-Mo, -ntdre, -stiti,
star, ntell-a, -ae.
start. Hee set out.
state, c'ivlt-a)i, -dtui.
stay. Hee remain.
step, pans-rut, -fis, M.
still, tranqnill-nx, -a, -u»» ; (never the«
U'hh) tdmen ; (even now), adhuc
stone, Idpis, Idpldis, M.
stork, ci('6iii-a, -ae, F.
storm, temjmst-as, -dtis, F.
story, fdbdi-a, -ae, F.
stream, riv-vs, -i, M. ; fl'&.v'l-us, l, M.j
amuin, -in, M. ; Jlnia-en, -Uiis, N.
Strength, ro/>-«r,-Jrw; vlrtls, Virltun,
F. (pi. of vi^i ; p. 45).
strive, cOn-or, -drl, -dttcs sum ; nitor,
nlti, nisHS or nixus sum.
subdue, sUp^r-o, -dre, -dvl, 'dtumi
vinco, vinci're, vlcl, victutn.
such, tdlis, -e; of sucli a kind,
eiusmddi (in contempt).
sue ; p. 185, 5.
suffer, 2><itior, pati, passus sum.
suflfering, Idb-or, -(yris, M. ; ddl-or,
•oris, M.
suitable, aptus, -a, nm ; IdonSua.
Sulmo, Sfulm-o, -dnis, M,
svunmer, aest-as, •dtis, F.
summon, conviico, 'dre, -fi»i, -Mum ;
arcesso, -cessfre, 'Cessivl, -cessitum.
sun, sol, soils, M.
sunset, solis occdsus (-us).
SVire, certus.
surpass, sfip4^ro, -are, -dvl, -dtum;
vinco, mnccre, olcl, victum.
surrender, trdd-o, -dire, -dldi,
•ditxim,; de-do, -dere, -dldl, •dUum(Jtt,).
sway, imp^r-ium, -t, N.
swift, cAli*r, c^ris, c^Ulre ; rdpldus,
•a, -urn ; swifter, Mor, Odtts.
swim, >tdt-o, •are, -dvl, -dtuvi.
sword, glddl-iu, -t, AL; ferrum, -i,N.
VOCABULARY.
889
table, metu-a, -ae, F.
take, c4pU), eilpffre, cApl, captvin;
take by storm, exptign-o, -fire, -dvi,
•dtum.
talent, inffi'nl-um, -f, N.; (a weight
or II HUiii of money), Mlent-vm, -i, N.
tall, nl'iiH, -a, -um; pr6c^-u», -a, -um ;
iiigeiu, ingentis,
teach, ddc-fo, -^e, -fil, -him.
tear, Ulerlm-a, •ae, F.
tell, narr-o, -are, dvl, -dtum ; dlco,
dMra, dixi, dicUim.
temple, tfmpUnm, -l, N.; <ied-fii,
■is, F.
ten, decern ; tenth, di^clm-us, -a, -um.
terrify, ten-e-o, -Are, 'fii, •Ittnn.
territory, fln-eg, 'inm (pi. M.) ; Oger,
(tffri, M.
terror, terr-or, -oris, M.
than (after comparativesX quain (p.
55, 5).
thank, gratias agfre (dat.)
that ; p. i(>!), 1 ; vt (183 ; 187).
the, p. 4, 11, note ; (emphatic), p. 188, 4.
theft, fxirt-um, -l, N.
their, p. 169, 5 ; often omitted, p. 169,
5, note 2.
them, they ; 168, 3.
then, turn.
there, ibi ;*be t., admm,
thick, d€iis-ng, -a, -uriu
thing:, reg, m, F.
think (fancy), pitt-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum ;
(reflect), coglto, dre, dvl, •dtum ; (hold
as an opinion), cenn-eo, ire, -ui, -sum ;
(judjfe), arbltror, drl, -dtus sum.
this, hie, haec, hoc (p. 117).
thougrh ; 196, 5.
thousand, mil/c, indecl. in sing. ; in
the pi., millia, inillium, viilllbus (p. 68,
5).
three, treK, trla.
three hundred, trdcent-l, -ae, -a.
threshold, llm-en, -rnw, N.
through, per (ac!c).
throWt v., iAcio, iacAre, ieol, iactuiii ;
throw away, ab-lclo, -Icifre, -ieei,
•iectum^
throw, n., iact-u8, 'US, Bl,
thy, thine, tii-u^, -a, -mto.
tiU, p. 201, 4.
timber, mdt<^rl-a, -ae, P,
time, t*tnp-u», -Arts, N.
timid, timutu-H.
to, prep., ad or in with m-v.', (of pur-
l>o8e), IM.'., f> ; to no purpose, //ni*'»'(,
iie(]iiuti{uatii.
to-day, hiidie.
to-morrow, ercu.
tongue, lingu-a, ae, F.
too (with oonn>ar.), p. 188, fi, (c); tOO
great to be told, Huy greater than
which can be told ; 188, 6, (c).
top. atlm-cn, -Intx, ^.-fastighum, -i,
N.; the top of the hill, collix mnn-
inuH', the top of the mountain,
IIIOIIH MiniDIIUK.
torn, Id-cer, -cera, -cfrum.
touch, tango, tangt're, tAtlgl, tactntn »
t. the heart, anim'um mfive'o.
tower, turr-is, -is, F.; arx,arcis, F.
town, oppld-um, -I, N.
track, t^CMttgl-um., -l, N.
traitor, prodlt-or, -oris, M.
tiee'^hery, perfid%-a, -ofl, F.; yrn-
dtti-o, -oiiis, F.
treaty, Joed-us, -Ms, N.
tree, arbor, arbdris, F.
tribe, tnb-us, -us, F.
troops, ci>pl-ae,, -drum, F. (pl.X
Troy, Trol-a, -ae, F.
Trojan, Troidn-us, -a, •um,
true, vh--ux, -a, -urn.
tV\XBt,/ldo, f'iderc,flsussum ; cot\f'ido,
•fidere, -Jinun s^nn (with dat. ; p. 10.5, 9).
truth, verit-as, -dtis, F.; vera (n.
pi.)
try, cdn-or, -drl, dtus sum ; nltor,
nitl, nlsiu or yiixusstcm ; p. 216, 3, note I.
twelve, diXddidm.
twenty, viginti-, twenty at a
time, vicini, -ae, -a ; twenty times,
vicies.
two, diio, dHae, dilo (68, 4).
two hundred, dficent-i, -ae, -a.
U.
unable, I am, non possum (jmsse,
2>dtm); iiiqu-^fo, -ire, -ioi (-{!), -Uum.
uncertain, incert-us, -a, -um.
undertake, susctpio, -dptfre, -e/'pi,
-ceptum ; I undertake to do this,
svscipio me hoc facturum esse (p. 110, 1).
undertaking, n^goti-um, -«, N.
understand, intel-lego, -Igg^re, -texl,
•tectum (Uterally - picli up).
390
VOCABULARY.
undyingr. iminminlis.
unfortunate, in-felix, 'felicis.
ungrateful, intrmt-nti, -a, -um,
unhappy, infdix, -filUns.
unlike, di^-nhnllui, -gimtle (dat.)
until, p. 201, 4.
un'willinsr, inmt-m, -a, -um ; I am
U., Hi'do, nolle, nnlul{p. 147).
unworthy, ituHgnus (64, 4).
upon, iti (+abl., of rest; +acc., of
motion).
use, utor, utt, U8US sum (116).
used ; p. 216, 3, note 1.
useful, utU-i«, -e.
V.
valley, vall-if, -is, F.
valor, virt-vts, -iitis, F.
value, I, aestlm-o, -dre, -dm, -dtum.
value, the, aeHtlnulti-o, •6ni8, F.
Verres, Verr-e», ■{«, M.
Vergril. VerjU-tus, -Vi, M.
very, expressed by superlatives be-
fore an adj. or adj. (p. 58, 5); before a
noun, ipiie: the very man, ipge vir.
VesontiO, Venonti-o, -onis.
veteran, viiurnnug.
vice, vUl-xim, ■%', Hcil-ug. -iris.
victory, victorl-a, -ae, F.
view, coiinj>ect-u>t, -Hx, M.; v., mect-o,
.Ire, (ivl, -('itum; your v. of the
matter, sav, what you think (nentio) of
{de) the matter (181, I); (nentio, I hold
a view).
vig'or, vlg-or, -oris.
vigforously, veheimnter.
village, vic-ux, -i.
violation, use vlClu (-are, etc.^; p. 219,
(b).
violent, vtolenttis.
virtue, virt-wi, -utig, F.
visit, ad-eo, -ire, -Kin, (ti). -t^w* (»««•)
voice, vox, vva'g, F.
vote, sententi-a, -ae, F.
W
wage, g»''ro, ger^re, gesd, genttnii.
w^aggon, plaxuitr-um, -i.
W^ait, exitpeet-o, -dr«, -dvl, -iUum.
■ walk, ainh(il-o, -are, -avi, -/?r«Hi.
W^all, tniir us, -l, M.; moenia, -um,
N. (defence) ; ptlrl-t'g, -I'tis, V. (of a house).
wander, err-o, -are, -dm, -ntum.
war, helium, -I, N.; carry on w,
bellmn gi'rere.
ward off; say keep of.
warlike, bellicOs-wi, -a, •um.
warm, calui-ux, -a, -um.
warn, vioneo (of = de).
waste, lay waste, mst-o, -dre, -dvi,
•ntuin ; w. time, ternputs ivmiunUre.
watch, v., ohnerv-o, -dre, -dvi, 'dtuvi;
cu«t6d-u>, -ire, -Ivi, •Itum,
watch, n., custo-s, -dig, M.; vlgiM-a,
-ae.
water, dqu-a, -as, F.
"WSive, flv^t-ug, 'ftg, M.,.
waxen, cen^-vg, -a, -um.
way, vl-n, -a>\ F.; iter, UliUfris, N.;
in no W., nullo modo.
wealth, iip-eg, -umixA.), F.; dlvlti-ae,
■drum, (|il.), F.
wealthy, 6jni.lent-ug, -a, -um ; dlte*,
dlritig.
weePi Idcrlw-o, -are, -dvl, -dtum;
figo, jlere, fievl, Jletum.
weeping, fiet-us, -««, M.; adj.,/«ji«,
Jlentig.
weight, potid-ug, -erig, N.
Welcorae, grat-ug, -a, -um.
well, Miie; conip., melius; superl.,
optlme ; be W., btine "',.
well-known, notug.
what (interrog.), quid ; (rel.), id quod.
when, qnum (p. 20.3) ; often expressed
by part. (p. 220, i) : as, when the nev s
was reportiKl, re nuntiatd ; interrog.,
quando (never, quum).
Whenever, p. 204, 4.
where, uhi ; w. from, nnde.
whether, nvm ; whether — or,
utrum an (p. 130, 6 ; 177, 6).
which, quix, quae, quid (interrog.);
(of two), uter, utra, utnim ; (rel.), see p.
126.
while, dum (p. 201) ; quum (p. 203,2).
white, oli>-ug, -a, -um.
who (rel.), qui, (p. 126) ; (interrog.),
quig (p. 120).
why, cur, qudre.
wicked, getHirdt-ug, -a, -tt«*; W.
deed, say crime.
wide, Idt-ug, -a, -um.
wife, uxor, uxnrig, F.
wild, f>'r-u», -a, -mji.
will, sign of (ut.; vole (of mtentdOD),
or p. 174.
VOCABULAHY.
391
will, viiluntaM, -Otis, F.; against
my w., ine invito.
wlllingr, I am, v«lo, veil*. . vdlUl.
wind, vent-US, -i.
windingr< ctirv-us, -a, -um.
wine, vin-vm, -l, N,
wingr, dl-a, -ae, F.; corn -u, •■Oa.
Wlngred, v^litc-er, -m, -re.
winter, v., hl^rn-o, -are, -dvi, ■dtmn.
winter, n., Mem-s, -is, F. ; that Wm
p. 82, 1; all W., ace.
wisdom, sdplentl-a, -ae, F.
wise, sdplen-s, -tig.
wish, n., vdlunt-as, -dtis', v., volo,
velle, vClHi.
with, cum, prep, with abl.; written
after personal and rel. pronouns ; niectnn,
quibusctiin (105, 8; 12C, 3, note 2); (of
military accompaniment), p. 230, note 11.
withdraw, «e abduco.
within, p. 82, 2 ; intra (ace.)
without, extra (prep, with atie.) ; p.
220, 3 ; be without, expers enae (abl.)
withstand, resisto, -siatcre, -Ktlti,
•8titum\ ob-sto, 'Stare, stlti, -stttuin
(dat.).
wolf, lup-us, I, M.
woman, milller, -is, F.
wood, li(fn-um, -I, N.
wood, a, ailv-a, -ae, f .
woody, siloest-er, -ris, -re.
"WOrAtVerh-um,-!, N.; (i>romise), /lr/e«,
■el : keep one's W., /idem prafstu
{-stare, sttti, stlti-.m).
work, tfjJ-iM, ■<»m, N.
workman, fdb-er, -hri, M.
worlanen, opfrae, M. (pi.) ; ffibri.
world, mttnd-xi«, 4.
worse, peior, peius ; detiri-or, -un.
worst ; p. 57, 4.
worthy, di{/n-us, -a, -um (p. 64, 4).
WOVmd, n., vuln-us, -iris, N.
wound, v., vulnir-0, -are, -dvl, -oixim.
w^ould ; see icill ; what you w.
do, p. 174, 1.
would that, lUlnam (with 8ul»J.;
p. 138, 4).
wretched, injcU-x, -Icis ; miser, -a,
■um,
write, scrlb^:, scr'ibire, scripsi, scrip-
tiini.
wrong', iniuri-a, -ae, F. ; ne/aM, N.,
indecl.
wrongdoing, nuU^/lcl-um, -I, N.
X.
Xenophon, Xindph-on, -ontis.
Y.
year, atm-us, -i, M.
yearly, annu-ug, -a, -um : (e* *y
year), quotannis.
yes ; p. 29, 4.
yesterday, herl ; dies fwHtcrnus.
yet, tdmen, verum ; fis yet, adhuc;
not yet, nondum.
yield, cedo, cediU'e, cesui, cessum ;
(surrender), »e (i<'d«, dtxlSre,dedldi, dedU
turn.
yoke, ifig-um, -I, N.
yonder. Hie, ilia, Hlud (p. 118, 4).
you, tu (the Latins used the sin;?, to
refer lo one person ; not, like us, the
l)lural : as, You are calling, boy, tu, imi-r,
iv5rrt>»);pl., WW (p. 104); you yourself,
tu ipse.
young man, invMis : diMesegns,
dadle^centis (a'so written adulescens).
younger, inni(/r(p. 58, note).
your, yours, tu-us, -a, -w?n. (referring
I to one) ; vest-er, -ra, -rum (referring to
more than one); p. 118, 3.
youth, iiiuent-us, -utig (body of);
ifivent-a, -ae, F. (time of).
youthful, pMrll-is, -e.
Z.
Z&ma, Zdm-a, -ae, F.
a
A
ai
A
A<
s
A<
INDEX.
The figures refer to the pages and sections of the book.
Aor ab (prep,), 222, 4, 5 ; with p6to, 03,
note ; with abl, of agent, 71, 2 ; with
gerundive, 173, 6, note.
Ablative, defined, 3, 7 ; in abus, 6, 2 ;
in libus, ^2, .*) ; of cauHo, manner, in-
strument, 71, 3 ; of difference, 58, 6 ; of
price, 150, 1 ; of source, IM, 4 ; of sep-
aration, 1!J8, 2 ; of quality, LSI, 9 ; of
time when, 74 ; 82, 1 ; of time within
which, 82, 2 ; with after and befwf,
82, 3; with ago, 82, 5;' with adjs., 64,
4 ; with upuM, 16(5, 2 ; with fruor, etc.,
116.
Ablative absolute, lOO, 5; 203, 3,
note ; 219, (e).
Abstract Nouns, los, 4, note ; 181, l;
219, 2, (b) ; 219, (g) ; 231, 5. .
abus, in dat. and abl. pi. of Istdecl., 6, 2.
accent, 298.
accidit, inflection of, 162, 3 ; syntax of
182, 4.
cusconipaninient, 12, S; military, 236,
note 11.
accusative, defined, 3, 5; object ace,
5, 3 ; with verbs of feeling', 165, 1 ; verbs
with two ace, 90, 2 ; 92, 3 ; ace. of dur-
ation and extent, 69, 9 ; of specification
or nearer definition, 98, 3 ; Jicc. with inf.,
109, 1; of exclamation, 199, 5, note;
cognate, 95, 1 ; with prep, in comp. , DQ, i.
accusing and acquitting, verbs of,
167.
Active Periphrastic Conjugation,
174, 1.
Bid, prep., 222, 4 ; 222, 5.
Adjective, agreement of, 19, 1 ; in -us,
20, 2 ; in -er, 22 ; adjs. in -er that retain
-e, 23, 2 ; irreg. adjs. in-us and -er, 26, 1 ;
adjs. of 3rd decl., 49; of one termina-
tion, 52; predic. adj. with licet, 163, 6;
comparison of, 54; construction with
comparative, 65, 5 ; irreg. comparison,
56, 59 ; adverbial comparison, 60 ; adjs. in
•qtixis, 60, 1 ; a<ijs. with dat., 60, 2 ; a<ljs.
with gen.. 61, 3 ; adjs. with abl., -64, 4 ;
adjs. as nouns, 20, 4 ; numeral a^ljs., 65.
Adverbs, liow formed, 75, 1 ; (tomitari-
son of, 76, 5 ; irreg. advs., 77, 6.
Adverbial clauses, 183, i.
agent, abl. of with a or ab, 71, 2 ; dat.
nf, 173, 4 ; 219, (A)
aiOr 288.
aliquis, 132, l.
alius, 26, 1.
alphabet, 289.
alter, 26, 1.
alternative questions, direct, 130, 6;
indirect, 177, 5.
although, 196, 5.
an, annon, 130, 6, and note ; 139,
(a) ; with iiescio, 177, 5, note.
answer, form of, 29, 4, note.
ante, with quam, 201, 5.
antecedent, 126, 3.
antepenult, p. 292, foot of page.
antequam, 20i, 5.
apposition, 36, 2.
article, 4, ii, note.
as, after same, 127, 2.
asking, verbs of, 181, 3.
ax, a<ljs. in.. 305, (d).
bam, tense-ending, 301.
because, 198.
belli, !o(;ative, 86 (first line).
bo, tens<!-ending, 301.
bonus, declined, 20.
bos, declined, 45.
can, iwssuni, 142.
cardinal numbers, 65.
cases, 3.
cavisa, with gen., 171, 6.
causal clauses, v.h ; qui causal, 198,
•1 , conjunctions, 108, 2.
characteristic, of conjugations, 1, 2-5.
clauses, cIa.ssifiiKl, 176, 1 ; dependent
el. in indir. narration, 2(K5, 4 ; condition-
al, l!Kl; final, 18;i ; consecutive, '187 ;
causal, 108 ; concessive, 196 ; tem)>oral,
2(K» , comparative, 195; noun-claiises,
176, 1 (indir. question); intrwlucefi by
vt, 181, 3, 4, by quod, 181, 2.
cognate accusative, 95, l.
398
394
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
command, 138, 4, (h) ; In Indir. narra-
tion, '2(17, 5.
comparative, dwlension of, 50, 4 ;
formation of, 54 ; syntax of, 55, 5 ; com-
parative clauses, 105, 4.
comparison, of adjs. 54 ; irreg, com-
jmriHon, r><i-51> ; arlverbial, 60 ; of adjs.
\n iitni)! «0, 1 ; syntax of, 55, 5.
concessive, clauses, 196.
concord, 19, 1 ; 126, 3 ; 253, Lesson 27,
note 4.
condemniner, verlw of, 167.
conditional, sentences, 190 ; classificA-
tion of, 192 ; exception to rules, 193,
2 ; in indir. narration, 209, 2.
conjuga!;ion8, tables of regular, 281.
connectives, 231 , 2.
consecutive clause, 187 ; exception
in seqiience, 187, 2, note 1 ; consecutive
lihrawes, 187, 8.
consonants, classification of, 290.
consonant stems, 30, 4.
constat, 1G2, 3.
continued act, 216, 3.
correlatives, 127, 1
cum, prep., 12, "3; 222, 3; written after
case, 105,8; 126, 3, note 2; conjunc-
tion, see quum.
dative, defined, 3. 4 j in abuit, 6, 2 ; in
ahuH, 02, 5 ; of indirect object, 5, 4 ;
with a<lJH., 00, 2 ; with dpun ext, 166, 2 ;
with verbs, 105, 9 ; 100, 10 ; 120, 1 ; of
possession , 120, 3 ; of purpose, 134, 1 ;
for neu., 134, 2; imusive of verlx* that
jfovern dat., 104, 1, 2, note 1 ; with ger-
undive, 173, 4 ; with particijde, 219, (h).
declension, 1st, 4, 6; 2nd, 9, ll, 13;
of adjs. in ks, 20; of adJH in e>v 22 ;
irreg. adjs. in tM and er, 26 , 3rd decl.,
30; a^ljH. of lird, 49; irreg nouns of
3rd, 45 ; of comparative, 50, 1.
defective nouns, 277, 27r.
defective verbs, 145.
deliberative subjunctive, 139, (o).
demonstratives, decline<l, 117; use
of, 118 ; in indirect narration, 200, 1, (3).
deponents, 113.
derivation, 302.
die, imperat., l.'>6, foot-note.
dies, declined, 64 ; gender of, 64, 2.
difflcllis, comparison of, 57, 2.
dign^us, 04, 4
direct object, 5, 3.
dissimilis, comparison of, 57. 2.
distance, ace. of, 09, 9.
distributive numerals, flfl ; 69, 8.
do, go, fern, endings, 48, 2.
domi, locative, 86 (first line),
domus, declined, 62, 6.
dubito an, 177, 5, note,
due, imperat., 1.56, foot-note,
dum, 201,4; 202,6.
diunmodo, 194, 3.
duo, 68, 4.
duration, 69, 9.
dus, particip. in, 102 ; 170, 3.
duty, how expressed, 172, 2 ; 173, 6.
E, or ex, prep., 222, 3 ; 223.
6do, inflected, 160.
efreotinir> verbs of, 181, 3.
egro, <leclined, 104.
emphasis, influence on onler, 281, 7.
enclitic, 299 (accentuation).
Engflish method, of pronunciation,
297.
eo, inflected, 157.
esse, inf. of sum, 107, 1.
etsi, 196, 5 and 7.
euphonic change, 291.
euphony, influence on order, 231, 7.
evSnit, 182, 4.
exclamation, ace. of, 199, 5, note ;
inf. of, 220, 3, note.
fac, imperat., 156, foot-note.
feicilis, comparison of, 57, 2.
facio, 15C, 2 ; comj^Riunds of, 156, ;i
fari, 289.
fas, with supine, 175.
fearing, verbs of, 185, 3, 4.
feminine, rules for gender, 18; 47 ; 275.
fer, imperat., 156, foot-note.
fero, inflected, 152 ; compounds of, 154, 2.
fldo, 105, 9, note.
fifth declension, 63.
final clauses, 183.
fio, inflected, 155.
for, 289.
fore ut, 217, 5.
forgrettingr, verlw of, 146, i.
fourth decl.,-62.
fretus, 64, 4.
fruor, iu».
fungor, lie.
fut. perf., for Eng. pres., 193 (top of p.)
INDEX.
505
ftxtnrum sit ut, 217, &
GTender, mles for, 18, exceptions to
rules for, 275.
GTOnitlve, of noiinH in »tw, 13, l.withadjs ,
61, s ; j>artitive, 0!>, 10; with sum (meaii-
injf belong to, mark of, etc ), 124 ; of
quality, i:iO, 7, 8 ; with ver>w, \M, 7 ;
of price, 150, 2 ; of charge, 167 ; with
verbs of feeling (miseret), etc., 105, 1 ;
with interest, 106, 3.
gerund, 170 ; nom. of, 170, 2, note.
gerundive, 170, 3 ; when not user!, 172,
1 ; expressing duty, etc., 172, 3 ; 173, ^ ;
agent with, 178, 4 ; with causa, 171, 6 ;
with do, etc., 173, 7.
Greek nouns, declined, 273.
hendiadys, 238, note 13.
heteroclites, 279.
heterogeneous nouns, 280.
hie, decline<l, 117, 1 ; use of, 118, 2,
hindering, verbs of, 185, 2.
historic inf., 216, 3, note 2.
historical pres., 216, 2, (a).
historical tenses, 178, i.
hoping, verbs of, 110, 1.
hortative, subjun., 138, 4, (a).
I stems, 40.
idem, declined, 122, 2 ; with qui, 1^, 2.
idoneus, 188, 5, (6).
ille, declined, 118 ; use of, 118, 4.
imperative, fonus for, 138, 4, (b).
Imperfect, of ist con jug., 8, l ; 216, 3.
impersonal, verbs, lOl ; use of verbs
withdat. 104, 1.
in, prep., 222, 2.
indeclinable nouns, 277.
indefinite pronouns, 132.
indirect narration, defined, 205, 1 ;
tense of inf. in, 206, 3; dependent clauses
in, 206, 4; pronouns m, 209, 1, (3);
imiwr-vt. in, 207, 5; questions in, 207, 0;
conditional sentence in, 209, 2 ; use of,
without verb expressefl, 207, 8 ; sum-
mary of rules for, 20}), 1.
indirect object, 5, 4.
indirect question, 176, 2.
infinitive, forms, 107, 2, 3; ace. with, 109,
1 ; with verbs of hoping, 110, 1 ; tense of
with verb of saying, 109, 2 ; 111 ; fut.
inf. expressefl by /(rre ut, 217, 5 ; his
toric, 210, 3, note 2 ; of exclamation,
220, ;i, note.
infiection, 299.
.nquam, 146, 6 ; 289.
inter se, see inter, 223,
interest, lOO, 3.
interrogative, forms, 28; 176, 3; pro-
nomiH, 129 : double (juestions (direct),
i:W>, 6 ; indirect question, 176, 2; double
tenses in question (indirect^ 177, fi;
sequence of indir. (|uest., 178.
io, fem. ending, 48, 2.
ipse, declined, 122 ; use of, 123, 6.
irregular, nouns of the 3rd deol., 46.
is, declined, 122 ; use of, 122, 4.
iste, declined, 118 ; use of, 118, 3.
laedo, with ace, 105, 9, note,
letters, classification of, 290.
licet, inflected, 162, 3 ; use of, 16:1, 5.
locative, rules for place where, 85, 3.
making, verbs of, 90, 2.
malo, inflection of, 147.
may , i<w, 5.
means, 71, 3.
memini, inflecte<l, 145; syntax of,
146, 7.
meridies, gender of, 64, 2.
mille, 68, 5.
militiae, locative, 86 (top of p.)
minus, with numerals, 381 (under less).
misereor, with gen., 146, 7.
miseret, 165, i.
modal, verbs, 310, 42.
mddo, for dummodo, 194, 3.
motion, to, 85, l.
mutes, 290.
ne, with hortative subjun., 138, i,(a);
connnands, 138, 4, (ft) ; with wishes, lUS,
4, (o) ; final clauses, 183, S ; verb« of
fearing, 185, 3.
ne, enclitic (interrog.X 28, 2.
necessity, how t^) express, 172, 2 ; 173, 5.
nefas, with sujdne, 175.
nego, for dic> on, 208, 9.
nescio an, 1V7, 5, note.
neuter nouns, 13, 3, note; tennina-
tions of, in 3rd dccl. , 48, 3.
neve, 186, 6.
ni. nisi, 190, 3.
nolo, 147.
non dvibito quin, 188, 6.
nonne, 28, :i.
non quod, non quo, non «iuin, 199, 6.
nostri, or nostrum, 104, 2, note,
396
FIRST LATIN BOOK.
nouns, Oreek, 273 ; defective, 277 ; in-
declinable, 277 ; irrojfular, 45 ; hetero-
clite, 270 ; heteroKcneous, 280 ; with
two nieaninfj^N {aedeg Ac.,) 278.
noun clause, 181, 182.
nullus, 26, 1.
num, 29, 4 ; 176, 4.
numeral. 65.
object, 5.
oblique, of i^ases, 50, 2, note; narration,
205.
odi, 145 ; paHsive of 196, 7, note.
oportet, 162, 4.
opus est, l<i6, 2.
oratio obliqua. See indirect narration.
order, of words in Latin, 231, 7.
ordinals, 65.
participle, nature of, lOO, l ; act. forms
of, 100, 3 ; pass, fonns of, 101, 1.
pres., part, declined, 5."?; use of, 100, 4 ;
often used in Eng. for perf., 219, (c); ex-
presses abstract nouns, 219, (g); cannot
De joine<l with demonstrative, 219, (/);
has force of a finite clause, 220, (t).
perf. part., formation of, 73, 2, note ; sub-
stitutes for, pf. part, act., 203, 3, note ;
used for Eng. noun, 219, (h)', used with
habeo, 219, (</) ; pres. and perf. often
U8e<l with abl. abs.. 100, 5 ; 102, 2 ; 219,
(e) ; part, often becomes main verb in
English, 219, (a).
penult, 292, note.
per, 222, 4 ; 223.
perfect stems, of 3rd. conjug., 87.
perfect tense, 178, i, note.
periphrastic conjugration, pass,
172, 3 ; act. 174, 1 ; m conditional sen-
tence, 194, (ffl;.
petitio obliqua. See indirect question.
peto, with (I or ab, 93, note.
piget, 165, 1.
place, to which, 85, 1 ; fnmi which, 85,
2 ; in which (place where), 85, 3.
plus, inflection of, 61.
poenitet, 165, i.
posse, iKJssuni, 142.
postquam, 2oo, 2.
postdlo, with a or ah, 93, note.
potior, with abl., 116,
predicate, <iat. with esse, 103, 6.
prefixes (inseparabU'), 30().
prepositions, 221 ; in composition, :{06.
present tense, idiomatic uses of, 216, 2.
prevent. See hinder.
price, LW.
primary tenses, 178, 1
primus, as adv., 246, note t.
principal parts, of a verb, 73, 3, note.
priusquam, 201, 5.
pro, 222, 3 ; 224.
prohibitions, 138, 4, (fo).
promising, 110, 1.
pronouns, iKjrsonal and reflexive, 104,
and 105 ; 168 ; demonstrative, 117 ; is,
idem, ipse, 122 ; relative, 125 ; correla-
tives, 127; interrogative, 129; indefinite,
132; in indir. narration, 209, 1, (3).
pronunciation, Roman method, 294 ;
English method, 297.
prosum, 143, 2.
pudet, l65, 1.
puernatum est, how to translate, 164,
2, note 2.
purpose, how expressed,, 185, 5.
quam, with compar., 55, 5; with superl..
143, note.
quamvis, 196, 5 and 7.
quantity, rules of, 298.
questions, direct, 28 ; indirect, 176, 2 ;
in indir. —-ration, 207, 6 ; double, 130,
6 and 177, 5.
qui, relative, declined, 126 ; agreement
of, 126, 3 ; qui final, 184, 1 ; qui con-
secutive, 188, 4 and 5 ; qui concessive,
96, 8 ; qui causal, 198, 4.
qui, uKcrrog., 129, 3.
quicumque, 126, 2.
quia, 198, 2.
quidam, 132, 1,
quin, 185, 2, note ; 188, 6.
quippe, 198, 4, note.
quis, declined, 129, 1 ; indef., 132, 1 ; for
any, 188, 6, note.
quisnam, 129, 3, note.
quisquam, 132, 1, 2, 3
quiaquis, 126, 2.
quivis, 132, 1.
quo=ut, 183, 5.
quod, to introduce noun clause, 181, 2 ;
becauxe, 198, 2.
quod si, 192, 1, note.
quominus, 18.5, 2.
quoniam, 198, 2.
quum, 203.
INDEX.
397
rather, 58, 8.
reciprocal (Mck other), 223 (inter se).
reduplication, to fonn i>erf., 87, 2.
refert, \m, 3.
reflexives, 104, 5 ; lOS, 6 ; 168, 8.
relative. See qui.
res, how to traiislnte-, 247, note 17.
respubllca, how to translate, 249, note 7
(Lesson 21).
remember, 146, 7.
remind, 1C7.
result, clause of. See consecutive.
rhetorical questions, in indir. nar-
ration, 207, 6.
root, 299.
rua, to the country, 86, 1.
se, 105, 6.
second, conjupration, 78 ; decl., 9, 11, 13.
secondary tense, 178, l.
senex, declined, 46.
sentlendl, verl»a. See ace icith inf.
separation, abl. of, 158, 2.
sequence, of tenses, 178, 2.
si, 190, 2.
slmllis, 57, 2.
slmul ac, 200, 2.
si quls, 191, 4.
solus, 24(5, note 7.
specification, 98, 3.
stem, 299.
sub, 222, 2 ; 224 ; in composition, 307.
subjunctive, defined, 137, 3; of ex-
hortation 138, 4 ; of conunand 138, 4 ;
of wish. 138, 4 ; deliberative, 139, (o) ; of
concession, 139, (A); inflection of subj. of
mirn, 136 ; of four conjuf^ations, 137 ;
in indir. narrative 206, 4 ; 207, 5 ; in
indir. question, 176, 2 ; sequence of
tenses of, 178, 2.
substantive, clause, see noun clause.
sum, inflection of, 24 ; subjunctive of,
136, 1 ; inf. of, 107 ; iniperat. of, 288.
summus, 59, l, and note,
sunt qui, 188, 5.
super, 222, 2.
superlative, formation of, 54, 2; 56.
supine, 174, 2 and 3.
syllabication, 292.
Sjnitax, Hiuiiniary of rules, 807.
taedet, 165, i.
tanquam (si), 195, 3.
toaching', verbs of, 92, 3.
temporal clauses, 2m ; conjunctions
(post«|uani, duni, prius<]uani, <|uuni),
200, 203.
tenses, dassifli^ation of, 178.
third conjusration, 83.
thougrh. See although.
time, when, 82, 1 ; how long, 82, 4.
trans, 222, 4.
tres, inflection of, 68, 4.
tU, 104.
ubl, temporal, 200, 2.
ubus, nouns with dat. pi. in, 62, 5.
ullus, 26, 1.
unus, inflection of, 27.
unusqulsque, 132, 2.
Ut, final, 183; conse<!utive, 187; to in-
troduce a noun clause, 181, 3 ; temporal
{when, att), 200, 2.
Uter, inflection of, 27 ; 130, 4.
uterque, 132, 1, 2.
utinam, 138, 4.
utor, 116.
utrum, 130, 6 ; 177, 6.
velut (si), 195, 3.
verbs, of perceiving, declaring, &o., 109,
1 ; tables of, 281.
vescor, 116.
veto, 181, 3, note 1.
vetUS, de(;lined, 53.
vis, declined, 45.
vocative, 3, 6.
VOlo, inflected, 147.
vowels, scale of, 290 ; changes of. 291.
■wish, expression of, 188, 4, (c).
without, 220, 3.
TVNews
OpenLibrary